As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 14, 2021

Registration No. 333-254943

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

_________________________________

AMENDMENT NO.1
TO
FORM F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

_________________________________

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

_________________________________

 

British Virgin Islands

 

7841

 

Not applicable

   
   

(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

   

_________________________________

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD.

601 Everest Grande, A Wing
Mahakali Caves Road
Andheri (East)
Mumbai, India 400 093
Tel: (284)494
-2810

_________________________________

McNAMARA CORPORATE SERVICES LIMITED
116 Main Street
P.O. Box 3342
Road Town, Tortola
British Virgin Islands
Tel: (284)494
-2810

_________________________________

Copies to:

 

M. Ali Panjwani, Esq.

Pryor Cashman LLP

7 Times Square

New York, NY 10036

Tel: (212) 421-4100

 

Darrin Ocasio, Esq.

Avital Perlman, Esq.

Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP

1185 Avenue of the Americas, 37th Floor

New York, NY 10036

Tel: (212) 930-9700

   

_________________________________

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this
Registration Statement becomes effective.

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: as soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

Emerging growth company    

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act  

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

 

Table of Contents

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Class of Securities to be Registered

 

Amount
to be
Registered

 

Proposed
Maximum
Offering
Price
per Share

 

Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering
Price

 

Amount of
Registration
Fee

Common Shares, par value $0.01 per share(1)(2)

 

3,136,362

 

$

11.00

 

$

34,499,982

 

$

3,764

 

Underwriter’s Warrants(2)(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Shares underlying Underwriter Warrants(3)

 

136,364

 

$

13.75

 

$

1,875,005

 

$

205

 

Total

     

 

   

$

36,374,987

 

$

3,969

*

____________

(1)      Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). There is no current market for the securities or price at which the shares are being offered. Includes up to 409,090 common shares subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment allowance.

(2)      Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act, there is also being registered hereby such indeterminate number of additional common shares of the Registrant as may be issued or issuable because of stock splits, stock dividends, stock distributions, and similar transactions.

(3)      We have agreed to issue to the representative of the underwriters warrants to purchase the number of common shares (the “Representative Warrants”) in the aggregate equal to five percent (5%) of the shares sold at closing of the offering (excluding the over-allotment shares). The Representative Warrants will be exercisable at any time, and from time to time within four (4) years commencing from one (1) year from the closing of the offering, in whole or in part, but may not be transferred nor may the shares underlying the warrants be sold until 180 days from the effective date of the offering. The exercise price of the Representative Warrants is equal to 125% of the public offering price per share in the offering.

*        Previously paid

 

Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION 

 

DATED JUNE 14, 2021

2,727,272 common shares

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD.

This is our initial public offering of common shares of Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. LTD. We are offering 2,727,272 common shares. We expect that the initial public offering price will be between $10.00 and $12.00 per share.

No public market currently exists for our common shares. We have applied for approval for quotation on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “LYT” for the common shares we are offering. We believe that upon the completion of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, we will meet the standards for listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Act of 2012, as amended, and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.

An investment in our securities is highly speculative, involves a high degree of risk and should be considered only by persons who can afford the loss of their entire investment. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11 of this prospectus.

 

Per Share

 

Total Without
Over-Allotment
Option

 

Total With
Over-Allotment
Option

Initial public offering price

 

$

11.00

 

$

29,999,992

 

$

34,499,982

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

 

$

0.77

 

$

2,099,999

 

$

2,414,999

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

 

$

10.23

 

$

27,899,993

 

$

32,084,983

(1)      We have also agreed to pay a non-accountable expense allowance to Aegis Capital Corp. (“Aegis”) as representative of the underwriters, of 1% of the gross proceeds received in this offering and to reimburse the underwriters for other out-of-pocket expenses related to the offering. For a description of other compensation to be received by the underwriters, see “Underwriting.”

We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional 409,090 common shares on the same terms as the other common shares being purchased by the underwriters from us. For a description of the other compensation to be received by the underwriters, see “Underwriting.”

The underwriters expect to deliver the common shares against payment in U.S. dollars on or about         , 2021.

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

The date of this prospectus is June 14, 2021

Aegis Capital Corp.

 

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus Summary

 

1

Risk Factors

 

11

Forward-Looking Statements

 

30

Use of Proceeds

 

31

Dividend Policy

 

32

Exchange Rate Information

 

33

Capitalization

 

34

Dilution

 

35

Post-Offering Ownership

 

36

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

37

Our Business

 

47

Management

 

66

Related Party Transactions

 

72

Principal Shareholders

 

73

Description of Share Capital

 

74

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

 

81

Tax Matters Applicable to U.S. Holders of Our Common Shares

 

82

Enforceability of Civil Liabilities

 

89

Determination of Offering Price

 

90

Underwriting

 

91

Legal Matters

 

97

Experts

 

97

Where You Can Find More Information

 

97

Financial Statements

 

F-1

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. Neither we, nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with different information. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus, or any free writing prospectus, as the case may be, or any sale of common shares in our company.

For investors outside the United States: Neither we, nor the underwriters, have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the common shares and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

i

Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information that we present more fully in the rest of this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before buying common shares in this offering. This summary contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements about our plans, objectives, expectations, assumptions or future events. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” “continuing,” “ongoing,” “expect,” “we believe,” “we intend,” “may,” “should,” “will,” “could,” and similar expressions denoting uncertainty or an action that may, will or is expected to occur in the future. These statements involve estimates, assumptions, known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from any future results, performances or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the “Risk Factors” section and the financial statements and the notes to those statements.

Our Company

Overview

We are a growing platform services company primarily providing content streaming/telecasting services with over 8 million active users located all across India.1 Our scope of business also covers telemedicine services with local assistance through local Health Centers. Through our platform, our customers are well connected via customer premises equipment (“CPE”) devices/set top boxes (“STBs) and have access to multi-dimensional services including telemedicine service.

Our customer base and expansive market presence position us to widen our portfolio of offerings. We have been focused on adopting and implementing technologies that can change the landscape of being a conventional streaming services provider.

We intend to benefit from India’s e-commerce boom and the recent tele-medicine regulation through the acquisition of Global Health Sciences, Inc. (“GHSI”). The management of GHSI has many years of pioneering experience of the management in tele-medicine in USA, which we believe will help us create a profitable and sustainable business model with rapid growth prospects. We believe that our deep understanding and local expertise have enabled us to create solutions that address the needs and preferences of our consumers in the most comprehensive and efficient way. We possess extensive local knowledge of the markets in which we operate, which we consider to be a key component of our success.

Corporate History and Structure

Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd. (“we”, “Lytus”, “Lytus Group”, or the “Company”) is a holding company incorporated under the laws of British Virgin Islands (“BVI”) on March 16, 2020. On March 19, 2020, we acquired all of the equity share capital of Lytus Technologies Private Limited (“Lytus India”), an Indian company. On March 31, 2020, Lytus acquired 51% of the equity shares from the present shareholders of DDC CATV Network Private Limited (“DDC”). On October 30, 2020, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement with Global Health Sciences, Inc. (“GHSI”) and the shareholder of GHSI, pursuant to which the Company acquired 75% of the equity interest in GHSI.

The following diagram illustrates our current corporate structure:

____________

1               Calculation based upon approximately 1.8 million paid home subscribers which based on industry standards translates to more than 8 million viewers on an average of 4.6 viewers per household in India. Source: United Nations, Department of Economic and Social Affairs, Population Division (2019) — Database on Household Size and Composition 2019. Available: https://population.un.org/Household/index.html#/countries/356

1

Table of Contents

As discussed in details on page 47, the acquisition of Lytus India was from a related party, Nimish Pandya, the brother of our CEO, Dharmesh Pandya. In addition, the Company has acquired 51% of the total issued and outstanding shares of DDC, which involved (a) the assignment of the rights under the agreement entered into between Lituus Technologies Limited (“LTL”), wherein Dharmesh Pandya was then the CEO of, and the shareholders of DDC India; and (b) the assignment of the rights under the agreement entered into between Jagjit Singh Kohli, who was appointed as our director on April 1, 2020, and the shareholders of DDC.

While Lytus Group was restructured in 2020, DDC has been operation for more than five years. We have established a strong customer base and obtained significant market share through our acquisition of the customers of Reachnet Cable Services Pvt. Ltd. (“Reachnet”), a long-standing cable services company in India. Reachnet is also a Multi System Operator (MSO) in the business of telecasting/streaming of broadcast channels (both owned as well as redistributed) to subscribers for a subscription charge depending upon the services and content chosen by the subscriber. Reachnet also owns and operates fiber optic cable networks with offices in various major cities across the country. These networks are used by Reachnet to offer its services to Lytus India’s subscribers. Reachnet also offers its cable network along with management personnel and subscriber management services to third party service providers for a fee. It has an extensive infrastructure and logistics set-up in various cities for provision of telecasting/streaming services to their erstwhile subscribers.

Under the terms of the customer acquisition agreement (the “Customer Acquisition Agreement”) between Reachnet and Lytus Technologies Private Limited (“Lytus India”) dated June 20, 2019, these approximately 1.8 million customers legally belong to Lytus India. These customers are not and will not be Reachnet’s customers for internet access as well as services other than telecast/streaming provided by the Company to its customers. Reachnet has no ownership rights over these customers and all telecast services provided by Reachnet on behalf of the Company, are in the capacity of a third party independent service provider. The arrangement between Lytus India and Reachnet mandates Reachnet, as a third-party service provider, to maintain the infrastructure required to continue telecast services to the customers for which it is paid 61% revenue collected only from the provision of telecast services. All the services (including the internet service) are, as a matter of fact and in law, provided by the Company to its subscribers.

Revenue generated upon launch of the telemedicine, OTT and other services in India will belong 100% to the Company.

Lytus’ customers will be able to access the OTT services at an additional cost in the following ways:

1.      Through an app installed on the Set Top Box in the customer’s home which also provide telecast services.

2.      Through a web portal using either a computer or tablet.

3.      Through apps downloaded from the iOS and or Android store.

The Company has acquired all subscribers of Reachnet for a lumpsum consideration and with the condition that the Company will have control and unconditional entitlement rights over the revenues generated from or related to these subscribers.

In light of the above, the Company has 100% control of and 100% entitlement rights over the revenues accruing and arising to the Company from its subscribers. Reachnet has no control, ownership or entitlement rights over revenue generated from the Company’s subscribers.

The service agreement entered into with Reachnet, obligates Reachnet to retain its infrastructure to provide streaming/telecast services and provide such services to the Company’s subscribers on an on-going basis without disruption or interruption, under the Company’s control, management and supervision. The service charge for providing these services is determined at arm’s length. According to local industry practice, the average industry EBITDA for cable service companies in India is approximately 57% of total streaming revenues. Since the Company intends to work with Reachnet as a strategic partner over the next several years, the Company has agreed to pay Reachnet a service fee at a variable percentage of 61% of the Company’s total streaming/telecast revenue.

Of the 29.2 million in revenue generated from streaming services during the 9 months ended December 31, 2020, the Company has provided for an approximately $16.9 million as service charge payable to Reachnet for the 9-month period ended December 31, 2020.

2

Table of Contents

In addition, we have scaled and intend to continue to scale our platform through the pursuit of selective acquisitions. We believe our acquisitions of Lytus India and DDC have expanded our distribution capabilities and broadened our service offerings. We have aggregated customers from several service providers and other businesses by bring them on to the Lytus platform. We provide services to our customers through access to a network of 25,000 kilometers of deployed fiber and broadband infrastructure in accordance with our service agreement with our partner. Since our inception we have consistently expanded our network capabilities and offerings while growing our customer base.

Lytus India provides technology enabled customer services, which includes content streaming/telecast services. The present device/STB is being further upgraded to support the unified and integrated platform through which it shall provide multi-dimensional services such as MedTech IOT (IOT refers to the Internet of Things), etc.

DDC is a licensed MSO in the business of telecasting/streaming of broadcast channels (both owned channels as well as redistribution) to subscribers for a subscription charge depending upon the services and content chosen by the subscriber. In India the regulation does not differentiate between telecasting and streaming as long as the streaming is done in Internet Protocol television (IPTV) format. Lytus has the expertise and has plans to offer additional value-added services such as MedTech IOT, by upgrading the existing cable networks. The upgrade primarily consists of deploying FTTH GPON and changing the existing STB/CPE.

Lytus India provides streaming/telecast services to the customers we acquired from Reachnet. DDC has been providing streaming/telecast services to its customers in New Delhi region for several years and will continue to do so independently of Lytus India and Reachnet.

Along with a strong India focus, we expect to grow our international presence in regions such as Africa, Indonesia, UK, and the USA.

GHSI was formed in 2020 and had no business operations prior to our acquisition. On October 30, 2020, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement and acquired 75% of the equity interest in GHSI. After the completion of acquisition, GHSI brought into the key management team and acquired important contracts. GHSI’s telemedicine service aims to provide management and technology solutions to hospital networks, university medical schools, physician networks and individual practices in the U.S. Its proprietary delivery platform uses digital communication technologies using medical monitoring devices, video capabilities and data capture methodologies. The platform also uses AI Ecosystem Assets including Conversational Computing, Intelligent Robotic Process Automation (iRPA), and Machine Learning (ML). This platform is currently rolled out in New Jersey, Illinois, Florida and Texas with approximately 125 medical physicians using our system for approximately 3000 users via hospital and clinic networks.

GHSI’s business is focused on remote patient monitoring devices. These devices installed at the homes of the patients of participating physicians practices are sourced from various Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) and FDA compliant vendors. These devices have the monitoring and reporting software pre-installed in them. GHSI currently has not developed any proprietary software that is deployed with patients in the USA. While the revenue generated by these devices are currently not significant from and organizational perspective, GHSI expects to roll out these devices to additional patients in the near future. We expect that the additional rollout of devices will generate significant revenue for the Company.

In India, Lytus’ telemedicine business, through Lytus India, has commenced repurposing its existing Local Cable Operator Network infrastructure to set up Local Health Centers/diagnostic centers (LHC). There is scheduled to be one dedicated LHC for every 5000 customers and this LHC will be staffed with trained healthcare professionals. LHCs will support customers with additional patient services that cannot be remotely provided through device strategy. Typical services provided at the LHCs will include ECGs, blood and urine testing, ultrasound scans etc. The LHC network will act as an important link between patients, doctors and supporting hospital partners for better integration. The Company also intends to leverage the LHC network for pharmaceutical delivery.

The telemedicine service in India operates under a different model. The technology platform used to book doctor appointments and video conference with doctors collects data and then connects the patient to a captive team of physicians which provide the medical consulting service. The technology platform used by the India telemedicine team is proprietary and developed by Lytus India.

The Company does not itself obtain or contract for the content it uses currently. The content provided to our customers is through the license agreement that DDC currently has with broadcasters such as ESPN, SonyTV, ZEE TV and BBC.

3

Table of Contents

Strategic Roadmap

We believe that through additional customer acquisitions, our business will expand rapidly over the next three years. Our objective is to grow profitably by building on our current strategic position to become a dominant global unified platform services company.

The key elements of our strategy include:

•        expanding the service and product portfolio to enhance cross-selling opportunities;

•        enhancing the service platform by investing in technology;

•        expanding into new geographic markets; and

•        pursuing selective strategic partnerships and acquisitions.

We have six principles for our growth:

Operating model:    simplify and align with our customers’ needs and end markets.

Enhance customer experience:    introduce customer-centric programs and services leveraging the latest technologies such as artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML) to improve our customers’ experiences and continue to earn their business.

Service portfolio management:    adopt a more proactive approach, be agile in introducing new offerings while continuously scrutinizing the potential for returns.

Build scale:    to grow and build scale in a broad range of international markets and industry verticals within the online service platform and e-healthcare segment.

Strategic relationships:    focus on building and maintaining long-term strategic business relationships with other established players in the market to better utilize the network capabilities, reduce cost burden and generate supplementary revenue streams.

Acquisition strategy:    develop a more targeted and disciplined approach; focus on acquisitions that augment our existing online streaming portfolio.

Our Streaming Services

We have a very broad customer base (including retail and commercial customers). We offer subscription-based video services and Internet services to primarily residential customers, with prices and related charges based on the types of service selected, whether the services are sold as a “bundle” or on an individual basis, and based on the equipment necessary to receive our services. Our video customers receive a package of programming, which generally includes a device that provides an interactive electronic programming guide with parental controls, access to pay-per-view services, including video on demand (“VOD”). Customers have the option to purchase additional tiers of services, including premium channels that provide original programming, commercial-free movies, sports, and other special event entertainment programming. Almost all of the popular linear video channels and content are available in high definition.

Leading Technology-Enabled Innovation in Healthcare

Our healthcare work will focus on providing telemedicine solutions for the unmet medical needs of a large part of the Indian population. Our vision is to provide cost-efficient telemedicine services, as well as serve as an extension of the traditional healthcare system. Our unique addition to conventional telemedicine is in the form of local health centers staffed by trained nurses, both male and female, to assist the doctor to thoroughly examine the patient and administer treatment such injections as per the advice of the doctor on the video consultation.

We believe this extension of traditional healthcare services is vital because:

•        68% of Indians live in rural villages;

•        India has one doctor for every 1,445 people;

4

Table of Contents

•        More than 75% of Indian doctors are based in cities or urban areas; and

•        Approximately 89% of rural Indian patients have to travel about 8 kilometers to access basic medical treatment2.

Tele-medicine services

Building on the Company’s strong fiber-optic network and customer base, we strive to use technology-based innovation to address the most significant unmet needs of patients and societies across rural India.

In the first phase of our journey, we are developing and delivering telehealth services in the nature of preventive healthcare using technologies such as Internet of Medical Things (IoMT) and Artificial Intelligence (AI). Our initial focus is aimed at offering basic health monitoring and digital stethoscope services with the help of our own smart devices and software systems and also last mile medicine delivery services. Further, we utilize clinical informatics for the collation of information for effective data analysis and for sharing the information with doctors/relatives/other stakeholders to help in better decision making.

With our streaming services and our devices, we intend to make it possible for the people to undertake self-health monitoring and combine the same with remote diagnosis and treatment with unique local assistance through secure patient-doctor consultation. Thereby not only reducing the number of trips to the hospital but also build an ecosystem that may turn out to be an affordable, as well as a fast, way to bridge the rural-urban health divide.

Technology Platform

In an industry where the cost of error is high, operational consistency and network dependability are critical. Information has to be accurate, and readily available. Our operations benefit from centralized decision-making and a uniform technology platform, coupled with a coordinated local presence. Our unified, scalable technology platform has been developed by our technology team, which is located in India. This technology platform covers all relevant aspects of our operations, from data management, business intelligence, traffic optimization and consumer engagement to infrastructure, logistics and payments. Data is constantly collected and analyzed to help optimize operations, make the consumer experience more personal and relevant, and enable us, selected sellers and logistics partners to make informed, real-time decisions.

Competitive Advantage

We continually enhance our access to fiber-optic network, with the goal of elevating the customer experience, enhancing reliability and sustaining future growth. Building on this capability and leveraging modern technology, we are diversifying into new growth areas to expand our business horizon.

From a traditional contact management service provider, we have evolved into a significant streaming service provider. We continue to invest in long-term growth opportunities, while simultaneously building on our core capabilities and engaging in strategic partnerships to widen our geographical presence and offerings.

We focus on customer service excellence and technological leadership to further strengthen our differentiated competitive position and enhance the customer experience.

Recent Financing

On December 30, 2020, the Company entered into an Agreement for Subscription of Debentures with an investor (the “Investor”) pursuant to which the Company shall issue to the Investor Redeemable Debentures (the “Debentures”) of Rs. 240 crores (a crore denotes ten million, approximately $33,000,000). The tenure of the Debentures shall be 12 months from the date of allotment of the Debentures, with an option to extend the period by another 4 years, for an aggregate of 5 years. The Debentures shall be redeemed at a value of Rs. 345 crores (approximately $47,600,000), with an assumed principal amount of Rs. 300 crores (approximately $41,400,000) and accumulated interest of Rs. 45 crores

____________

2          World Health Day Amid Covid Crisis by Pramod N Sulikeri, Available: https://myarogya.in/general/world-health-day-amid-covid-crisis/ & Telemedicine Force Multiplier for Healthcare Delivery by Major General Ashok Kumar Singh (retd), Available: https://innohealthmagazine.com/2020/guest-column/telemedicine-healthcare-delivery/

5

Table of Contents

(approximately $6,200,000), at the end of 12 months from the issuance date. The redeemed amount shall be paid within the period of 45 days from the above due date, unless the period is extended for another 4 years, where which the revised redemption value shall be Rs. 345 crores (approximately $47,600,000) plus an additional simple interest of 15% per annum on the revised principal amount of Rs. 300 crores (approximately $41,000,000) starting from the revised principal date. The Debentures have not been issued because the transaction contemplated under the Agreement for Subscription of Debentures is still subject to the regulatory approval of the local government in India.

Emerging Growth Company Status

As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year (the period March 16, 2020 (date of inception) through March 31, 2020), we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012, and may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

•        being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in our SEC filings,

•        not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act,

•        reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements, and

•        exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our common equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). However, if certain events occur before the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large accelerated filer,” our annual gross revenues exceed $1.07 billion or we issue more than $1.00 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company before the end of such five-year period.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We have elected to take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards and acknowledge such election is irrevocable pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act.

Foreign Private Issuer Status

We are a “foreign private issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act and Rule 3b-4(c) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). As a result, we are not subject to the same requirements as U.S. domestic issuers. Under the Exchange Act, we will be subject to reporting obligations that, to some extent, are more lenient and less frequent than those of U.S. domestic reporting companies. For example, we will not be required to issue quarterly reports or proxy statements. We will not be required to disclose detailed individual executive compensation information. Furthermore, our directors and executive officers will not be required to report equity holdings under Section 16 of the Exchange Act and will not be subject to the insider short-swing profit disclosure and recovery regime.

As an exempted British Virgin Islands company to be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we are subject to the Nasdaq Stock Market corporate governance listing standards. However, the Nasdaq Stock Market rules permit a foreign private issuer like us to follow the corporate governance practices of its home country. Certain corporate governance practices in the British Virgin Islands, which is our home country, may differ significantly from the Nasdaq Stock Market corporate governance listing standards. For instance, we are not required to:

•        have a majority of the board to be independent (although all of the members of the audit committee must be independent under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act);

•        have a compensation committee or a nominating or corporate governance committee consisting entirely of independent directors;

6

Table of Contents

•        have regularly scheduled executive sessions for non-management directors; and

•        have annual meetings and director elections.

Currently, we do not intend to rely on home country practice with respect to our corporate governance and we intend to fully comply with the Nasdaq Stock Market corporate governance listing standards after we complete with this offering. For example, we intend to have mandatory annual meetings and director elections after this offering.

Notes on Prospectus Presentation

Numerical figures included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in various tables may not be arithmetic aggregations of the figures that precede them. Certain market data and other statistical information contained in this prospectus is based on information from independent industry organizations, publications, surveys and forecasts. Some market data and statistical information contained in this prospectus are also based on management’s estimates and calculations, which are derived from our review and interpretation of the independent sources listed above, our internal research and our knowledge of the Indian information technology industry. While we believe such information is reliable, we have not independently verified any third-party information and our internal data has not been verified by any independent source.

Except where the context otherwise requires and for purposes of this prospectus only:

•        Depending on the context, the terms “we,” “us,” “our company,” and “our” refer to Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd., BVI company, and its consolidated subsidiaries:

•        “Lytus India” refers to Lytus Technologies Private Limited, our wholly-owned subsidiary in India.

•        “DDC” refers to DDC CATV Network Private Ltd., our majority-owned (51%) subsidiary in India.

•        “common shares” refer to our common shares, $0.01 par value per share.

•        all references to “Rs.” or “Rupee” are to the legal currency of India, and all references to “USD,” “$”, “US$” and “U.S. dollars” are to the legal currency of the United States.

•        a “crore” denotes ten million.

Unless otherwise noted, all currency figures in this filing are in U.S. dollars.

This prospectus contains translations of certain Indian rupee amounts into U.S. dollar amounts at a specified rate solely for the convenience of the reader. Unless otherwise noted, we have translated profit and loss items at an average rate of 71.09 for the period ended March 31, 2020. For balance sheet items, we have translated at a closing rate of 75.33 as of March 31, 2020. We have stated equity accounts at their historical rates. We make no representation that the Indian rupee amounts or U.S. dollar amounts referred to in this prospectus could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars or Indian rupee amounts, as the case may be, at any particular rate or at all. On June 14, 2021, the exchange rate was Rs.73.19 to $1.00. Any discrepancies in any table between the amounts identified as total amounts and the sum of the amounts listed therein are due to rounding.

Assuming the completion of this offering, our officers, directors, and 5% or greater shareholders will, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately 87.4% of our outstanding common shares. Specifically, Dharmesh Pandya, our chief executive officer and director, in the aggregate, will beneficially own 76.8% following this offering, which, in turn, will allow such shareholders to exert substantial influence over matters such as electing directors and approving mergers or other business combination transactions. As a result, our officers, directors, and 5% or greater shareholders will possess substantial ability to impact our management and affairs and the outcome of matters submitted to shareholders for approval. This concentration of ownership and voting power may also discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company, which could deprive our shareholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common shares as part of a sale of our company and might reduce the price of our common shares. These actions may be taken even if they are opposed by our other shareholders, including those who purchase common shares in this offering. See “Risk Factors”.

7

Table of Contents

The Offering

Common shares offered

 

2,727,272 common shares

Over-allotment Option to purchase additional common shares from us

 


We have granted the underwriters 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional 409,090 shares on the same terms as the other shares being purchased by the underwriters from us.

Common shares outstanding before this offering

 


34,154,062 common shares.

Common shares outstanding after this offering

 


36,881,334 common shares.

Use of Proceeds

 

We intend to use the proceeds from this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes, including acquiring additional assets and developing our telemedicine service. See “Use of Proceeds” for more information.

Lockup Agreements

 

Our executive officers, directors, and shareholders holding 5% or more of our common shares prior to the offering, collectively, have agreed with the underwriters not to sell, transfer. or dispose of any common shares or similar securities for a period of 90 days following the closing of this offering.

NASDAQ Trading symbol

 

We have applied for listing of our common shares on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “LYT”.

Risk Factors

 

Investing in these securities involves a high degree of risk. As an investor, you should be able to bear a complete loss of your investment. You should carefully consider the information set forth in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus before deciding to invest in our common shares.

8

Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

The following tables summarize our historical consolidated financial data. We have derived the historical consolidated statements of operations data for the period March 16, 2020 to March 31, 2020, from our audited consolidated financial statements, and for the period ended December 31, 2020, from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following summary consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future, and our results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for a full fiscal year.

Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Loss Data:

 

For the period
March 16,
2020
(date of inception)
through
March 
31,
2020
(US$)

 

For the
9 months
ended
December 31,
2020
(US$)
(Unaudited)

Revenues

 

 

   

 

 

Operating revenue

 

$

 

$

29,196,196

Other operating income

 

 

 

 

102

Total revenues

 

 

 

 

29,196,298

   

 

   

 

 

Other income

 

 

   

 

 

Other income

 

 

15,759,393

 

 

Total income

 

 

15,759,393

 

 

29,196,298

   

 

   

 

 

Expenses

 

 

   

 

 

Amortization

 

 

204,086

 

 

8,927,417

Depreciation

 

 

 

 

178,103

Streaming service costs

 

 

 

 

16,916,480

Legal and professional expense

 

 

272,894

 

 

1,288,926

Staffing expense

 

 

15,777

 

 

235,229

Other operating expenses

 

 

8,463

 

 

113,471

Total expenses

 

 

501,220

 

 

27,659,626

   

 

   

 

 

Finance income

 

 

 

 

2,515

Income before income tax

 

 

15,258,173

 

 

1,539,187

Income tax expense

 

 

3,894,674

 

 

423,227

Net income after tax available to common shareholders

 

$

11,363,499

 

$

1,115,960

   

 

   

 

 

Attributable to:

 

 

   

 

 

Controlling interest

 

$

11,363,499

 

$

1,067,824

Non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

48,136

9

Table of Contents

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

 

As of
March
31,
2020
(US$)

 

As of
December 31,
2020
(US$)
(Unaudited)

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

41,760

 

 

$

100,254

Other financial assets

 

 

42,038

 

 

 

246,437

Inventories

 

 

 

 

 

40,000

Trade receivables

 

 

390,151

 

 

 

33,830,217

Other receivable

 

 

18,015,483

 

 

 

18,566,577

Other current assets

 

 

4,351,189

 

 

 

7,856,194

Total current assets

 

 

22,840,621

 

 

 

60,639,679

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

1,130,534

 

 

 

976,366

Intangible assets and Goodwill

 

 

59,326,290

 

 

 

50,476,958

Other non-current assets, net

 

 

16,472

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

156,020

 

 

 

1,103,338

Total non-current assets

 

 

60,629,316

 

 

 

52,556,662

Total assets

 

$

83,469,937

 

 

$

113,196,341

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

$

1,587,216

 

 

$

1,599,080

Trade payables

 

 

425,667

 

 

 

20,978,249

Other financial liabilities

 

 

345,924

 

 

 

475,970

Security deposits payable

 

 

59,807

 

 

 

39,677

Other current liabilities

 

 

7,375,226

 

 

 

13,168,777

Customer acquisition payable

 

 

29,372,718

 

 

 

30,271,230

Current tax liability

 

 

2,005,748

 

 

 

2,008,804

Total current liabilities

 

 

41,172,306

 

 

 

68,541,787

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customers acquisition payable, net of current portion

 

 

29,372,718

 

 

 

30,271,230

Deferred tax liability

 

 

1,907,015

 

 

 

2,930,748

Total non-current liabilities

 

 

31,279,733

 

 

 

33,201,978

Total liabilities

 

 

72,452,039

 

 

 

101,743,765

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity share capital

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

341,541

Other equity

 

 

11,056,589

 

 

 

11,097,209

Equity attributable to equity holders of the company

 

 

11,059,589

 

 

 

11,438,750

Non-controlling interest

 

 

(41,691

)

 

 

13,826

Total equity

 

 

11,017,898

 

 

 

11,452,576

Total liabilities and equity

 

$

83,469,937

 

 

$

113,196,341

10

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below together with all of the other information included in this prospectus before making an investment decision. The risks and uncertainties described below represent our known material risks to our business. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, or results of operations could suffer. In that case, you may lose all or part of your investment. You should not invest in this offering unless you can afford to lose your entire investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Lytus platform may not be accepted in the marketplace.

Uncertainty exists as to whether our Platform will be accepted by the market without additional widespread subscriber acceptance. Several factors may limit the market acceptance of our Platform, including the availability of alternative products and services, as well as the price of our Platform services relative to alternative products. There is a risk that subscriber acceptance will be encouraged to continue to use other products and/or methods instead of ours. We are assuming that, notwithstanding the fact that our Platform is new in the market, subscriber acceptance will elect to use our Platform because of our collective and integrated offerings.

Subscribers need to be persuaded that our Platform service is justified for the anticipated benefit, but there is no assurance that enough subscribers will be convinced to develop a successful market for our Platform.

Our revenues will be dependent upon acceptance of our Platform product by the market.

Our revenues are expected to come from our Platform. There can be no assurance that subscribers will adopt our Platform. If we are not able to market and significantly increase the number of subscribers that use our Platform, or if we are unable to charge the necessary prices, our financial condition and results of operations will be materially and adversely affected.

Defects or malfunctions in our Platform could hurt our reputation, sales, and profitability.

The acceptance of our Platform depends upon its effectiveness and reliability. Our Platform is complex and is continually being modified and improved, and as such may contain undetected defects or errors when first introduced or as new versions are released. To the extent that defects or errors cause our Platform to malfunction and our customers’ use of our Platform is interrupted, our reputation could suffer, and our potential revenues could decline or be delayed while such defects are remedied. We may also be subject to liability for the defects and malfunctions.

There can be no assurance that, despite our testing, errors will not be found in our Platform or new releases, resulting in loss of future revenues or delay in market acceptance, diversion of development resources, damage to our reputation, adverse litigation, or increased service, any of which would have a material adverse effect upon our business, operating results, and financial condition.

Our 8 million user base is based on a calculation of our 1.8 million paid home subscribers multiplied by an industry average of 4.6 users per household in India and the assumptions we used to determine these figures may not be accurate. Assumptions that may not be accurate.

Our 8 million user base is based on a calculation of our 1.8 million paid home subscribers multiplied by an industry average of 4.6 users per household in India. The conversion rate of 4.6 users per household was supported by the Database on Household Size and Composition 2019 released by the Department of Economic and Social Affairs of the United Nations.1 Our estimates of household size and the number of users are based upon historical cable industry practices for measurement of user data. For example, according to the Universe Update Report released by Broadcast Audience Research Council of India in July 20182, the number of average users per household in 2018 was 4.45. Although we believe the figures in the industry report were reasonable, there can be no assurance that the assumptions we used are accurate and therefore the number of the members per household may not necessarily equal to the number of our active users. As a result, the number of our actual active users may be less than 8 million.

____________

1        Available at: https://population.un.org/Household/index.html#/countries/356

2        Available at: https://www.barcindia.co.in/resources/pdf/BARC%20India%20Universe%20Update%20-%202018.pdf

11

Table of Contents

Software failures, breakdowns in the operations of our servers and communications systems or the failure to implement system enhancements could harm our business.

Our success depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our servers and communications systems. A failure of our network or data gathering procedures could impede services and could result in the loss of subscribers. While our operations will have disaster recovery plans in place, they might not adequately protect us. Despite any precautions we take, damage from fire, floods, hurricanes, power loss, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, break-ins, and similar events at our computer facilities could result in interruptions in the flow of data to our servers and from our servers to our clients. In addition, any failure by our computer environment to provide our required data communications capacity could result in interruptions in our service. In the event of a server failure, we could be required to transfer our client data collection operations to an alternative provider of server hosting services. Such a transfer could result in delays in our ability to deliver our products and services to our clients.

Additionally, significant delays in the planned delivery of system enhancements, improvements and inadequate performance of the systems once they are completed could damage our reputation and harm our business. Long-term disruptions in the infrastructure caused by events such as natural disasters, the outbreak of war, the escalation of hostilities and acts of terrorism, particularly involving cities in which we have offices, could adversely affect our businesses. Although, we plan to carry property and business interruption insurance for our business operations, our coverage might not be adequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur.

We face risks related to the storage of customers’ and their end users’ confidential and proprietary information.

Our Platform is designed to maintain the confidentiality and security of our patients’ confidential and proprietary data that are stored on our server systems, which may include sensitive personal data. However, any accidental or willful security breaches or other unauthorized access to these data could expose us to liability for the loss of such information, time-consuming and expensive litigation and other possible liabilities as well as negative publicity. Techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are difficult to recognize and react to. We may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative or reactionary measures.

We might incur substantial expense to further develop our Platform which may never become sufficiently successful.

Our growth strategy requires the successful launch of our Platform. Although management will take necessary precaution to ensure that our Platform will, with a high degree of likelihood, achieve commercial success, there can be no assurance that this will be the case. The causes for failure of our Platform once commercialized can be numerous, including:

•        market demand for our Platform proves to be smaller than we expect; 

•        further Platform development turns out to be costlier than anticipated or takes longer; our Platform requires significant adjustment post-commercialization, rendering the Platform uneconomic or extending considerably the likely investment return period; additional regulatory requirements may increase the overall costs of the development; patent conflicts or unenforceable intellectual property rights; and physical therapists and clients may be unwilling to adopt and/or use our Platform. 

•        Compliance with changing regulations concerning corporate governance and public disclosure may result in additional expenses.

We cannot be certain that we will obtain intellectual property rights for our platform and technology and if we fail to protect our intellectual property rights, our brand and business may suffer.

We believe that our success and competitive position will depend in part on our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property rights for our platform. Although we seek to obtain copyright or trademark protection for our intellectual property when applicable, it is possible that we may not be able to do so successfully or that the copyright or trademark we have obtained may not be sufficient to protect all of our intellectual property rights. Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or duplicate our intellectual property or otherwise use our intellectual properties without obtaining our consent. Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is

12

Table of Contents

difficult and costly, and we cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will effectively prevent misappropriation of our intellectual properties. If we are not successful in protecting our intellectual property rights, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Liability issues are inherent in the healthcare industry and insurance are expensive and difficult to obtain, we may be exposed to large lawsuits.

Our business exposes us to potential liability risks, which are inherent in the healthcare industry. While we will take precautions we deem to be appropriate to avoid liability suits against us, there can be no assurance that we will be able to avoid significant liability exposure. Liability insurance for the healthcare industry is generally expensive. We have obtained professional indemnity insurance coverage for our Platform. There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain such coverage on acceptable terms, or that any insurance policy will provide adequate protection against potential claims. A successful liability claim brought against us may exceed any insurance coverage secured by us and could have a material adverse effect on our results or ability to continue our Platform.

We will need to increase the size of our organization and may experience difficulties in managing growth.

At present, we are a small company. We expect to experience a period of expansion in headcount, infrastructure, and overhead, and anticipate that further expansion will be required to address potential growth and market opportunities. Future growth will impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including the need to identify, recruit, maintain, and integrate new managers. Our future financial performance and its ability to compete effectively will depend, in part, on its ability to manage any future growth effectively.

Dependence on key existing and future personnel

Our success will depend, to a large degree, upon the efforts and abilities of our officers and key management employees. The loss of the services of one or more of our key employees could have a material adverse effect on our operations. In addition, as our business model is implemented, we will need to recruit and retain additional management and key employees in virtually all phases of our operations. Key employees will require a strong background in our industry. We cannot assure that we will be able to successfully attract and retain key personnel.

We rely on information technology to operate our business and maintain our competitiveness, and any failure to adapt to technological developments or industry trends could harm our business.

We depend on the use of sophisticated information technology and systems, which we have customized in-house, for provision of several online services, customer relationship management, communications and administration. As our operations grow in both size and scope, we must continuously improve and upgrade our systems and infrastructure to offer our customers enhanced services, features and functionality, while maintaining the reliability and integrity of our systems and infrastructure in a cost- effective manner. Our future success also depends on our ability to upgrade our services and infrastructure ahead of rapidly evolving consumer demands while continuing to improve the performance, features and reliability of our service in response to competitive offerings.

We may not be able to maintain or replace our existing systems or introduce new technologies and systems as quickly as our competitors, in a cost-effective manner or at all. We may also be unable to devote adequate financial resources to develop or acquire new technologies and systems in the future.

We may not be able to use new technologies effectively, or we may fail to adapt our websites, transaction processing systems and network infrastructure to consumer requirements or emerging industry standards. If we face material delays in introducing new or enhanced solutions, our customers may forego the use of our services in favor of those of our competitors. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

Our customer devices include license software from third party vendors, as we continue to introduce new offering services. We cannot be sure that such technology licenses will be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

We operate in a highly competitive industry

Although we are not aware of any other “Distance Monitored Physical Therapy Telemedicine Program” with local assistance precisely like ours, and targeting our specific population, we shall encounter competition from local, regional or national entities, some of which have superior resources or other competitive advantages in the larger

13

Table of Contents

physical therapy space. Intense competition may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. We may also experience competition from companies in the wellness space. These competitors may be larger and more highly capitalized, with greater name recognition. We will compete with such companies on brand name, quality of services, level of expertise, advertising, product and service innovation and differentiation of product and services. As a result, our ability to secure significant market share may be impeded. Although we believe our services will enable us to serve more patients than traditional physical therapy providers, if these more established offices or providers start offering similar services to ours, their name recognition or experience may enable them to capture a greater market share.

Limited product testing and operations

We have built out the technology platform and content library necessary to execute our planned business strategy. Of course, there may be other factors that prevent us from successfully marketing a product, including, but not limited to, our limited cash resources. Further, our proposed reimbursement plan and the eventual operating results could be susceptible to varying interpretations by scientists, medical personnel, regulatory personnel, statisticians and others, which may delay, limit or prevent our executing our proposed business plan.

We face substantial competition, and others may discover, develop, acquire or commercialize products before or more successfully than we do

We operate in a highly competitive environment. Our products compete with other products of competitors who may have greater clinical, research, regulatory and marketing resources than us. In addition, some of our competitors may have technical or competitive advantages for the development of technologies and processes. These resources may make it difficult for us to compete with them to successfully discover, develop and market new products.

We also depend upon our ability to recruit and retain experienced therapists

Our future revenue generation is dependent upon referrals from physicians in the communities our clinics serve, and our ability to maintain good relations with these physicians. Our therapists are the front line for generating these referrals and we are dependent on their talents and skills to successfully cultivate and maintain strong relationships with these physicians. If we cannot recruit and retain our base of experienced and clinically skilled therapists, our business may decrease, and our net operating revenues may decline.

We rely on third-party systems and service providers, and any disruption or adverse change in their businesses could have a material adverse effect on our business

We currently rely on certain third-party computer systems, service providers, and local cable operators to provide various services that we offer customers. Any interruption or deterioration in performance of these third-party systems and services could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our success is also dependent on our ability to maintain our relationships with these third-party systems and service providers, including our technology partners. In the event our arrangements with any of these third parties are impaired or terminated, we may not be able to find an alternative source of systems support on a timely basis or on commercially reasonable terms, which could result in significant additional costs or disruptions to our business.

We rely on the value of our brand, and any failure to maintain or enhance consumer awareness of our brand could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We believe continued investment in our brand, “LYTUS,” and the brands of our subsidiaries, is critical to retain and expand our business. We believe that our brand is well respected and recognized in the markets where we have customers. However, we are relatively new to the Indian Ecommerce sector and may not enjoy the same brand recognition in the new areas that we launch our new businesses. We have invested in developing and promoting our brand since our inception and expect to continue to spend on maintaining our brand’s value to enable us to compete against increased spending by our competitors, as well as against emerging competitors, including search engines and meta-search engines, and to allow us to expand into new geographies and products where our brand is not well known. Our marketing costs may also increase as a result of inflation in media pricing (including search engine keywords). There is no assurance that we will be able to successfully maintain or enhance consumer awareness of our brand. Even if we are successful in our branding efforts, such efforts may not be cost-effective. If we are

14

Table of Contents

unable to maintain or enhance consumer awareness of our brand and generate demand in a cost-effective manner, it would negatively impact our ability to compete in the ecommerce sector which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

We may not be successful in implementing our growth strategies.

Our growth strategy is to enhance our service platforms by investing in technology, and expanding into new geographic markets. Our success in implementing our growth strategies are affected by:

•        our ability to increase the number of suppliers, and product offerings on our platform;

•        our ability to continue to expand our distribution channels, and market and cross-sell our services and products to facilitate the expansion of our business;

•        our ability to build or acquire the required technology;

•        the general condition of the global economy (particularly in India and markets with close proximity to India) and continued growth in demand for online services;

•        our ability to compete effectively with existing and new entrants to the Indian ecommerce industry;

•        the growth of the Internet as a medium for commerce in India; and

•        changes in our regulatory environment.

Many of these factors are beyond our control and there can be no assurance that we will succeed in implementing our strategy. Separately, our growth strategy also involves expanding into new geographic markets, which will involve additional risks.

We may not be successful in pursuing strategic partnerships and acquisitions, and future partnerships and acquisitions may not bring us anticipated benefits.

Part of our growth strategy is the pursuit of strategic partnerships and acquisitions. There can be no assurance that we will succeed in implementing this strategy as it is subject to many factors which are beyond our control, including our ability to identify, attract and successfully execute suitable acquisition opportunities and partnerships.

This strategy may also subject us to uncertainties and risks, including acquisition and financing costs, potential ongoing and unforeseen or hidden liabilities, diversion of management resources and cost of integrating acquired businesses. We could face difficulties integrating the technology of acquired businesses with our existing technology, and employees of the acquired business into various departments and ranks in our company, and it could take substantial time and effort to integrate the business processes being used in the acquired businesses with our existing business processes. Moreover, there is no assurance that such partnerships or acquisitions will achieve our intended objectives or enhance our revenue.

If we are unable to continue to identify and exploit new market opportunities, our future revenues may decline and as a result our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

As more participants enter our markets, the resulting competition often leads to lower commissions. This may result in a decrease in future revenues in a particular market even if the volume of trades we handle in that market increases. We may not be able to attract new customers or successfully enter new markets. If we are unable to continue to identify and exploit new market opportunities on a timely and cost-effective basis, our future revenues may decline and as a result our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Difficult market conditions, economic conditions and geopolitical uncertainties could adversely affect our business in many ways by negatively impacting our future revenues in the financial markets in which we offer services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Difficult market conditions, economic conditions, and geopolitical uncertainties have in the past adversely affected and may in the future adversely affect our business and profitability. Our business and financial services

15

Table of Contents

industry in general are directly affected by national and international economic and political conditions, broad trends in business and finance, the level and volatility of interest rates, changes in and uncertainty regarding tax laws and substantial fluctuations in the volume and price levels of securities transactions. The financial markets and the global financial services business are, by their nature, risky and volatile and are directly affected by many national and international factors that are beyond our control. Any one of these factors may cause a substantial decline in the U.S. and global financial services markets, resulting in reduced trading volume. These events could have a material adverse effect on our results and profitability. These factors include:

•        economic and political conditions in India, the U.S., Europe and elsewhere in the world,

•        concerns about terrorism, war and other armed hostilities,

•        concerns over inflation and wavering institutional and consumer confidence levels,

•        the availability of cash for investment by our dealer customers and their customers,

•        the level and volatility of interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates,

•        the level and volatility of trading in certain equity and commodity markets, and

•        currency values.

The global financial markets have experienced significant disruptions since 2008, and the United States, Europe, and other economies have experienced periods of recession. There is considerable uncertainty over the long-term effects of the expansionary monetary and fiscal policies adopted by the central banks and financial authorities of some of the world’s leading economies. Adverse economic conditions could have negative adverse effects on our business and financial conditions. Additionally, continued turbulence in the international markets may adversely affect our ability to access the capital markets to meet liquidity needs.

Employee misconduct or error could harm us by impairing our ability to attract and retain customers and subjecting us to significant legal liability and reputational harm; moreover, this type of misconduct is difficult to detect and deter and error is difficult to prevent.

Employee misconduct or error could subject us to financial losses and regulatory sanctions and could seriously harm our reputation and negatively affect our business. It is not always possible to deter employee misconduct, and the precautions taken to prevent and detect employee misconduct may not always be effective. Misconduct by employees could include engaging in improper or unauthorized transactions or activities, failing to properly supervise other employees, or improperly using confidential information. Employee errors, including mistakes in executing, recording or processing transactions for customers, could cause us to enter into transactions that customers may disavow and refuse to settle, which could expose us to the risk of material losses even if the errors are detected and the transactions are unwound or reversed. If our customers are not able to settle their transactions on a timely basis, the time in which employee errors are detected may be increased and our risk of material loss could be increased. The risk of employee error or miscommunication may be greater for products that are new or have non-standardized terms. It is not always possible to deter employee misconduct or error, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in all cases.

Changing laws, rules and regulations and legal uncertainties, including adverse application of tax laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business and financial performance.

Our business and financial performance could be adversely affected by unfavorable changes in or interpretations of existing, or the promulgation of new, laws, rules and regulations applicable to us and our business, including those relating to the Internet and e-commerce, consumer protection and privacy. Such unfavorable changes could decrease demand for our services and products, increase costs and/or subject us to additional liabilities. For example, there may continue to be an increasing number of laws and regulations pertaining to the Internet and e-commerce, which may relate to liability for information retrieved from or transmitted over the Internet or mobile networks, user privacy, taxation and the quality of services and products sold or provided through the Internet. Furthermore, the growth and development of e-commerce may result in more stringent consumer protection laws that may impose additional burdens on online businesses generally.

16

Table of Contents

The application of various Indian and international sales, use, occupancy, value-added and other tax laws, rules and regulations to our services and products is subject to interpretation by the applicable taxing authorities. Many of the statutes and regulations that impose these taxes were established before the growth of the Internet, mobile networks and e-commerce. If such tax laws, rules and regulations are amended, new adverse laws, rules or regulations are adopted or current laws are interpreted adversely to our interests, particularly with respect to occupancy or value-added or other taxes, the results could increase our tax payments (prospectively or retrospectively) and/or subject us to penalties and, if we pass on such costs to our customers, decrease the demand for our services and products. As a result, any such changes or interpretations could have an adverse effect on our business and financial performance.

Infrastructure in India may not be upgraded in order to support higher internet penetration, which may result in additional investments and expenses for us.

According to Internet World Stats and the McKinsey Global Report on Digital India dated March 2019, Internet penetration in India was only 7.0% in 2009, but reached over 40% in 2018. There can be no assurance that Internet penetration in India will increase in the future as slowdowns or disruptions in upgrading efforts for infrastructure in India could reduce the rate of increase in the use of the Internet. As such, we may need to make additional investments in alternative distribution channels. Further, any slowdown or negative deviation in the anticipated increase in Internet penetration in India may adversely affect our business and prospects.

Our results of operations are subject to fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

As the functional currency of Lytus India, our key operating subsidiary, is the Indian Rupee, our exposure to foreign currency risk primarily arises in respect of our non-Indian Rupee-denominated trade and other receivables, trade and other payables, and cash and cash equivalents.

We may not be able to obtain additional financing, if needed, on terms that are acceptable, which could prevent us from developing or enhancing our business, taking advantage of future opportunities or responding to competitive pressure or unanticipated requirements.

Our business is dependent upon the availability of adequate funding and sufficient capital. If for any reason we need to raise additional funds, we may not be able to obtain additional financing when needed. If we cannot raise additional funds on acceptable terms, we may not be able to develop or enhance our business, take advantage of future opportunities or respond to competitive pressure or unanticipated requirements.

We may experience technology failures while developing and enhancing our software.

In order to maintain our competitive advantage, our software is under continuous development. There is risk that software failures may occur and result in service interruptions and have other unintended consequences, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Any significant disruption in service on our platform or in our computer systems, including events beyond our control, could prevent us from processing or posting transactions on our platform, reduce the attractiveness of our platform and result in a loss of borrowers or investors.

In the event of a platform outage and physical data loss, our ability to perform our servicing obligations, process applications or make products and services available on our platform would be materially and adversely affected. The satisfactory performance, reliability and availability of our platform, and our underlying network infrastructure are critical to our operations, customer service, reputation and our ability to retain existing and attract new borrowers and investors. Our operations depend on our ability to protect our systems against damage or interruption from natural disasters, power or telecommunications failures, air quality issues, environmental conditions, computer viruses or attempts to harm our systems, criminal acts and similar events. If there is a lapse in service or damage to our facilities, we could experience interruptions in our service as well as delays and additional expense in arranging new facilities. Any interruptions or delays in our service, whether as a result of third-party error, our error, natural disasters or security breaches, whether accidental or willful, could harm our relationships with our borrowers and investors and our reputation. Additionally, in the event of damage or interruption, our insurance policies may not adequately compensate us for any losses that we may incur.

17

Table of Contents

We operate in a rapidly evolving business environment. If we are unable to adapt our business effectively to keep pace with these changes, our ability to succeed will be adversely affected, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The pace of change in our industry is extremely rapid. Operating in such a rapidly changing business environment involves a high degree of risk. Our ability to succeed will depend on our ability to adapt effectively to these changing market conditions. If we are unable to keep up with rapid technological changes, we may not be able to compete effectively. To remain competitive, we must continue to enhance and improve the responsiveness, functionality, accessibility and features of our proprietary software, network distribution systems and technologies. Our business environment is characterized by rapid technological changes, changes in use and customer requirements and preferences, frequent product and service introductions embodying new technologies and the emergence of new industry standards and practices that could render our existing proprietary technology and systems obsolete. Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to:

•        develop, license and defend intellectual property useful in our business,

•        enhance our existing services,

•        develop new services and technologies that address the increasingly sophisticated and varied needs of our prospective customers,

•        respond to technological advances and emerging industry standards and practices on a cost-effective and timely basis,

•        respond to the demand for new services, products and technologies on a cost-effective and timely basis, and

•        adapt to technological advancements and changing standards to address the increasingly sophisticated requirements and varied needs of our prospective customers.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to respond in a timely manner to changing market conditions or customer requirements. The development of proprietary electronic trading technology entails significant technical, financial and business risks. Further, the adoption of new Internet, networking or telecommunications technologies may require us to devote substantial resources to modify, adapt and defend our technology. We cannot assure you that we will successfully implement new technologies or adapt our proprietary technology and transaction-processing systems to customer requirements or emerging industry standards, or that we will be able to successfully defend any challenges to any technology we develop. Any failure on our part to anticipate or respond adequately to technological advancements, customer requirements or changing industry standards, or any significant delays in the development, introduction or availability of new services, products or enhancements, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules and, as a result, may rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements that provide protection to shareholders of other companies.

We are a “controlled company” as defined under Rule 5615(c)(1) of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules because Mr. Dharmesh Pandya holds more than 50% of our voting power, and we expect we will continue to be a controlled company upon completion of this offering. For so long as we remain a controlled company under that definition, we are permitted to elect to rely, and may rely, on certain exemptions from the obligation to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

•        the requirement that our director nominees must be selected or recommended solely by independent directors; and

•        the requirement that we have a corporate governance and nominating committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities.

18

Table of Contents

As a result, you will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules, if we utilize such exemptions. We currently do not intend to utilize the controlled company exemptions.

Lack of liquidity or access to capital could impair our business and financial condition.

Liquidity, or ready access to funds, is essential to our business. We expend significant resources investing in our business, particularly with respect to our technology and service platforms. As a result, reduced levels of liquidity could have a significant negative effect on us. Some potential conditions that could negatively affect our liquidity include:

•        illiquid or volatile markets,

•        diminished access to debt or capital markets,

•        unforeseen cash or capital requirements, or

•        regulatory penalties or fines, or adverse legal settlements or judgments.

The capital and credit markets continue to experience varying degrees of volatility and disruption. In some cases, the markets have exerted downward pressure on availability of liquidity and credit capacity for businesses similar to ours. Without sufficient liquidity, we could be required to limit or curtail our operations or growth plans, and our business would suffer. Notwithstanding the self-funding nature of our operations, we may sometimes be required to fund timing differences arising from the delayed receipt of client funds associated with the settlement of client transactions in securities markets. These timing differences are funded either with internally generated cash flow or, if needed, with funds drawn under our revolving credit facility. We may also need access to capital in connection with the growth of our business, through acquisitions or otherwise. In the event current resources are insufficient to satisfy our needs, we may need to rely on financing sources such as bank debt. The availability of additional financing will depend on a variety of factors such as:

•        market conditions,

•        the general availability of credit,

•        the volume of trading activities,

•        the overall availability of credit to the financial services industry,

•        our credit ratings and credit capacity, and

•        the possibility that our lenders could develop a negative perception of our long- or short-term financial prospects is a result of industry- or company-specific considerations. Similarly, our access to funds may be impaired if regulatory authorities or rating organizations take negative actions against us.

Disruptions, uncertainty, or volatility in the capital and credit markets may also limit our access to capital required to operate our business. Such market conditions may limit our ability to satisfy statutory capital requirements, generate commission, fee and other market-related revenue to meet liquidity needs and access the capital necessary to grow our business. As such, we may be forced to delay raising capital, issue different types of capital than we would otherwise, less effectively deploy such capital, or bear an unattractive cost of capital, which could decrease our profitability and significantly reduce our financial flexibility.

Our business could be materially adversely affected as a result of the risks associated with acquisitions and investments.

We may pursue further acquisitions and investments in the future. These transactions are accompanied by risks. For instance, an acquisition could have a negative effect on our financial and strategic position and reputation or the acquired business could fail to further our strategic goals. Moreover, we may not be able to successfully integrate acquired businesses into ours, and therefore we may not be able to realize the intended benefits from an acquisition. We may have a lack of experience in new markets, products or technologies brought on by the acquisition and we may have an initial dependence on unfamiliar supply or distribution partners. An acquisition may create an impairment of

19

Table of Contents

relationships with customers or suppliers of the acquired business or our advisors or suppliers. All of these and other potential risks may serve as a diversion of our management’s attention from other business concerns, and any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We may be subject to intellectual property infringement claims, which may be expensive to defend and may disrupt our business and operations.

We cannot be certain that our operations or any aspects of our business do not or will not infringe upon or otherwise violate trademarks, patents, copyrights, know-how, or other intellectual property rights held by third parties. We may be from time to time in the future subject to legal proceedings and claims relating to the intellectual property rights of others. In addition, there may be third-party trademarks, patents, copyrights, know-how or other intellectual property rights that are infringed by our products, services or other aspects of our business without our awareness. Holders of such intellectual property rights may seek to enforce such intellectual property rights against us in India, the United States or other jurisdictions. If any third-party infringement claims are brought against us, we may be forced to divert management’s time and other resources from our business and operations to defend against these claims, regardless of their merits. Additionally, the application and interpretation of India’s intellectual property right laws and the procedures and standards for granting trademarks, patents, copyrights, know-how or other intellectual property rights in India are still evolving and are uncertain, and we cannot assure you that Indian courts or regulatory authorities would agree with our analysis. If we were found to have violated the intellectual property rights of others, we may be subject to liability for our infringement activities or may be prohibited from using such intellectual property, and we may incur licensing fees or be forced to develop alternatives of our own. As a result, our business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

Our platforms and internal systems rely on software that is highly technical, and if it contains undetected errors, our business could be adversely affected.

Our platforms and internal systems rely on software that is highly technical and complex. In addition, our platform and internal systems depend on the ability of such software to store, retrieve, process, and manage immense amounts of data. The software on which we rely has contained, and may now or in the future contain, undetected errors or bugs. Errors or other design defects within the software on which we rely may result in a negative experience for customers and funding sources, delay introductions of new features or enhancements, result in errors or compromise our ability to protect customer or investor data or our intellectual property. Any errors, bugs or defects discovered in the software on which we rely could result in harm to our reputation, loss of customers or investors or liability for damages, any of which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our business is dependent on our ability to maintain relationships with our business partners and other third parties, and at the same time, we are subject to risks associated with our business partners and other third parties.

We currently rely on a number of business partners and other third parties in various aspects of our business. In addition, we cooperate with a number of business partners and other third parties to deliver our services to our customers. Furthermore, if third-party service providers fail to function properly, we cannot assure you that we would be able to find an alternative in a timely and cost-efficient manner, or at all. Pursuing, establishing and maintaining relationships with business partners and other third parties, as well as integrating their data and services with our system, require significant time and resources.

The smooth operation of our business also depends on the compliance by our business partners and other third parties with applicable laws and regulations. Any negative publicity about business partners and other third parties could harm our reputation. If any of the foregoing were to occur, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. Our reputation is associated with these business partners and other third parties, and if any of the foregoing were to occur, our reputation may suffer.

We face risks related to health pandemics that could impact our sales and operating results.

Our business could be adversely affected by the effects of a widespread outbreak of contagious disease, including the recent outbreak of respiratory illness caused by a novel coronavirus (COVID-19) first identified in Wuhan, Hubei Province, China. These could include disruptions or restrictions on our ability to travel and to deliver our products to our customers, as well as temporary closures of our facilities or the facilities of our customers and third-party service providers.

20

Table of Contents

Any disruption or delay of our operations and those of our suppliers or customers may adversely impact our sales and operating results. This could also add pressure on our cash flow, although the size and duration of this global pandemic are uncertain as of this prospectus. In addition, a significant outbreak of contagious diseases in the human population resulted in a widespread health crisis that could adversely affect the economies and financial markets of India and many other countries, resulting in an economic downturn that could affect demand for our products and significantly impact our operating results.

A widespread health crisis could adversely affect the global economy, resulting in an economic downturn that could impact demand for our services. The future impact of the outbreak is highly uncertain and cannot be predicted and there is no assurance that the outbreak will not have a material adverse impact on the future results of the Company. The extent of the impact, if any, will depend on future developments, including actions taken to contain the coronavirus.

Effective April 2, 2021, the Indian Government in an effort to control the COVID-19 Pandemic has imposed lockdown in different parts of India, extending until July 1, 2021. With the number of new COVID-19 cases stabilizing in the major metro areas, we expect the lockdown to be relaxed effective July 1, 2021. However, future lockdowns cannot be ruled out because of the nature of the pandemic.

We will likely not pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

Dividend policy is subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on, among other things, our earnings, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors. There is no assurance that our Board of Directors will declare dividends even if we are profitable. Under BVI law, we may only pay dividends from profits of our company, or credits standing in our Company’s share premium account, and we must be solvent before and after the dividend payment in the sense that we will be able to satisfy our liabilities as they become due in the ordinary course of business.

Risks Related to Doing Business in India

A substantial portion of our business and operations are located in India and we are subject to regulatory, economic, social and political uncertainties in India.

A substantial portion of our business and employees are located in India, and we intend to continue to develop and expand our business in India. Consequently, our financial performance and the market price of our common shares will be affected by changes in exchange rates and controls, interest rates, changes in government policies, including taxation policies, social and civil unrest and other political, social and economic developments in or affecting India.

The Government of India has exercised and continues to exercise significant influence over many aspects of the Indian economy. Since 1991, successive Indian governments have generally pursued policies of economic liberalization and financial sector reforms, including by significantly relaxing restrictions on the private sector. Nevertheless, the role of the Indian central and state governments in the Indian economy as producers, consumers and regulators has remained significant and we cannot assure you that such liberalization policies will continue. The present government, formed in May 2009, has announced policies and taken initiatives that support the continued economic liberalization policies that have been pursued by previous governments. However, the present government is a multiparty coalition and therefore there is no assurance that it will be able to generate sufficient cross-party support to implement such policies or initiatives. The rate of economic liberalization could change, and specific laws and policies affecting travel service companies, foreign investments, currency exchange rates and other matters affecting investments in India could change as well. A significant change in India’s policy of economic liberalization and deregulation or any social or political uncertainties could adversely affect business and economic conditions in India generally and our business and prospects.

As the domestic Indian market constitutes a significant source of our revenue, a slowdown in economic growth in India could cause our business to suffer.

The performance and growth of our business are necessarily dependent on economic conditions prevalent in India, which may be materially and adversely affected by political instability or regional conflicts, economic slowdown elsewhere in the world or otherwise. The Indian economy also remains largely driven by the performance of the agriculture sector, which depends on the quality of the monsoon and is difficult to predict. The Indian economy has grown significantly over the past few years. In the past, economic slowdowns in the Indian economy have harmed the

21

Table of Contents

ecommerce sector as customers have less disposable income for their shopping online. Any future slowdown in the Indian economy could have a material adverse effect on the demand for the travel products we sell and, as a result, on our financial condition and results of operations.

Trade deficits could also adversely affect our business and the price of our common shares. India’s trade relationships with other countries and its trade deficit, driven to a major extent by global crude oil prices, may adversely affect Indian economic conditions. If trade deficits increase or are no longer manageable because of the rise in global crude oil prices or otherwise, the Indian economy, and therefore our business, our financial performance and the price of our common shares could be adversely affected.

India also faces major challenges in sustaining its growth, which include the need for substantial infrastructure development and improving access to healthcare and education. If India’s economic growth cannot be sustained or otherwise slows down significantly our business and prospects could be adversely affected.

The ecommerce business in India is susceptible to extraneous events such as terrorist attacks and other acts of violence, which may result in a reduction in online transaction volumes impacting our business profitability.

Terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war involving India or other neighboring countries may adversely affect the Indian markets and the worldwide financial markets. In addition, any deterioration in international relations between India and other countries may result in concerns regarding regional stability which could adversely affect the price of our common shares. The occurrence of any of these events may result in a loss of business confidence and have an adverse effect on our business and financial performance.

Natural calamities could have a negative impact on the Indian economy and cause our business to suffer.

India has experienced natural calamities such as earthquakes, tsunamis, floods, and drought in the past few years. The extent and severity of these natural disasters determines their impact on the Indian economy. Substantially all of our operations and employees are located in India and there can be no assurance that we will not be affected by natural disasters in the future. The occurrence of any of these disasters may result in a loss of business confidence and have an adverse effect on our business and financial performance.

Restrictions on foreign investment in India may prevent us from making future acquisitions or investments in India, which may adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and financial performance.

India regulates ownership of Indian companies by foreigners, although some restrictions on foreign investment have been relaxed in recent years. These regulations and restrictions may apply to acquisitions by us or our affiliates, including Lytus India and affiliates which are not resident in India, of shares in Indian companies or the provision of funding by us or any other entity to Indian companies within our group. For example, under its consolidated foreign direct investment policy, the Government of India has set out additional requirements for foreign investments in India, including requirements with respect to downstream investments by Indian companies owned or controlled by foreign entities and the transfer of ownership or control of Indian companies in sectors with caps on foreign investment from resident Indian persons or entities to foreigners. These requirements, which currently include restrictions on valuations and sources of funding for such investments and may include prior approval from the Foreign Investment Promotion Board, may adversely affect our ability to make investments in India, including through LYTUS India. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain any required approvals for future acquisitions or investments in India, or that we will be able to obtain such approvals on satisfactory terms.

Our business and activities are regulated by The Competition Act, 2002.

The Competition Act, 2002, as amended, or the Competition Act, several provisions of which have recently come into force, seeks to prevent practices that could have an appreciable adverse effect on competition. Under the Competition Act, any arrangement, understanding or action between enterprises, whether formal or informal, which causes or is likely to cause an appreciable adverse effect on competition, is void and will be subject to substantial penalties. Any agreement that directly or indirectly determines purchase or sale prices, limits or controls production, or creates market sharing by way of geographical area or number of customers in the market is presumed to have an appreciable adverse effect on competition. Provisions relating to the regulations of certain acquisitions, mergers or amalgamations which have an appreciable adverse effect on competition are not yet in force. Such provisions could, if brought into force in the future, be applicable to us.

22

Table of Contents

The effect of the Competition Act on the business environment in India is unclear. If we or any member of our group, including Lytus India, are affected, directly or indirectly, by the application or interpretation of any provision of the Competition Act or any enforcement proceedings initiated by the Competition Commission of India or any adverse publicity that may be generated due to scrutiny or prosecution by the Competition Commission of India, our business and financial performance may be materially and adversely affected.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Common Shares

Prior to this offering, we had no public market for our common shares and you may not be able to resell our common shares at or above the price you paid, or at all.

Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common shares. We cannot assure you that an active public market for our common shares will develop or that the market price of our common shares will not decline below the public offering price. The public offering price of our common shares may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market following the offering.

If we are unable to comply with certain conditions, our common shares may not trade on the NASDAQ Capital Market.

If we are unable to meet initial listing requirements for listing of our securities on NASDAQ, our shares may not trade on the NASDAQ Capital Market. In addition, we have relied on an exemption to the blue sky registration requirements afforded to “covered securities.” Securities listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market are “covered securities.” If we are unable to meet the final conditions for listing, then we will not be able to rely on the covered securities exemption to blue sky registration requirements and we would need to register the offering in each state in which we planned to sell common shares. Consequently, we will not complete this offering until we have met the final conditions.

If our financial condition deteriorates as a NASDAQ listed company, we may not meet continued listing standards on the NASDAQ Capital Market.

We have applied for listing of our securities on the NASDAQ Capital Market. The NASDAQ Capital Market requires companies to fulfil specific requirements in order for their shares to continue to be listed. If our common shares are listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market but are delisted from the NASDAQ Capital Market at some later date, our shareholders could find it difficult to sell our common shares. In addition, if our common shares are delisted from the NASDAQ Capital Market at some later date, we may apply to have our common shares quoted on the Bulletin Board or in the “pink sheets” maintained by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc. The Bulletin Board and the “pink sheets” are generally considered to be less efficient markets than the NASDAQ Capital Market. In addition, if our common shares are not so listed or are delisted at some later date, our common shares may be subject to the “penny stock” regulations. These rules impose additional sales practice requirements on broker-dealers who sell low-priced securities to persons other than established customers and institutional accredited investors and require the delivery of a disclosure schedule explaining the nature and risks of the penny stock market. As a result, the ability or willingness of broker-dealers to sell or make a market in our common shares might decline. If our common shares are not so listed or are delisted from the NASDAQ Capital Market at some later date or become subject to the penny stock regulations, it is likely that the price of our common shares would decline and that our shareholders would find it difficult to sell their common shares. In addition, we have relied on an exemption to the blue sky registration requirements afforded to “covered securities.” Securities listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market are “covered securities.” If we are unable to meet the final conditions for listing, then we will not be able to rely on the “covered securities” exemption to blue sky registration requirements and we would need to register the offering in each state in which we planned to sell common shares. Consequently, we will not complete this offering until we have met the final conditions.

If a limited number of participants in this offering purchase a significant percentage of the offering, the effective public float may be smaller than anticipated and the price of our common shares may be volatile.

As a company conducting a relatively small public offering, we are subject to the risk that a small number of investors will purchase a high percentage of the offering. If this were to happen, investors could find our common shares to be more volatile than they might otherwise anticipate. Companies that experience such volatility in their stock price may be more likely to be the subject of securities litigation. In addition, if a large portion of our public float were to be held by a few investors, smaller investors may find it more difficult to sell their common shares.

23

Table of Contents

We are a “foreign private issuer,” and our disclosure obligations differ from those of U.S. domestic reporting companies. As a result, we may not provide you with the same information as U.S. domestic reporting companies or we may provide information at different times, which may make it more difficult for you to evaluate our performance and prospects.

We are a foreign private issuer and, as a result, we are not subject to the same requirements as U.S. domestic issuers. Under the Exchange Act, we will be subject to reporting obligations that, to some extent, are more lenient and less frequent than those of U.S. domestic reporting companies. For example, we will not be required to issue quarterly reports or proxy statements. We will not be required to disclose detailed individual executive compensation information. Furthermore, our directors and executive officers will not be required to report equity holdings under Section 16 of the Exchange Act and will not be subject to the insider short-swing profit disclosure and recovery regime. As a foreign private issuer, we will also be exempt from the requirements of Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure) which, generally, are meant to ensure that select groups of investors are not privy to specific information about an issuer before other investors. However, we will still be subject to the anti-fraud and anti-manipulation rules of the SEC, such as Rule 10b-5 under the Exchange Act. Since many of the disclosure obligations imposed on us as a foreign private issuer differ from those imposed on U.S. domestic reporting companies, you should not expect to receive the same information about us and at the same time as the information provided by U.S. domestic reporting companies.

Common shares eligible for future sale may adversely affect the market price of our common shares, as the future sale of a substantial amount of outstanding common shares in the public marketplace could reduce the price of our common shares.

The market price of our common shares could decline as a result of sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur. In addition, these factors could make it more difficult for us to raise funds through future offerings of our common shares. An aggregate of 34,154,062 common shares are outstanding before the consummation of this offering and 36,881,334 common shares will be outstanding immediately after this offering (which does not include 409,090 common shares that the underwriters may purchase form us to cover over-allotments). All of the common shares sold in the offering will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. The remaining common shares will be “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. These shares may be sold in the future without registration under the Securities Act to the extent permitted by Rule 144 or other exemptions under the Securities Act.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price of our common shares is expected to be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common shares. Assuming the completion of the offering, if you purchase common shares in this offering, you will incur immediate dilution of approximately $11.31 per share in the pro forma net tangible book value per share from the price per share that you pay for the common shares. Accordingly, if you purchase common shares in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of your investment. See “Dilution.”

We have not finally determined the uses of the proceeds from this offering, and we may use the proceeds in ways with which you may not agree.

While we have identified the priorities to which we expect to put the proceeds of this offering, our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds received by us. Specifically, we intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for research and development and additional hiring, sales and marketing, working capital, and general corporate purposes. We have reserved the right to re-allocate funds currently allocated to that purpose to our general working capital. If that were to happen, then our management would have discretion over even more of the net proceeds to be received by our company in this offering. You will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. You must rely on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering. The net proceeds may be used for corporate purposes that do not improve our efforts to achieve profitability or increase our stock price. The net proceeds from this offering may be placed in investments that do not produce profit or increase value. See “Use of Proceeds.”

24

Table of Contents

Our officers, directors and principal shareholders own a significant percentage of our common shares and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to shareholder approval.

Assuming the completion of this offering, our officers, directors, and 5% or greater shareholders will, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately 87.4% of our outstanding common shares. Specifically, Dharmesh Pandya, our chief executive officer and director, in the aggregate, will beneficially own 76.8% following this offering, which, in turn, will allow such shareholders to exert substantial influence over matters such as electing directors and approving mergers or other business combination transactions. As a result, our officers, directors, and 5% or greater shareholders will possess substantial ability to impact our management and affairs and the outcome of matters submitted to shareholders for approval.  This concentration of ownership and voting power may also discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company, which could deprive our shareholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common shares as part of a sale of our company and might reduce the price of our common shares. These actions may be taken even if they are opposed by our other shareholders, including those who purchase common shares in this offering. See “Principal Shareholders.”

We will incur increased costs and become subject to additional regulations and requirements as a result of becoming a newly public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance matters, which could lower our profits or make it more difficult to run our business.

As a newly public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we have not incurred as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements and costs of recruiting and retaining non-executive directors. We also have incurred and will incur costs associated with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and NASDAQ. The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. Our management will need to devote a substantial amount of time to ensure that we comply with all of these requirements. These laws and regulations also could make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our Board of Directors, our board committees or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common shares, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

There may not be an active trading market for our common shares, which may cause shares of our common shares to trade at a discount from the initial offering price and make it difficult to sell the common shares you purchase.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public trading market for our common shares. It is possible that after this offering an active trading market will not develop or continue or, if developed, that any market will be sustained which would make it difficult for you to sell your common shares at an attractive price or at all. The initial public offering price per share will be determined by agreement among us and the representatives of the underwriters, and may not be indicative of the price at which common shares will trade in the public market after this offering. The market price of our stock may decline below the initial offering price and you may not be able to sell your common shares at or above the price you paid in this offering, or at all.

The market price of common shares may be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to decline.

Even if a trading market develops, the market price of our common shares may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. Securities markets worldwide experience significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market, or political conditions, could reduce the market price of our common shares in spite of our operating performance. In addition, our results of operations could be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors due to a number of potential factors, including variations in our quarterly results of operations, additions or departures of key management personnel, failure to meet analysts’ earnings estimates, publication of research reports about our industry, litigation and government investigations, changes or proposed changes in laws or regulations or differing interpretations or enforcement thereof affecting our

25

Table of Contents

business, adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we may incur or securities we may issue in the future, changes in market valuations of similar companies or speculation in the press or investment community, announcements by our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, dispositions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments, adverse publicity about our industry in or individual scandals, and in response the market price of our common shares could decrease significantly. You may be unable to resell your common shares of at or above the initial public offering price. In the past few years, stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. In the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources, or at all.

Future sales, or the perception of future sales, by us or our existing shareholders in the public market following this offering could cause the market price for our common shares to decline.

The sale of substantial amounts of common shares in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur could harm the prevailing market price of our common shares. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. Upon completion of this offering we will have a total of 36,881,334 common shares outstanding (which does not include 409,090 common shares that the underwriters may purchase form us to cover over-allotments). Of the outstanding common shares, the 2,727,272 common shares sold or issued in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Securities Act, except that any common shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, may be sold only in compliance with the limitations described in “Common Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” All remaining common shares, which are currently held by our existing shareholders, may be sold in the public market in the future subject to the lock-up agreements and the restrictions contained in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. If any existing shareholders sell a substantial amount of common shares, the prevailing market price for our common shares could be adversely affected. Our executive officers, directors and certain of our existing shareholders will sign lock-up agreements with the underwriters that will, subject to certain customary exceptions, restrict the sale of our common shares and certain other securities held by them for 90 days following the date of this prospectus. The underwriters may, in their sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the common shares subject to any such lock-up agreements. As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our common shares could drop significantly if the holders of our restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to raise additional funds through future offerings of our common shares or other securities.

As the rights of shareholders under BVI law differ from those under U.S. law, you may have fewer protections as a shareholder.

Our corporate affairs will be governed by our Memorandum and Articles of Association, the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004, as amended (the “BVI Act”), and the common law of the BVI. The rights of shareholders to take legal action against our directors, actions by minority shareholders, and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under BVI law are governed by the BVI Act and the common law of the BVI. The common law of the BVI is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the British Virgin Islands as well as from the common law of England and the wider Commonwealth, which has persuasive, but not binding, authority on a court in the BVI. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under BVI law are largely codified in the BVI Act but are potentially not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedents in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the BVI has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and some states (such as Delaware) have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. As a result of all of the above, holders of our common shares may have more difficulty in protecting their interests through actions against our management, directors or major shareholders than they would as shareholders of a U.S. company.

26

Table of Contents

BVI companies may not be able to initiate shareholder derivative actions, thereby depriving shareholders of the ability to protect their interests.

Shareholders of BVI companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the United States. Shareholders of a BVI company could, however, bring a derivative action in the BVI courts, and there is a clear statutory right to commence such derivative claims under Section 184C of the BVI Act. The circumstances in which any such action may be brought, and the procedures and defenses that may be available in respect to any such action, may result in the rights of shareholders of a BVI company being more limited than those of shareholders of a company organized in the United States. Accordingly, shareholders may have fewer alternatives available to them if they believe that corporate wrongdoing has occurred. The BVI courts are also unlikely to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts in the United States based on certain liability provisions of U.S. securities law; and to impose liabilities against us, in original actions brought in the BVI, based on certain liability provisions of U.S. securities laws that are penal in nature. There is no statutory recognition in the BVI of judgments obtained in the United States, although the courts of the BVI will generally recognize and enforce the non-penal judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits. The BVI Act offers some limited protection of minority shareholders. The principal protection under statutory law is that shareholders may apply to the BVI court for an order directing the company or its director(s) to comply with, or restraining the company or a director from engaging in conduct that contravenes, the BVI Act or the company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association. Under the BVI Act, the minority shareholders have a statutory right to bring a derivative action in the name of and on behalf of the company in circumstances where a company has a cause of action against its directors. This remedy is available at the discretion of the BVI court. A shareholder may also bring an action against the company for breach of duty owed to him as a member. A shareholder who considers that the affairs of the company have been, are being or likely to be, conducted in a manner that is, or any act or acts of the company have been, or are, likely to be oppressive, unfairly discriminatory, or unfairly prejudicial to him in that capacity, may apply to the BVI court for an order to remedy the situation.

There are common law rights for the protection of shareholders that may be invoked, largely dependent on English company law. Under the general rule pursuant to English company law known as the rule in Foss v. Harbottle, a court will generally refuse to interfere with the management of a company at the insistence of a minority of its shareholders who express dissatisfaction with the conduct of the company’s affairs by the majority or the Board of Directors. However, every shareholder is entitled to have the affairs of the company conducted properly according to BVI law and the constituent documents of the company. As such, if those who control the company have persistently disregarded the requirements of company law or the provisions of the company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association, then the courts may grant relief. Generally, the areas in which the courts will intervene are the following: (1) an act complained of which is outside the scope of the authorized business or is illegal or not capable of ratification by the majority; (2) acts that constitute fraud on the minority where the wrongdoers control the company; (3) acts that infringe or are about to infringe on the personal rights of the shareholders, such as the right to vote; and (4) where the company has not complied with provisions requiring approval of a special or extraordinary majority of shareholders. This means that even if shareholders were to sue us successfully, they may not be able to recover anything to make up for the losses suffered.

The laws of the BVI may provide less protection for minority shareholders than those under U.S. law, so minority shareholders may have less recourse than they would under U.S. law if the shareholders are dissatisfied with the conduct of our affairs.

Under the laws of the BVI, the rights of minority shareholders are protected by provisions of the BVI Act dealing with shareholder remedies and other remedies available under common law (in tort or contractual remedies). The principal protection under statutory law is that shareholders may bring an action to enforce the constitutional documents of the company (i.e. the Memorandum and Articles of Association) as shareholders are entitled to have the affairs of the company conducted in accordance with the BVI Act and the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the company. A shareholder may also bring an action under statute if he feels that the affairs of the company have been or will be carried out in a manner that is unfairly prejudicial or discriminating or oppressive to him. The BVI Act also provides for certain other protections for minority shareholders, including in respect of investigation of the company and inspection of the company books and records. There are also common law rights for the protection of shareholders that may be invoked, largely dependent on English common law, since the common law of the BVI for business companies is limited.

27

Table of Contents

As a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands, we are permitted to adopt certain home country practices in relation to corporate governance matters that differ significantly from the Nasdaq Stock Market corporate governance listing standards; these practices may afford less protection to shareholders than they would enjoy if we complied fully with the Nasdaq Stock Market corporate governance listing standards.

As an exempted British Virgin Islands company to be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we are subject to the Nasdaq Stock Market corporate governance listing standards. However, the Nasdaq Stock Market rules permit a foreign private issuer like us to follow the corporate governance practices of its home country. Certain corporate governance practices in the British Virgin Islands, which is our home country, may differ significantly from the Nasdaq Stock Market corporate governance listing standards. For instance, we are not required to:

•        have a majority of the board to be independent (although all of the members of the audit committee must be independent under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act);

•        have a compensation committee or a nominating or corporate governance committee consisting entirely of independent directors;

•        have regularly scheduled executive sessions for non-management directors; and

•        have annual meetings and director elections.

Currently, we do not intend to rely on home country practice with respect to our corporate governance after we complete with this offering. However, if we choose to follow home country practice in the future, our shareholders may be afforded less protection than they otherwise would have under corporate governance listing standards applicable to U.S. domestic issuers.

We may not be able to pay any dividends on our common shares in the future due to BVI law.

Under BVI law, we may only pay dividends to our shareholders if the value of our assets exceeds our liabilities and we are able to pay our debts as they become due. We cannot give any assurance that we will declare dividends of any amounts, at any rate or at all in the future. Future dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors, and will depend upon our results of operations, cash flows, financial condition, payment to us of cash dividends by our subsidiaries, capital needs, future prospects and other factors that our directors may deem appropriate.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to “emerging growth companies” will make our common shares less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions and relief from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” In particular, while we are an “emerging growth company” (1) we will not be required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (2) we will be exempt from any rules that may be adopted by the PCAOB requiring mandatory audit firm rotations or a supplement to the auditor’s report on financial statements, (3) we will be subject to reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and (4) we will not be required to hold nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation or shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We currently intend to take advantage of the reduced disclosure requirements regarding executive compensation. If we remain an “emerging growth company” after fiscal 2018, we may take advantage of other exemptions, including the exemptions from the advisory vote requirements and executive compensation disclosures under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Customer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, and the exemption from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards, meaning that the company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

28

Table of Contents

We may remain an “emerging growth company” until the fiscal year-end following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this initial public offering, though we may cease to be an “emerging growth company” earlier under certain circumstances, including (1) if we become a large accelerated filer, (2) if our gross revenue exceeds $1.07 billion in any fiscal year or (3) if we issue more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible notes in any three year period. The exact implications of the JOBS Act are still subject to interpretations and guidance by the SEC and other regulatory agencies, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to take advantage of all of the benefits of the JOBS Act. In addition, investors may find our common shares less attractive if we rely on the exemptions and relief granted by the JOBS Act. If some investors find our common shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common shares and our stock price may decline and/or become more volatile.

29

Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

We have made statements in this prospectus, including under “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Our Business” and elsewhere that constitute forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements about our plans, objectives, expectations, assumptions or future events. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “plan,” “project,” “continuing,” “ongoing,” “expect,” “we believe,” “we intend,” “may,” “should,” “will,” “could” and similar expressions denoting uncertainty or an action that may, will or is expected to occur in the future. These statements involve estimates, assumptions, known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from any future results, performances or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

Examples of forward-looking statements include:

•        the timing of the development of future services,

•        projections of revenue, earnings, capital structure and other financial items,

•        the development of future company-owned call centers,

•        statements regarding the capabilities of our business operations,

•        statements of expected future economic performance,

•        statements regarding competition in our market, and

•        assumptions underlying statements regarding us or our business.

The ultimate correctness of these forward-looking statements depends upon a number of known and unknown risks and events. We discuss our known material risks under the heading “Risk Factors” above. Many factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements. Consequently, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made, and, except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. In addition, we cannot assess the impact of each factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

30

Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of our 2,727,272 common shares in this offering will be approximately $27.5 million, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us (including the offering expenses that have been committed to be paid).

The principal purposes of this Offering are to obtain additional capital to support our operations, establish a public market for our common shares and facilitate our future access to the public capital markets. We intend to use the net proceeds received from this Offering for the following:

•        An aggregate of $15 million for the acquisition of customers (ownership of approximately 1.8 million customers) and 51% of the shares in a licensed cable company.

•        $8 million for general corporate purposes, primarily related to our precursor initiatives for the launch of our offerings in the telemedicine space.

•        $4.5 million for future development of assets, mainly the upgrade of our streaming devices, purchase and development of software applications for telemedicine services, purchasing of health monitoring devices and memory capacity for third party marketplace (Android market-place) and software applications.

We shall continue to provide streaming services to the existing approximately 1.8 million subscribers using an upgraded device that provides the additional facilities, such as internet services and availability of our proprietary operating system to augment our Lytus platform, through already installed fiber network and infrastructure to approximately 1.8 million households. This streaming segment generated approximately $15 million for the period March 16, 2020 (date of inception) through March 31, 2020. This will be used for our operating expenses.

We shall also utilize the surplus cash proceeds for commercializing new “Internet of Medical Things” solutions and product extensions and potentially pursue targeted acquisitions. We may use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash and cash equivalents to in-license, acquire or invest in complementary business, technologies, products or assets. However, we have no current plans, commitments or obligations to do so.

We have not yet determined the amount of net proceeds to be used specifically for any of the foregoing purposes. Accordingly, we will retain broad discretion over the use of these proceeds.

31

Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

The holders of our common shares are entitled to dividends out of funds legally available when and as declared by our Board of Directors subject to the BVI Act. Our Board has never declared a dividend and does not anticipate declaring a dividend in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future earnings to operate and expand our business.

Should we decide in the future to pay dividends, as a holding company, our ability to do so and meet other obligations depends upon the receipt of dividends or other payments from our operating subsidiary and other holdings and investments. In addition, our operating company may, from time to time, be subject to restrictions on their ability to make distributions to us, including as a result of restrictive covenants in loan agreements, restrictions on the conversion of local currency into U.S. dollars or other hard currency and other regulatory restrictions.

32

Table of Contents

EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

Our business is conducted in India, and the financial records of our Indian subsidiaries are maintained in Indian rupees, its functional currency. However, we use the U.S. dollar as our reporting currency; therefore, periodic reports made to shareholders will include current period amounts translated into U.S. dollars using the then-current exchange rates. Our financial statements have been translated into U.S. dollars in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 830-10, “Foreign Currency Matters.” We have translated our asset and liability accounts using the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date. We translated our statements of operations using the average exchange rate for the period. We reported the resulting translation adjustments under other comprehensive income/loss. Unless otherwise noted, we have translated profit and loss items at an average rate of 71.09 for the period ended March 31, 2020 and for the balance sheet items we have translated at closing rate as of March 31, 2020 which is 75.33.

We make no representation that any Rupee or U.S. dollar amounts could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars or Rupee, as the case may be, at any particular rate, or at all. On June 14, 2021, the exchange rate was Rs.73.19 to $1.00. We do not currently engage in currency hedging transactions.

33

Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and our capitalization as of December 31, 2020:

•        On an actual basis; and

•        On a pro forma basis to give effect to the sale of 2,727,272 common shares by us in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and to reflect the application of the proceeds after deducting the estimated 7% underwriting discounts and commissions, 1% non-accountable expense allowance and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the public offering price of our common shares and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this capitalization table together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

As of December 31, 2020

   

Historical (unaudited)

 

Pro Forma

 

Adjustments

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

$

100,254

 

$

27,475,000

 

$

27,575,254

Equity

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

Equity Share Capital

 

 

341,541

 

 

27,195

 

 

368,736

Other Equity

 

 

11,097,209

 

 

27,447,797

 

 

38,545,006

Total Lytus Equity

 

 

11,438,750

 

 

27,474,992

 

 

38,913,742

Noncontrolling interest

 

 

13,826

 

 

 

 

13,826

Total Equity

 

 

11,452,576

 

 

27,474,992

 

 

38,927,568

Total Capitalization

 

$

11,552,830

 

$

54,949,992

 

$

66,502,822

34

Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common shares in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per common share and the pro forma net tangible book value per common share immediately after this offering.

As of December 31, 2020, we had a historical net tangible book value (deficit) of $(39,024,383), or $(1.14) per common share based on 34,154,062 common shares outstanding at December 31, 2020. Our historical net tangible book value per share is the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities as of December 31, 2020, divided by the number of common shares outstanding at December 31, 2020.

Dilution results from the fact that the per common share initial public offering price is substantially in excess of the book value per common share attributable to the existing shareholders for our presently outstanding common shares. After giving effect to our issuance and sale of 2,727,272 common shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2020, would have been $(11,549,390), or $(0.31) per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $0.83 per share to existing stockholders and immediate dilution of $11.31 per share to new investors purchasing common shares in this offering.

The following table illustrates the estimated net tangible book value per share after this offering and the per share dilution to persons purchasing common shares in this offering based on the foregoing offering assumptions:

     

Post-
Offering(1)

Assumed offering price per common share

 

 

 

 

 

$

11.00

 

Net tangible book value per common share as of December 31, 2020

 

$

(1.14

)

 

 

 

 

Increase in net tangible book value per common share attributable to investors participating in this offering

 

$

0.83

 

 

 

 

 

Pro forma net tangible book value per common share immediately after this offering

 

 

 

 

 

$

(0.31

)

Dilution per common share to investors participating in this offering

 

 

 

 

 

$

11.31

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $11.00 per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma net tangible book value per share by approximately $0.06 and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors participating in this offering by $0.94 per share, assuming that the number of common shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, non-accountable expense allowance, and offering expenses payable by us.

35

Table of Contents

POST-OFFERING OWNERSHIP

The following charts illustrate our pro forma proportionate ownership, upon completion of this offering by present shareholders and investors in this offering, compared to the relative amounts paid by each. The charts reflect payment by present shareholders as of the date the consideration was received and by investors in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, without deduction of estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, non-accountable expense allowance, and our estimated offering expenses. The charts further assume no changes in net tangible book value other than those resulting from the offering.

 

Common Shares
Purchased

 

Total Consideration

 

Average
Price
Per Share

   

Shares

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Existing shareholders

 

34,154,062

 

92.60

%

 

$

11,438,750

 

27.60

%

 

$

0.33

New investors

 

2,727,272

 

7.40

%

 

 

29,999,992

 

72.40

%

 

 

11.00

Total

 

36,881,334

 

100.00

%

 

$

41,438,742

 

100.00

%

 

$

1.12

36

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of selected events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of several factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with these accounting principles requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent liabilities at the financial statement date and reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. On an on-going basis, we review our estimates and assumptions. The estimates were based on historical experience and other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results are likely to differ from those estimates or other forward-looking statements under different assumptions or conditions, but we do not believe such differences will materially affect our financial position or results of operations. Our actual results may differ materially as a result of many factors, including those set forth under the headings entitled “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors”.

Overview

We are a growing platform services company primarily providing content streaming/telecasting services with over 8 million active users located all across India.3 On our Lytus platform, we provide a wide range of streaming services and telemedicine services with local assistance through local Health Centers. Through our platform, our customers are well connected via CPE devices/STBs and have access to multi-dimensional services including telemedicine service we place to offer in the future.

Our strong customer base and expansive market presence position us to widen our portfolio of offerings. We have been focused on adopting and implementing technologies that can change the landscape of being a conventional streaming services provider. Partnering with those who share our passion, we strive to provide India’s semi-urban, urban population with unmatched services across the tele-healthcare.

We intend to benefit from India’s e-commerce boom and the recent tele-medicine regulation through the acquisition of GHSI. The management of GHSI has many years of pioneering experience of the management in telemedicine in USA, which we believe will help us create a profitable and sustainable business model with rapid growth prospects. We believe that our deep understanding and local expertise have enabled us to create solutions that address the needs and preferences of our consumers in the most comprehensive and efficient way. We possess extensive local knowledge of the logistics and payment landscapes in the markets in which we operate, which we consider to be a key component of our success.

Key Factors For Our Performance

The following factors are the principal factors that have affected and will continue to affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

•        Number of Subscribers: our revenue growth and long-term profitability are affected by our ability to increase our subscriber base because we derive a substantial portion of our revenue from streaming services and via client contracts that provide subscribers access to our Lytus platform in exchange for a contractual based monthly fee. Revenue is driven primarily by the number of subscribers, the number of services contracted for by a subscriber and the contractually negotiated prices of our services and online content that is specific to that particular subscriber. We believe that increasing our subscriber base is an integral objective that will provide us with the ability to continually innovate our services and support initiatives that will enhance subscriber experiences and lead to increasing or maintaining our existing annual net dollar retention rate. The number of the subscribers as of December 31, 2020, is approximately 1.8 million.

•        Cluster of customized online content: the Lytus platform provides an opportunity to customize the online content to meet the needs of that particular subscriber. We plan to form partnership with other companies to develop our telemedicine business and entertainment and education online content. Revenues arising

____________

3          Calculation based upon approximately 1.8 million paid home subscribers which based on industry standards translates to more than 8 million viewers on an average of 4.6 viewers per household in India. Source: United Nations, Department of Economic and Social Affairs, Population Division (2019) — Database on Household Size and Composition 2019. Available: https://population.un.org/Household/index.html#/countries/356

37

Table of Contents

from this segment will be driven primarily by the customizable content formats aligned with the customer satisfaction. We believe that increasing our current subscriber utilization rate is a key objective in order for our subscribers to realize tangible healthcare savings with our service.

•        Net Surplus Rate (NSR): net surplus rate arising from streaming service is a supplemental measure of our organic revenue growth. We believe that NSR is an important metric that provides insight into the long-term value and stability of our service platform and our ability to retain and grow revenue from our existing subscribers. Revenues from streaming service has a consistent subscription levels with marginally insubstantial attrition rate. In particular, our contract with Reachnet has factored-in the context of NSR, wherein, for a limited purpose, it is the net cash available with the Company, in respect of provision of streaming services to subscribers, after adjusting the operational costs for streaming services. Per the contract, the Company has engaged the service provider (Reachnet) for streaming services and the NSR relates to the net amount available with the Company, after adjusting the service fee towards the above-mentioned service provider. From the net amount available, the Company shall incur expenditures for enabling multi-dimensional services and providing technology platform to subscribers. NSR was 39% and 39% as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2020, respectively. NSR is specified in terms of a percentage pursuant to the Customer Acquisition Agreement wherein we have arranged for an operational set-up at a fixed rate of 61% of the aggregate revenue in streaming services. The service charge is determined at arm’s length and according to the industry practice, wherein the average industry EBITDA for cable service companies in India is approximately 58% of the total streaming revenues. Accordingly, we have agreed to determine the service charge vis-à-vis our arrangement with Reachnet at a variable percentage of 61% of our total streaming revenue.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).

Revenue

We derive substantially all of our revenue from usage-based fees earned from customers subscribing to our streaming/telecasting, content management services and other products. Generally, customers enter into 12-month contracts and are invoiced monthly in advance based on usage.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists primarily of streaming service fees paid to the licensed service provider, through which we have an exclusive access to fiber optic network, bandwidth capacity, network operators, data center colocation, etc. We have a long-term and an exclusive arrangement with licensed service operators. We provide streaming services utilizing the services and accessing the infrastructure and network capacity of licensed service providers.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our projected cash needs and projected sources of liquidity depend upon, among other things, our actual results, and the timing and amount of our expenditures. As we continue to grow our subscriber base, we expect an initial funding period to grow new products as well as negative working capital impacts from the timing of device-related cash flows when we provide the devices to customers pursuant to equipment installment plans.

Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

Under SEC regulations, we are required to disclose off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, such as changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that are material to investors. An off-balance sheet arrangement means a transaction, agreement or contractual arrangement to which any entity that is not consolidated with us is a party, under which we have:

•        Any obligation under certain guarantee contracts,

•        Any retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity or similar arrangement that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support to that entity for such assets,

38

Table of Contents

•        Any obligation under a contract that would be accounted for as a derivative instrument, except that it is both indexed to our stock and classified in shareholder equity in our statement of financial position,

•        Any obligation arising out of a material variable interest held by us in an unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit risk support to us, or engages in leasing, hedging or research and development services with us.

•        We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that we are required to disclose pursuant to these regulations. In the ordinary course of business, we enter into operating lease commitments, and other contractual obligations. These transactions are recognized in our financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

•        We have not entered into any financial guarantees or other commitments to guarantee the payment obligations of any third parties. We have not entered into any derivative contracts that are indexed to our shares and classified as shareholder’s equity, or that are not reflected in our consolidated financial statements. Furthermore, we do not have any retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support to such entity. We do not have any variable interest in any unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit support to us or engages in leasing, hedging or research and development services with us.

The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We continually evaluate our estimates, including those related to the allowance for doubtful accounts, the useful life of property and equipment, assumptions used in assessing impairment of long-term assets, and valuation of deferred tax assets.

We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Any future changes to these estimates and assumptions could cause a material change to our reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions4.

Trade Receivable

Assessment as to whether the trade receivables and other receivables from Reachnet are impaired:- When measuring Expected Credit Loss (ECL) of receivables and other receivables related to Reachnet the Group uses reasonable and supportable information, which is based on assumptions for the future movement of different economic drivers and how these drivers will affect each other. Probability of default constitutes a key input in measuring ECL. Probability of default is an estimate of the likelihood of default over a given time horizon, the calculation of which includes historical data, assumptions and expectations of future conditions.

COVID-19 pandemic and re-lockdown measures taken by the government of Maharashtra, India is of short term nature and ought to have no impact on collectability of the $20.6 million Trade Receivable and $15.6 million Other Receivables due from DDC CATV and Reachnet respectively.

____________

4          Under IFRS 1, the Group is required to make estimates and assumptions in presentation and preparation of the financial statements for the period March 16, 2020 (date of inception) throughout March 31, 2020.

Key estimates considered in preparation of the financial statement that were not required under the previous GAAP are listed below:

•        Fair Valuation of financial instruments carried at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss (“FVTPL”) and/or Fair Value Through Other Comprehensive Income (“FVOCI”). See Note 1 on Financial Instruments on page F-8 – F-21 for additional discussion on FVTPL and FVOCI.

•        Impairment of financial assets based on the expected credit loss model.

•        Determination of the discounted value for financial instruments carried at amortized cost.

          Previous GAAP figures of subsidiaries have been reclassified/regrouped to confirm the presentation requirements under IFRS.

          As such there are no material differences or impact due to transition from Indian GAAP to IFRS and hence restated summaries of equity and profit & loss not given for subsidiaries.

39

Table of Contents

A widespread health crisis could adversely affect the global economy, resulting in an economic downturn that could impact demand for our services. The future impact of the outbreak is highly uncertain and cannot be predicted and there is no assurance that the outbreak will not have a material adverse impact on the future results of the Company. The extent of the impact, if any, will depend on future developments, including actions taken to contain the coronavirus.

Effective April 2, 2021, the Indian Government in an effort to control the COVID-19 Pandemic has imposed lockdown in different parts of India, extending until July 1, 2021. With the number of new COVID 19 cases stabilizing in the major metro areas, we expect the lockdown to be relaxed effective July 1, 2021. However, future lockdowns cannot be ruled out because of the nature of the pandemic.

Results of Operations

Revenue

We derive substantially all of our revenue from usage-based fees earned from customers subscribing to our streaming, content management services and other products. Generally, customers enter into 12-month contracts and are invoiced monthly in advance based on usage.

Lytus Technologies Private Limited (“Lytus India”), our wholly-own subsidiary in India, did not have significant operations during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019.

For the 9 months ended December 31, 2020, Lytus Group had an income of approximately $29 million.

Other Income/Application of IFRS 15

We had other income of $15.7 million for the period March 16, 2020 (date of inception) through March 31, 2020.5 We anticipate that the customer base we acquired from Reachnet will translate into approximately $40 million in gross revenue without considering additional product offerings by the Company for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021. While the contractual subscription fee accrued from April 1, 2019, the timing of the consummation and the delay on account of COVID-19, the contractual subscription fee was effective from March 26, 2020. Accordingly, the contractual subscription fee was recognized as “Other Income” and was further adjusted with the Streaming Service Fee of $24.9 million paid to the vendor for the continuing service in the period ended March 31, 2020.

The Company intends to continue growing its subscriber base through strategic identified acquisitions and partnerships. It also intends to grow its revenue base through increased offerings in the Telemedicine space.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists primarily of streaming service fees paid to the licensed service provider, through which we have an exclusive access to fiber optic network, bandwidth capacity, network operators, data center co-location, etc. We have a long-term and an exclusive arrangement with licensed service operators. We provide streaming services utilizing the services and accessing the infrastructure and network capacity of licensed service providers.

____________

5          Other income of approximately $15 million is presented on the basis that all conditions have been satisfied as of March 26, 2020, to consummate closing of the Group’s acquisition agreement with Reachnet Cable Services Pvt. Ltd. (“Reachnet”) in which the Group acquired the customers and corresponding revenues.

           The Group has acquired approximately 1.8 million subscriber connections from a licensed streaming company (Reachnet), through the Agreements dated June 21, 2019 and December 6, 2019, and the income entitlement rights from April 1, 2019, for a consideration of $59 million. On March 26, 2020, the arrangement was consummated when pre-conditions were waived by mutual consent. The net surplus remaining with the Group is approximately $15 million. Considering that the acquired customers were integrated into the Group’s normal course of business on March 26, 2020, the revenue arising therefrom is recognized as “other income”. Effective April 1, 2020 and thereafter, the income arising from the said contracts would be recognized as “Operating Revenue” and the customers would be billed directly by the Group.

           The Group is free to appoint any licensed service provider for provision of streaming services. There is no binding or lock-in arrangement for providing streaming services to subscribers through Reachnet. The agreement contemplates only acquisition of subscriber base and is not an agreement to acquire or purchase the business of Reachnet. The Group has ensured adequate safeguard to secure acquired customer contracts through non-compete clause and non-solicitation of subscribers clause. In respect of streaming services, Lytus India has outsourced the provision of streaming services to Reachnet in the capacity of a service provider. Going forward, with respect of non-streaming services (such as MedTech IOT), these services would be billed directly by the Company and costs and revenue would not be shared with Reachnet.

40

Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

For the period March 16, 2020 (date of inception) through March 31, 2020, the most significant components of operating expenses are staffing expense, which was $15,777, consisting of salaries, benefits and bonuses. In addition, during the period March 16, 2020 through March 31, 2020, we incurred legal and professional expenses of $272,894, amortization costs of $204,086 and other operating expenses of $8,463.

Following the completion of this offering, we expect to incur additional expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including costs to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to companies listed on a national securities exchange, costs related to compliance and reporting obligations pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC, and increased expenses for insurance, investor relations, and professional services. We expect our general and administrative expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future. Although these expenses may fluctuate as a percentage of our total revenue from period to period, over the long term, we expect general and administrative expense to gradually decline as a percentage of revenue as we scale our business.

During the 9 months ended December 31, 2020, the Company had incurred an operating expenditure of approximately $28 million and the most significant components of operating expenses are streaming services of $17 million and amortization of intangible assets of $9 million.

Income Taxes

Our income tax consists of the following as of March 31, 2020: $3,894,674 as our income tax expenses, including current tax of $1,987,659 and deferred tax of $1,907,015.

Deferred tax related to the translations of foreign operations of Lytus India from INR to USD has been calculated at the rate of the jurisdiction in which a subsidiary is situated, i.e. in India (at the rate of 25.17%).

During the 9 months period ended December 31, 2020, our current tax was $3,055 and deferred tax was $420,171.

Going Concern, Liquidity and Capital Resources

Note on Going Concern:

Impact of COVID-19 on operations

The COVID-19 crisis has had a significant impact on the economy of India. While the pandemic, has increased the demand for streaming and telemedicine services globally, there continue to be significant uncertainties associated with the COVID-19 pandemic, including with respect to the ultimate spread of the virus, the severity of the disease, the duration of the lockdowns and further actions that may be taken by governmental authorities around the world to contain the virus or to treat its impact. The pandemic has particularly impacted the working capital, cash flow and the timing of receipt of significant receivables and payables of the Company. These restrictions have also severely impacted the mobility of the Company’s staff and resources and its access to banks and customer worksites, impairing its normal operations. The lockdown in India is strict with limited domestic travel. Local travel within a city was not allowed, either. Therefore we have had limited access to various cities, such as Hyderabad, where our customers reside. Many offices were closed and banks were severely affected. As a result of the lockdown policy in India, we also have had restricted access to banking services, Subscriber Management System (SMS) report, prior to settlement, and service providers certifying the adequacy of the fiber held by Reachnet. Moreover, in India most of the collections by local cable operators are still in cash and these have been affected/delayed due to lockdown. On September 18, 2020, the restriction under Section 144 of the Code of Criminal Procedure was also passed, prohibiting movement and gathering of people, except for listed emergency and non-emergency services.

The intermittent inability to process accounts receivables and receive cash payments has resulted in liquidity issues and impacted the operations of both the Company and Reachnet. However, the Company, in collaboration with Reachnet’s management, has taken necessary steps, including communicating with all relevant commercial partners, seeking deferral of its payment obligations where possible, to mitigate the impact of COVID-19 on the Company’s liquidity.

On February 5, 2021, Lytus India and Reachnet entered into the Third Supplemental Agreement to the original subscriber acquisition agreement dated June 20, 2019, pursuant to which the parties have agreed to, on a good faith basis, settle payments before March 31, 2021, upon completion of the third party’s systems and operational review of Reachnet and its subscribers. The commercial terms to the agreement remain intact and are not subject to any contingency. Given the uncertainty with respect to another potential lockdown caused by a recent COVID-19 resurgence in India, the parties have also agreed that setting off the amounts due, can be an option, if required.

41

Table of Contents

As per the terms of the third supplemental agreement dated February 5, 2021, the Company has committed to making all payment due to Reachnet upon submission of a final report from an independent consultant retained to carry out a routine business technical review of the operations. This exercise was undertaken to ensure a smooth transition of the operational system to the Company. The submission of the independent consultant’s final report has be delayed on account of the impending lockdown in different parts of India.

Once the report is submitted to the board and the transition implementation is complete, the following steps are expected to be implemented:

•        Both the parties shall determine the total receivables as of May 31, 2021 (or the final day of the lockdown, whichever is later).

•        Reachnet will pay the Company all amounts due to the company (approximately US$33 million) as of December 31, 2020.

•        Simultaneously, the Company will pay all amounts owed by it to Reachnet (approximately US$30 million against the total payment obligation of approximately $60 million).

No money has currently been paid to Reachnet under the contract pending the submission of the independent consultant’s report. Post implementation of this payment settlement, the Company intends to, on a going forward basis, directly bill subscribers and maintain direct relationships with the local agents responsible for collecting subscription revenue from customers.

The payment processing issues triggered by the series of COVID-19 related lockdowns and potential write-off of outstanding balances owed have not impacted our subscriber numbers. We still have approximately 1.8 million subscribers that are regularly paying their monthly subscription fees.

There is significant uncertainty around the breadth and duration of business disruptions related to COVID-19, as well as its impact on the economy of India, U.S. and international markets and, as such, the extent of the business disruption and the related financial impact cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.

Negative working capital and Cash Flow

The Company currently has negative working capital and cash flow aggravated by the COVID-19 lockdown. In particular, it has increased the difficulty in collecting cash from operating offices and customers located in different parts of the country on a timely basis, many of which are currently under total lockdown.

The Company has negative cash used in operating activities to the extent of $700 as of March 31, 2020, and $431,000 for the 9 months period ending December 31, 2020. Upon ending of the COVID-19 lockdown, the Company expects to be able to carry out its operations in the normal course of business and generate a minimum of INR130 ($1.9) from its approximately 1.8 million customer connections per month, as prescribed by the Telecom Regulatory Authority of India guidelines. This would enable the Company to improve its cash position significantly.

The Company further believes that in the coming 12 months, upon the ending of COVID-19 lockdown restrictions, cash flow from operating activities should improve for the following reasons:

•        Monthly subscription fees paid by our customers will be billed and collected at the beginning of each month in advance;

•        The contracted operating expense for the streaming business is 61%, ensuring a confirmed net surplus of revenue for the Company.

•        Additional product offerings to customers such as our telemedicine business are expected to generate additional cash flow for the Company.

To further mitigate the impact of the current negative working capital and cash flow, the Company has also taken additional precautionary steps by approaching financial institutions and credit partners in India to create and avail credit lines and bridge financing against the company’s future cash flows;

42

Table of Contents

Large Payment Obligation by the Company

On March 31, 2020, under the terms of its Customer Acquisition Agreement with Reachnet, the Company is obligated to make payments to Reachnet. This amount represents the largest payment obligation of the Company and is payable in four equal installments (25% each) on or before July 31, 2020 (or at a mutually agreeable date upon the ending of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions), March 31, 2021, March 31, 2022, and March 31, 2023, respectively. Per the agreement, the July 31, 2020, payment has not been paid and will be paid at a mutually agreed date after the COVID-19 restrictions have been lifted. Further revision was made to the payment terms and, pending review of subscribers data, the Company has agreed to complete its payment obligations on or before March 31, 2021, and if not, shall have an option to offset the same with the balances receivables with the same entity. Please refer to Note 23 on Business Combination of our consolidated financial statements.

Under the terms of the agreement with Reachnet, the Company was also scheduled to receive ‘Other Receivables’ due of approximately $15 million from Reachnet for the period of April 1, 2019, through March 31, 2020, as reflected in its books of accounts, and $29 million for the 9 months period ended December 31, 2020. The COVID-19 lockdown has delayed the settlement of this accounts receivable under its contract with Reachnet. The Company expects that this settlement will be implemented as soon as possible, upon the relaxation of COVID-19 restrictions in India. Upon such settlement and upon resumption of normal operations, the company expects to have sufficient available cash to be able to meet its current liabilities associated with the business. Please refer to the section below in this note on Other Income/Application of IFRS 15.

Furthermore, the Company is contemplating discussions with Reachnet’s Management to consider modifying its agreement with Reachnet by offering Reachnet stock in lieu of its current payment obligations. This modification, if implemented, should help substantially mitigate cash liquidity requirements for the Company.

Based on the above, we believe that upon lifting of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions in India, the Company’s available potential cash balances should be sufficient to meet its requirements to carry out its operations effectively. After this offering, the Company may decide to enhance its liquidity position or increase its cash reserve for future investments through additional capital and finance funding.

Note on Liquidity and Capital Resources:

The principal amount of our debt as of March 31, 2020, was $1,599,080 and for the period ended December 31, 2020, was $1,597,777. Our business does not require significant cash to fund principal and interest payments on our debt.

Our projected cash needs and projected sources of liquidity depend upon, among other things, our actual results, and the timing and amount of our expenditures. As we continue to grow our subscriber base, we expect an initial funding period to grow new products as well as negative working capital impacts from the timing of device-related cash flows when we provide the devices to customers pursuant to equipment installment plans.

In order to establish our customer base, the Group has acquired customers from Reachnet Cable Services Private Limited (“Reachnet”), through an Agreement to Acquire Customers dated June 21, 2019, and the income entitlement rights from April 1, 2019, for a consideration of approximately $59 million. This amount is payable in four equal installments (25% each) on or before July 31, 2020 (or at a mutually agreeable date upon the ending of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions), March 31, 2021, March 31, 2022 and March 31, 2023, respectively. Further revision was made to the payment terms and, pending review of subscribers data, the Company has agreed to complete its payment obligations on or before March 31, 2021 and if not, shall have an option to offset the same with the balances receivables with the same entity. The payable to Reachnet for customers is not traditional debt or loan it is merely long term payable and hence it is not considered as debt.

The reconciliation for increase in trade receivables to $29 million for the 9 months period ended December 31, 2020 is given as under:

On and after April 1, 2020, the revenue for interim period of 9 months ended December 31, 2020, is $29 million at gross level, with operation expenses for streaming services being separately recorded at $17 million. Both the items are separately disclosed. However, in the preceding period ended March 31, 2020, the Other Income of $15 million is disclosed at net level i.e. accrual of revenue of $40 million and operating expenses for streaming services of $25 million, disclosed at net amount as Other Income.

43

Table of Contents

The below table elucidates the reconciliation for increase in Trade Receivables for the 9 months period ended December 31, 2020.

Particulars

 

As of
December 31, 2020

 

As of
March 31,
2020

   

 

(US$)

 

 

(US$)

   

 

Unaudited

 

 

Audited

Trade receivables:

 

 

   

 

 

Receivables from Reachnet

 

$

33,348,907

 

 

Receivables from others

 

 

481,310

 

 

390,151

   

 

   

 

 

Total receivables

 

$

33,830,217

 

$

390,151

Receivables from Reachnet for the period up to March 31, 2020 was recognized under “Note 7 — Other Receivables”, aligning itself with the nature of revenue recognized as “Other Income” up to March 31, 2020, whereas Receivables from Reachnet and Other Customers for the period April 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020 was recognized as “Receivable from Others”, aligning with the nature of revenue recognized as “Operating Revenue”.

Our net cash position as of March 31, 2020 and December 31, 2020 was impacted by the lockdown imposed on account of the COVID-19 pandemic.

We expect to utilize free cash flow, cash on hand, and availability under our credit facilities, as well as future refinancing transactions to further extend the maturities of our obligations. The timing and terms of any refinancing transactions will be subject to market conditions among other considerations. Additionally, we may, from time to time, and depending on market conditions and other factors, use cash on hand and the proceeds from securities offerings or other borrowings to retire our debt through open market purchases, privately negotiated purchases, tender offers or redemption provisions. We believe we have sufficient liquidity from cash on hand, free cash flow and Lytus’ access to the capital markets to fund our projected cash needs.

We continue to evaluate the deployment of our cash on hand and anticipated future free cash flow including to invest in our business growth and other strategic opportunities, including mergers and acquisitions as well as stock repurchases and dividends.

As possible acquisitions, swaps or dispositions arise, we actively review them against our objectives including, among other considerations, improving the operational efficiency, geographic clustering of assets, product development or technology capabilities of our business and achieving appropriate return targets, and we may participate to the extent we believe these possibilities present attractive opportunities. However, there can be no assurance that we will actually complete any acquisitions, dispositions or system swaps, or that any such transactions will be material to our operations or results.

Intangible Assets and Goodwill

During the period ended March 31, 2020, Lytus has acquired a subscriber base of more than 8 million (i.e. 1.84 million household connections) for a consideration of $59,216,654, consisting the consideration of acquiring each customer at a price of approximately $27 and indirect tax (GST) additionally charged at a rate of 18%. Having regard with the timing of the consummation (also discussed in the Revenue note above), the legal enforceable right for subscriber acquisition was effective from March 26, 2020. Accordingly, the amortization expense on the customer acquisition costs is $204,086 for the period ended March 31, 2020 and is $8,927,417 for the 9 months period ended December 31, 2020.

The acquisition of customers was valued on an arms-length basis by valuation expert and the valuations were conducted as per the discounted free cash flow method (see Schedule 1 of the Valuation Report attached hereto as Exhibit 99.3). We have also carried out valuation using the Subscriber’s Multiple method (see Schedule 2 of the Valuation Report). The result was further validated using the independent comparable method.

44

Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Contractual Obligations

As discussed above, the Company has acquired customers from Reachnet pursuant to an Agreement to Acquire Customers dated June 21, 2019 and the income entitlement rights for a consideration of approximately $59 million. This amount is payable in four equal installments (25% each) on or before July 31, 2020 (or at a mutually agreeable date upon the ending of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions), March 31, 2021, March 31, 2022 and March 31, 2023, respectively. Further revision was made to the payment terms and, pending review of subscribers data, the Company has agreed to complete its payment obligations on or before March 31, 2021 and if not, shall have an option to offset the same with the balances receivables with the same entity.

The Company has also acquired 100% equity interest of Lytus India and 51% equity interest of DDC. For the acquisition of DDC, the Company currently has an outstanding obligation of $265,410.

Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

Under SEC regulations, we are required to disclose off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, such as changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that are material to investors. An off-balance sheet arrangement means a transaction, agreement or contractual arrangement to which any entity that is not consolidated with us is a party, under which we have:

•        Any obligation under certain guarantee contracts,

•        Any retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity or similar arrangement that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support to that entity for such assets,

•        Any obligation under a contract that would be accounted for as a derivative instrument, except that it is both indexed to our stock and classified in shareholder equity in our statement of financial position, and

•        Any obligation arising out of a material variable interest held by us in an unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit risk support to us, or engages in leasing, hedging or research and development services with us.

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that we are required to disclose pursuant to these regulations. In the ordinary course of business, we enter into operating lease commitments, and other contractual obligations. These transactions are recognized in our financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

We have not entered into any financial guarantees or other commitments to guarantee the payment obligations of any third parties. We have not entered into any derivative contracts that are indexed to our shares and classified as shareholder’s equity, or that are not reflected in our consolidated financial statements. Furthermore, we do not have any retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support to such entity. We do not have any variable interest in any unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit support to us or engages in leasing, hedging or research and development services with us.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Substantially all of our operations are within India and the United States, and we are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business, including the effects of foreign currency fluctuations, interest rate changes and inflation. Information relating to quantitative and qualitative disclosures about these market risks is set forth below.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

As a result of our international operations, primarily in India and the United States, we are exposed to currency translation impacts. Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. The functional currency of the Company is the U.S. dollar and the functional currency of Lytus India and DDC, which generate the majority of our revenue, is the Indian Rupees (“INR”). The financial statements of our subsidiaries whose functional currency is the INR are translated to U.S. dollars using period end rates of exchange for assets and liabilities, average rate of exchange for revenue and expenses and cash flows, and at historical exchange rates for equity. As a result, as the Rupee depreciates or appreciates against the

45

Table of Contents

U.S. dollar, our revenue presented in U.S. dollars, as well as our Dollar-Based Net Expansion Rate, will be negatively or positively affected. Constant Currency Dollar-Based Net Expansion Rate is calculated using fixed exchange rates to remove the impact of foreign currency translations.

As a result of foreign currency translations, which are a non-cash adjustment, we reported foreign currency translation reserves of subsidiaries of $306,910, net of tax.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

Cash and short-term investments were held primarily in bank and time deposits. The fair value of our cash and short-term investments would not be significantly affected by either an increase or decrease in interest rates due mainly to the short-term nature of these instruments.

Inflation

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We continue to monitor the impact of inflation in order to minimize its effects through pricing strategies, productivity improvements and cost reductions. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The consolidated financial statements begin on page F-1.

Interim Consolidated Financial Statements

The interim consolidated financial statements begins on Page F-39.

46

Table of Contents

OUR BUSINESS

Overview

We are a growing platform services company and currently have 8 million active users located all across India.6 Our business model comprises of primarily (a) distribution of linear content streaming/telecasting services and (b) development of technology products, namely, telemedicine. On the basis of approximately 1.8 million subscriber connections, we have subscriber strength of more than 8 million active customers. As per the Michael Bauer Research7, updated as of December 31, 2019, the average households’ size in India is 4.6 people per household.

Our strength is in our capability to leverage our technology platform for a competitive advantage and to be engaged in developing customer-inspired products and on-demand content, which significantly alters the way that consumers and businesses operate in the MedTech and Wellness industry. Our objective is to reinvent the customer experience and be engaged in disruptive innovation in online content management.

Lytus platform provides our customers with a one-stop site with the access to all of the services provided by us. We believe our strong customer service, access to an extensive fiber optic network infrastructure, and significant market presence position us as a service provider of choice and provide us with momentum in offering our online products. Our business model is based on shared core competencies and capabilities, with our subscriber base as our biggest asset. We intend to benefit from India’s e-commerce boom and the recent tele-medicine regulation through the acquisition of Global Health Sciences, Inc. (“GHSI”). The management of GHSI has many years of pioneering experience of the management in tele-medicine in USA, which we believe will help us create a profitable and sustainable business model with rapid growth prospects. We believe our deep outstanding and local expertise have enabled us to create solutions that address the needs and preferences of our consumers in the most comprehensive and efficient way. We possess extensive local knowledge of the markets in which we operate, which we consider to be a key component of our success.

Corporate History

Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd. (“we”, “Lytus”, “Lytus Group”, the “Group”, or the “Company”) is a holding company incorporated under the laws of British Virgin Islands (“BVI”) on March 16, 2020.

On March 19, 2020, the Company, Lytus Technologies Private Limited (“Lytus India”), Mr. Nimish Pandya, our CEO’s brother, and Mr. Girish Podar, the shareholders of Lytus India, entered into a share purchase agreement, pursuant to which the Company acquired 15,000 shares, representing all of the equity share capital of Lytus India for a purchase price of Rs.150,000 (approximately $2,000).

On February 21, 2020, Lituus Technologies Limited (“LTL”), a BVI company, DDC CATV Network Private Limited (“DDC”), and all of the shareholders of DDC (the “DDC Shareholders”) entered into a share purchase agreement, pursuant to which LTL acquired 4,900 shares, representing 49% of the outstanding equity share capital of DDC for an aggregated purchase price of Rs.19,208,000 (approximately $255,000).

On February 21, 2020, LTL, DDC and DDC Shareholders entered into a share subscription agreement, pursuant to which LTL has option to subscribe 900,000 shares fully convertible preference shares, representing 100% of the fully convertible preference shares of DDC for an aggregated purchase price of Rs. 90,000,000 (approximately $1,200,000). On February 26, 2020, DDC and DDC Shareholders entered into another share purchase agreement with Mr. Jagjit Singh Kohli, who was appointed as a director of the Company on April 1, 2020, pursuant to which Mr. Kohli acquired 200 shares, representing 2% of the equity share capital of DDC for an aggregated purchase price of Rs.784,000 (approximately $10,400).

On March 20, 2020, LTL and Mr. Kohli respectively entered into an assignment of contract with the Company and transferred all of their respective equity interest in DDC to the Company for no consideration. Such transfer was completed on March 31, 2020, resulting in the Company’s owning of 51% of the equity interest in DDC. The Company has the option to purchase 900,000 fully convertible preference shares of DDC for Rs. 90,000,000, subject to the increase of the authorized share capital of DDC, the approval of the Reserve Bank of India and other Indian company law requirements.

____________

6          Calculation based upon approximately 1.8 million paid home subscribers which based on industry standards translates to more than 8 million viewers on an average of 4.6 viewers per household in India. Source: United Nations, Department of Economic and Social Affairs, Population Division (2019) — Database on Household Size and Composition 2019. Available: https://population.un.org/Household/index.html#/countries/356

7          https://www.arcgis.com/home/item.html?id=6cf22970ea8c4b338a196879397a76e4

47

Table of Contents

The acquisition of Lytus India was from a related party, Nimish Pandya, the brother of our CEO, Dharmesh Pandya. In addition, the acquisition of the majority of DDC’s equity involved our CEO, Dharmesh Pandya, who was then also the CEO of LTL, and Jagjit Singh Kohli, who was appointed as our director on April 1, 2020.

On October 30, 2020, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement with Global Health Sciences, Inc. (“GHSI”) and the shareholder of GHSI, pursuant to which the Company acquired 75% of the equity interest in GHSI. GHSI was formed in 2020 and had no business operations prior to our acquisition. The Company will conduct its telemedicine business in the U.S. through GHSI.

The following diagram illustrates our current corporate structure:

While Lytus Group was restructured in 2020, DDC has been operation for five years. We have established a strong customer base and obtained significant market share through our acquisition of the customers of Reachnet, a long-standing cable services company in India. Reachnet is a licensed Multi System Operator (MSO) in the business of telecasting/streaming of broadcast channels (both owned as well as redistributed) to subscribers for a subscription charge depending upon the services and content chosen by the subscriber. Reachnet also owns and operates fiber optic cable networks with offices across the country in various major cities. These networks are used by Reachnet to offer its services to Lytus India’s subscribers. Reachnet also offers its cable network along with management personnel and subscriber management services to third party service providers for a fee. It has an extensive infrastructure and logistic set-up in various cities for provision of telecasting/streaming services to their erstwhile subscribers. We have acquired all of the customers of Reachnet, who are primarily located in the following metros in India: Mumbai, Hyderabad, Calcutta, New Delhi and Allahabad. We are not bound to have service agreement with Reachnet for exclusive provision of streaming service and can always enter with an independent service provider for the provision for streaming services to our subscribers.

Under the terms of the customer acquisition agreement (the “Customer Acquisition Agreement”) between Reachnet and Lytus Technologies Private Limited (“Lytus India”) dated June 20, 2019, these approximately 1.8 million customers legally belong to Lytus India. These customers are not and will not be Reachnet’s customers for internet access as well as services other than telecast/streaming provided by the Company to its customers. Reachnet has no ownership rights over these customers and all telecast services provided by Reachnet on behalf of the Company, are in the capacity of a third party independent service provider. The arrangement between Lytus India and Reachnet mandates Reachnet, as a third-party service provider, to maintain the infrastructure required to continue telecast services to the customers for which it is paid 61% revenue collected only from the provision of telecast services. All the services (including the internet service) are, as a matter of fact and in law, provided by the Company to its subscribers.

Revenue generated upon launch of the telemedicine, OTT and other services in India will belong 100% to the Company.

Lytus’ customers will be able to access the OTT services at an additional cost in the following ways:

1.      Through an app installed on the Set Top Box in the customer’s home which also provide telecast services.

2.      Through a web portal using either a computer or tablet.

3.      Through apps downloaded from the iOS and or Android store.

48

Table of Contents

The Company has acquired all subscribers of Reachnet for a lumpsum consideration and with the condition that the Company will have control and unconditional entitlement rights over the revenues generated from or related to these subscribers.

In light of the above, the Company has 100% control of and 100% entitlement rights over the revenues accruing and arising to the Company from its subscribers. Reachnet has no control, ownership or entitlement rights over revenue generated from the Company’s subscribers.

The service agreement entered into with Reachnet, obligates Reachnet to retain its infrastructure to provide streaming/telecast services and provide such services to the Company’s subscribers on an on-going basis without disruption or interruption, under the Company’s control, management and supervision. The service charge for providing these services is determined at arm’s length. According to local industry practice, the average industry EBITDA for cable service companies in India is approximately 57% of total streaming revenues. Since the Company intends to work with Reachnet as a strategic partner over the next several years, the Company has agreed to pay Reachnet a service fee at a variable percentage of 61% of the Company’s total streaming/telecast revenue.

Of the 29.2 million in revenue generated from streaming services during the 9 months ended December 31, 2020, the Company has provided for an approximately $16.9 million as service charge payable to Reachnet for the 9-month period ended December 31, 2020.

In addition, we have scaled and intend to continue to scale our platform through the pursuit of selective acquisitions. We believe our acquisitions of Lytus India and DDC have expanded our distribution capabilities and broadened our service offerings. We have aggregated customers from several service providers and other businesses by bring them on to the Lytus platform. We provide services to our customers through access to a network of 25,000 kilometers of deployed fiber and broadband infrastructure in accordance with our service agreement with our partner. Since our inception we have consistently expanded our network capabilities and offerings while growing our customer base.

Lytus India provides technology enabled customer services, which includes streaming and content services. The present device is being further upgraded to support the unified and integrated platform through which it shall provide multi-dimensional services such as MedTech IOT (IOT refers to the Internet of Things), etc.

DDC is a licensed Multi System Operator (MSO) in the business of telecasting/streaming of broadcast channels (both owned channels as well as redistribution) to subscribers for a subscription charge depending upon the services and content chosen by the subscriber. In India the regulation does not differentiate between telecasting and streaming as long as the streaming is done in IPTV format. Lytus has the expertise and has plans to offer additional value added services such as MedTech IOT, by upgrading the existing cable networks. The upgrade primarily consists of deploying FTTH GPON and changing the existing STB/CPE.

Lytus India provides streaming services to the customers we acquired from Reachnet. DDC has been providing streaming services to its customers in New Delhi region for over three years and will continue to do so independently of Lytus India and Reachnet

Along with a strong India focus, we expect to grow our international presence in regions such as Africa, Indonesia, UK, and the USA.

GHSI was formed in 2020 and had no business operations prior to our acquisition. On October 30, 2020, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement and acquired 75% of the equity interest in GHSI. After the completion of acquisition, GHSI brought into the key management team and acquired important contracts. GHSI’s telemedicine service aims to provide management and technology solutions to hospital networks, university medical schools, physician networks and individual practices in the U.S. Its proprietary delivery platform uses digital communication technologies using medical monitoring devices, video capabilities and data capture methodologies. The platform also uses AI Ecosystem Assets including Conversational Computing, Intelligent Robotic Process Automation (iRPA), and Machine Learning (ML). This platform is currently rolled out in New Jersey, Illinois, Florida and Texas with approximately 125 medical physicians using our system for approximately 3000 users via hospital and clinic networks.

GHSI’s business is focused on remote patient monitoring devices. These devices installed at the homes of the patients of participating physicians practices are sourced from various HIPAA and FDA compliant vendors. These devices have the monitoring and reporting software pre-installed in them. GHSI currently has not developed any

49

Table of Contents

proprietary software that is deployed with patients in the USA. While the revenue generated by these devices are currently not significant from and organizational perspective, GHSI expects to roll out these devices to additional patients in the near future. We expect that the additional rollout of devices will generate significant revenue for the Company.

In India, Lytus’ telemedicine business, through Lytus India, has commenced repurposing its existing Local Cable Operator Network infrastructure to set up Local Health Centers/diagnostic centers (LHC). There is scheduled to be one dedicated LHC for every 5000 customers and this LHC will be staffed with trained healthcare professionals. LHCs will support customers with additional patient services that cannot be remotely provided through device strategy. Typical services provided at the LHCs will include ECGs, blood and urine testing, ultrasound scans etc. The LHC network will act as an important link between patients, doctors and supporting hospital partners for better integration. The Company also intends to leverage the LHC network for pharmaceutical delivery.

The telemedicine service in India operates under a different model. The technology platform used to book doctor appointments and video conference with doctors collects data and then connects the patient to a captive team of physicians which provide the medical consulting service. The technology platform used by the India telemedicine team is proprietary and developed by Lytus India.

The Company does not itself obtain or contract for the content it uses currently. The content provided to our customers is through the license agreement that DDC currently has with broadcasters such as ESPN, SonyTV, ZEE TV and BBC.

Our Integrated Service Matrix

Our objective is to expand the business by offering additional online services to our captive users so that we can become a one-stop shop for all of our customers’ online requirements. We believe that the current poor internet penetration in the Indian market presents a tremendous opportunity for the Company to provide online services to the many underserved geographic areas in India.

Strategic Roadmap

Technology continues to be a strong driver of change for our industry. We realized that our future growth strategy was pivoted around how we leverage technology to enhance consumer experience, with limited infrastructure. We invested in deep-rooted technologies to develop greater scale and speed in our approaches to content production and distribution, centralization, automation, and portfolio rationalization.

In addition, we believe that through additional customer acquisitions, our business will expand rapidly over the next three years. Our objective is to grow profitably by building on our current strategic position to become a dominant global platform services company.

The key elements of our strategy include:

•        expanding the service and product portfolio to enhance cross-selling opportunities;

•        enhancing the service platform by investing in technology;

•        expanding into new geographic markets; and

•        pursuing selective strategic partnerships and acquisitions.

We have six principles for our growth:

Operating model:    simplify and align with our customers’ needs and end markets.

Enhance customer experience:    introduce customer-centric programs and services leveraging the latest technologies such as artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML) to improve our customers’ experiences and continue to earn their business.

50

Table of Contents

Service portfolio management:    adopt a more proactive approach, be agile in introducing new offerings while continuously scrutinizing the potential for returns.

Build scale:    to grow and build scale in a broad range of international markets and industry verticals within the online service platform and e-healthcare segment.

Strategic relationships:    focus on building and maintaining long-term strategic business relationships with other established players in the market to better utilize the network capabilities, reduce cost burden and generate supplementary revenue streams.

Acquisition strategy:    develop a more targeted and disciplined approach; focus on acquisitions that augment our existing online streaming portfolio.

Current and Potential Markets

Television Industry

We currently have operations in Maharashtra, including Mumbai, New Delhi, parts of West Bengal including Kolkata, parts of Madhya Pradesh including Indore & Bhopal, parts of Uttar Pradesh, and Bangalore. Of all media and entertainment options open to Indians, television remains the most penetrated medium in the country, catering to over 200 million households and counting.

Cable Television subscription revenues have significantly increased in last few years due to introduction of streaming services in the Indian market. Streaming media is currently sharing the market space with cable and satellite television but it starts receiving more and more attention. There are currently about 40 providers of Over–The–Top media services (OTT) in India, which distribute streaming media over the Internet. In 2018, the OTT market in India was worth Rs2,150 crore ($290 million), and its value grew to Rs3,500 crores ($473 million) in 2019. According to a KPMG report, the average time spent by Indian subscribers on various OTT platforms is 20–50 minutes9 per day. Internet has now become mainstream media for entertainment for most people. With growing Internet penetration, internet users in India are expected to increase from 445.96 million in 2017 to 829 million by 2021. Based on the data from www.statista.com, as of May 2020, there were 1.2 billion mobile subscriptions and 565 million internet subscriptions in India, making it the second-largest mobile consumer base and internet subscriber base in the world, behind only China according to a report on Digital India by McKinsey Global Institute released in March 2019.

The Indian media and entertainment industry is expected to reach around Rs307,000 core ($ 43.93 billion) by 2024. Media and entertainment industry is set to grow at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 13.5 percent from 2019 to 2024. In FY 2019, major segments were television, print and films with a market size of Rs713 billion ($10.22 billion), Rs333 billion ($4.76 billion) and Rs185 billion ($2.62 billion), respectively. They are projected to reach Rs1025 billion ($14.67 billion), Rs375 billion ($4.76 billion) and Rs228 billion ($3.26 billion), respectively in FY 2022. Indian television market has an opportunity of catering to over 50 million homes as 197 million homes out of the total 240 million households have TV sets as of 201810.

The Indian advertising industry is projected to be the second fastest growing advertising market in Asia after China. At present, advertising revenue accounts for around 0.38 percent of India’s gross domestic product.11

Digital media & entertainment platforms in India grew 13.3 percent in FY2019 and reached Rs163,100 crore ($23.34 billion), contributing the most to the growth of media & entertainment sector in the country. India’s advertising revenue is projected to reach Rs1,367 billion ($19.56 billion) in FY2024 from Rs693 billion ($10 billion) in FY2019. India’s advertisement spending increased to Rs67,603 crore ($9.67 billion), growing at 11 percent year over year in 2019.

____________

8          https://www.statista.com/topics/4852/television-market-in-india/

9          Video OTT revenue in India expected to reach Rs13,800 crore by FY 2023, Exchange4media. Indian Advertising Media & Marketing News — exchange4media

10         https://www.ibef.org/industry/media-entertainment-india.aspx

11         https://www.ibef.org/industry/media-entertainment-india.aspx

51

Table of Contents

Telemedicine Industry

The COVID-19 crisis has resulted in a profound shift of healthcare delivery from the traditional healthcare model with its abundant resources to the healthcare model where patients are mandated to remain at home and cope with a profound lack of resources. The Covid-19 pandemic has caused severe shortages and threatens to overwhelm health care infrastructure. Thus, we believe telehealth services and mobile care (such as advanced physician house calls, VNS, home PT, nutritional optimization), with an efficiently managed and cost-effective delivery model, will support patients’ medical needs and alleviate the shortages of the available healthcare resources. Healthcare systems have scrambled to adopt applications marketed as ‘telemedicine’ solutions but are very little more than 2-way video conferencing with text messaging. Despite the availability of ultra-high-speed wireless connectivity, computationally intense smartphones, commoditized high resolutions cameras, and other existing solutions have not improved significantly over the past decade in design, user interface, integration, data visualization, nor utilization of AI Ecosystem Assets.

Moreover, the increased demand on mobile healthcare delivery to the home has not been met with a corresponding increase in platform sophistication required to perform anything other than a base level physical exam and rudimentary delivery of services. This demand will require omni-channel, multi-modal, multi-lingual communication across highly secure and private high-speed wireless networks. Multipoint video conferencing will be required as well as deep integrations into enterprise PBX, CRM, EMR platforms and other systems of record.

The Internet of Things (IoT) revolution has resulted in a plethora of intelligent devices capable of capturing and transmitting a diverse set of data domains including healthcare, environment, logistics, education, energy, and many others relevant to the efficient and effective delivery of care. Remote patient monitoring via patient worn active and passive sensors as well as next generation room-based sensors utilizing ultra-wideband impulse radar, hyperspectral imaging, will revolutionize home based care via remote patient monitoring.

The traditional health monitoring data concerning heart rate, respiratory rate, blood pressure, temperature, will be expanded to include body composition, sleeping patterns, nutrient ingestion, cognitive and behavioral status, wound assessment, range of motion monitoring, and many others.

As we have seen an increasing need to adopt any form of Telemedicine programs to combat the COVID-19 pandemic, we believe that the business technologies that Lytus is advancing are very unique.

Our Streaming Services

We offer our customers subscription-based video services and Internet services to residential customers, with prices and related charges based on the types of service selected, whether the services are sold as a “bundle” or on an individual basis, and based on the equipment necessary to receive our services. Our video customers receive a package of programming which generally includes a device that provides an interactive electronic programming guide with parental controls, access to pay-per-view services, including video on demand (“VOD”). Customers have the option to purchase additional tiers of services including premium channels which provide original programming, commercial-free movies, sports, and other special event entertainment programming. Substantially all of our video programming is available in high definition.

In order to establish our customer base, the Company has acquired all of the customers of Reachnet Cable Services Private Limited, through an Agreement to Acquire Customers dated June 21, 2019, and the income entitlement rights from April 1, 2019. Reachnet is also a licensed service provider and have, accordingly, agreed to provide streaming services to these customers. These customers are primarily located in the following metros in India: Mumbai, Hyderabad, Calcutta, New Delhi and Allahabad.

Our revenues are principally derived from the monthly fees customers pay for the services we provide. We typically charge a one-time installation fee which is sometimes waived or discounted in certain sales channels during certain promotional periods. We believe that offering a wide variety of video programming choices influences a customer’s decision to subscribe and retain our streaming services. We obtain basic and premium programming, usually pursuant to written contracts from a number of suppliers. Media corporation consolidation has, however, resulted in fewer suppliers and additional selling power on the part of programming suppliers. We have recently entered into an agreement with a Hollywood studio to co-produce or exclusively license original content which give us the right to provide our customers with certain exclusive content for a period of time.

52

Table of Contents

Programming is usually made available to us for a license fee, which is generally paid based on the number of customers to whom we make that programming available. Programming license fees may include “volume” discounts and financial incentives to support the launch of a channel and/or ongoing marketing support, as well as discounts for channel placement or service penetration. We also offer VOD and pay-per-view channels of movies and events that are subject to a revenue split with the content provider.

Our programming contracts are generally for a fixed period of time, usually for multiple years, and are subject to negotiated renewal. The contracts set to expire in any particular year vary. We will seek to renew these agreements on terms that we believe are favorable. There can be no assurance, however, that these agreements will be renewed on favorable or comparable terms. To the extent that we are unable to reach agreements with certain programmers on terms that we believe are reasonable, we have been, and may in the future be, forced to remove such programming channels from our line-up, which may result in a loss of customers.

Our advertising sales division offers local, regional and national businesses the opportunity to advertise in individual and multiple service areas on streaming networks and digital outlets. We receive revenues from the sale of local advertising across various platforms and networks. Our large national footprint provides opportunities for advertising customers to address broader regional audiences from a single provider and thus reach more customers with a single transaction. Our size also provides scale to invest in new technology to create more targeted and addressable advertising capabilities.

The Company through its partners has access to the content of more than 450 linear channels, allowing us to provide these channels to all our subscribers’ predominantly through RF medium using DVB-C technology as well as through IPTV / Online Streaming.

Lytus Group through its constituents delivers over 450 linear channels from various content providers such as Star TV (Disney), Zee TV, Sony, IndiaCast, Times Broadcasting, Discovery, Sun, Jaya TV, Eenadu Television, Turner International, Travel XP, BBC etc. The Company has also executed agreements with various content providers having national and regional movie and music libraries viz., such as ADB Shemaroo, Super Cassettes (T-Series), Surya Media Vision (Eros & Sonata) and Cine Prime.

Lytus has also started telecasting a few educational channels tailor-made for local educational boards catering to various school grades and has plans to focus on this segment going forward.

Our streaming solution is from a U.S. based vendor called “Secure TV”. Our mobile application (JPR Channel) is available on the Playstore and can be currently used by our home subscribers only. We are currently streaming all Free to Air (including home channels) and some select Pay Channels from various broadcasters through our OTT platform.

Lytus is working closely with various vendors globally for furthering the reach of their streaming network / platform and also building state of the art FTTH (Fiber to the home)/ G-PON network for connecting its existing and future subscribers. For this purpose, Lytus Group sources devices and other equipment such as RF/Hybrid/ IPTV/OTT Set Top Boxes, ONUs, OLTs, Headend and NoC equipment and finally passive components from vendors including Cisco, Harmonics, Arris (Now CommScope — USA), Gospell, ZTE, & Antik.

Our Telemedicine Services

On October 30, 2020, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement and acquired 75% of the equity interest in GHSI to add varieties to the manners in which healthcare services are provided to customers in the U.S. and in India. We believe GHSI’s strong management team, which has several decades of telemedicine experience in the U.S. and in India, will develop customized solutions and platforms to help Lytus grow its telemedicine offerings globally.

Our telehealth segment of business will focus on providing telemedicine solutions for the unmet medical needs of a large part of population in India. Our vision is to provide cost-efficient telemedicine services, as well as serve as an extension of the traditional healthcare system.

We believe this extension of traditional healthcare services is vital because:

•        68% of Indians live in rural villages.

•        India has one doctor for every 1,445 people.

53

Table of Contents

•        More than 75% of Indian doctors are based in cities or urban areas.

•        Approximately 89% of rural Indian patients have to travel about 8 kilometers to access basic medical treatment.12

With rising internet penetration in India, increasing proliferation of fiber optic cables, expanding bandwidth, and owing to advancements in technology, doctors from urban India will have the ability to treat patients in rural areas remotely through video-call consultations.

Building on the Company’s strong fiber-optic network and customer base, we will strive to use technology-based innovation to address the most significant unmet needs of patients and societies across rural India.

In the first phase of our journey, we intend to develop and deliver telehealth services in the nature of preventive healthcare using technologies such as Internet of Medical Things (IoMT) and Artificial Intelligence (AI). Our initial focus is aimed at offering basic health monitoring and digital stethoscope services with the help of our own smart devices and software systems and also last mile medicine delivery services. Further, we intend to utilize clinical informatics for the collation of information for effective data analysis and for sharing the information with doctors/relatives/other stakeholders to help in better decision making.

With our streaming services and our devices, we intend to make it possible for the people to undertake self-health monitoring and combine the same with remote diagnosis with secure patient-doctor consultation. Thereby not only reducing the number of trips to the hospital but also build an ecosystem that may turn out to be an affordable, as well as a fast, way to bridge the rural-urban health divide.

Our healthcare service aims to provide telemedicine solutions for the unmet medical needs of a larger part of the population. Our vision is to provide cost-efficient telemedicine services and to serve as an extension of the traditional healthcare system prevalent in the country.

With the rising internet penetration in India, increasing proliferation of fiber-optic cables, expanding bandwidths and advancements in technology, doctors from urban India will have the ability to treat patients in rural areas remotely through video-call consultations. In an industry where the cost of error is high, operational consistency and network dependability are critical. Information has to be accurate, and readily available. We believe that our operations will benefit from centralized decision-making and a uniform technology platform, coupled with a coordinated local presence. Our unified, scalable technology platform is being further developed and/or enhanced by our technology team, which is located in India. This technology platform covers all relevant aspects of our operations, from data management, business intelligence, traffic optimization and consumer engagement to infrastructure, logistics and payments. Data is constantly collected and analyzed to help optimize operations, make the consumer experience more personal and relevant, and enable us, selected sellers and logistics partners to make informed, real-time decisions.

In addition, our approach is to collaborate with global chain of health insurance companies, pharmaceutical companies, hospitals and diagnostic clinics, and medical research universities. We intend to develop an ecosystem of medical expertise and healthcare at home. India is regulating medical devices13 and has opened up many opportunities from the perspective of preventive healthcare and at-home on-demand online content.

Self-monitoring for diagnosis would require an infrastructure for an effective and efficient communication equipment and distribution network. We believe that our streaming and telecast services customer base and access to a significant fiber infrastructure, ideally positions us to telemedicine services to over approximately 1.8 million households. The aggregated customer base of over 8 million individuals will be offered telemedicine services as well as telemedicine devices and products to enhance the quality of healthcare services offered.

____________

12        World Health Day Amid Covid Crisis by Pramod N Sulikeri, Available: https://myarogya.in/general/world-health-day-amid-covid-crisis/ & Telemedicine Force Multiplier for Healthcare Delivery by Major General Ashok Kumar Singh (retd), Available: https://innohealthmagazine.com/2020/guest-column/telemedicine-healthcare-delivery/

13        The Medical Devices Rules, 2017 read with Medical Devices (Amendment) Rules, 2020

54

Table of Contents

Competition

As a unified platform services company, individual segments of our business face competition from other services providers that operate in India.

Our streaming business typically faces competition from the following service providers:

Hotstar

Hotstar, (now Disney+ Hotstar), is the most subscribed–to OTT platform in India, owned by Star India as of 2018, with around 150 million active users and over 350 million downloads. According to Hotstar’s India Watch Report 2018, 96% of watch time on Hotstar comes from videos longer than 20 minutes, while one–third of Hotstar subscribers watch television shows.13

Netflix in India

American streaming service Netflix entered India in January 2016. In April 2017, it was registered as a limited liability partnership (LLP) and started commissioning content. It earned a net profit of Rs.2.02 million for fiscal year 2017. In fiscal year 2018, Netflix earned revenues of Rs.580 million. According to Morgan Stanley Research, Netflix had the highest average watch time of more than 120 minutes but viewer counts of around 20 million in July 2018. As of 2018, Netflix has six million subscribers, of which 5–6% are paid members.14

Olly Plus

Olly Plus was launched in 2020 by Sk Line Production. Olly Plus is Odisha’s new online Odia OTT platform where you can enjoy unlimited Odia Videos, Albums, Movies, Comedy Videos, Short Films, Audio Stories and other videos on the go.

Since Telemedicine is a relatively new offering in India, Lytus does not face significant competition in this segment locally in India. Start-ups that have commenced with telemedicine business in India are — DocOnline, Clinikk Healthcare, Practo and MedLife. However, all of these companies run online health clinics that provide online doctor consultations, online pharmacies, and health insurance. Our telemedicine business is designed to not be in direct competition with these companies. We have significant competitive advantage in telemedicine service through remote health monitoring device and unified Lytus platform for content management.

Competitive Advantage

We believe that the following competitive strengths distinguish us from our competitors:

Innovation

World-class networks:    enhancing our access to fiber-optic network, we intend to elevate the customer experience, enhance reliability and sustain future growth. Building on this capability and leveraging modern technology, we are diversifying into new growth areas to expand our business horizon.

Strengthen innovation:    we have long been a technological innovation leader within our industry space. We are taking steps designed to ensure we maintain and consolidate our market share. We continue to maintain our investments in different technological upgrades at a level that is consistent with changing industry dynamics. Today, we are amongst the few players in India who have transformed the traditional set-top box into an android box, thereby giving access to a host of new facilities under one platform.

Value

Profitable growth:    driving continued profitable revenue and customer growth in our core consumer and business markets, while continuously looking for opportunities to widen the business horizon. From a traditional contact management service provider, we have evolved into a significant online content management service provider, with sustained profits.

____________

14        “Video OTT revenue in India expected to reach Rs 13,800 crore by FY 2023 — Exchange4media”. Indian Advertising Media & Marketing News — exchange4media. Available: https://www.exchange4media.com/digital-news/video-ott-revenue-in-india-expected-to-reach-rs-13-800-crore-by-fy-2023-92262.html

55

Table of Contents

Disciplined capital allocation: we continue to invest in long-term growth opportunities, while simultaneously building on our core capabilities and engaging in strategic partnerships to widen our geographical presence and offerings.

Growth

Putting customers first:    focusing on customer service excellence and technological leadership to further strengthen our differentiated competitive position and enhance the customer experience with an integrated digital platform covering areas such as education, entertainment, financial technology, and healthcare. We strive to continue exceeding our customers’ expectations by enhancing our network capacity and coverage while broadening service offerings.

Proven growth strategy:    delivering industry-leading performance by continuing to execute on our long-term growth strategy focused on data and our fiber-optic network capabilities.

Employees

As of June 14, 2021, we employed 38 people on a full-time basis and 5 people on a part-time basis, comprised of 15 employees in management, 8 employees in sales and marketing, 10 employees in research and development, and 10 employees in administration.

Intellectual Property Rights

We are in the process of registering our intellectual property rights to protect our business interests and ensure our competitive position in our industry. We intend to vigorously protect our technology and proprietary rights, but there can be no assurance that our efforts will be successful. Even if our efforts are successful, we may incur significant costs in defending our rights.

As of the date of this prospectus, we have applied for 3 trademarks, and 2 domain names in India and overseas.

Properties

Our headquarters is located at 601 Everest Grande, A Wing Mahakali Caves Road, Andheri (East), Mumbai, India, 400 093. We believe our facilities are adequate for our current needs.

Legal Proceedings

We are currently not involved in any legal proceedings; nor are we aware of any claims that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Government Regulation

The industry in which we operate is subject to extensive governmental laws and regulations in the United States and India. More particularly, in India, our business is subject to the governance under the foreign exchange laws governing the foreign investments, directions issued by the Telecom Regulatory Authority of India, regulations and directions issued by the Ministry of Health and Family Welfare. There are numerous laws and regulations governing the operation of streaming and telemedicine business, and purchase, sale, and sharing of personal information about consumers, many of which are new and continue to evolve; accordingly, it is difficult to determine whether and how existing and proposed privacy laws may apply to our businesses in the future. Furthermore, government regulations can change with little to no notice and may result in increased regulation of our product(s), resulting in a greater regulatory burden for us.

Regulation in connection with our streaming service

India

The following is an overview of the important laws and regulations which are relevant to our streaming in India. The description of laws and regulations sets out below is not exhaustive and is based on the current provisions of Indian laws, which are subject to change or modification by subsequent legislative, regulatory, administrative or judicial decisions.

56

Table of Contents

Before the introduction of cable television in India, broadcasting was solely under the control of the State. The Government of India was caught unprepared with the emergence of cable networks and broadcasting through satellites in the early 1990s. The government was not able to put a check on transmission and broadcast of television through foreign satellites. Due to the lack of licensing mechanism for cable operators; this resulted in large number of cable operators, broadcasting programs without any regulation.

The necessity of procuring license for operating cable networks was first mentioned by the Rajasthan High Court in the case of Shiv Cable TV System v. State of Rajasthan television through foreign satellites. The high court held that there was no violation of the right to freedom of trade because cable networks fall within the definition of “wireless telegraph apparatus” under the Indian Wireless Telegraphy Act and therefore it necessary to have license to operate such network. This highlighted the need for having a framework for the regulation of cable networks in India which led to the enactment of the Cable Television Networks (Regulation) Act, 1995 becoming effective from September 29, 1994.

The Cable Television Networks (Regulation) Act, 1995 (“Cable Television Act”)

The Cable Television Act regulates the operation of cable television networks in India. The Cable Television Act requires any cable operator who is desirous of operating a cable television network to be registered with the head post master of the area concerned. Where the Central Government is satisfied that it is necessary in public interest to do so may make it obligatory for every cable operator to transmit or re-transmit programs of any channel in an encrypted form through a DAS.

The Ministry of Information and Broadcasting issued a notification dated November 11, 2011 (“DAS Notification”) under the Cable Television Act, making it mandatory for every cable operator to transmit or retransmit programs of any channel in an encrypted form through a digital addressable system in four phases in such cities and with effect from such dates as specified in the DAS Notification. Phase I included the cities of Mumbai, Delhi, Kolkata and Chennai where digitization had to be completed by June 30, 2012. The said deadline of June 30, 2012 was extended until October 31, 2012. Phase II which included 38 cities, was required to be completed by March 31, 2013. Further, phases III and IV are required to be completed by December 2015 and December 2016 respectively.

The Cable Television Network Rules, 1994 (“Cable Television Rules”)

The Cable Television Rules stipulate that registration as a cable operator needs to be renewed every 12 months. The Cable Television Rules further stipulate that a MSO shall apply for registration in order to provide DAS services.

The Indian Telegraph Act, 1885 (“Telegraph Act”)

The Telegraph Act governs all forms of the usage of ‘telegraph’ which expression has been defined to mean any appliance, instrument, material or apparatus used or capable of use for transmission or reception of signs, signals, writing, images, and sounds or intelligence of any nature, by wire, visual or other electro-magnetic emissions, radio waves or hertzian waves, galvanic, electric or magnetic means. Using appliance or apparatus for the purposes of dissemination of television signals and video transmissions therefore comes within the definition of a ‘telegraph’.

The Indian Wireless Telegraphy Act, 1933 (“Wireless Telegraphy Act”)

In addition to a telegraph license under section 4 of the Telegraph Act, land-based wireless providers and users also require an additional license under the Wireless Telegraphy Act. Section 3 of the Wireless Telegraphy Act forbids any person from possessing a wireless telegraphy apparatus without a license. Under section 5 of the Wireless Telegraphy Act, the license to possess the wireless and radio equipment and to use it for wireless services is issued by the telegraph authority designated under the Telegraph Act, that is, the Director-General of Posts and Telegraphs.

The Sports Broadcasting Signals (Mandatory Sharing with Prasar Bharati) Act, 2007 (“Mandatory Signal Sharing Act”)

The Mandatory Signal Sharing Act provides for access to the largest number of listeners and viewers, on a free to air basis, of sporting events of national importance through mandatory sharing of sports broadcasting signals with Prasar Bharati. Under this enactment, no content rights owner or holder and no television or radio broadcasting

57

Table of Contents

service provider can carry a live television broadcast on any cable or DTH network or radio commentary broadcast in India of “sporting events of national importance”, unless it simultaneously shares the live broadcasting signal, without advertisements, with Prasar Bharati, to enable Prasar Bharati to re-transmit the signal on its terrestrial networks and DTH networks.

The Telecom Regulatory Authority of India Act, 1997 (“TRAI Act”)

The Telecom Regulatory Authority of India (“TRAI”) was established in 1997 by the TRAI Act, as amended, to regulate telecommunication services in India, including broadcasting and cable services. The TRAI is vested with major recommendatory, regulatory and tariff setting functions, including (a) making recommendations on the need and timing for introduction of new service providers, (b) on the terms and conditions of license to a service provider, (c) ensuring compliance of terms and conditions of license, (d) effective management of telecom, (e) laying down the standards for quality of service, (f) conducting a periodical survey of such service provided by the service providers so as to protect interest of consumers, and (g) notifying the rates at which telecommunication services within India and outside India shall be provided under the TRAI Act. In addition, the TRAI Act contains penalty provisions for offences committed by a company under the TRAI Act.

The following regulations have been notified by TRAI: A. Regulations applicable to DAS Notified areas:

The Standards of Quality of Service (Digital Addressable Cable TV Systems) Regulations, 2012 (“DAS Regulations”)

The DAS Regulations require every MSO or its linked Local Cable Operator (“LCO”), offering digital addressable cable TV services in entire DAS Notified areas to devise formats of application for seeking connection, disconnection, reconnection and for obtaining and returning of set top boxes. Any person seeking connection, disconnection or reconnection or shifting of cable service connection or intending to obtain or return set top box at a place located within the area of operation of a MSO or its linked LCO is required to make an application to such MSO/ LCO, as the case may be. Every MSO/ LCO shall provide the cable services to every person making request for the same. No MSO/ LCO shall disconnect the cable services to the subscriber or take any channel off the air without giving prior notice of at least 15 days to such subscriber indicating the reasons for such disconnection and no charge for the services other than the rent for set top box shall be levied on the subscriber for the period during which the services were discontinued. In the event of a complaint received from a subscriber, the MSO/ LCO shall respond to the complaint within eight hours and at least 90% of all ‘no signal’ complaints received shall be redressed and signal restored within twenty four hours of receipt of such complaint. Further, the quality of the set top box should conform to the Indian standard set by the Bureau of Indian Standards.

The Telecommunication (Broadcasting and Cable Services) Interconnection (Digital Addressable Cable Television Systems) Regulations, 2012 (“Interconnection DAS Regulations”)

The Interconnection DAS Regulations provide that no broadcaster of television channels shall engage in any practice or activity or enter into any understanding or arrangement, including exclusive contract with any MSO for distribution of its channel which may prevent any other MSO from obtaining such TV channels for distribution. Further, every broadcaster shall provide signals of its television channels on non-discriminatory basis to every MSO having the prescribed channel capacity and registered. Every broadcaster shall provide the signals of television channels to a MSO, in accordance with its Reference Interconnect Offer (RIO) or as may be mutually agreed, within 60 days from the date of receipt of the request. Every MSO while seeking interconnection with the broadcaster, shall ensure that its DAS installed for the distribution of television channels meets the DAS requirements specified in these regulations. A MSO operating in the Municipal boundary of Greater Mumbai, National Capital Territory of Delhi, Kolkata and Chennai shall have a capacity to carry a minimum of 500 channels as of January 1, 2013 and provided that all MSOs operating in the above areas and having subscriber base of less than 25,000 shall have the capacity to carry a minimum of 500 channels by April 1, 2013. In the event of a complaint received from a subscriber, the MSO/ LCO shall respond to the complaint within eight hours and at least 90% of all ‘no signal’ complaints received shall be redressed and signal restored within twenty four hours of receipt of such complaint.

58

Table of Contents

The Telecommunication (Broadcasting and Cable) Services (Fourth) (Addressable Systems) Tariff Order, 2010 (“Tariff Order”)

TRAI has imposed a ceiling on tariffs of channels and bouquets of channels payable by (i) broadcasters to distributors, (ii) LCOs to MSOs, and (iii) subscribers to MSOs/LCOs. The Tariff Order provides that every MSO shall offer all channels to its subscribers on an a-la-carte basis and shall specify the maximum retail price for each channel, as payable by the subscribers. The a-la-carte rates for free to air channels shall be uniform. Further, in the event a MSO is offering channels as part of a bouquet, the sum of the a-la-carte rates of the channels forming part of such a bouquet shall in no case exceed one and half times of the rate of that bouquet of which such channels are a part. Additionally, the a-la-carte rate of each channel forming part of such a bouquet shall in no case exceed three times the average rate of channel of that bouquet of which such channel is a part. Every MSO shall report to TRAI, the a-la-carte rates for its pay channels and the bouquet rates.

The Telecommunication (Broadcasting and Cable Services) Interconnection Regulation, 2004, as amended (“Interconnection Regulations”)

The Interconnection Regulations apply to all arrangements among service providers, including MSOs, for interconnection and revenue sharing for all telecommunication services, including cable services in India. The Interconnection Regulations provides that broadcasters are required to provide signals on non-discriminatory terms to all distributors of television channels. Similarly, Head End In The Sky (“HITS”) operators and MSOs are required to re-transmit signals received from a broadcaster on a non-discriminatory basis to LCOs. MSOs are not allowed to engage in any practice or activity or enter into any understanding or arrangement, including exclusive contracts with any distributor of TV channels that prevents any other distributor from obtaining such TV channels. Further, No Broadcaster/ MSO/ HITS operator shall disconnect the TV channel signals to a distributor of TV channels without giving three weeks prior written notice indicating the brief reasons for the proposed action.

Telecommunication (Broadcasting and Cable) Services (Second) Tariff Order, 2004, as amended

TRAI has imposed a ceiling on tariffs on channels and bouquets of channels, payable by (i) MSOs to broadcasters, (ii) LCOs to MSOs, and (iii) subscribers to MSOs/LCOs. The charges, excluding taxes shall not exceed 4% of the charges prevailing as of December 1, 2007 with respect to free to air, pay channels, bouquet of channels and standalone channels not part of a bouquet, offered by MSOs to LCOs and by MSOs/ LCOs to subscribers. Further, every MSO/LCO is required to give to every subscriber a bill for the charges payables by that subscriber.

The Standards of Quality of Service (Broadcasting and Cable Services) (Cable Television — Non CAS Areas) Regulation, 2009

The regulations provide for provisions relating to connection/disconnection or shifting of cable services as well as provisions for the billing procedure and billing related complaints. Further, the regulations details the mechanism for the handling of complaints and the provisions regarding additional standards of quality of service relating to digital decoders and set top boxes for digital cable service in non-CAS areas.

The Policy Guidelines for Uplinking of Television Channels from India, 2011 (“Uplinking Guidelines”)

The Uplinking Guidelines came into effect in December 5, 2011 and regulate the gathering, uplinking and broadcasting of television-based content in India. The Uplinking Guidelines provide for, inter alia, permission for: (i) setting up of uplinking hub/teleports; (ii) uplinking of non-news and current affairs television channels (that is, channels which do not include elements of news and current affairs in their program content); (iii) uplinking of news and current affairs television channels; and (iv) uplinking by Indian news agency; (v) use of SNG/DSNG equipment in C Band and Ku Band; and (vi) temporary uplinking. Setting up uplinking hub/teleports, uplinking of a non-news and current affairs television channels, or uplinking news and current affairs television channels requires a specific permission from the MIB, and the permission granted by the MIB is valid for a period of ten years.

59

Table of Contents

Guidelines and General Information for Grant of License for Operating Internet Services, 2007 (“ISP License Guidelines”)

The DoT issued ISP License Guidelines or grant of license of internet services on non-exclusive basis. The licensee company is required to provide service within 24 months from the date of signing the license agreement. The license is valid for a period of 15 years and access to internet through an authorized cable operator is permitted to ISPs without additional licensing subject to the provisions of Cable Television Act. In addition, the license is governed by the provisions of the Telegraph Act and the TRAI Act.

A service provider is required to obtain a license and enter into a standard agreement (“ISP License Agreement”) with the DoT before starting operations as an ISP. In addition to the conditions required to be followed by a licensee company under the ISP License Guidelines, the ISP License Agreement provides for further requirements to be adhered to by the licensee company.

The Telecommunication Tariff Order, 1999 (“Tariff Order 1999”)

The Tariff Order issued by TRAI, provides the terms and conditions at which telecommunication services within India and outside India may be provided, including rates and related conditions at which messages shall be transmitted to any country outside India, deposits, installation fees, rentals, free calls, usage charges and any other related fees or service charge.

The United States

We plan to expand our streaming business to the United States. Like many OTT companies, our operations are subject to routine regulation by governmental agencies. Companies conducting business on the internet are subject to a number of U.S. domestic laws and regulations. In addition, laws and regulations relating to user privacy, freedom of expression, content, advertising, information security and intellectual property rights are being debated and considered for adoption by many countries throughout the world. Online businesses face risks from some of the proposed legislation that could be passed in the future.

In the United States, laws relating to the liability of providers of online services for activities of their users and other third parties sometimes get tested by a number of claims, which include actions for libel, slander, invasion of privacy and other tort claims, unlawful activity, copyright and trademark infringement, and other theories based on the nature and content of the materials searched, the ads posted, or the content generated by users. Any court ruling that imposes liability on providers of online services for activities of their users and other third parties could harm our businesses.

A range of other laws and new interpretations of existing laws could have an impact on our businesses as well. For example, the Digital Millennium Copyright Act of 1998 has provisions that limit, but do not necessarily eliminate, liability for listing, linking or hosting third-party content that includes materials that infringe copyrights. Various United States and international laws restrict the distribution of materials considered harmful to children and impose additional restrictions on the ability of online services to collect information from minors. In the area of data protection, many states have passed laws requiring notification to users when there is a security breach for personal data, such as California’s Information Practices Act. The costs of compliance with these laws may increase in the future as a result of changes in interpretation. Further, any failure to comply with these laws may subject us to significant liabilities.

We also face risks due to government failure to preserve the internet’s basic neutrality as to the services and sites that users can access through their broadband service providers. Such a failure to enforce network neutrality could limit the internet’s pace of innovation and the ability of large competitors, small businesses and entrepreneurs to develop and deliver new products, features and services, which could harm our business.

Companies conducting online businesses are also subject to federal, state and foreign laws regarding privacy and protection of user data. Any failure by us to comply with our privacy policies or privacy related laws and regulations could result in proceedings against us by governmental authorities or others, which could potentially harm our business. Further, any failure to protect our users’ privacy and data could result in a loss of user confidence in our services and ultimately in a loss of users, which could adversely affect our business.

60

Table of Contents

Regulations in connection with our proposed tele-medicine service

India

The Indian Government has published Telemedicine Practice Guidelines (“Telemedicine Guidelines”) on March 25, 2020. These guidelines finally clarify India’s position on the legality of teleconsultation. It is now legal to provide teleconsultation by registered medical practitioners (M.B.B.S and above) in line with the requirements of the Telemedicine Guidelines. Telehealth is defined as “The delivery and facilitation of health and health-related services including medical care, provider and patient education, health information services, and self-care via telecommunications and digital communication technologies”. It is aimed to achieve timely access to appropriate interventions including faster access, real-time access and access to services that may not otherwise be available, and includes all channels of communication with the patient that leverages Information Technology platforms, including Voice, Audio, Text & Digital Data exchange.

Under the Telemedicine Guidelines, doctor can choose the medium of teleconsultation: A doctor may use any medium for patient consultation, e.g. telephone, mobile or landline phones, chat platforms like WhatsApp, Facebook Messenger etc., other mobile apps or internet-based digital platforms for telemedicine or data transmission systems like Skype/ email/ fax etc. However, before proceeding with the teleconsultation, the doctor should exercise professional judgement to decide whether the teleconsultation is, in fact, appropriate and in the interest of the patient. If the answer is yes, then the doctor should evaluate which medium would be preferred for the teleconsultation. For example, a complaint of appendicitis may require a physical examination and teleconsultation may not be preferred. On the other hand, some common complaints may not require physical examination or even consultation in real-time. For example, a complaint of headache or fever may not always require the doctor to examine the patient physically or audio-visually through a mobile or computer application. However, in certain cases, for example, on presentation of allergy or inflammation (e.g. Conjunctivitis), the doctor may choose to examine the patient in-person or through an audio-visual teleconsultation. Thus, the decision to examine the patient physically or remotely i.e. through teleconsultation, and the medium of teleconsultation, is to be taken by the doctor himself or herself on case to case basis. However, the Doctor on teleconsultation is required to maintain confidentiality of patient data, unless prior written consent has been obtained.

Doctor has to maintain the same standard of care during teleconsultation as during in-person consultation: The Telemedicine Guidelines require doctors to maintain the same standard of care towards a patient during a teleconsultation as they would during an in-person consultation. In other words, the fact that the teleconsultation took place over a mobile app or email or telephone cannot be taken as a defense by a doctor against an allegation of medical negligence. Every doctor is expected to know the limitation of teleconsultation and advise or prescribe accordingly.

Patient is responsible for the accuracy of information: During the course of teleconsultation, if the doctor inquires for relevant information from the patient, then the patient is supposed to disclose the right information. The Telemedicine Guidelines have clarified that is the patient who will be responsible for accuracy for the information shared with the doctor, and not the doctor. However, since the standard of care is as high in the case of teleconsultation as in-person consultation, the doctor must make all efforts to gather sufficient medical information about the patient’s condition before deciding on a diagnosis or a treatment. If a patient provides any contradictory information, or if the doctor is not convinced with the information at hand to make a professional decision, he may ask patient to provide such documents or undertake such tests as he/she may feel proper in his/her professional judgement without fear of liability. Patient identification is mandatory during the first consultation.

Caregiver is deemed to be authorized on behalf of minor or incapacitated patients: If the age of the patient is 16 years or less, or if the patient is incapacitated (due to mental conditions like dementia or physical disability due to an accident), then the caregiver is deemed to be authorized to consult on behalf of the patient. The Telemedicine Guidelines clarify that in such cases, the teleconsultation can take place with the caregiver without the presence of the patient.

There is no fixed format for issuing a prescription in a teleconsultation. The Telemedicine Guidelines has recommended a format, but following it is not mandatory. However, the doctor must provide photo/scan /digital copy of a signed prescription or e-Prescription to the patient via email or any messaging platform. The limitation on prescribing medicines (such as habit-forming drugs or narcotic or psychotropic drug, etc.) to patients should be adhered to. Please note that a doctor can transfer the prescription to a pharmacy only if he/ she has the explicit consent of the patient.

61

Table of Contents

The United States

The healthcare industry and the practice of medicine are extensively regulated at both the state and federal levels. Our ability to operate profitably in the future will depend in part upon our ability, and that of our affiliated providers, to maintain all necessary licenses and to operate in compliance with applicable laws and rules. Those laws and rules continue to evolve, and we therefore devote significant resources to monitoring developments in healthcare and medical practice regulation. As the applicable laws and rules change, we are likely to make conforming modifications in our business processes from time to time. We cannot assure you that a review of our business by courts or regulatory authorities in the future will not result in determinations that could adversely affect our operations or that the healthcare regulatory environment will not change in a way that restricts our operations.

Provider Licensing, Medical Practice, Certification and Related Laws and Guidelines

The practice of medicine, including the provision of behavioral health services, is subject to various federal, state and local certification and licensing laws, regulations and approvals, relating to, among other things, the adequacy of medical care, the practice of medicine (including the provision of remote care and cross-coverage practice), equipment, personnel, operating policies and procedures and the prerequisites for the prescription of medication. The application of some of these laws to telehealth is unclear and subject to differing interpretation.

Physicians and behavioral health professionals who provide professional medical or behavioral health services to a patient via telehealth must, in most instances, hold a valid license to practice medicine or to provide behavioral health treatment in the state in which the patient is located. In addition, certain states require a physician providing telehealth to be physically located in the same state as the patient. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could result in our services being found to be non-reimbursable or prior payments being subject to recoupments and can give rise to civil or criminal penalties.

Corporate Practice of Medicine; Fee-Splitting

We may contract with physicians or physician-owned professional associations and professional corporations to deliver our services to their patients. We may also enter into management services contracts with these physicians and physician-owned professional associations and professional corporations pursuant to which we may provide them with billing, scheduling and a wide range of other services, and they pay us for those services out of the fees they collect from patients and third-party payors. These contractual relationships will be subject to various state laws, including those of New York, Texas and California, that prohibit fee-splitting or the practice of medicine by lay entities or persons and are intended to prevent unlicensed persons from interfering with or influencing the physician’s professional judgment. In addition, various state laws also generally prohibit the sharing of professional services income with nonprofessional or business interests. Activities other than those directly related to the delivery of healthcare may be considered an element of the practice of medicine in many states. Under the corporate practice of medicine restrictions of certain states, decisions and activities such as scheduling, contracting, setting rates and the hiring and management of non-clinical personnel may implicate the restrictions on the corporate practice of medicine.

State corporate practice of medicine and fee-splitting laws vary from state to state and are not always consistent among states. In addition, these requirements are subject to broad powers of interpretation and enforcement by state regulators. Some of these requirements may apply to us even if we do not have a physical presence in the state, based solely on our engagement of a provider licensed in the state or the provision of telehealth to a resident of the state. Failure to comply could lead to adverse judicial or administrative action against us and/or our providers, civil or criminal penalties, receipt of cease-and-desist orders from state regulators, loss of provider licenses, the need to make changes to the terms of engagement of our providers that interfere with our business and other materially adverse consequences.

Federal and State Fraud and Abuse Laws

Federal Stark Law

After we establish our telemedicine service, we will be subject to the federal self-referral prohibitions, commonly known as the Stark Law. Where applicable, this law prohibits a physician from referring Medicare patients to an entity providing “designated health services” if the physician or a member of such physician’s immediate family has a “financial relationship” with the entity, unless an exception applies. The penalties for violating the Stark Law include

62

Table of Contents

the denial of payment for services ordered in violation of the statute, mandatory refunds of any sums paid for such services, civil penalties of up to $15,000 for each violation and twice the dollar value of each such service and possible exclusion from future participation in the federally-funded healthcare programs. A person who engages in a scheme to circumvent the Stark Law’s prohibitions may be fined up to $100,000 for each applicable arrangement or scheme. The Stark Law is a strict liability statute, which means proof of specific intent to violate the law is not required. In addition, the government and some courts have taken the position that claims presented in violation of the various statutes, including the Stark Law can be considered a violation of the federal False Claims Act (described below) based on the contention that a provider impliedly certifies compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and other rules when submitting claims for reimbursement. A determination of liability under the Stark Law could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Federal Anti-Kickback Statute

We will be also subject to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. The Anti-Kickback Statute is broadly worded and prohibits the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any form of remuneration in return for, or to induce, (i) the referral of a person covered by Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs, (ii) the furnishing or arranging for the furnishing of items or services reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs or (iii) the purchasing, leasing or ordering or arranging or recommending purchasing, leasing or ordering of any item or service reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs. Certain federal courts have held that the Anti-Kickback Statute can be violated if “one purpose” of a payment is to induce referrals. In addition, a person or entity no longer does not need to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation, making it easier for the government to prove that a defendant had the requisite state of mind or “scienter” required for a violation. Moreover, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act, as discussed below. Violations of the Anti-Kickback Statute can result in exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs as well as civil and criminal penalties, including fines of $50,000 per violation and three times the amount of the unlawful remuneration. Imposition of any of these remedies could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition to a few statutory exceptions, OIG has published safe harbor regulations that outline categories of activities that are deemed protected from prosecution under the Anti-Kickback Statute provided all applicable criteria are met. The failure of a financial relationship to meet all of the applicable safe harbor criteria does not necessarily mean that the particular arrangement violates the Anti-Kickback Statute. However, conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy each applicable safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities, such as the OIG.

False Claims Act

Both federal and state government agencies have continued civil and criminal enforcement efforts as part of numerous ongoing investigations of healthcare companies and their executives and managers. Although there are a number of civil and criminal statutes that can be applied to healthcare providers, a significant number of these investigations involve the federal False Claims Act. These investigations can be initiated not only by the government but also by a private party asserting direct knowledge of fraud. These “qui tam” whistleblower lawsuits may be initiated against any person or entity alleging such person or entity has knowingly or recklessly presented, or caused to be presented, a false or fraudulent request for payment from the federal government, or has made a false statement or used a false record to get a claim approved. In addition, the improper retention of an overpayment for 60 days or more is also a basis for a False Claim Act action, even if the claim was originally submitted appropriately. Penalties for False Claims Act violations include fines ranging from $5,500 to $11,000 for each false claim, plus up to three times the amount of damages sustained by the federal government. A False Claims Act violation may provide the basis for exclusion from the federally-funded healthcare programs. In addition, some states have adopted similar fraud, whistleblower and false claims provisions.

State Fraud and Abuse Laws

Several states also adopted similar fraud and abuse laws as described above. The scope of these laws and the interpretations of them vary from state to state and are enforced by state courts and regulatory authorities, each with broad discretion. Some state fraud and abuse laws apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor,

63

Table of Contents

including commercial insurers, not just those reimbursed by a federally-funded healthcare program. A determination of liability under such state fraud and abuse laws could result in fines and penalties and restrictions on our ability to operate in these jurisdictions.

Other Healthcare Laws

HIPAA established several separate criminal penalties for making false or fraudulent claims to insurance companies and other non-governmental payors of healthcare services. Under HIPAA, these two additional federal crimes are: “Healthcare Fraud” and “False Statements Relating to Healthcare Matters.” The Healthcare Fraud statute prohibits knowingly and recklessly executing a scheme or artifice to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private payors. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment or exclusion from government-sponsored programs. The False Statements Relating to Healthcare Matters statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact by any trick, scheme or device or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines or imprisonment. This statute could be used by the government to assert criminal liability if a healthcare provider knowingly fails to refund an overpayment. These provisions are intended to punish some of the same conduct in the submission of claims to private payors as the federal False Claims Act covers in connection with governmental health programs.

In addition, the Civil Monetary Penalties Law imposes civil administrative sanctions for, among other violations, inappropriate billing of services to federally funded healthcare programs and employing or contracting with individuals or entities who are excluded from participation in federally funded healthcare programs. Moreover, a person who offers or transfers to a Medicare or Medicaid beneficiary any remuneration, including waivers of co-payments and deductible amounts (or any part thereof), that the person knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a particular provider, practitioner or supplier of Medicare or Medicaid payable items or services may be liable for civil monetary penalties of up to $10,000 for each wrongful act. Moreover, in certain cases, providers who routinely waive copayments and deductibles for Medicare and Medicaid beneficiaries can also be held liable under the Anti-Kickback Statute and civil False Claims Act, which can impose additional penalties associated with the wrongful act. One of the statutory exceptions to the prohibition is non-routine, unadvertised waivers of copayments or deductible amounts based on individualized determinations of financial need or exhaustion of reasonable collection efforts. The OIG emphasizes, however, that this exception should only be used occasionally to address special financial needs of a particular patient. Although this prohibition applies only to federal healthcare program beneficiaries, the routine waivers of copayments and deductibles offered to patients covered by commercial payers may implicate applicable state laws related to, among other things, unlawful schemes to defraud, excessive fees for services, tortious interference with patient contracts and statutory or common law fraud.

State and Federal Health Information Privacy and Security Laws

There are numerous U.S. federal and state laws and regulations related to the privacy and security of PII, including health information. In particular, the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by HITECH, and their implementing regulations, which we collectively refer to as HIPAA, establish privacy and security standards that limit the use and disclosure of PHI and require the implementation of administrative, physical, and technical safeguards to ensure the confidentiality, integrity and availability of individually identifiable health information in electronic form. Teladoc, our Providers and our health plan Clients are all regulated as covered entities under HIPAA. Since the effective date of the HIPAA Omnibus Final Rule on September 23, 2013, HIPAA’s requirements are also directly applicable to the independent contractors, agents and other “business associates” of covered entities that create, receive, maintain or transmit PHI in connection with providing services to covered entities. Although we are a covered entity under HIPAA, we are also a business associate of other covered entities when we are working on behalf of our affiliated medical groups.

Violations of HIPAA may result in civil and criminal penalties. The civil penalties range from $100 to $50,000 per violation, with a cap of $1.5 million per year for violations of the same standard during the same calendar year. However, a single breach incident can result in violations of multiple standards. We must also comply with HIPAA’s breach notification rule. Under the breach notification rule, covered entities must notify affected individuals without unreasonable delay in the case of a breach of unsecured PHI, which may compromise the privacy, security or integrity

64

Table of Contents

of the PHI. In addition, notification must be provided to the HHS and the local media in cases where a breach affects more than 500 individuals. Breaches affecting fewer than 500 individuals must be reported to HHS on an annual basis. The regulations also require business associates of covered entities to notify the covered entity of breaches by the business associate.

State attorneys general also have the right to prosecute HIPAA violations committed against residents of their states. While HIPAA does not create a private right of action that would allow individuals to sue in civil court for a HIPAA violation, its standards have been used as the basis for the duty of care in state civil suits, such as those for negligence or recklessness in misusing personal information. In addition, HIPAA mandates that HHS conduct periodic compliance audits of HIPAA covered entities and their business associates for compliance. It also tasks HHS with establishing a methodology whereby harmed individuals who were the victims of breaches of unsecured PHI may receive a percentage of the Civil Monetary Penalty fine paid by the violator. In light of the HIPAA Omnibus Final Rule, recent enforcement activity, and statements from HHS, we expect increased federal and state HIPAA privacy and security enforcement efforts.

HIPAA also required HHS to adopt national standards establishing electronic transaction standards that all healthcare providers must use when submitting or receiving certain healthcare transactions electronically. On January 16, 2009, HHS released the final rule mandating that everyone covered by HIPAA must implement ICD-10 for medical coding on October 2, 2013, which has since been subsequently extended to October 2, 2015.

Many states also have laws that protect the privacy and security of sensitive and personal information, including health information. These laws may be similar to or even more protective than HIPAA and other federal privacy laws. For example, the laws of the State of California are more restrictive than HIPAA. Where state laws are more protective than HIPAA, we must comply with the state laws we are subject to, in addition to HIPAA. In certain cases, it may be necessary to modify our planned operations and procedures to comply with these more stringent state laws. Not only may some of these state laws impose fines and penalties upon violators, but also some, unlike HIPAA, may afford private rights of action to individuals who believe their personal information has been misused. In addition, state laws are changing rapidly, and there is discussion of a new federal privacy law or federal breach notification law, to which we may be subject.

In addition to HIPAA, state health information privacy and state health information privacy laws, we may be subject to other state and federal privacy laws, including laws that prohibit unfair privacy and security practices and deceptive statements about privacy and security and laws that place specific requirements on certain types of activities, such as data security and texting.

In recent years, there have been a number of well-publicized data breaches involving the improper use and disclosure of PII. Many states have responded to these incidents by enacting laws requiring holders of personal information to maintain safeguards and to take certain actions in response to a data breach, such as providing prompt notification of the breach to affected individuals and state officials. In addition, under HIPAA and pursuant to the related contracts that we enter into with our business associates, we must report breaches of unsecured PHI to our contractual partners following discovery of the breach. Notification must also be made in certain circumstances to affected individuals, federal authorities and others.

65

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth our executive officers and directors, their ages and the positions held by them:

Name(1)

 

Age

 

Position

 

Appointed

Dharmesh Pandya

 

52

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

March 16, 2020

Jagjit Singh Kohli

 

60

 

Director

 

April 1, 2020

Shreyas Shah

 

38

 

Chief Financial Officer – Global and Director

 

April 1, 2020

Robert M. Damante

 

69

 

Independent Director

 

*

Gurdial Singh Khandpur

 

51

 

Independent Director

 

*

Dr. Sanjeiiv Geeta Chaudhry

 

61

 

Independent Director

 

*

____________

(1)      The individual’s business address is c/o Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd., 601 Everest Grande, A Wing Mahakali Caves Road, Andheri (East), Mumbai, India 400 093.

*        Director appointment effective upon the closing of this offering.

Dharmesh Pandya is the founder and CEO of Lytus. He is a Technology, Tax and Corporate lawyer with over 25 years’ experience. Mr. Pandya served as our director since the inception of the Company and was appointed as our Chief Executive Officer on April 1, 2020. He started his career with Big Four accounting firms in New York and helped build their International and Emerging Market Practices. From December 2012 to April 2015, he served as a partner at DLA Piper in Silicon Valley where he set up and advised several technology companies globally. From April 2015 to March 2020, Mr. Pandya served as CEO of Lituus Technologies Limited. He is a graduate of Harvard Law School.

Shreyas Shah joined us as our Chief Financial Officer on April 1. 2020. He has more than 15 years of hands-on experience in Legal, Financial, Management, and Tax Consultancy, including Business Restructuring, Transaction Structuring, Business Valuation, Private Equity investment structuring, International Taxation and Transfer Pricing, etc. In the past, he has worked as Assistant Manager at KPMG India from October 2007 to March 2012, a research associate at IBFD Netherlands from April 2012 to January 2013, a partner at Ambalal Thakkar and Associates from May 2006 to December 31, 2018 and a proprietor at Shreyas N. Shah & Associates from April 1, 2013 to April 1, 2020. His expertise includes, inter-alia, to develop and implement an innovative, growth focused commercial strategy, focusing primarily on new product areas and emerging markets, while analyzing, managing and mitigating potential legal, tax and financial risks. Mr. Shah received his Advance LLM in International Tax Law from Leiden University in 2012.

Jagjit Singh Kohli joined us as a director on April 1, 2020. He is a pioneer in Cable TV and broadcasting industry with several path breaking achievements to his credit. He was among the first to start Cable TV services in the country and is acknowledged as the most experienced and respected man in the Cable TV industry. He is an Engineer from SASMIRA Mumbai. From 2015 to March 31,2020, Mr. Kohli served as CEO at Digicable Network India Pvt Ltd, a cable television company based in Mumbai, India. Mr. Kohli served as a director of Lytus India from May 2008 to June 2019. He was then reappointed as a director of Lytus India on April 1, 2020.

Robert M. Damante will serve as our independent director immediately upon the closing of this offering. Mr. Damante is an experienced financial professional. He has been the Chief Financial Officer of two different Life Insurance Companies, and a senior executive in four others over the past 30 years. Recently retired, his most recent position was as EVP and CFO of Prosperity Life Group in New York. In that position he managed all financial activities of this multi-billion life insurance company. Prosperity was the acquirer of SBLI USA (previously Savings Bank Life Insurance Company of New York) where he had been the EVP and CFO for five years. Prior to that he was Senior Vice President of Finance for SBLI USA, where he oversaw the Planning, Financial, Treasury, Tax and Employee Benefit functions of this growing insurance company. Before joining SBLI USA he was SVP of Finance at GE Financial Assurance Company (Genworth) where he managed financial planning and reporting for the New York Life Insurance operations of GE’s New York companies. He had previously held positions of increasing responsibility at American Mayflower Life and Home Life Insurance Companies. He spent his early professional years as a staff accountant with Grant Thornton and its predecessors, where he received his CPA Certification in 1977. Mr. Damante received his Bachelor of Science in Accounting from Saint Francis College and MBA from Long Island University.

Gurdial Singh Khandpur will serve as our independent director immediately upon the closing of this offering. Mr. Khandpur has over 29 years of experience in managing and leading business operations, strategy development and deployment, business acquisition, business development, sales and marketing. Since January 2016, Mr. Khandpur

66

Table of Contents

has been serving as President and CEO of HFCL Limited, a leading telecommunications equipment & solutions provider in India. From April 2012 to December 2015, Mr. Khandpur served as CEO and a director at DigiVive Services Pvt Ltd., a leading OTT PaaS company in India, powering OTT for leading names in telecom, ISP & MSO and content owners. Mr. Khandpur has been also playing a leading role in various positions at other telecommunication companies. Mr. Khandpur received his Bachelor’s Degree from Thapar Institute of Engineering & Technology in 1991 and Executive MBA in Telecom from Telecom informa UK in 2006.

Dr. Sanjeiiv Geeta Chaudhry will serve as our independent director immediately upon the closing of this offering. Dr. Chaudhry is an accomplished healthcare consultant and strategic advisor with over four decades of global multi-industry experience. He was CEO and Managing Director of leading diagnostics and drug delivery innovations companies in Asia. Since June 2016, Dr. Chaudhry has been serving as a strategy consultant, providing advisory and consulting services to investors, bankers and corporates on M&A Opportunities, project strategy and new markets entry. From December 2006 to May 2016, he served as Managing Director of SRL Limited, one of the India’s largest healthcare diagnostic companies. Dr. Chaudhry received his PhD in International Business from Columbia University in 1988.

None of the events listed in Item 401(f) of Regulation S-K has occurred during the past ten years that is material to the evaluation of the ability or integrity of any of our directors, director nominees or executive officers.

Board of Directors and Board Committees

Composition of Board; Risk Oversight

Our Board of Directors presently consists of six directors and we are in the process of seeking one more independent director. Pursuant to our Memorandum and Articles of Association, our officers will be elected by and serve at the discretion of the board. Our Board of Directors shall hold meetings on at least a quarterly basis.

Each of our directors holds office until a successor has been duly elected and qualified unless the director was appointed by the board of directors, in which case such director holds office until the next following annual meeting of shareholders at which time such director is eligible for re-election.

Our Board of Directors plays a significant role in our risk oversight. The board makes all relevant Company decisions. As such, it is important for us to have our Chief Executive Officer serve on the board as he plays key roles in the risk oversight of our company. As a smaller reporting company with a small Board of Directors, we believe it is appropriate to have the involvement and input of all of our directors in risk oversight matters.

Director Independence

Our board has reviewed the independence of our directors, applying the NASDAQ independence standards. Based on this review, the board determined that each of Mr. Damante, Mr. Khandpur and Dr. Chaudhry are “independent” within the meaning of the NASDAQ rules. In making this determination, our board considered the relationships that each of these non-employee directors has with us and all other facts and circumstances our board deemed relevant in determining their independence. As required under applicable NASDAQ rules, we anticipate that our independent directors will meet on a regular basis as often as necessary to fulfil their responsibilities, including at least annually in executive session without the presence of non-independent directors and management.

Duties of Directors

Under BVI law, our directors have a duty to act honestly, in good faith and with a view to our best interests. Our directors also have a duty to exercise the care, diligence and skills that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. See “Description of Share Capital — Differences in Corporate Law” for additional information on our directors’ fiduciary duties under BVI law. In fulfilling their duty of care to us, our directors must ensure compliance with our Memorandum and Articles of Association. We have the right to seek damages if a duty owed by our directors is breached.

67

Table of Contents

The functions and powers of our Board of Directors include, among others:

•        appointing officers and determining the term of office of the officers,

•        authorizing the payment of donations to religious, charitable, public or other bodies, clubs, funds or associations as deemed advisable,

•        exercising the borrowing powers of the company and mortgaging the property of the company,

•        executing checks, promissory notes and other negotiable instruments on behalf of the company, and

•        maintaining or registering a register of mortgages, charges or other encumbrances of the company.

Board Committees

Currently, the Company is evaluating the composition of the committees of under the board and we plan to establish three committees: the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Nominating Committee.

The Audit Committee is responsible for overseeing the accounting and financial reporting processes of our company and audits of the financial statements of our company, including the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of our independent auditors. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors reviews and makes recommendations to the board regarding our compensation policies for our officers and all forms of compensation, and also administers our incentive compensation plans and equity-based plans (but our board retains the authority to interpret those plans). The Nominating Committee of the board is responsible for the assessment of the performance of the Board, considering and making recommendations to the board with respect to the nominations or elections of directors and other governance issues. The nominating committee considers diversity of opinion and experience when nominating directors.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee will be responsible for, among other matters:

•        appointing, compensating, retaining, evaluating, terminating, and overseeing our independent registered public accounting firm,

•        discussing with our independent registered public accounting firm the independence of its members from its management,

•        reviewing with our independent registered public accounting firm the scope and results of their audit,

•        approving all audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm,

•        overseeing the financial reporting process and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the interim and annual financial statements that we file with the SEC,

•        reviewing and monitoring our accounting principles, accounting policies, financial and accounting controls, and compliance with legal and regulatory requirements,

•        coordinating the oversight by our Board of Directors of our code of business conduct and our disclosure controls and procedures,

•        establishing procedures for the confidential and or anonymous submission of concerns regarding accounting, internal controls or auditing matters, and

•        reviewing and approving related-party transactions.

Our Audit Committee consists of Mr. Damante, Mr. Khandpur and Dr. Chaudhry. Our board has affirmatively determined that each of the members of the Audit Committee meets the definition of “independent director” for purposes of serving on an Audit Committee under Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and NASDAQ rules. In addition, our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Damante qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is currently defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K and meets the financial sophistication requirements of the NASDAQ rules.

68

Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee will be responsible for, among other matters:

•        reviewing and approving, or recommending to the Board of Directors to approve the compensation of our CEO and other executive officers and directors,

•        reviewing key employee compensation goals, policies, plans and programs,

•        administering incentive and equity-based compensation,

•        reviewing and approving employment agreements and other similar arrangements between us and our executive officers, and

•        appointing and overseeing any compensation consultants or advisors.

Our Compensation Committee consists of Mr. Damante, Mr. Khandpur and Dr. Chaudhry. Our board has affirmatively determined that each of the members of the Compensation Committee meets the definition of “independent director” for purposes of serving on Compensation Committee under NASDAQ rules.

Nominating Committee

The Nominating Committee will be responsible for, among other matters:

•        selecting or recommending for selection candidates for directorships,

•        evaluating the independence of directors and director nominees,

•        reviewing and making recommendations regarding the structure and composition of our Board of Directors and the Board of Directors committees,

•        developing and recommending to the Board of Directors corporate governance principles and practices;

•        reviewing and monitoring our company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, and

•        overseeing the evaluation of our company’s management.

Our Nominating Committee consists of consists of Mr. Damante, Mr. Khandpur and Dr. Chaudhry. Our board has affirmatively determined that each of the members of the Nominating Committee meets the definition of “independent director” for purposes of serving on a Nominating Committee under NASDAQ rules.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our Board of Directors has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees. A copy of this code is available on our website. We intend to disclose on our website any amendments to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and any waivers of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that apply to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller, or persons performing similar functions.

Interested Transactions

A director may vote, attend a Board of Directors meeting, or sign a document on our behalf with respect to any contract or transaction in which he or she is interested. A director must promptly disclose the interest to all other directors after becoming aware of the fact that he or she is interested in a transaction we have entered into or are to enter into. A general notice or disclosure to the Board of Directors or otherwise contained in the minutes of a meeting or a written resolution of the Board of Directors or any committee of the Board of Directors that a director is a shareholder, director, officer or trustee of any specified firm or company and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction with such firm or company will be sufficient disclosure, and, after such general notice, it will not be necessary to give special notice relating to any particular transaction.

69

Table of Contents

Remuneration and Borrowing

The directors may receive such remuneration as our Board of Directors may determine from time to time. Each director is entitled to be repaid or prepaid for all traveling, hotel and incidental expenses reasonably incurred or expected to be incurred in attending meetings of our Board of Directors or committees of our Board of Directors or shareholder meetings or otherwise in connection with the discharge of his or her duties as a director. The compensation committee will assist the directors in reviewing and approving the compensation structure for the directors. Our Board of Directors may exercise all the powers of the company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge our undertakings and property or any part thereof, to issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the company or of any third party.

Qualification

A director is not required to hold shares as a qualification to office.

Limitation on Liability and Other Indemnification Matters

BVI law does not limit the extent to which a company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the BVI courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Under our Memorandum and Articles of Association, we may indemnify our directors, officers and liquidators against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with civil, criminal, administrative or investigative proceedings to which they are party or are threatened to be made a party by reason of their acting as our director, officer or liquidator. To be entitled to indemnification, these persons must have acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interest of the company and, in the case of criminal proceedings, they must have had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted for our directors or officers under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable as a matter of United States law.

Controlled Company

Upon completion of this offering, our Chief Executive Officer, Dharmesh Pandya, may beneficially own approximately 78.2% of the aggregate voting power of our outstanding common shares. As a result, we may be deemed a “controlled company” within the meaning of the Nasdaq listing standards. If we are deemed a controlled company, we are permitted to elect to rely on certain exemptions from the obligations to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

•        the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;

•        the requirement that our director nominees be selected or recommended solely by independent directors; and

•        the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee and a compensation committee that are composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the purposes and responsibilities of the committees.

Although we do not intend to rely on the controlled company exemptions under the Nasdaq listing standards even if we are deemed a controlled company, we could elect to rely on these exemptions in the future, and if so, you would not have the same protection afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the Nasdaq Capital Market.”

Executive Compensation

Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer did not receive any compensation from the Company for the period March 16, 2020 (date of inception) through March 31, 2020.

70

Table of Contents

Employment Agreements

Dharmesh Pandya Employment Agreement

On April 1, 2020, we entered into an employment agreement with Dharmesh Pandya pursuant to which he agreed to serve as our Chief Executive Officer. The agreement provides for an annual base salary of US$450,000 payable in accordance with our company’s ordinary payroll practices. Under the terms of this “at-will” employment agreement, the executive is entitled to receive a semi-annual discretionary bonus.

Shreyas Shah Employment Agreement

On April 1, 2020, we entered into an employment agreement with Shreyas Shah pursuant to which he agreed to serve as our Chief Financial Officer. The agreement provides for an annual base salary of US$280,000 payable in accordance with our company’s ordinary payroll practices. Under the terms of this “at-will” employment agreement, the executive is entitled to receive a semi-annual discretionary bonus.

Director Compensation

All directors hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders at which their respective class of directors is re-elected and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. There are no family relationships among our directors or executive officers. Officers are elected by and serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Employee directors do not receive any compensation for their services.

Family Relationships

None of our directors or executive officers has a family relationship as defined in Item 401 of Regulation S-K.

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

On May 22, 2020, Securitax Ltd. and Optimal US Logistics, LLC (the “Plaintiffs”) filed a complaint to the Circuit Court of the Fourth Judicial Circuit in Florida against our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Pandya, alleging, among other things, breach of contract and breach of fiduciary duty. This complaint was filed in connection with a proposed investment transaction that involved Nextecworks (formerly known as Lituus Technologies Limited). Plaintiffs claimed for, among other things, damages of $854,000. We believe the Plaintiffs’ claims are false and frivolous and are in response to a lawsuit filed by Nextecworks in the UK against the plaintiffs for $40 million dollars for fraudulent misrepresentation, breach of contract and illegally holding onto 1% of the equity of Nextecworks. Mr. Pandya has engaged a local law firm to actively defend these claims. Mr. Pandya’s attorneys are currently mediating to settle this case.

71

Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Except as discussed below, as of the date of this prospectus, we are not aware of any transactions since the inception of the Company, in which the amount involved in the transaction exceeded or will exceed the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of our total assets as of the year-end for the last two completed fiscal years, and to which any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Acquisition of Lytus India and DDC

As discussed above under the Corporate History section on page 47, on March 19, 2020, the Company, Lytus India, Mr. Nimish Pandya, our CEO’s brother, and Mr. Girish Podar, the shareholders of Lytus India, entered into a share purchase agreement, pursuant to which the Company acquired 15,000 shares, representing all of the equity share capital of Lytus India for a purchase price of Rs.150,000 (approximately $2,000).

In addition, on February 21, 2020, LTL, DDC and the DDC Shareholders entered into a share purchase agreement, pursuant to which LTL acquired 4,900 shares, representing 49% of the outstanding equity share capital of DDC for an aggregated purchase price of Rs.19,208,000 (approximately $255,000).

On February 21, 2020, LTL, DDC and DDC Shareholders entered into a share subscription agreement, pursuant to which LTL has option to subscribe 900,000 shares fully convertible preference shares, representing 100% of the fully convertible preference shares of DDC for an aggregated purchase price of Rs. 90,000,000 (approximately $1,200,000). On February 26, 2020, DDC and DDC Shareholders entered into another share purchase agreement with Mr. Jagjit Singh Kohli, who was appointed as a director of the Company on April 1, 2021, pursuant to which Mr. Kohli acquired 200 shares, representing 2% of the equity share capital of DDC for an aggregated purchase price of Rs.784,000 (approximately $10,400).

On March 20, 2020, LTL and Mr. Kohli respectively entered into an assignment of contract with the Company and transferred all of their respective equity interest in DDC to the Company for no consideration. Such transfer was completed on March 31, 2020, resulting in the Company’s owning of 51% of the equity interest in DDC. The Company has the option to purchase 900,000 fully convertible preference shares of DDC for Rs. 90,000,000, subject to the increase of the authorized share capital of DDC, the approval of the Reserve Bank of India and other Indian company law requirements.

The acquisition of the majority of DDC’s equity involved our CEO, Dharmesh Pandya, who was then also the CEO of LTL, and Jagjit Singh Kohli, who was appointed as our director on April 1, 2020.

Loan From a DDC Director

There is a pre-existing loan of approximately $1.5 million from a director of DDC that was given before the Company acquired a majority interest in DDC. This loan bears no interest is and repayable on demand.

Sale of the unstructured CWIP to the Previous Promoter

During the process of acquiring Lytus India, the unstructured capital work in progress (CWIP) was transferred to an independent company where Mr. Jagjit Singh Kohli (a previous promoter) had control for $3,583 against loan repayable to Lytus India.

72

Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following tables set forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common shares and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the common shares offered by us in our initial public offering, for:

•        each shareholder known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding common shares,

•        each of our directors,

•        each of our named executive officers, and

•        all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Under such rules, beneficial ownership includes any common shares over which the individual has sole or shared voting power or investment power as well as any common shares that the individual has the right to subscribe for within 60 days of June 14, 2021, through the exercise of any warrants or other rights. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power or the power to receive the economic benefit with respect to all common shares that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws. None of the shareholders listed in the table are a broker-dealer or an affiliate of a broker dealer.

Applicable percentage ownership prior to the offering is based on 34,154,062 common shares outstanding at June 14, 2021. The table also lists the percentage ownership after this offering based on 36,881,334 common shares outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common shares from us in this offering. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is C/O Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. LTD., 601 Everest Grande, A Wing Mahakali Caves Road, Andheri (East), Mumbai, India, 400 093.

 

Beneficial Ownership
Prior to Offering

 

Beneficial
Ownership
After Offering

Name of Beneficial Owner

 

Common Shares

 

Percentage

 

Percentage

Dharmesh Pandya(1)

 

28,842,578

 

84.4

%

 

78.2

%

Shreyas Shah

 

307,691

 

*

 

 

*

 

Jagjit Singh Kohli

 

3,076,923

 

9.0

%

 

8.3

%

Robert M. Damante

 

 

%

 

%

 

Gurdial Singh Khandpur

 

 

%

 

%

 

Dr. Sanjeiiv Geeta Chaudhry

 

 

%

 

%

 

All officers and directors as a group

 

32,227,192

 

94.4

%

 

87.4

%

         

 

   

 

5% or greater beneficial owners

       

 

   

 

Lytus Trust(2)

 

2,621,371

 

7.7

%

 

7.1

%

____________

*        Less than 1%

†        Expected to become a director immediately upon closing of this offering.

(1)      Includes 2,621,371 shares held by Lytus Trust. As reflected in footnote 2, Mr. Dharmesh Pandya may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of these shares.

(2)      Dharmesh Pandya, Manager of Lytus Trust, has discretionary authority to vote and dispose of the shares held by Lytus Trust and may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of these shares. The address of Lytus Trust is 5011 Gate Parkway, Building 100, Suite 100, Jacksonville FL 32256.

As of May [], 2021, there were 77 holders of record entered in our share register. The number of individual holders of record is based exclusively upon our share register and does not address whether a common share or common shares may be held by the holder of record on behalf of more than one person or institution who may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of a common share or common shares in our company.

To our knowledge, no other shareholder beneficially owns more than 5% of our common shares. Our company is not owned or controlled directly or indirectly by any government or by any corporation or by any other natural or legal person severally or jointly. Our major shareholders do not have any special voting rights.

73

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

We were incorporated as a BVI business company under the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 as amended, in the BVI on March 16, 2020 under the name “Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd.” We were originally authorized to issue up to 50,000 common shares, of $1.00 par value each and on March 17, 2020, the Board of Directors passed the resolution to change the originally authorized shares from 50,000 common shares to 30,000 common shares, of $0.10 par value each. Effective May 15, 2020, we amended our Memorandum of Association to increase the number of our authorized shares to 230,000,000, with a par value of $0.01 per share. The following are summaries of the material provisions of our Memorandum and Articles of Association; a copy of these documents are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part of.

Common Shares

General

All of our issued common shares are fully paid and non-assessable. Certificates evidencing the common shares are issued in registered form. Our shareholders who are non-residents of the BVI may freely hold and vote their common shares.

At the completion of this offering, there will be 36,881,334 common shares issued and outstanding. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional common shares from us, at the completion of this offering, there would be 37,290,424 common shares issued and outstanding, respectively.

Distributions

The holders of our common shares are entitled to such dividends as may be declared by our Board of Directors subject to the BVI Act.

Voting rights

Any action required or permitted to be taken by the shareholders must be effected at a duly called meeting of the shareholders entitled to vote on such action or may be effected by a resolution in writing. At each meeting of shareholders, each shareholder who is present in person or by proxy (or, in the case of a shareholder being a corporation, by its duly authorized representative) will have one vote for each common share that such shareholder holds.

Election of directors

Delaware law permits cumulative voting for the election of directors only if expressly authorized in the certificate of incorporation. The laws of the BVI, however, do not specifically prohibit or restrict the creation of cumulative voting rights for the election of our directors. Cumulative voting is not a concept that is accepted as a common practice in the BVI, and we have made no provisions in our Memorandum and Articles of Association to allow cumulative voting for elections of directors.

Meetings

We must provide written notice of all meetings of shareholders, stating the time and place at least 7 days before the date of the proposed meeting to those persons whose names appear as shareholders in the register of members on the date of the notice and are entitled to vote at the meeting. Our Board of Directors shall call a meeting of shareholders upon the written request of shareholders holding at least 30% of our outstanding voting common shares. In addition, our Board of Directors may call a meeting of shareholders on its own motion. A meeting of shareholders may be called on short notice if at least 90% of the common shares entitled to vote on the matters to be considered at the meeting have waived notice of the meeting, and presence at the meeting shall be deemed to constitute waiver for this purpose.

At any meeting of shareholders, a quorum will be present if there are shareholders present in person or by proxy representing not less than 50% of the issued common shares entitled to vote on the resolutions to be considered at the meeting. Such quorum may be represented by only a single shareholder or proxy. If no quorum is present within two hours of the start time of the meeting, the meeting shall be dissolved if it was requested by shareholders. In any other

74

Table of Contents

case, the meeting shall be adjourned to the next business day, and if shareholders representing not less than one-third of the votes of the common shares or each class of securities entitled to vote on the matters to be considered at the meeting are present within one hour of the start time of the adjourned meeting, a quorum will be present. If not, the meeting will be dissolved. No business may be transacted at any meeting of shareholders unless a quorum is present at the commencement of business. If present, the chair of our Board of Directors shall be the chair presiding at any meeting of the shareholders. If the chair of our board is not present then the shareholders present shall choose to chair the meeting of the shareholders.

A corporation that is a shareholder shall be deemed for the purpose of our Memorandum and Association to be present in person if represented by its duly authorized representative. This duly authorized representative shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as that corporation could exercise if it were our individual shareholder.

Protection of minority shareholders

The BVI Act offers some limited protection of minority shareholders. The principal protection under statutory law is that shareholders may apply to the BVI court for an order directing the company or its director(s) to comply with, or restraining the company or a director from engaging in conduct that contravenes, the BVI Act or the company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association. Under the BVI Act, the minority shareholders have a statutory right to bring a derivative action in the name of and on behalf of the company in circumstances where a company has a cause of action against its directors. This remedy is available at the discretion of the BVI court. A shareholder may also bring an action against the company for breach of duty owed to him as a member. A shareholder who considers that the affairs of the company have been, are being or likely to be, conducted in a manner that is, or any act or acts of the company have been, or are, likely to be oppressive, unfairly discriminatory, or unfairly prejudicial to him in that capacity, may apply to the BVI court for an order to remedy the situation.

There are common law rights for the protection of shareholders that may be invoked, largely dependent on English company law. Under the general rule pursuant to English company law known as the rule in Foss v. Harbottle, a court will generally refuse to interfere with the management of a company at the insistence of a minority of its shareholders who express dissatisfaction with the conduct of the company’s affairs by the majority or the Board of Directors. However, every shareholder is entitled to have the affairs of the company conducted properly according to BVI law and the constituent documents of the company. As such, if those who control the company have persistently disregarded the requirements of company law or the provisions of the company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association, then the courts may grant relief. Generally, the areas in which the courts will intervene are the following: (1) an act complained of which is outside the scope of the authorized business or is illegal or not capable of ratification by the majority; (2) acts that constitute fraud on the minority where the wrongdoers control the company; (3) acts that infringe or are about to infringe on the personal rights of the shareholders, such as the right to vote; and (4) where the company has not complied with provisions requiring approval of a special or extraordinary majority of shareholders.

Pre-emptive rights

There are no pre-emptive rights applicable to the issue by us of new common shares under either BVI law or our Memorandum and Articles of Association.

Transfer of common shares

Subject to the restrictions in our Memorandum and Articles of Association, the lock-up agreements with our underwriters described in “Common Shares Eligible for Future Sale — Lock-Up Agreements” and applicable securities laws, any of our shareholders may transfer all or any of his or her common shares by written instrument of transfer signed by the transferor and containing the name and address of the transferee. Our Board of Directors may resolve by resolution to refuse or delay the registration of the transfer of any common share. If our Board of Directors resolves to refuse or delay any transfer, it shall specify the reasons for such refusal in the resolution. Our directors may not resolve or refuse or delay the transfer of a common share unless: (a) the person transferring the common shares has failed to pay any amount due in respect of any of those common shares; or (b) such refusal or delay is deemed necessary or advisable in our view or that of our legal counsel in order to avoid violation of, or in order to ensure compliance with, any applicable, corporate, securities and other laws and regulations.

75

Table of Contents

Liquidation

As permitted by BVI law and our Memorandum and Articles of Association, the company may be voluntarily liquidated by a resolution of members or, if permitted under section 199(2) of the BVI Act, by a resolution of directors if we have no liabilities or we are able to pay our debts as they fall due and the value of our assets equals or exceeds our liabilities by resolution of directors and resolution of shareholders.

Calls on common shares and forfeiture of common shares

Our Board of Directors may, on the terms established at the time of the issuance of such common shares or as otherwise agreed, make calls upon shareholders for any amounts unpaid on their common shares in a notice served to such shareholders at least 14 days prior to the specified time of payment. The common shares that have been called upon and remain unpaid are subject to forfeiture. For the avoidance of doubt, if the issued common shares have been fully paid in accordance with the terms of its issuance and subscription, the Board of Directors shall not have the right to make calls on such fully paid common shares and such fully paid common shares shall not be subject to forfeiture.

Redemption of common shares

Subject to the provisions of the BVI Act, we may issue common shares on terms that are subject to redemption, at our option or at the option of the holders, on such terms and in such manner as may be determined by our Memorandum and Articles of Association and subject to any applicable requirements imposed from time to time by, the BVI Act, the SEC, the NASDAQ Capital Market, or by any recognized stock exchange on which our securities are listed.

Modifications of rights

If at any time, the company is authorized to issue more than one class of common shares, all or any of the rights attached to any class of shares may be amended only with the consent in writing of or by a resolution passed at a meeting of not less than 50 percent of the shares of the class to be affected.

Changes in the number of common shares we are authorized to issue and those in issue

We may from time to time by a resolution of shareholders or resolution of our Board of Directors:

•        amend our Memorandum of Association to increase or decrease the maximum number of common shares we are authorized to issue,

•        subject to our Memorandum of Association, subdivide our authorized and issued common shares into a larger number of common shares then our existing number of common shares, and

•        subject to our Memorandum of Association, consolidate our authorized and issued shares into a smaller number of common shares.

Inspection of books and records

Under BVI Law, holders of our common shares are entitled, upon giving written notice to us, to inspect (i) our Memorandum and Articles of Association, (ii) the register of members, (iii) the register of directors and (iv)minutes of meetings and resolutions of members, and to make copies and take extracts from the documents and records. However, our directors can refuse access if they are satisfied that to allow such access would be contrary to our interests. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

Rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders

There are no limitations imposed by our Memorandum and Articles of Association on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our common shares. In addition, there are no provisions in our Memorandum and Articles of Association governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

76

Table of Contents

Issuance of additional common shares

Our Memorandum and Articles of Association authorizes our Board of Directors to issue additional common shares from authorized but unissued common shares, to the extent available, from time to time as our Board of Directors shall determine.

Differences in Corporate Law

The BVI Act and the laws of the BVI affecting BVI companies like us and our shareholders differ from laws applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the significant differences between the provisions of the laws of the BVI applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders.

Mergers and similar arrangements

Under the laws of the BVI, two or more companies may merge or consolidate in accordance with Part IX 170 of the BVI Act. A merger means the merging of two or more constituent companies into one of the constituent companies and a consolidation means the uniting of two or more constituent companies into a new company. In order to merge or consolidate, the directors of each constituent company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation, which must be authorized by a resolution of shareholders. While a director may vote on the plan of merger or consolidation even if he has a financial interest in the plan, the interested director must disclose the interest to all other directors of the company promptly upon becoming aware of the fact that he is interested in a transaction entered into or to be entered into by the company. A transaction entered into by our company in respect of which a director is interested (including a merger or consolidation) is voidable by us unless the director’s interest was (a) disclosed to the board prior to the transaction or (b) the transaction is (i) between the director and the company and (ii) the transaction is in the ordinary course of the company’s business and on usual terms and conditions. Notwithstanding the above, a transaction entered into by the company is not voidable if the material facts of the interest are known to the shareholders and they approve or ratify it or the company received fair value for the transaction. In any event, all shareholders must be given a copy of the plan of merger or consolidation irrespective of whether they are entitled to vote at the meeting to approve the plan of merger or consolidation. The shareholders of the constituent companies are not required to receive shares of the surviving or consolidated company but may receive debt obligations or other securities of the surviving or consolidated company, other assets, or a combination thereof. Further, some or all of the shares of a class or series may be converted into a kind of asset while the other shares of the same class or series may receive a different kind of asset. As such, not all the shares of a class or series must receive the same kind of consideration. After the plan of merger or consolidation has been approved by the directors and authorized by a resolution of the shareholders, articles of merger or consolidation are executed by each company and filed with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs in the BVI. A shareholder may dissent from a mandatory redemption of his shares, pursuant to an arrangement (if permitted by the court), a merger (unless the shareholder was a shareholder of the surviving company prior to the merger and continues to hold the same or similar shares after the merger) or a consolidation. A shareholder properly exercising his dissent rights is entitled to a cash payment equal to the fair value of his shares.

A shareholder dissenting from a merger or consolidation must object in writing to the merger or consolidation before the vote by the shareholders on the merger or consolidation, unless notice of the meeting was not given to the shareholder. If the merger or consolidation is approved by the shareholders, the company must give notice of this fact to each shareholder who gave written objection within 20 days following the date of shareholders’ approval. These shareholders then have 20 days from the date of the notice to give to the company their written election in the form specified by the BVI Act to dissent from the merger or consolidation, provided that in the case of a merger, the 20 days starts when the plan of merger is delivered to the shareholder. Upon giving notice of his election to dissent, a shareholder ceases to have any shareholder rights except the right to be paid the fair value of his shares. As such, the merger or consolidation may proceed in the ordinary course notwithstanding his dissent. Within seven days of the later of the delivery of the notice of election to dissent and the effective date of the merger or consolidation, the company must make a written offer to each dissenting shareholder to purchase his shares at a specified price per share that the company determines to be the fair value of the shares. The company and the shareholder then have 30 days to agree upon the price. If the company and a shareholder fail to agree on the price within the 30 days, then the company and the shareholder shall, within 20 days immediately following the expiration of the 30-day period, each designate an appraiser and these two appraisers shall designate a third appraiser. These three appraisers shall fix the fair value of the shares as of the close of business on the day prior to the shareholders’ approval of the transaction without considering any change in value as a result of the transaction.

77

Table of Contents

Shareholders’ suits

There are both statutory and common law remedies available to our shareholders as a matter of BVI law. These are summarized below.

Prejudiced members

A shareholder who considers that the affairs of the company have been, are being, or are likely to be, conducted in a manner that is, or any act or acts of the company have been, or are, likely to be oppressive, unfairly discriminatory or unfairly prejudicial to him in that capacity, can apply to the court under Section 184I of the BVI Act, inter alia, for an order that his common shares be acquired, that he be provided compensation, that the Court regulate the future conduct of the company, or that any decision of the company which contravenes the BVI Act or our Memorandum and Articles of Association be set aside.

Derivative actions

Section 184C of the BVI Act provides that a shareholder of a company may, with the leave of the Court, bring an action in the name of the company to redress any wrong done to it.

Just and equitable winding up

In addition to the statutory remedies outlined above, shareholders can also petition for the winding up of a company on the grounds that it is just and equitable for the court to so order. Save in exceptional circumstances, this remedy is only available where the company has been operated as a quasi-partnership and trust and confidence between the partners has broken down.

Indemnification of directors and executive officers and limitation of liability

BVI law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any provision providing indemnification may be held by the BVI courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Under our Memorandum and Articles of Association, we indemnify against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigative proceedings for any person who:

•        is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that the person is or was our director; or

•        is or was, at our request, serving as a director or officer of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another body corporate or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

These indemnities only apply if the person acted honestly and in good faith with a view to our best interests and, in the case of criminal proceedings, the person had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

This standard of conduct is generally the same as permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law for a Delaware corporation. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Anti-takeover provisions in our Memorandum and Articles of Association

Some provisions of our Memorandum and Articles of Association may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or management that shareholders may consider favorable. However, under BVI law, our directors may only exercise the rights and powers granted to them under our Memorandum and Articles of Association, as amended and restated from time to time, as they believe in good faith to be in the best interests of our company.

78

Table of Contents

Directors’ fiduciary duties

Under Delaware corporate law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction.

The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, a director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.

Under BVI law, our directors owe the company certain statutory and fiduciary duties including, among others, a duty to act honestly, in good faith, for a proper purpose and with a view to what the directors believe to be in the best interests of the company. Our directors are also required, when exercising powers or performing duties as a director, to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonable director would exercise in comparable circumstances, considering without limitation, the nature of the company, the nature of the decision and the position of the director and the nature of the responsibilities undertaken. In the exercise of their powers, our directors must ensure neither they nor the company acts in a manner which contravenes the BVI Act or our Memorandum and Articles of Association, as amended and restated from time to time. A shareholder has the right to seek damages for breaches of duties owed to us by our directors.

Shareholder action by written consent

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent by amendment to its certificate of incorporation. BVI law provides that shareholders may approve corporate matters by way of a written resolution without a meeting signed by or on behalf of shareholders sufficient to constitute the requisite majority of shareholders who would have been entitled to vote on such matter at a general meeting; provided that if the consent is less than unanimous, notice must be given to all non-consenting shareholders.

Shareholder proposals

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a shareholder has the right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, provided it complies with the notice provisions in the governing documents. A special meeting may be called by the Board of Directors or any other person authorized to do so in the governing documents, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings. BVI law and our Memorandum and Articles of Association allow our shareholders holding not less than 30% of the votes of the outstanding voting common shares to requisition a shareholders’ meeting. We are not obliged by law to call shareholders’ annual general meetings, but our Memorandum and Articles of Association do permit the directors to call such a meeting. The location of any shareholders’ meeting can be determined by the Board of Directors and can be held anywhere in the world.

Cumulative voting

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a Board of Directors since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which the shareholder is entitled on a single director, which increases the shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director. The BVI law does not expressly permit cumulative voting for directors, our Memorandum and Articles of Association do not provide for cumulative voting. As a result, our shareholders are not afforded any less protections or rights on this issue than shareholders of a Delaware corporation.

79

Table of Contents

Removal of directors

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a director of a corporation with a classified board may be removed only for cause with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our Memorandum and Articles of Association, directors can be removed from office, with or without cause, by a resolution of shareholders called for the purpose of removing the director or for purposes including the removal of the director or by written resolution passed by at least 50 % of the votes of the shareholders of the company. Directors can also be removed by a resolution of directors passed at a meeting of directors called for the purpose of removing the director or for purposes including the removal of the director.

Transactions with interested shareholders

The Delaware General Corporation Law contains a business combination statute applicable to Delaware public corporations whereby, unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by such statute by amendment to its certificate of incorporation, it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations with an “interested shareholder” for three years following the date that such person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or group who or which owns or owned 15% or more of the target’s outstanding voting shares within the past three years. This has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among other things, prior to the date on which such shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the Board of Directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a Delaware public corporation to negotiate the terms of any acquisition transaction with the target’s Board of Directors. BVI law has no comparable statute and our Memorandum and Articles of Association do not expressly provide for the same protection afforded by the Delaware business combination statute.

Dissolution; Winding Up

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless the Board of Directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the dissolution is initiated by the Board of Directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board. Under the BVI Act and our Memorandum and Articles of Association, we may appoint a voluntary liquidator by a resolution of the shareholders.

Variation of rights of shares

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our Memorandum and Articles of Association, if at any time our shares are divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class may only be varied, whether or not our company is in liquidation, with the consent in writing of or by a resolution passed at a meeting by a majority of the votes cast by those entitled to vote at a meeting of the holders of the issued shares in that class.

Amendment of governing documents

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation’s governing documents may be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. As permitted by BVI law, our Memorandum and Articles of Association may be amended by a resolution of shareholders and, subject to certain exceptions, by a resolution of directors. An amendment is effective from the date it is registered at the Registry of Corporate Affairs in the BVI.

Stock Transfer Agent

VStock Transfer, LLC is our company’s stock transfer agent. Its address is 18 Lafayette Place, Woodmere, New York 11598 and phone number is (212) 828-8436.

80

Table of Contents

COMMON SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Before our initial public offering, there has not been a public market for our common shares. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market after our initial public offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could cause the prevailing market price for our common shares to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future. We are unable to estimate the number of common shares that may be sold in the future.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have outstanding 36,881,334 common shares. The amount of shares outstanding upon completion of this offering assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common shares. All of the common shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act unless purchased by one of our affiliates as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which generally includes directors, officers or 10% stockholders.

Lock-Up

Our executive officers, directors and certain shareholders of 5% and more of our outstanding common shares have agreed with the underwriters not to offer, sell, dispose of or hedge our common shares, subject to specified limited exceptions and extensions described elsewhere in this prospectus, during the period continuing through the date that is 90 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Aegis on behalf of the underwriters.

Rule 144

Common shares held by any of our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act, as well as common shares held by our current shareholders, may be resold only pursuant to further registration under the Securities Act or in transactions that are exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 180 days after our Form F-1 Registration Statement becomes effective, any of our affiliates would be entitled to sell, without further registration, within any three-month period a number of common shares that does not exceed the greater of:

•        1% of the number of common shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately common shares immediately after this offering, or

•        the average weekly trading volume of the common shares during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates will also be subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

81

Table of Contents

TAX MATTERS APPLICABLE TO U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON SHARES

The following sets forth the material BVI, Indian and U.S. federal income tax matters related to an investment in our common shares. It is directed to U.S. Holders (as defined below) of our common shares and is based on laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This description does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our common shares, such as the tax consequences under state, local and other tax laws. Pandya Juris LLP, our counsel as to the Indian laws and regulations, advised us with respect to the Indian taxation matters and the below referenced discussion constitutes their opinion as to such matters. McW Todman & Co., our counsel as to the BVI law, advised us on the BVI taxation matters and their opinion is set forth in the discussion below. Pryor Cashman LLP, our counsel as to the U.S. laws, rules and regulations, advised us on, among other things, on the U.S. taxation matters and their opinion is also set forth below. The following brief description applies only to U.S. Holders (defined below) that hold common shares as capital assets and that have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. This brief description is based on the tax laws of the United States in effect as of the date of this prospectus and on U.S. Treasury regulations in effect or, in some cases, proposed, as of the date of this prospectus, as well as judicial and administrative interpretations thereof available on or before such date. All of the foregoing authorities are subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below. The brief description below of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to “U.S. Holders” will apply to you if you are a beneficial owner of common shares and you are, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

•        an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States,

•        a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia,

•        an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or

•        a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and the control of one or more U.S. persons for all substantial decisions or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

WE URGE POTENTIAL PURCHASERS OF OUR COMMON SHARES TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON SHARES.

Indian Taxation

The discussion of Indian income tax is below is based on the Income Tax Act, 1961 (the “Tax Act”). The profits are taxable at the corporate level and dividend distribution is taxable at the shareholders level. Further, the arrangement or transactions entered into is subject to the provisions of General Anti-Avoidance Regulation and Specific Anti-Avoidance Regulations, wherever applicable.

There is no specific participation exemption.

Taxable income

Resident companies are subject to income tax on their worldwide income, including capital gains. Non-resident entity can be regarded as a foreign resident company when the place of effective management is situated in India. The Finance Minister has issued guidelines on the POEM and the tax implication if POEM is situated in India.

82

Table of Contents

The corporate tax rate is determined under the Tax Act as under:

Corporate Tax Information

Tax rate

 

30% general corporate tax rate

25% if turnover is less than INR 4 billion in FY2018/19

22% for domestic company, without special deductions and 0% MAT

15% for domestic manufacture/research company, without special deductions

10% if patent is developed and registered in India

15% Minimum Alternate Tax (MAT) for domestic companies

Surtaxes

 

0% surcharge (SC) where total income does not exceed INR 10 million

7% SC where total income exceeds INR 10 million but is less than INR 100 million

12% SC where total income exceeds INR 100 million

4% health and education cess (HEC) in all cases

Corporate income is divided into the following heads:

•        income from house property;

•        income from a business or profession;

•        capital gains; and

•        income from other sources, e.g. dividends and other passive income.

The heads of income are mutually exclusive; income that is specifically chargeable under one head may not be charged under another head. For filing the income tax return, a taxpayer must quote the Aadhar number (unique identification number) and permanent account number (tax registration number), unless specifically excluded (such as non-residents and other taxpayers not required to file tax return).

Different deductibility rules apply to each head of income. The net results of each category are aggregated to obtain total income. Certain allowances (such as for losses and donations) are deducted from total income to derive the taxable total income, to which the tax rates in force are applied.

Dividend is now taxable in the hands of the shareholder. The company distributing dividend will have to deduct withholding tax on dividend at 20%, plus applicable surcharge and health cess. The Tax Act incentivizes business transactions undertaken through normal banking channels (other than cash) and prohibits cash receipts (income or not) exceeding INR 200,000 in aggregate (i) from a person in a day, (ii) in respect of a single transaction, or (iii) in respect of transactions relating to one event or occasion from a person.

Under section 115-O of the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961, distribution of dividends, paid by Indian company until March 31, 2020 is subject to dividend distribution tax (DDT) at an effective rate of 20.56% (inclusive of the applicable surcharge of 12% and health and education cess of 4%). Repatriation of dividend will not require Reserve Bank of India approval, subject to compliance and certain other conditions met per the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961.

Deductible expenses

In general, expenditure must satisfy the following criteria in order to be deductible:

•        it must be of a revenue nature rather than of a capital nature;

•        it must be laid out or spent “wholly and exclusively” for purposes of the taxpayer’s business;

•        it must be laid out and spent during the relevant previous year;

•        it must not be incurred in respect of private expenses of the taxpayer;

•        it must not be specifically disallowed or restricted by the tax legislation, or covered by provisions relating to specifically permitted deductions; and

•        it must not be incurred for a purpose that is an offence or is prohibited by law.

83

Table of Contents

The tax legislation also provides for specific deductions in respect of specified types of businesses.

Interest and royalties are generally deductible unless specifically disallowed. Dividends are not deductible expenses. The Tax Act restricts deductibility of interest to 30% of EBITDA payable by payer to non-resident associated enterprise of more than INR 10 million (approximately $132,000). The payer includes an Indian company and a permanent establishment of a non-resident company. Unabsorbed interest (as restricted in above provision) would be eligible for carry-forward to the subsequent 8 years for set-off subject to an overall limit of 30% EBITDA. This provision is not applicable to banking and insurance businesses.

Capital gains

Broadly, gains from the disposal of capital assets are subject to tax. The tax treatment depends on the type of asset and the period for which the asset was held. A gain is classified as a long-term capital gain if the underlying asset was held for more than 3 years (more than 1 year, for listed shares as well as for certain units and bonds). The cost of assets resulting in long-term capital gains is indexed (increased) in accordance with the official inflation index. However, the Tax Act reduces the period of holding of unlisted shares and land/building from 36 months to 24 months for the purpose of determining a long-term capital asset.

The Tax Act clarifies that, for conversion of preference shares to equity shares, the period of holding of the said equity shares would include the period of holding as preference shares and the cost of acquisition of the said equity shares would be the cost of preference shares.

Some long-term capital gains are exempt if reinvested in specified assets. A special regime may apply to assets acquired before specific dates.

The tax rate applicable to long-term capital gains derived by domestic companies from the disposal of assets (except for listed securities) is 20% with cost indexation benefit and for listed shares (above INR 100,000) is 10% without cost indexation benefit.

Short-term capital gains derived by domestic companies from the disposal of assets (other than securities) are taxed at the normal income tax rate of 30% and 15% in case of listed shares.

ITA provides for taxation of gifts in the hands of the recipient if any asset is transferred for inadequate or nil consideration, subject to specified exceptions.

Withholding taxes

Some withholding tax rates are set by the annual Finance Acts, while other rates which apply to specific types of income are set out in the tax legislation.

The surcharge and education cess apply to the withheld taxes described below.

Dividends

On distribution, dividend is subject to withholding tax at 10% if the payment is to a Resident and 20%, if the payment is to a non-resident, unless the benefit of tax treaty is available to that non-resident.

Buy back distribution tax

Where a shareholder or holder of specified securities in a company receives consideration from the company in respect of a purchase by the company of its own shares or other specified securities held by that person, the difference between the acquisition cost and the consideration received is deemed to be a capital gain of that person in the income year in which the shares are purchased by the company and taxable at 20% tax rate. The shareholders are not exempt from tax.

BVI Taxation

The company and all distributions, interest and other amounts paid by the company in respect of the common shares of the company to persons who are not resident in the BVI are exempt from all provisions of the Income Tax Ordinance in the BVI.

84

Table of Contents

No estate, inheritance, succession or gift tax, rate, duty, levy or other charge is payable by persons who are not resident in the BVI with respect to any common shares, debt obligations or other securities of the company.

All instruments relating to transactions in respect of the common shares, debt obligations or other securities of the company and all instruments relating to other transactions relating to the business of the company are exempt from payment of stamp duty in the BVI provided that they do not relate to real estate in the BVI.

There are currently no withholding taxes or exchange control regulations in the BVI applicable to the company or its shareholders.

United States Federal Income Taxation

The following does not address the tax consequences to any particular investor or to persons in special tax situations such as:

•        banks,

•        financial institutions,

•        insurance companies,

•        regulated investment companies,

•        real estate investment trusts,

•        broker-dealers,

•        traders that elect to mark to market,

•        U.S. expatriates,

•        tax-exempt entities,

•        persons liable for alternative minimum tax,

•        persons holding our common shares as part of a straddle, hedging, conversion or integrated transaction,

•        persons that actually or constructively own 10% or more of our common shares,

•        persons who acquired our common shares pursuant to the exercise of any employee common share option or otherwise as consideration, or

•        persons holding our common shares through partnerships or other pass-through entities.

Prospective purchasers are urged to consult their tax advisors about the application of the U.S. Federal tax rules to their particular circumstances as well as the state, local, foreign and other tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common shares.

Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on our Common Shares

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, the gross amount of distributions made by us to you with respect to the common shares (including the amount of any taxes withheld therefrom) will generally be includable in your gross income as dividend income on the date of receipt by you, but only to the extent that the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). With respect to corporate U.S. Holders, to the extent that the amount of the distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles), it will be treated first as a tax-free return of your tax basis in your common shares, and to the extent the amount of the distribution exceeds your tax basis, the excess will be taxed as capital gain. We do not intend to calculate our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles. Therefore, a U.S. Holder should expect that a distribution will be treated as a dividend even if that distribution would otherwise be treated as a non-taxable return of capital or as capital gain under the rules described above. The dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations.

85

Table of Contents

With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders, including individual U.S. Holders, dividends will be taxed at the lower capital gains rate applicable to qualified dividend income, provided that (1) the common shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, or we are eligible for the benefits of an approved qualifying income tax treaty with the United States that includes an exchange of information program, (2) we are not a passive foreign investment company (as discussed below) for either our taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year, and (3) certain holding period requirements are met. Under U.S. Internal Revenue Service authority, our common shares will be considered for purpose of clause (1) above to be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States if they are listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market. You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower rate for dividends paid with respect to our common shares, including the effects of any change in law after the date of this prospectus.

Dividends on our common shares will constitute foreign source income for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. If the dividends are taxed as qualified dividend income (as discussed above), the amount of the dividend considered for purposes of calculating the foreign tax credit limitation will be limited to the gross amount of the dividend, multiplied by the reduced rate divided by the highest rate of tax normally applicable to dividends. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, dividends distributed by us with respect to our common shares will constitute “passive category income” but could, in the case of certain U.S. Holders, constitute “general category income.”

Taxation of Dispositions of Common Shares

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, you will recognize taxable gain or loss on any sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of common shares equal to the difference between the amount realized (in U.S. dollars) for the share and your tax basis (in U.S. dollars) in the common shares. The gain or loss will be capital gain or loss. If you are a non-corporate U.S. Holder, including an individual U.S. Holder, who has held the common shares for more than one year, you will be eligible for the capital gains tax rate of 20% (or lower for individuals in lower tax brackets). The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Any such gain or loss that you recognize will generally be treated as United States source income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

Passive Foreign Investment Company

Based on our current and anticipated operations and the composition of our assets, we do not expect to be a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our current taxable year ended December 31, 2020. Our actual PFIC status for the current taxable years ended December 31, 2020 will not be determinable until after the close of such year and, accordingly, there is no guarantee that we will not be a PFIC for the current year. PFIC status is a factual determination for each taxable year which cannot be made until the close of the taxable year. A non-U.S. corporation is considered a PFIC for any taxable year if either:

•        at least 75% of its gross income is passive income, or

•        at least 50% of the value of its assets (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets during a taxable year) is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income (the “asset test”).

We will be treated as owning our proportionate share of the assets and earning our proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, at least 25% (by value) of the stock. We must make a separate determination each year as to whether we are a PFIC. As a result, our PFIC status may change. In particular, because the value of our assets for purposes of the asset test will generally be determined based on the market price of our common shares, our PFIC status will depend in large part on the market price of our common shares. Accordingly, fluctuations in the market price of the common shares may cause us to become a PFIC. In addition, the application of the PFIC rules is subject to uncertainty in several respects and the composition of our income and assets will be affected by how, and how quickly, we spend the cash we raise in this offering. If we are a PFIC for any year during which you hold common shares, we will continue to be treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which you hold common shares. However, if we cease to be a PFIC, you may avoid some of the adverse effects of the PFIC regime by making a “deemed sale” election with respect to the common shares.

86

Table of Contents

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which you hold common shares, you will be subject to special tax rules with respect to any “excess distribution” that you receive and any gain you realize from a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of the common shares, unless you make a “mark-to-market” election as discussed below. Distributions you receive in a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions you received during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or your holding period for the common shares will be treated as an excess distribution. Under these special tax rules:

•        the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the common shares,

•        the amount allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC, will be treated as ordinary income, and

•        the amount allocated to each other year will be subject to the highest tax rate in effect for that year and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to each such year. The tax liability for amounts allocated to such years cannot be offset by any net operating losses for such years, and gains realized on the sale of the common shares cannot be treated as capital, even if you hold the common shares as capital assets.

A U.S. Holder of “marketable stock” (as defined below) in a PFIC may make a mark-to-market election for such stock to elect out of the tax treatment discussed above. If you make a mark-to-market election for the common shares, you will include in income each year an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the common shares as of the close of your taxable year over your adjusted basis in such common shares. You are allowed a deduction for the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of the common shares over their fair market value as of the close of the taxable year. However, deductions are allowable only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains on the common shares included in your income for prior taxable years. Amounts included in your income under a mark-to-market election, as well as gain on the actual sale or other disposition of the common shares, are treated as ordinary income. Ordinary loss treatment also applies to the deductible portion of any mark-to-market loss on the common shares, as well as to any loss realized on the actual sale or disposition of the common shares, to the extent that the amount of such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included for such common shares. Your basis in the common shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts. If you make a valid mark-to-market election, the tax rules that apply to distributions by corporations that are not PFICs would apply to distributions by us, except that the lower applicable capital gains rate for qualified dividend income discussed above under “Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on our Common Shares” generally would not apply.

The mark-to-market election is available only for “marketable stock”, which is stock that is traded in other than de minimis quantities on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter (“regularly traded”) on a qualified exchange or other market (as defined in applicable U.S. Treasury regulations), including the NASDAQ Capital Market. If the common shares are regularly traded on the NASDAQ Capital Market and if you are a holder of common shares, the mark-to-market election would be available to you were we to be or become a PFIC.

Alternatively, a U.S. Holder of stock in a PFIC may make a “qualified electing fund” election with respect to such PFIC to elect out of the tax treatment discussed above. A U.S. Holder who makes a valid qualified electing fund election with respect to a PFIC will generally include in gross income for a taxable year such holder’s pro rata share of the corporation’s earnings and profits for the taxable year. However, the qualified electing fund election is available only if such PFIC provides such U.S. Holder with certain information regarding its earnings and profits as required under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. We do not currently intend to prepare or provide the information that would enable you to make a qualified electing fund election. If you hold common shares in any year in which we are a PFIC, you will be required to file U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 8621 regarding distributions received on the common shares and any gain realized on the disposition of the common shares.

You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to your investment in our common shares and the elections discussed above.

87

Table of Contents

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Dividend payments with respect to our common shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of our common shares may be subject to information reporting to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and possible U.S. backup withholding at a current rate of 28%. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. Holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes any other required certification on U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or who is otherwise exempt from backup withholding. U.S. Holders who are required to establish their exempt status generally must provide such certification on U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. information reporting and backup withholding rules.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, and you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and furnishing any required information.

88

Table of Contents

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We are incorporated under the laws of the BVI with limited liability. We are incorporated in the BVI because of certain benefits associated with being a BVI company, such as political and economic stability, an effective judicial system, a favorable tax system, the absence of exchange control or currency restrictions and the availability of professional and support services. However, the BVI has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provides protections for investors to a significantly lesser extent. In addition, BVI companies may not have standing to sue before the federal courts of the United States.

Substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States. In addition, a majority of our directors and officers are nationals and/or residents of countries other than the United States, and all or a substantial portion of such persons’ assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us or such persons or to enforce against them or against us, judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state thereof.

We have appointed [  ] as our agent to receive service of process with respect to any action brought against us in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York under the federal securities laws of the United States or of any State of the United States or any action brought against us in the Supreme Court of the State of New York in the County of New York under the securities laws of the State of New York.

We have been advised by Pandya Juris LLP, our counsel as to India law, that the United States and the India do not have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of courts of the United States in civil and commercial matters and that a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any general or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the U.S. federal securities laws, would not be automatically be enforceable in India, but will have to follow the procedure under the Civil Procedure Code of India.

We have been advised by McW Todman & Co., our counsel as to BVI law, that the United States and the BVI do not have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of courts of the United States in civil and commercial matters and that a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any general or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the U.S. federal securities laws, would not be automatically be enforceable in the BVI.

89

Table of Contents

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our securities in the United States. The public offering price for our common shares will be determined through negotiations between us and the representative. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations will be prevailing market conditions, our financial information, market valuations of other companies that we and the underwriters believe to be comparable to us, estimates of our business potential, the present state of our development and other factors deemed relevant. We offer no assurances that the initial public offering price will correspond to the price at which our securities will trade in the public market subsequent to this offering or that an active trading market for our securities will develop and continue after this offering.

90

Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Aegis Capital Corp is acting as the representative of the underwriters in this offering. We have entered into an underwriting agreement dated            , 2021 with the representative. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below and the underwriters named below have agreed severally to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the following respective number of shares of our common stock.

Underwriter

 

Shares

Aegis Capital Corp.

 

 

Total

 

 

If the underwriters sell more Common Shares than the total number set forth in the table above, we have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the closing of this offering, to purchase up to 409,090 additional Common Shares at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with this offering. Any Common Shares issued or sold under the option will be issued and sold on the same terms and conditions as the other Common Shares that are the subject of this offering.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares in the open market. Purchases and sales in the open market may include short sales, purchases to cover short positions, which may include purchases pursuant to the over-allotment option, and stabilizing purchases.

•        Short sales involve secondary market sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering.

•        “Covered” short sales are sales of shares in an amount up to the number of shares represented by the Underwriter’s over-allotment option.

•        “Naked” short sales are sales of shares in an amount in excess of the number of shares represented by the Underwriter’s over-allotment option.

•        Covering transactions involve purchases of shares either pursuant to the over-allotment option or in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover short positions.

•        To close a naked short position, the underwriters must purchase shares in the open market after the distribution has been completed. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

•        To close a covered short position, the underwriters must purchase shares in the open market after the distribution has been completed or must exercise the over-allotment option. In determining the source of shares to close the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option.

•        Stabilizing transactions involve bids to purchase shares so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

Purchases to cover short positions and stabilizing purchases, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for its own account, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Common Shares. They may also cause the price of the Common Shares to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions in the over-the-counter market or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.

91

Table of Contents

Discounts and Expenses

The following table shows the underwriting discounts payable to the underwriters by us in connection with this offering (assuming both the exercise and non-exercise of the over-allotment option that we have granted to the underwriters):

 

Per Share

 

Total Without
Exercise of
Over-Allotment
Option

 

Total With
Exercise of
Over-Allotment
Option

Public offering price

 

$

  

 

$

  

 

$

  

Underwriting discounts(1)

 

$

  

 

$

  

 

$

  

____________

(1)      Does not include (i) the warrant to purchase Common Shares equal to 5% of the number of shares sold in the offering, or (ii) certain out-of-pocket expenses, each as described below.

We have agreed to issue warrants to the representative to purchase a number of Common Shares equal to 5% of the total number of shares sold in this offering at an exercise price equal to 125% of the public offering price of the shares sold in this offering. These warrants will be exercisable at any time, and from time to time within four (4) years commencing from one (1) year from the closing of the offering, in whole or in part, but may not be transferred nor may the shares underlying the warrants be sold until 180 days from the effective date of the offering. The warrants also provide for customary anti-dilution provisions, one-time demand registration rights and “piggyback” registration rights with respect to the registration of the Common Shares underlying the warrants for a period of five years from the effective date of this Registration Statement.

The representative warrants and the underlying shares may be deemed to be compensation by FINRA, and therefore will be subject to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1). In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1), neither the representative warrants nor any of our shares issued upon exercise of the representative warrants may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of such securities by any person, for a period of 180 days immediately following the effective date of this Registration Statement pursuant to which the representative warrants are being issued, subject to certain exceptions. The warrants to be received by the representative and related persons in connection with this offering: (i) fully comply with lock-up restrictions pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1); and (ii) fully comply with transfer restrictions pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(2)(A)(ii).

We will pay to the representative a non-accountable expense allowance equal to 1% of the gross proceeds from the offering. We have also agreed to pay the representative a maximum of $125,000 for fees and expenses including “road show,” diligence, and reasonable legal fees and disbursements for the representative’s counsel, of which $50,000 shall be paid in advance of the closing of this offering. Such advance payment will be returned to us to the extent such out-of-pocket expenses are not actually incurred in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(C).

In addition, the Company agrees that it shall provide the representative the right of first refusal for one (1) year from the closing of this offering to act as lead managing underwriter and sole book runner and/or lead placement agent for any and all future public or private equity, equity-linked or debt (excluding commercial bank debt) offerings during such twelve (12) month period of the Company or any successor to or any subsidiary of the Company; provided, however, that the representative shall not be entitled to have such right of first refusal if this offering is not consummated.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common Shares. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the underwriters consider a number of factors, including:

•        the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the underwriters;

•        our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

•        an assessment of our management;

•        our prospects for future earnings;

92

Table of Contents

•        the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

•        the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded securities of generally comparable companies; and

•        other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

The estimated initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors. Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our Common Shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. If we are unable to provide this indemnification, we will contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common shares. The initial public offering price of the common shares has been negotiated between us and the underwriters. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price of the common shares, in addition to the prevailing market conditions, are our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We have agreed not to offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any common shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common shares or enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common shares, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of common shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the representative, for a period of 90 days from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

In addition, our directors, executive officers and certain holders of more than 5% of our common shares will enter into lock-up agreements with the representative prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, for a period of 90 days from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, agree not to: (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any common shares or any securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive common shares (including common shares which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such person in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) whether now owned or hereafter acquired; (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the foregoing securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise; (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any common shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common shares; or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing.

The lock-up restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply with respect to any transfer:

(i)     as a bona fide gift or gifts,

(ii)    to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the holder or the immediate family of the holder,

93

Table of Contents

(iii)   if the holder is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity (1) transfers to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is a direct or indirect affiliate of the holder or (2) distributions of our common shares or any security convertible into or exercisable for our common shares to limited partners, limited liability company members or stockholders of the holder,

(iv)   if the holder is a trust, transfers to the beneficiary of such trust,

(v)    by testate succession or intestate succession; or

(vi)   pursuant to the underwriting agreement;

provided, in the case of clauses (i)-(v), that (x) such transfer will not involve a disposition for value, (y) the transferee agrees in writing with the representative to be bound by the terms of a lock-up agreement, and (z) no filing by any party under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act will be required or will be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer. Furthermore, notwithstanding the foregoing, the holder may transfer common shares in a transaction not involving a public offering or public resale; provided that (x) the transferee agrees in writing with the representative to be bound by the terms of a lock-up agreement, and (y) no filing by any party under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is required or is made voluntarily in connection with such transfer.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Securities

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by the underwriters or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and the underwriters may distribute prospectuses electronically. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of common shares to selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. The common shares to be sold pursuant to Internet distributions will be allocated on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on these websites is not part of, nor incorporated by reference into, this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or the underwriters, and should not be relied upon by investors.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common shares. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more common shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of common shares available for purchase by the underwriters under option to purchase additional common shares. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the option to purchase additional common shares or purchasing common shares in the open market. In determining the source of common shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of common shares compared to the price available under the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may also sell common shares in excess of the option to purchase additional common shares, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing common shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter or dealer repays selling concessions allowed to it for distributing our common shares in this offering because the underwriter repurchases those common shares in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Finally, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, our common shares in market making transactions, including “passive” market making transactions as described below.

These activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of our common shares at a price that is higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the absence of these activities. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may discontinue any of these activities at any time without notice. These transactions may be effected on the NASDAQ Capital Market, in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise.

94

Table of Contents

Passive Market Making

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in passive market making transactions in our common shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act, during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of the common shares and extending through the completion of the distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, then that bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

The underwriters and their affiliates may, from time to time, engage in transactions with and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business for which they may receive customary fees and reimbursement of expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own accounts and for the accounts of their customers and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of our Company. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

The underwriters are expected to make offers and sales both in and outside the United States through their respective selling agents. Any offers and sales in the United States will be conducted by broker-dealers registered with the SEC.

BVI

No invitation has been made or will be made, directly or indirectly, to any person in the BVI or to the public in the BVI to purchase the common shares of the company and the common shares are not being offered or sold and may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in the BVI, except as otherwise permitted by the BVI laws. This prospectus does not constitute, and there will not be, an offering of the common shares to any person in the BVI.

India

This prospectus has not been and will not be circulated or distributed in India, and common shares may not be offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, to any resident of India except pursuant to applicable laws and regulations of India.

95

Table of Contents

Item 13.     Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The estimated expenses payable by us in connection with the offering described in this registration statement (other than the placement discounts and commissions) will be as follows. With the exception of the filing fees for the U.S. Securities Exchange Commission, FINRA and NASDAQ, all amounts are estimates.

U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

 

$

3,969

FINRA filing fee

 

 

5,000

NASDAQ listing fee

 

 

5,000

Legal fees and expenses

 

 

250,000

Accounting fees and expenses

 

 

250,000

Transfer agent fees and expenses

 

 

25,000

Printing fees and expenses

 

 

33,000

Miscellaneous

 

 

40,000

Total

 

$

611,969

96

Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the common shares and certain legal matters relating to the offering as to BVI law will be passed upon for us by McW Todman & Co. Certain matters as to U.S. federal law in connection with this offering will be passed upon for us by Pryor Cashman LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters relating to the offering as to Indian law will be passed upon for us by Pandya Juris LLP. Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP, New York, New York, has acted as counsel for the underwriters with respect to this offering.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2020 and for the period from March 16, 2020 (date of inception) through March 31, 2020, as set forth in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance on the report of WithumSmith+Brown, PC (“Withum”), an independent registered public accounting firm, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The financial statements of Lytus Technologies Pvt. Ltd. for the period from April 1, 2018 through March 31, 2019 and for the period from April 1, 2019 through March 18, 20201 and the special purpose financial statements of DDC CATV Network Private Limited as of March 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 have been included as exhibits 99.1 to this registration statement in reliance on the report of Kirtane & Pandit LLP, an independent public accounting firm, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing. The current address of Kirtane & Pandit LLP is 5th Floor, Gopal House, A Wing, S. No.127/1B/1, Plot A1, Opp. Harshall Hall, Kothrud,, Pune, Maharashtra 411029, India.

In connection with the valuation of the acquistion of customers from Reachnet, we have a valuation report to this Registration Statement as Exhibit 99.3. The valuation report was prepared by Niranjan V. Shah & Associates, an independent valuation firm. The current address of Niranjan V. Shah & Associates is 304, Maker Bhavan No. 3, 21 New Marine Lines, Mumbai 400020, India.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common shares offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits filed therewith. For further information about us and the common shares offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and in each instance we refer you to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. We currently do not file periodic reports with the SEC. Upon closing of our initial public offering, we will be required to file periodic reports (including an annual report on Form 20-F, which we will be required to file within 120 days from the end of each fiscal year), and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC, located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from that office. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the website is www.sec.gov.

____________

1        The Company was inactive from March 16, 2020 to March 18, 2020.

97

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the Period from March 16, 2020 (date of inception) through March 31, 2020 (Successor)

For the period April 1, 2018 through March 31, 2019 and April 1, 2019 through March 15, 2020 (Predecessor)

 

Table of Contents

F-1

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors
of Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. LTD.:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of financial position of Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. LTD. (the “Company”) as of 31 March 2020, the related consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows, for the period from 16 March 2020 (date of inception) through 31 March 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as of 31 March 2020, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from 16 March 2020 (date of inception) through 31 March 2020, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

Going Concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has negative working capital, significant balances due within 12 months, and has been impacted by the COVID-19 crisis. As such there is substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audit provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Emphasis of a Matter

As more fully described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has been impacted by the outbreak of a novel coronavirus (COVID-19), which was declared a global pandemic by the World Health organization in March 2020.

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

New York, New York

8 July 2020, except for the effects on the financial disclosures of the subsequent events in Note 24, as to which the date is 31 March 2021.

F-2

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors
of Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. LTD.:

Opinion on the Standalone Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying standalone statement of financial position of Lytus Technologies Private Limited (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2019 and as of March 18, 2020, the related standalone statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows, for the period from April 1, 2018 through March 31, 2019 and for the period from April 1, 2019 through March 18, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the standalone financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the standalone financial position of the Company as of March 31, 2019 and March 18, 2020 and the standalone results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from April 1, 2018 through March 31, 2019 and for the period from April 1, 2019 through March 18, 2020, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

Basis for Opinion

These standalone financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s standalone financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the standalone financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the standalone financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the standalone financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the standalone financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

For Kirtane & Pandit LLP

Chartered Accountants

FRN: 105215W/W100057

PCAOB FIRM ID NO 5686

Milind Bhave

Partner

Membership No. 047973

UDIN: 20047973AAAAEE5377

Place: Mumbai, India

Date: December 31, 2020

F-3

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

     

Successor

 

Predecessor

   

Note No.

 

March 31,
2020
(US$)

 

March 31,
2019

(US$)

ASSETS

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     

$

41,760

 

 

$

3,412

 

Other financial assets

     

 

42,038

 

 

 

3,763

 

Trade receivables

 

6

 

 

390,151

 

 

 

 

Other receivables

 

7

 

 

18,015,483

 

 

 

 

Other current assets

 

8

 

 

4,351,189

 

 

 

2,555

 

Total current assets

     

 

22,840,621

 

 

 

9,730

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

9

 

 

1,130,534

 

 

 

 

Capital work-in-process

     

 

 

 

 

29,048

 

Intangible assets and Goodwill

 

10

 

 

59,326,290

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets under development

     

 

 

 

 

8,132

 

Other non-current assets

     

 

16,472

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

5

 

 

156,020

 

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

     

 

60,629,316

 

 

 

37,180

 

Total assets

     

$

83,469,937

 

 

$

46,910

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings from related party

 

11

 

$

1,587,216

 

 

$

45,594

 

Trade payables

 

12

 

 

425,667

 

 

 

1,148

 

Other financial liabilities

 

13

 

 

345,924

 

 

 

 

Security deposits payable

     

 

59,807

 

 

 

 

Other current liabilities

 

14

 

 

7,375,226

 

 

 

108

 

Customers acquisition payable

 

15

 

 

29,372,718

 

 

 

 

Current tax liability

 

5

 

 

2,005,748

 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     

 

41,172,306

 

 

 

46,850

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer acquisition payable, net of current portion

 

15

 

 

29,372,718

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liability

 

5

 

 

1,907,015

 

 

 

631

 

Total non-current liabilities

     

 

31,279,733

 

 

 

631

 

Total liabilities

     

 

72,452,039

 

 

 

47,481

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EQUITY

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity share capital

 

17

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

2,305

 

Other equity

 

17

 

 

11,056,589

 

 

 

 

Other equity (deficit)

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

(2,876

)

Equity attributable to equity holders of the company

     

 

11,059,589

 

 

 

(571

)

Non-controlling interest

 

17 & 23

 

 

(41,691

)

 

 

 

Total equity

     

 

11,017,898

 

 

 

(571

)

Total liabilities and equity

     

$

83,469,937

 

 

$

46,910

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED
statementS of PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

     

Successor

 

Predecessor

   

Note No.

 

March 16,
2020
to
March 
31,
2020
(US$)

 

April 1,
2019
to
March 
15,
2020
(US$)

 

Year ended
March 
31,
2019

(US$)

Revenues:

     

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

Operating revenue

     

$

 

 

$

 

 

Other operating income

     

 

 

 

 

3,585

 

 

Total revenues

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

Other income

     

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

Other income

 

3

 

 

15,759,393

 

 

 

3,585

 

 

Total income

     

 

15,759,393

 

 

 

3,585

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

Expenses:

     

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

Amortization

 

10

 

 

204,086

 

 

 

 

 

Legal and professional expense

 

4

 

 

272,894

 

 

 

412

 

601

 

Staffing expense

 

4

 

 

15,777

 

 

 

 

 

Other operating expenses

 

4

 

 

8,463

 

 

 

 

 

Total expenses

     

 

501,220

 

 

 

412

 

601

 

Income before income tax

     

 

15,258,173

 

 

 

3,173

 

(601

)

Income tax expense

 

5

 

 

3,894,674

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (Loss) after tax available to common shareholders

     

$

11,363,499

 

 

 

3,173

 

(601

)

       

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

Attributable to:

     

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

Controlling interest

     

$

11,363,499

 

 

 

3,173

 

(601

)

Non-controlling interest

     

 

 

 

 

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

Other comprehensive loss

     

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to income

     

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

Foreign currency translation reserves of subsidiaries, net of tax

     

 

(306,910

)

 

 

1,006

 

1,877

 

Total comprehensive income for the period

 

1

 

$

11,056,589

 

 

$

2,167

 

1,276

 

       

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

Attributable to:

     

 

 

 

 

 

     

 

Controlling interest

     

$

11,056,589

 

 

$

2,167

 

1,276

 

Non-controlling interest

     

$

 

 

$

 

 

Basic income per share of common share

 

18

 

$

379

 

 

$

0.21

 

(0.04

)

Basic weighted average number of shares outstanding

     

 

30,000

 

 

 

15,000

 

15,000

 

Diluted income per share of common share

 

18

 

$

379

 

 

 

0.21

 

(.04

)

Diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding

     

 

30,000

 

 

 

15,000

 

15,000

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

     

Equity attributable to equity holders
of the company

           
   

Shares
(Nos.)

 

Share
capital

 

Accumulated
foreign
translation
adjustment

 

Retained
earnings

 

Total

 

Non-
controlling
interest

 

Total
equity

PREDECESSOR

     

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at April 1, 2018

 

15,000

 

$

2,305

 

$

 

 

$

(4,153

)

 

$

(1,848

)

 

$

 

 

$

(1,848

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

1,878

 

 

 

(601

)

 

 

1,277

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,276

 

Balance at March 31,
2019

 

15,000

 

 

2,305

 

 

1,878

 

 

 

(4,754

)

 

 

(571

)

 

 

 

 

 

(571

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,006

)

 

 

3,173

 

 

 

2,167

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,167

 

Balance at March 15,
2020

 

15,000

 

$

2,305

 

$

872

 

 

$

(1,581

)

 

$

(1,596

)

 

$

 

 

$

(1,596

)

       

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUCCESSOR

     

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at March 16,
2020

 

 

$

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,363,499

 

 

 

11,363,499

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,363,499

 

Translation adjustment, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

(306,910

)

 

 

 

 

 

(306,910

)

 

 

 

 

 

(306,910

)

Issuance of shares (Refer Note 17)

 

30,000

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,000

 

Business combination (Refer Note 23)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(41,691

)

 

 

(41,691

)

Balance at March 31,
2020

 

30,000

 

$

3,000

 

$

(306,910

)

 

$

11,363,499

 

 

$

11,059,589

 

 

$

(41,691

)

 

$

11,017,898

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED
statement of CASH FLOWS

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

   

16 March 
2020
to
31 March 
2020
(US$)

 

1 April 
2019
to
15 March 
2020
(US$)

 

Year ended
31 March 
2019

(US$)

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) after tax available to common shareholders

 

$

11,363,499

 

 

$

3,173

 

 

$

(601

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax expense

 

 

1,907,015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

204,086

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Write off of unstructured Capital Work in Progress

 

 

8,463

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sundry balance written off/(written back)

 

 

 

 

 

(3,585

)

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other receivables

 

 

(19,089,070

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other financial assets

 

 

(3,682

)

 

 

 

 

 

259

 

Other assets

 

 

(4,450,896

)

 

 

 

 

 

176

 

Trade payable

 

 

214,672

 

 

 

(31

)

 

 

13

 

Other financial liabilities

 

 

79,875

 

 

 

(338

)

 

 

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

7,777,661

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current tax liability

 

 

1,987,659

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(718

)

 

 

(781

)

 

 

(153

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash acquired in business combination

 

 

40,760

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of shares of Lytus India

 

 

(2,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sale of capital work in progress

 

 

3,583

 

 

 

25,591

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by investing activities

 

 

42,343

 

 

 

25,591

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayment of short term borrowings

 

 

(3,583

)

 

 

(28,980

)

 

 

(7,151

)

Proceeds from short term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,380

 

Proceeds from issuance of shares

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(583

)

 

 

(28,980

)

 

 

229

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

41,042

 

 

 

(4,170

)

 

 

(286

)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS – beginning of
period

 

 

 

 

 

3,412

 

 

 

3,954

 

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

718

 

 

 

941

 

 

 

(256

)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS – end of period

 

$

41,760

 

 

$

183

 

 

$

3,412

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NON-CASH INVESTING/FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of customers with customer acquisition payable. Refer to Note 22

 

$

58,745,436

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of shares with other financial liabilities. Refer to Note 23

 

$

265,410

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES

The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRS IC) applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. The financial statements comply with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). On March 19, 2020, the Company entered into a definitive share purchase agreement with Lytus Technologies Private Limited (“Lytus India”) pursuant to which the Company acquired 15,000 shares (representing all of the equity share capital of Lytus India) for an aggregate purchase price of INR 150,650 (approximately $2,000). The merger with Lytus India established a new basis of accounting for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed by the Company. Such assets and liabilities were recognized at their estimated fair values as of the merger closing date in accordance with the acquisition method and is reflected in the Company’s financial statements after the merger closing date. As such, the fiscal year 2020 financial activity is presented in two periods. Financial activity prior to the merger (April 1, 2019 to March 15, 2020) is presented as “predecessor” using the previous basis of accounting. Financial activity that occurred on or after the merger (March 16, 2020 to March 31, 2020) is presented as “successor” using the new basis of accounting.

Going Concern:

Impact of COVID-19 on operations

The COVID-19 crisis has had a significant impact on the economy of India. While the pandemic, has increased the demand for streaming and telemedicine services globally, there continue to be significant uncertainties associated with the COVID-19 pandemic, including with respect to the ultimate spread of the virus, the severity of the disease, the duration of the lockdowns and further actions that may be taken by governmental authorities around the world to contain the virus or to treat its impact. The pandemic has particularly impacted the working capital, cash flow and the timing of receipt of significant receivables and payment of payables of the Company. These restrictions have also severely impacted the mobility of the Company’s staff and resources and its access to banks and customer worksites, impairing its normal operations. The lockdown in India is strict with limited domestic travel. Local travel within a city is not allowed, either. Therefore we have limited access to various cities, such as Hyderabad, where our customers reside. Many offices are closed and banks are severely affected. As a result of the lockdown policy in India, we have restricted access to banking services, Subscriber Management System (SMS) report, prior to settlement, and service providers certifying the adequacy of the fiber held by Reachnet. Moreover, in India most of the collections by local cable operators are still in cash and these have been affected/delayed due to lockdown. The lockdown is extended to October 31, 20201 and could be potentially further extended. In addition, on September 18, 2020, the restriction under Section 144 of the Code of Criminal Procedure was passed, prohibiting movement and gathering of people, except for listed emergency and non-emergency services.

There is significant uncertainty around the breadth and duration of business disruptions related to COVID-19, as well as its impact on the economy of India, U.S. and international markets and, as such, the extent of the business disruption and the related financial impact cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.

Negative working capital and Cash Flow

The Company currently has negative working capital and cash flow aggravated by the COVID-19 lockdown and negative cash flow used in operating activities to the extent of $700. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Upon ending of the COVID-19 lockdown, the Company expects to be able to carry out its operations in the normal course of business and generate a minimum of INR130 ($1.9) as streaming subscription fee from its approximately 1.8 million customer connections per month, as prescribed by the Telecom Regulatory Authority of India guidelines15. This would enable the Company to improve its cash position significantly.

____________

1          Available on http://bombaychamber.com/admin/uploaded/NEWS%20Block/MHA%20Lock%20Down%20Orders.pdf

15          https://trai.gov.in/sites/default/files/Consumer_Booklet_30042019.pdf

F-8

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

The Company further believes that in the coming 12 months, upon the ending of COVID-19 lockdown restrictions, cash flow from operating activities should improve for the following reasons:

•        Monthly subscription fees paid by our customers will be billed and collected at the beginning of each month in advance;

•        The contracted operating expense for the streaming business is 61%, ensuring a confirmed net surplus of revenue for the Company.

•        Additional product offerings to customers such as our telemedicine business are expected to generate additional cash flow for the Company.

To further mitigate the impact of the current negative working capital and cash flow, the Company has also taken additional precautionary steps by approaching financial institutions and credit partners in India to create and avail credit lines and bridge financing against the company’s future cash flows;

Large Payment Obligation by the Company

On March 31, 2020, under the terms of its Customer Acquisition Agreement with Reachnet, the Company is obligated to make payments to Reachnet. This amount represents the largest payment obligation of the Company and is payable in four equal installments (25% each) on or before 31 July 2020 (or at a mutually agreeable date upon the ending of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions), March 31, 2021, March 31, 2022 and March 31, 2023, respectively. Please refer to Note 23 on Business Combination.

Under the terms of the agreement with Reachnet, the Company was also scheduled to receive ‘Other Receivables’ due of approximately $15 million from Reachnet for the period of April 1, 2019 through March 31, 2020, as reflected in its books of accounts. The COVID-19 lockdown has delayed the settlement of this accounts receivable under its contract with Reachnet. The Company expects that this settlement will be implemented as soon as possible, upon the relaxation of COVID-19 restrictions in India. Upon such settlement and upon resumption of normal operations, the company expects to have sufficient available cash to be able to meet its current liabilities associated with the business. Please refer to the section below in this note on Other Income/Application of IFRS 15.

Furthermore, the Company is contemplating discussions with Reachnet’s Management to consider modifying its agreement with Reachnet by offering Reachnet stock in lieu of its current payment obligations. This modification, if implemented, should help substantially mitigate cash liquidity requirements for the Company.

Based on the above, we believe that upon lifting of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions in India, the Company’s available potential cash balances should be sufficient to meet its requirements to carry out its operations effectively. After this offering, the Company may decide to enhance its liquidity position or increase its cash reserve for future investments through additional capital and finance funding.

Nature of Operations

Lytus Technologies Holdings Ptv. Ltd. (Reg. No. 2033207) (Lytus Tech or the Company) was incorporated on March 16, 2020 (date of inception) under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (BVI). On March 19, 2020, Lytus Tech acquired a wholly owned subsidiary, Lytus Technologies Private Limited (CIN U22100MH2008PTC182085) (Lytus India) and, on March 31, 2020, it acquired a majority shareholding (51%) in DDC CATV Network Private Limited (CIN: U64100DL2013PTC260426) (DDC India or DDC CATV). Lytus India was incorporated in India on

F-9

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

10 May 2008 for the purpose of providing telemedicine and online streaming content services to its subscribers and DDC CATV was incorporated in India on 20 November 2013 for the purpose of providing streaming services to its subscribers.

The Company’s registered office is at 116 Main Street, P.O. Box 3342, Road Town, Tortola British Virgin Islands. The consolidated financial statements comprise financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as “the Group”).

The Company has applied to list our common shares on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the trading symbol “LYT”. It is offering 2,727,272 common shares in our proposed Initial Public Offering (IPO) and we anticipate the price will be between $10 to $12 per share.

The Group applies judgement to determine whether each product or services promised to a customer are capable of being distinct, and are distinct in the context of the contract, if not, the promised product or services are combined and accounted as a single performance obligation. The Group allocates the arrangement consideration to separately identifiable performance obligation deliverables based on their relative stand-alone selling price.

Basis of preparation

These consolidated financial statements for the period from March 16, 2020 (date of inception) through March 31, 2020, are the Group’s first financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).

The accounting policies used for the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are based upon the application of IFRS 1.D17, which results in assets liabilities being measured at the same carrying amount as in the standalone financial statements of subsidiaries for the period ended March 31, 2020 after adjusting for consolidation and equity accounting adjustments and for the effects of the business combination in which the entity acquired the subsidiary.

The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRS IC) applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. The financial statements comply with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

The functional and reporting currency of the Company and Group is “INR” and “US$”, respectively and all amounts, are rounded with two decimals, unless otherwise stated. The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention.

Basis of Consolidation

The subsidiaries considered in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are:

     

% Shareholding
and Voting
Power

Name of Subsidiary

 

Country of
Incorporation

 

As of
March
31,
2020

 

As of
March 16,
2020

Lytus Technologies Pvt. Ltd

 

India

 

100

%

 

0

%

DDC CATV Network Pvt. Ltd.

 

India

 

51

%

 

0

%

F-10

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

These consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS 10 “Consolidated Financial Statements”.

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. Control is achieved where the Company has existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities that affect the Company’s returns and exposure or rights to variable returns from the entity. Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date of their acquisition, being the date on which the group obtains control, and continue to be consolidated until the date that such control ceases.

The consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries are combined on a line-by-line basis by adding together the book values of like items of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Intra-group balances and transactions and any unrealized profits or losses arising from intra group transaction, are eliminated. Unrealized losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealized gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

Non-controlling interests (NCI) in the net assets of consolidated subsidiaries are identified separately from the Group’s equity. Non-controlling interests consist of the amount of those interests at the date of the acquisition and the non-controlling shareholders’ share of changes in equity since the date of the acquisition.

Critical accounting estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements, are disclosed in note 2.

New, revised or amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations adopted for fiscal period ended March 31, 2020

In January 2016, International Accounting Standards Board issued the final version of IFRS 16, Leases, which is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. IFRS 16 has replaced IAS 17 Leases, and its related interpretations. IFRS 16 sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both lessees and lessors. It introduces a single, on-balance sheet lease accounting model for lessees.

The Group has adopted IFRS 16, effective for the annual reporting period beginning April 1, 2019, however there are no lease transactions which required application of IFRS 16 and accordingly there is no impact on retained earnings or any other assets or liabilities.

The Group has also adopted IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers and IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (2014), which became mandatorily effective for financial years beginning on or after 1 January 2018.

The nature and effect of the changes arising from these standards are summarized below.

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers

IFRS 15 replaces IAS 18 and covers contracts for goods and services. IFRS 15 is based on the principle that revenue is recognized when control of a good or service transfers to a customer; so the notion of control replaces the existing notion of risks and rewards.

F-11

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

The Group has adopted IFRS 15 from April 1, 2019, using a modified retrospective approach. Under this approach, transitional adjustments are recognized in retained earnings as of April 1, 2019 (the date of initial application), without restating the comparative period.

Under IFRS 15, the Group must evaluate the separability of the promised goods or services based on whether they are ‘distinct’. A promised good or service is ‘distinct’ if both:

•        the customer benefits from the item either on its own or together with other readily available resources: and

•        it is ‘separately identifiable’ form other promise in the contracts (i.e. the Group does not provide significant service integrating, modifying or customizing it).

While this represents significant new guidance, the implementation of this new guidance did not have a significant impact on the timing or amount of revenue recognized during the period. No adjustments were required to account for the impact of IFRS 15 on initial adoption.

IFRIC 23 — Uncertainty over Income Tax treatments

The International Accounting Standard Board clarifies the accounting for uncertainties in income taxes. The interpretation is to be applied to the determination of taxable profit (tax loss), tax bases, unused tax losses, unused tax credits and tax rates, when there is uncertainty over income tax treatment under IAS 12. The adoption of IFRIC 23 did not any impact on consolidated financial statement of the Group.

India taxes are based on the Income Tax Act, 1961 (the Act) and the rules under the Income Tax Rules, 1962. The Act also provides for anti-avoidance rules at various places. The taxpayer is required to self-assess his tax position and file his tax return. The filed tax return is then subject to review and examination by the Indian tax authorities.

This requires recognition and measurement of uncertain tax positions using a “more-likely-than-not” approach. The management evaluated the Company’s tax positions and concluded that no provision for uncertainty in income taxes was necessary as of March 31, 2020. We evaluate our uncertain tax positions on a regular basis. Our evaluations are based on a number of factors, including changes in facts and circumstances, changes in tax law, correspondence with tax authorities during the course of audit and effective settlement of audit issues.

Changes in significant accounting policies

The Group’s accounting policies, which have changed as a result of the changes to accounting standards noted above, are summarized below:

Revenue

Revenue is recognized based on the transfer of services to a customer for an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Revenue is measured at the fair value of consideration received or receivable taking into account the amount of discounts, rebates, outgoing taxes on sales.

To determine whether to recognize revenue, the Group follows a 5-step process:

1.      Identifying the contract with a customer

2.      Identifying the performance obligations

F-12

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

3.      Determining the transaction price

4.      Allocating the transaction price to the performance obligations

5.      Recognizing revenue when/as performance obligation(s) are satisfied

Further information about each source of revenue from contracts with customers and the criteria for recognition follows.

Subscription revenues

Subscription income includes subscription from subscribers. Revenue is recognized upon completion of services based on underlying subscription plan or agreements with the subscribers.

Carriage/Placement/Marketing Incentive revenues

Carriage/Placement/Marketing Incentive fees are recognized upon completion of services based on agreements with the broadcasters.

Advertising revenues

Advertisement income is recognized when relevant advertisements are telecasted.

GST on all income

The Company collects Goods and Service Tax (GST) on behalf of the government and, therefore, it is not an economic benefit flowing to the Company. Hence, it is excluded from revenue.

The Company’s disaggregated revenues are disclosed in the consolidated statements of operations.

New, revised or amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations not yet Adopted

In May 2020, the IASB issued Reference to the Conceptual Framework, which made amendments to IFRS 3 Business Combinations. Entities which rely on the Conceptual Framework will need to consider whether their accounting policies are still appropriate under the revised Framework, with effect for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020. The Group does not expect the amendment to have any impact on its consolidated financial statements.

The IASB has issued ‘Definition of a Business (Amendments to IFRS 3)’ aimed at resolving the difficulties that arise when an entity determines whether it has acquired a business or a group of assets. The amendments are effective for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after 1 January 2020. The Group does not expect the amendment to have any impact on its evaluation of whether activities and assets acquired are a business or a group of assets.

The IASB issued Definition of Material (Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8) in October 2018 to clarify and align the definition of material. The amendments are intended to improve the understanding of the existing requirements rather than to significantly impact an entity’s materiality judgements. The amendments must be applied prospectively for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020, with earlier application permitted. The Group does not expect the amendment to have any impact on its evaluation of ‘material’ in relation to its consolidated financial statements.

F-13

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

The IASB has issued amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 that provide certain reliefs in connection with interest rate benchmark reform. The reliefs relate to hedge accounting and have the effect that inter-bank offered rates (“IBOR”) reform should not generally cause hedge accounting to terminate. However, any hedge ineffectiveness should continue to be recorded in the income statement. The amendments must be applied prospectively for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020, with earlier application permitted. The Group does not expect the amendment to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

The IASB has issued ‘Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current (Amendments to IAS 1)’ providing a more general approach to the classification of liabilities under IAS 1 based on the contractual agreements in place at the reporting date. The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2022 and are to be applied retrospectively with application permitted. The Group does not expect the amendments to have any significant impact on its presentation of liabilities in its statement of financial position.

There are no other standards that are not yet effective and that would be expected to have a material impact on the entity in future reporting periods and on foreseeable future transactions.

Current and non-current classification

Assets and liabilities are presented in the statement of financial position based on current and non-current classification.

An asset is classified as current when: it is either expected to be realized or intended to be sold or consumed in normal operating cycle; it is held primarily for the purpose of trading; it is expected to be realized within 12 months after the reporting period; or the asset is cash or cash equivalent unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period. All other assets are classified as non-current.

A liability is classified as current when: it is either expected to be settled in normal operating cycle; it is held primarily for the purpose of trading; it is due to be settled within 12 months after the reporting period; or there is no unconditional right to defer the settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period. All other liabilities are classified as non-current.

The operating cycle is the time between the acquisition of assets for processing and their realization in cash and cash equivalents. The Company has identified twelve months as its operating cycle.

Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of the Company are measured using the currency of India (INR) which is the primary economic environment in which the Company operates (‘the functional currency’). The financial statements are presented in United States dollars.

Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the presentation currency using the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at year end exchange rates are generally recognized in profit or loss. They are deferred in equity if they relate to qualifying cash flow hedges and qualifying net investment hedges or are attributable to part of the net investment in a foreign operation.

F-14

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Foreign exchange gains and losses that relate to borrowings are presented in the statement of profit or loss, within finance costs. All other foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in the statement of profit or loss on a net basis within other gains/(losses).

Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was determined. Translation differences on assets and liabilities carried at fair value are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss. For example, translation differences on non-monetary assets and liabilities such as equities held at fair value through profit or loss are recognized in profit or loss as part of the fair value gain or loss and translation differences on non-monetary assets such as equities classified as of fair value through other comprehensive income are recognized in other comprehensive income.

Financial Instruments

Financial Assets

Classification

The Group classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:

•        those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through OCI or through profit or loss), and

•        those to be measured at amortized cost.

The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses will either be recorded in profit or loss or OCI. For investments in equity instruments that are not held for trading, this will depend on whether the Company has made an irrevocable election at the time of initial recognition to account for the equity investment at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI).

The Group reclassifies debt investments when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes.

Recognition and derecognition

Regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on trade-date, the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

Measurement

At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss (FVPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVPL are expensed in profit or loss.

F-15

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Debt instruments

Subsequent measurement of debt instruments depends on the Group business model for managing the asset and the cash flow characteristics of the asset. There are three measurement categories into which the Company classifies its debt instruments:

Amortized cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest are measured at amortized cost. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition is recognized directly in profit or loss and presented in other gains/(losses) together with foreign exchange gains and losses. Impairment losses are presented as separate line item in the statement of profit or loss.

FVOCI: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the financial assets, where the assets’ cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the carrying amount are taken through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains or losses, interest income and foreign exchange gains and losses which are recognized in profit or loss. When the financial asset is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss and recognized in other gains/(losses). Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in other gains/(losses) and impairment expenses are presented as separate line item in the statement of profit or loss.

FVPL: Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortized cost or FVOCI are measured at FVPL. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at FVPL is recognized in profit or loss and presented net within other gains/(losses) in the period in which it arises.

Equity instruments

The Group subsequently measures all equity investments at fair value. Where the Group management has elected to present fair value gains and losses on equity investments in OCI, there is no subsequent reclassification of fair value gains and losses to profit or loss following the derecognition of the investment. Dividends from such investments continue to be recognized in profit or loss as other income when the Group right to receive payments is established.

Changes in the fair value of financial assets at FVPL are recognized in other gains/(losses) in the statement of profit or loss as applicable. Impairment losses (and reversal of impairment losses) on equity investments measured at FVOCI are not reported separately from other changes in fair value.

Impairment

The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit loss associated with its debt instruments carried at amortized cost and FVOCI. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.

For trade receivables only, the Company measures the expected credit loss associated with its trade receivables based on historical trend, industry practices and the business environment in which the entity operates or any other appropriate basis. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.

F-16

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Financial Liabilities

Initial Recognition and Measurement

All financial liabilities are recognized initially at fair value and in the case of loans and borrowings and payables, net of directly attributable transaction costs. The Group financial liabilities include trade and other payables, loans, and borrowings including bank overdrafts and derivative financial instruments.

Subsequent measurement

Financial liabilities at amortized cost:

After initial measurement, such financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate (EIR) method. Amortized cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The EIR amortization is included in finance costs in the Statement of Profit and Loss.

Borrowings

Borrowings are initially recognized at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measured at amortized cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption amount is recognized in the Statement of Profit and Loss over the period of the borrowings using the EIR method.

Trade and Other Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of the period which are unpaid. Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months after the reporting period. They are recognized initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

Financial Guarantee Obligations

The fair value of financial guarantees is determined as the present value of the difference in net cash flows between the contractual payments under the debt instrument and the payments that would be required without the guarantee, or the estimated amount that would be payable to a third party for assuming the obligations. Where guarantees in relation to loans or other payables of subsidiaries, joint ventures or associates are provided for no compensation, the fair values as of the date of transition are accounted for as contributions and recognized as part of the cost of the equity investment.

Derecognition

Financial assets

The Group derecognizes a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire, or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows in a transaction in which substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred or in which the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership and it does not retain control of the financial asset.

The Group enters into transactions whereby it transfers assets recognized in its statement of financial position but retains either all or substantially all of the risks and rewards of the transferred assets. In these cases, the transferred assets are not derecognized.

F-17

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Financial Liability

The Group derecognizes a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled, or expire. The Group also derecognizes a financial liability when its terms are modified and the cash flows of the modified liability are substantially different, in which case a new financial liability based on the modified terms is recognized at fair value.

On derecognition of a financial liability, the difference between the carrying amount extinguished and the consideration paid (including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed) is recognized in profit or loss.

Income tax

The income tax expense or benefit for the period is the tax payable on that period’s taxable income based on the applicable income tax rate for each jurisdiction, adjusted by the changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences, unused tax losses and the adjustment recognized for prior periods, where applicable.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for temporary differences at the tax rates expected to be applied when the assets are recovered or liabilities are settled, based on those tax rates that are enacted or substantively enacted, except for:

•        When the deferred income tax asset or liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and that, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting nor taxable profits; or

•        When the taxable temporary difference is associated with interests in subsidiaries, associates or joint ventures, and the timing of the reversal can be controlled, and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilize those temporary differences and losses.

The carrying amount of recognized and unrecognized deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date. Deferred tax assets recognized are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that future taxable profits will be available for the carrying amount to be recovered. Previously unrecognized deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that there are future taxable profits available to recover the asset.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset only where there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and deferred tax assets against deferred tax liabilities; and they relate to the same taxable authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities which intend to settle simultaneously.

As of March 31, 2020, the Group had no significant uncertain tax positions that qualify for either recognition or disclosure in the financial statements. The Group recognizes interest and penalties related to significant uncertain income tax positions in other expense. There were no such interest and penalties incurred for the period ended March 31, 2020.

Under section 115-O of the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961, distribution of dividends, paid by Indian company until March 31, 2020 is subject to dividend distribution tax (DDT) at an effective rate of 20.56% (inclusive of the applicable surcharge of 12% and health and education cess of 4%). Repatriation of dividend will not require Reserve Bank of India approval, subject to compliance and certain other conditions met per the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961.

F-18

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and demand deposits and other short-term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

Property and Equipment

Property and Equipment assets are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses, if any. Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of any component accounted for as a separate asset is derecognized when replaced. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the Statement of Profit and Loss during the reporting period in which they are incurred.

Capital work in progress (CWIP) includes cost of property and equipment under installation / under development, as of balance sheet date. All project related expenditures related to civil works, machinery under erection, construction and erection materials, preoperative expenditure incidental / attributable to the construction of projects, borrowing cost incurred prior to the date of commercial operations and trial run expenditure are shown under CWIP. Property and Equipment are derecognized from the financial statements, either on disposal or when retired from active use. Gains and losses on disposal or retirement of Property and Equipment are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amount. These are recognized in the Statement of Profit and Loss.

Depreciation methods, estimated useful lives and residual value

Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost of items of property and equipment less their estimated residual values using the written down method over their estimated useful lives and is generally recognized in profit or loss. Leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives unless it is reasonably certain that the Group will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term. Land is not depreciated.

The estimated useful lives of property and equipment for current and comparative periods are as follows:

Buildings

 

40 years

Property and equipment

 

3 – 15 years

Fixtures and fittings

 

5 – 10 years

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.

Fair value measurement

When an asset or liability, financial or non-financial, is measured at fair value for recognition or disclosure purposes, the fair value is based on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date; and assumes that the transaction will take place either: in the principal market; or in the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market.

F-19

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Fair value is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, assuming they act in their economic best interests. For non-financial assets, the fair value measurement is based on its highest and best use. Valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data are available to measure fair value, are used, maximizing the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizing the use of unobservable inputs.

Intangible Assets

Separately purchased intangible assets are initially measured at cost. Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequently, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, if any.

The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed as either finite or indefinite. Finite-life intangible assets are amortized on a written down basis over the period of their expected useful lives. Estimated useful lives by major class of finite-life intangible assets are as follow:

Customers acquisition

 

5 Years

Trademark/Copy rights

 

5 Years

Computer Software

 

5 Years

The amortization period and the amortization method for definite life intangible assets is reviewed annually.

For indefinite life intangible assets, the assessment of indefinite life is reviewed annually to determine whether it continues, if not, it is impaired or changed prospectively basis revised estimates.

Goodwill is initially recognized based on the accounting policy for business combinations. These assets are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually.

IAS 38 requires an entity to recognize an intangible asset, whether purchased or self-created (at cost) if, and only if: [IAS 38.21]

a.      it is probable that the future economic benefits that are attributable to the asset will flow to the entity; and

b.      the cost of the asset can be measured reliably.

The probability of future economic benefits must be based on reasonable and supportable assumptions about conditions that will exist over the life of the asset. [IAS 38.22] The probability recognition criterion is always considered to be satisfied for intangible assets that are acquired separately or in a business combination. [IAS 38.33]

Para 25 of IAS 38 provides that the price an entity pays to acquire separately an intangible asset will reflect expectations about the probability that the expected future economic benefits embodied in the asset will flow to the entity. In other words, the entity expects there to be an inflow of economic benefits, even if there is uncertainty about the timing or the amount of the inflow. Therefore, the probability recognition criteria in Para 21(a) is always considered to be satisfied for separately acquired intangible assets. Para 26 of IAS 38 provides that the costs of a separately acquired intangible asset can usually be measured reliably. This is particularly so when the purchase consideration is in the form of cash or other monetary assets.

Borrowing Costs

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale are capitalized as part of the cost of the asset. All other borrowing costs are expensed in the period in which they occur. Borrowing costs consist of interest and other costs that an entity incurs in connection with the borrowing of funds.

F-20

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Provisions

Provisions are recognized when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognized for future operating losses.

Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined by considering the class of obligations as a whole. A provision is recognized even if the likelihood of an outflow with respect to any one item included in the same class of obligations may be small.

Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period. The discount rate used to determine the present value is a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognized as finance cost.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred Offering Costs consists of legal, accounting, underwriter’s fees, and other costs incurred through the balance date that are directly related to the proposed Initial Public Offering (IPO) and that would be charged to stockholder equity upon completion of the proposed IPO. Should the proposed IPO prove unsuccessful, deferred costs and additional expenses to be incurred would be charged to operations.

Issued Capital

Common shares are classified as equity.

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Costs related to an initial offering are expensed in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

Dividends

Dividend distributions to the Group’s shareholders are recognized as a liability in the financial statements in the period in which the dividends are approved.

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to the owners of Lytus Technologies Limited, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than common shares, by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in common shares issued during the financial year.

Diluted earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account the after income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential common shares and the weighted average number of shares assumed to have been issued for no consideration in relation to dilutive potential common shares.

F-21

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS, ASSESSMENTS, AND ASSUMPTIONS

Under IFRS 1, the Group is required to make estimates and assumptions in presentation and preparation of the financial statements for the period March 16, 2020 (date of inception) throughout March 31, 2020.

Key estimates considered in preparation of the financial statement that were not required under the previous GAAP are listed below:

•        Fair Valuation of financial instruments carried at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss (“FVTPL”) and/or Fair Value Through Other Comprehensive Income (“FVOCI”). See Note 1 on Financial Instruments on page F-8 for additional discussion on FVTPL and FVOCI.

•        Impairment of financial assets based on the expected credit loss model.

•        Determination of the discounted value for financial instruments carried at amortized cost.

Previous GAAP figures of subsidiaries have been reclassified/regrouped to confirm the presentation requirements under IFRS.

As such there are no material differences or impact due to transition from Indian GAAP to IFRS and hence restated summaries of equity and profit & loss not given for subsidiaries.

NOTE 3 — OTHER INCOME

Other Income — Income on Acquisition of Customer-Contracts

Other Income of approximately $15 million is presented on the basis that all conditions have been satisfied as of 26 March 2020, to consummate closing of the Group’s acquisition agreement with Reachnet Cable Services Pvt. Ltd. (“Reachnet”) in which the Group acquired the customers and corresponding revenues (refer to Note 22 regarding agreement with Reachnet).

The Group has acquired approximately 1.8 million subscriber connections from a licensed streaming company (Reachnet), through the Agreements dated 21 June 2019 and 6 December 2019, and the income entitlement rights from April 1, 2019, for a consideration of $59 million. On 26 March 2020, the arrangement was consummated when pre-conditions were waived by mutual consent. The net surplus remaining with the Company is approximately $15 million. Considering that the acquired customers were integrated into the Group’s normal course of business on 26 March 2020, the revenue arising therefrom is recognized as “other income”. Effective 1 April 2020 and thereafter, the income arising from the said contracts would be recognized as “Operating Revenue” and the customers would be billed directly by the Group.

The Group is free to appoint any licensed service provider for provision of streaming services. There is no binding or lock-in arrangement for providing streaming services to subscribers through Reachnet. The agreement contemplates only acquisition of subscriber base and is not an agreement to acquire or purchase the business of Reachnet. The Group has ensured adequate safeguard to secure acquired customer contracts through non-compete clause and non-solicitation of subscribers clause. In respect of streaming services, Lytus India has outsourced the provision of streaming services to Reachnet in the capacity of a service provider. Going forward, with respect of non-streaming services (such as MedTech IOT) these services would be billed directly by the Company and costs and revenue would not be shared with Reachnet.

F-22

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 4 — EXPENSES

Expenses consist of the following for the successor period March 16, 2020 (date of inception) through March 31, 2020, and predecessor periods April 1, 2019 through March 15, 2020 and year ended March 31, 2019:

 

SUCCESSOR
(US$)

 

PREDECESSOR

   

For the period March 16, 2020 through March 31, 2020

 

For the period April 1, 2019 through March 15, 2020

 

Year Ended
March
31, 2019

Amortization

 

$

204,086

 

$

 

$

Legal and professional expenses

 

 

272,894

 

 

412

 

 

601

Staffing expense

 

 

15,777

 

 

 

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

8,463

 

 

 

 

Total expenses

 

$

501,220

 

$

412

 

$

601

NOTE 5 — INCOME TAX

Income tax consist of the following as of the successor period March 31, 2020, and predecessor periods April 1, 2019 through March 15, 2020 and year ended March 31, 2019:

Consolidated income statement

 

SUCCESSOR
(US$)

 

PREDECESSOR

   

For the period
March 16, 2020 through March 31, 2020

 

For the period
April 1, 2019
through
March 15, 2020

 

Year Ended
March 31, 2019

Current tax expense

 

$

1,987,659

 

$

 

$

Deferred tax expense

 

 

1,907,015

 

 

 

 

Total expenses

 

$

3,894,674

 

$

 

$

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

 

SUCCESSOR
(US$)

 

PREDECESSOR

   

For the period
March 16, 2020
through
March 31, 2020

 

For the period
April 1, 2019
through
March 15, 2020

 

Year Ended
March 31, 2019

Deferred tax related to item charged directly to equity:

 

$

 

$

 

$

Net loss on translations of foreign subsidiaries

 

 

103,233

 

 

338

 

 

631

Deferred tax related to the translations of foreign operations of Lytus Technologies Private Limited a Wholly owned subsidiary of the Group from INR to USD have been calculated at the rate of the jurisdiction in which a subsidiary situated i.e. in India (at the rate 25.17%).

F-23

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 5 — INCOME TAX (cont.)

Accounting for Income Taxes

British Virgin Islands

Under the current laws of BVI, Lytus Technology Holdings Private Limited is not subject to tax on income or capital gains. In addition, payments of dividends by the Company to their shareholders are not subject to withholding tax in the BVI.

India (subsidiaries in India)

Income tax expense represents the sum of the current tax and deferred tax.

The charge for current tax is based on the result for the period adjusted for items which are non-assessable or disallowed. It is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

Current and deferred tax is recognized in the income statement unless the item to which the tax relates was recognized outside the income statement being other comprehensive income or equity. The tax associated with such an item is also recognized in other comprehensive income or equity respectively.

A reconciliation between tax expense and the product of accounting profit multiplied by Indian domestic tax rate for the successor period March 16, 2020 (date of inception) through March 31, 2020, and predecessor period year from April 2018 through March 31, 2019 as follows:

 

2020
(
US$)

 

2019
(
US$)

Accounting profit before tax

 

$

15,258,173

 

Add: Net loss of the Lytus BVI

 

 

208,889

 

Accounting profit of Lytus Technologies Pvt. Ltd (an Indian Subsidiary)

 

 

15,467,062

 

At Indian statutory income tax rate of 25.17%

 

 

3,893,059

 

Non-deductible expenses for tax purpose – capital expenditure w/off

 

 

1,615

 

Income tax reported on consolidated profit and loss

 

$

3,894,674

 

Deferred tax

Deferred tax relates to the following temporary differences:

 

2020
(
US$)

 

2019
(
US$)

   

Consolidated Statement of financial
Position

 

Consolidated Statement of financial
Position

Deferred tax assets

 

 

     

Acquired in business combination

 

$

52,787

 

Foreign currency translations of foreign subsidiary

 

 

103,233

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

$

156,020

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

     

Accelerated depreciation on Property and Equipment

 

$

1,907,015

 

Reflected in the financial statement of financial position as follows:

 

2020
(
US$)

Current income tax accrual

 

$

1,987,659

Current income tax on business combination

 

 

18,089

Total accrued income taxes

 

$

2,005,748

F-24

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 6 — TRADE RECEIVABLES

Trade receivables consist of the following as of March 31, 2020 and predecessor period March 31, 2019:

 

2020
(
US$)

 

PREDECESSOR 2019
(
US$)

Acquired in business combination of DDC CATV Network Private Limited

 

$

390,151

 

$

           —

NOTE 7 — OTHER RECEIVABLES

Other receivables consist of the following as of the successor period March 31, 2020 and predecessor period March 31, 2019:

 

2020
(
US$)

 

PREDECESSOR 2019
(
US$)

Net Receivable from Reachnet Cable Service Pvt. Ltd.

 

$

15,759,393

 

$

GST and other taxes on the above

 

 

2,256,090

 

 

   

$

18,015,483

 

$

NOTE 8 — OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Other current assets consist of the following as of the successor period March 31, 2020 and predecessor period March 31, 2019:

 

2020
(
US$)

 

PREDECESSOR 2019
(
US$)

GST receivables and other tax deposits

 

$

4,219,550

 

$

2,555

Advance to suppliers

 

 

60,007

 

 

Income tax receivables

 

 

38,122

 

 

Withholding tax receivables

 

 

22,386

 

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

11,124

 

 

   

$

4,351,189

 

$

2,555

NOTE 9 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consist of the following as of the successor period March 31, 2020 and predecessor period March 31, 2019:

 

2020
(
US$)

 

PREDECESSOR 2019
(
US$)

Equipment (customer devices and other equipment) – at cost

 

$

1,124,326

 

$

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

 

 

 

   

 

1,124,326

 

 

Office equipment, furniture, and vehicles – at cost

 

 

6,208

 

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

 

 

 

   

 

6,208

 

 

Total Property and Equipment

 

$

1,130,534

 

$

F-25

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 9 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (cont.)

Depreciation expense for the successor period March 16, 2020 through March 31, 2020, was $0, as all the above assets were acquired as of March 31, 2020 in the acquisition with DDC CATV (Refer to Note 23 on Business Combination).

Description

 

Equipment (customer devices and other equipment)

 

Office equipment, furniture, and vehicles

 

Total

March 16, 2020 (the date of inception)

 

$

 

$

 

$

Acquisition through business combination

 

 

1,124,326

 

 

6,208

 

 

1,130,534

As of March 31, 2020

 

 

1,124,326

 

 

6,208

 

 

1,130,534

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment loss

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

March 16, 2020 (the date of inception)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge for the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition through business combination

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Property and Equipment As of March 31, 2020

 

$

1,124,326

 

$

6,208

 

$

1,130,534

There is no fixed asset in the predecessor period.

NOTE 10 — INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

Intangible assets and Goodwill consist of the following as of the successor period March 31, 2020 and predecessor period March 31, 2019:

 

2020
(
US$)

 

PREDECESSOR 2019
(
US$)

Customer Acquisition (purchased during the period)

 

$

59,216,654

 

 

Less: Accumulated amortization for the period

 

 

(204,086

)

 

   

 

59,012,568

 

 

Goodwill (Refer Note 23)

 

 

313,345

 

 

Software (acquired in business combination with DDC CATV)

 

 

377

 

 

Total Intangible Assets and Goodwill

 

$

59,326,290

 

 

F-26

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 10 — INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL (cont.)

Amortization expense for the successor period March 16, 2020 (date of inception) through March 31, 2020 was $204,086.

On acquiring Lytus India, the group has acquired unstructured capital work in progress (trademark of $7,443) as referred in Note 22 — Acquisition of Customers. The same has been written off as not usable and was disclosed in ‘other operating expenses’.

Description

 

Customer Acquisition

 

Goodwill

 

Software

 

Total

March 16, 2020 (the date of inception)

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

Additions (Refer Notes below)

 

 

59,216,654

 

 

313,345

 

 

 

 

 

59,529,999

Acquisition through business combination

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

377

 

 

377

As of March 31, 2020

 

 

59,216,654

 

 

313,345

 

 

377

 

 

59,530,376

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

March 16, 2020 (the date of inception)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge for the year

 

 

204,086

 

 

 

 

 

 

204,086

Acquisition through business combination

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Disposals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2020

 

 

204,086

 

 

 

 

 

 

204,086

Net Intangible Assets and Goodwill As of March 31, 2020

 

$

59,012,568

 

$

313,345

 

$

377

 

$

59,326,290

Note: The above intangible assets are other than internally generated

There is no intangible asset in the predecessor period.

Refer Note 23 for goodwill on consolidation

NOTE 11 — BORROWINGS

Borrowings consist of the following as of the successor period March 31, 2020 and predecessor period March 31, 2019:

 

2020
(
US$)

 

PREDECESSOR 2019
(
US$)

Loan from related party

 

$

 

$

30,840

Loan from directors

 

 

1,587,216

 

 

14,753

   

$

1,587,216

 

$

45,593

Loan from directors is interest free and is repayable on demand. There is a pre-existing loan of approximately $1.5 million from a director of DDC CATV Network Private Limited that was given prior to the business combination.

NOTE 12 — TRADE PAYABLES

Trade payables consist of the following as of the successor period March 31, 2020 and predecessor period March 31, 2019:

 

2020
(
US$)

 

PREDECESSOR 2019
(
US$)

Trade payables

 

$

401,139

 

$

1,148

Employee related payables

 

 

24,528

 

 

   

$

425,667

 

$

1,148

F-27

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 12 — TRADE PAYABLES (cont.)

Changes in trade payables as of and for the period ended March 31, 2020 consist of the following:

March 16, 2020 (date of inception)

 

$

Current period expense

 

 

425,667

Payments

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

$

425,667

NOTE 13 — OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

Other financial liabilities consist of the following as of the successor period March 31, 2020 and the predecessor period March 31, 2019:

 

2020
(
US$)

 

PREDECESSOR 2019
(
US$)

Payable in connection with the Acquisition of DDC CATV Network Private Limited (Refer Note 23)

 

$

265,410

 

$

Professional fees payable

 

 

80,514

 

 

   

$

345,924

 

$

Changes in other financial liabilities as of and for the period ended March 31, 2020 consist of the following:

March 16, 2020 (date of inception)

 

$

Current period expense

 

 

345,924

Payments

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

$

345,924

NOTE 14 — OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Other current liabilities consist of the following as of the successor period March 31, 2020 and the predecessor period March 31, 2019:

 

2020
(
US$)

 

PREDECESSOR 2019
(
US$)

GST and other tax liabilities

 

$

7,374,094

 

$

108

Advances from customers

 

 

1,132

 

 

   

$

7,375,226

 

$

108

Changes in other current liabilities as of and for the period ended March 31, 2020 consist of the following:

March 16, 2020 (date of inception)

 

$

Current period expense

 

 

7,375,226

Payments

 

 

March 31, 2020

 

$

7,375,226

F-28

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 15 — CUSTOMER ACQUISITION PAYABLE

Customer Acquisition Payable consist of the following as of the successor period March 31, 2020 and the predecessor March 31, 2019:

 

2020
(
US$)

 

PREDECESSOR 2019
(
US$)

Customer acquisition payable to Reachnet*

 

$

58,745,436

 

 

$

       —

Customer acquisition payable to Reachnet, current portion

 

 

(29,372,718

)

 

 

Customer acquisition payable to Reachnet, non-current portion

 

$

29,372,718

 

 

$

____________

*        The Group has acquired customers from Reachnet Cable Services Private Limited (“Reachnet”), through an Agreement to Acquire Customers dated June 21, 2019, and the income entitlement rights from April 1, 2019, for a consideration of approximately $59 million. This amount is payable in four equal installments (25% each) on or before 31 July 2020 (or at a mutually agreeable date upon the ending of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions), March 31, 2021, March 31, 2022 and March 31, 2023, respectively. Refer to Note 22 on Acquisition of Customers

NOTE 16 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Commitments and contingencies consist of the following as of the successor period March 31, 2020 and the predecessor period March 31, 2019:

 

2020
(
US$)

 

PREDECESSOR 2019
(
US$)

Agreement for investment in Preference shares of DDC CATV Network Pvt. Ltd

 

$

1,194,822

 

The Company has entered into the Share Subscription Agreement with DDC CATV Network Private Limited and its Promoters under the terms of which it has an option to acquire an additional 49% of the DDC CATV through an issue of 900,000 fully convertible preference shares at INR 100 per share, aggregating to an amount of $1,194,822. The above option is subject to obtaining a necessary regulatory approvals. Refer to Note 23 for further discussion on the business combination.

NOTE 17 — EQUITY

Common shares:

The total number of shares of common shares issued as of the successor period March 31, 2020:

Common shares – par value $ 0.10 each

 

30,000

Movements in Common Shares:

 

Shares

 

Amount
(
US$)

Equity as of March 16, 2020

 

 

$

Shares issued

 

30,000

 

 

3,000

Balance as of March 31, 2020

 

30,000

 

$

3,000

Weighted average number of shares on issue during the period ended March 31, 2020, was:

 

30,000

 

 

 

F-29

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 17 — EQUITY (cont.)

Common shares

Common shares entitles the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on the winding up of the Company in proportion to the number of and amounts paid on the shares held. As of the successor period March 31, 2020, the Company had an authorized share capital of 50,000 shares of $0.10 par value per share and on March 17, 2020, the Board of Directors passed the resolution to change the originally authorized shares from 50,000 common shares to 30,000 common shares, of $0.10 par value each. On May 15, 2020, the Company passed a resolution to increase the authorized share capital to 230,000,000 shares of $0.01 par value per share.

Equity consists of the following as of the successor period March 31, 2020 and the predecessor period March 2019:

 

2020
(US$)

 

2019
(US$)

Common shares – par value $0.10, 30,000 shares issued and outstanding

 

$

3,000

 

 

$

2,305

 

Net income available to common shareholders

 

 

11,363,499

 

 

 

(2,876

)

Foreign currency translation reserves, net of tax

 

 

(306,910

)

 

 

 

Non-controlling interest

 

 

(41,691

)

 

 

 

   

$

11,017,898

 

 

$

(571

)

Capital risk management

The Group’s capital management objectives are to ensure the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern as well as to provide an adequate return to shareholders by pricing products and services commensurately with the level of risk.

The Group monitors capital based on the carrying amount of equity plus its subordinated loan, less cash and cash equivalents as presented on the face of the statement of financial position recognized in other comprehensive income.

The Group manages its capital structure and adjusts it in the light of changes in economic conditions and the risk characteristics of the underlying assets. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders or issue new shares. The amounts managed as capital by the Group are summarized as follows:

 

2020
(
US$)

Current borrowings

 

$

(1,587,215

)

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

41,760

 

Net debt

 

$

(1,545,455

)

Total equity

 

$

11,017,898

 

Net debt to equity ratio

 

 

14.03

%

NOTE 18 — EARNINGS PER SHARE

Earnings per share consist of the following as of the successor period March 31, 2020:

 

(US$)

Net income available to common shareholders

 

$

11,363,499

Weighted average number of common shares

 

 

30,000

Par value

 

$

0.10

Income per common share:

 

 

 

Basic income per common share

 

$

379

Diluted income per common share

 

$

379

F-30

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 19 — FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

Risk management framework

The Group’s activities expose it to market risk, liquidity risk and credit risk. The management has the overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Group’s risk management framework. This note explains the sources of risk which the Group is exposed to and how the Group manages the risk and the related impact in the financial statements.

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty fails to discharge its obligation to the Group. The Group’s exposure to credit risk is influenced mainly by cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables and financial assets.

Credit risk management

The Group assesses and manages credit risk based on internal credit rating system. Internal credit rating is performed for each class of financial instruments with different characteristics. The Group assigns the following credit ratings to each class of financial assets based on the assumptions, inputs, and factors specific to the class of financial assets.

The Group provides for expected credit loss based on the following:

Credit rating

 

Basis of categorization

 

Provision for expected credit loss

Low credit risk

 

Cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, and other financial assets

 

12 month expected credit loss

Moderate credit risk

 

Trade receivables and other financial assets

 

Lifetime expected credit loss, or 12 month expected credit loss

High credit risk

 

Trade receivables and other financial assets

 

Lifetime expected credit loss, or fully provided for

With respect of trade receivables, the Company recognizes a provision for lifetime expected credit losses.

Based on business environment in which the Group operates, a default on a financial asset is considered when the counterparty fails to make payments within the agreed time period as per the contract. Loss rates reflecting defaults are based on actual credit loss experience and consideration of differences between current and historical economic conditions.

Assets are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery, such as a debtor declaring bankruptcy, or a litigation decision against the Group. The Group continues to engage with parties whose balances are written off and attempts to enforce repayment. Recoveries made are recognized in the consolidated statement of profit and loss and other comprehensive income.

Credit rating

 

Basis of categorization

 

As of
March 31, 2020

Low credit risk

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

41,760

Low credit risk

 

Other financial assets

 

$

4,393,227

Moderate credit risk

 

Trade receivables

 

$

390,151

Moderate credit risk

 

Other receivables

 

$

18,015,483

F-31

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 19 — FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (cont.)

Cash & cash equivalents and bank deposits

Credit risk related to cash and cash equivalents and bank deposits is managed by only accepting highly rated banks and diversifying bank deposits and accounts in different banks across the country.

Trade receivables

Credit risk related to trade receivables are mitigated by taking bank guarantees or letters of credit, from customers where credit risk is high. The Group closely monitors the creditworthiness of the debtors through internal systems that are configured to define credit limits of customers, thereby, limiting the credit risk to pre-calculated amounts. The Group assesses increases in credit risk on an ongoing basis for amounts receivable that become past due and default is considered to have occurred when amounts receivable become two year past due.

Other receivables

This is one-time aggregate receivable for the period ended March 31, 2020, pursuant to the Acquisition of Customers from Reachnet. The Group closely monitors the creditworthiness of the debtors. Refer to Note 22 for further discussion on Acquisition of Customers.

Other financial assets measured at amortized cost

Other financial assets measured at amortized cost includes loans and advances to related parties and employees, security deposits and others. Credit risk related to these other financial assets is managed by monitoring the recoverability of such amounts continuously.

Expected credit losses for financial assets other than trade receivables

The Group provides for expected credit losses on loans and advances other than trade receivables by assessing individual financial instruments for expectation of any credit losses. Since the Group deals with only high-rated banks and financial institutions, credit risk in respect of cash and cash equivalents, other bank balances and bank deposits is evaluated as very low. With respect to loans, comprising of security deposits, credit risk is considered low because the Group is in possession of the underlying asset. However, with respect to related parties, credit risk is evaluated based on credit worthiness of those parties and loss allowance is measured as lifetime expected credit losses. With respect to other financial assets, credit risk is evaluated based on the Group’s knowledge of the credit worthiness of those parties and loss allowance is measured as lifetime expected credit losses. The Group does not have any expected loss-based impairment recognized on such assets considering their low credit risk nature, though incurred loss provisions are disclosed under each sub-category of such financial assets.

Asset class

 

Estimated gross carrying amount at default

 

Expected probability of default

 

Expected credit losses

 

As of
March 31, 2020

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

41,760

 

0.00

%

 

 

$

41,760

Other financial assets

 

$

4,393,227

 

0.00

%

 

 

$

4,393,227

The Company did not have any written off amounts during the period ended March 31, 2020. Additionally, the Company did not have an allowance for loss at March 31, 2020.

F-32

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 19 — FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (cont.)

Expected credit loss for trade receivables under simplified approach

The Group recognizes lifetime expected credit losses on trade receivables using a simplified approach, wherein the Group has defined percentage of provision by analyzing historical trend of default relevant to each category of customer based on the criteria defined above and such provision percentage determined have been considered to recognize lifetime expected credit losses on trade receivables (other than those where default criteria are met).

Asset class

 

Current

 

0-30 days past due

 

31-90 days past due

 

91-182 days past due

 

183-365 days past due

 

366-730 days past due

 

More than 700 days past due

 

As of
March 31,
2020

Gross carrying amount other receivables

 

$

18,405,634

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

18,405,634

Expected
loss rate

 

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

 

Loss allowance provision

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying amount other receivables (net of impairment)

 

$

18,405,634

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

18,405,634

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with its financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure as far as possible, that it will have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when they are due. The Group manages its liquidity needs by carefully monitoring scheduled debt servicing payments for long-term financial liabilities as well as cash-outflows due in day-to-day business. Long-term liquidity needs for a 180-day and a 360-day lookout period are identified monthly.

Management monitors rolling forecasts of the liquidity position and cash and cash equivalents based on expected cash flows. The Group considers the liquidity of the market in which the entity operates.

Contractual Maturities of financial liabilities

The tables below analyze the Group’s financial liabilities based on their contractual maturities. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.

Liability class

 

Less than
1 year

 

1 – 2 years

 

2 – 3 years

 

More than 3 years

 

Total as of March 31,
2020

Borrowings

 

$

1,587,215

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,587,215

Trade payables

 

 

425,667

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

425,667

Other financial liabilities

 

 

345,924

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

345,924

Other current liabilities

 

 

7,375,226

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

7,375,226

Customer Acquisition Payable

 

 

29,372,718

 

 

14,686,359

 

 

14,686,359

 

 

 

 

58,745,436

Total

 

$

39,106,750

 

$

14,686,359

 

$

14,686,359

 

$

 

$

68,479,468

F-33

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 19 — FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (cont.)

Interest rate risk

The Group’s policy is to minimize interest rate cash flow risk exposures on long-term financing. At March 31, 2020, the Group is exposed to changes in market interest rates through bank borrowings at variable interest rates. Other borrowings are at fixed interest rates. As such Group does not has any borrowings from outsiders except overdraft facility which is short term in the nature and repayable on demand, the interest rates on borrowings is around 8.5%. The other borrowings are from Directors who are also and shareholders. The borrowings from them is short term in the nature interest free and repayable on demand.

NOTE 20 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Financial assets and liabilities

Financial assets

 

Fair value
through
profit (loss)

 

Fair value
through other
comprehensive income

 

Amortized
Cost

Investments

 

$

 

 

$

Trade receivable

 

 

390,151

 

 

 

Other receivables

 

 

18,015,483

 

 

 

Other financial assets

 

 

4,393,227

 

 

 

Total

 

$

22,798,861

 

 

$

Financial liabilities

 

Fair value
through
profit (loss)

 

Fair value through other comprehensive income

 

Total as of
31 March
2020

Borrowings

 

$

 

 

$

1,587,215

Trade payables

 

 

425,667

 

 

 

Other financial liabilities

 

 

345,924

 

 

 

Total

 

$

771,591

 

 

$

1,587,215

Fair value hierarchy

Financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on the balance sheet are categorized into the three levels of fair value hierarchy. The three levels are defined based on the observability of significant inputs to the measurement, as follows:

The different levels of fair value have been defined below:

Level 1: Quoted prices for identical instruments in an active market;

Level 2: Directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices) observable market inputs, other than Level 1 inputs; and

Level 3: Inputs which are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs). Fair values are determined in whole or in part using a net asset value or valuation model based on assumptions that are neither supported by prices from observable current market transactions in the same instrument nor are they based on available market data.

F-34

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 20 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (cont.)

Fair value of instruments measured at amortized cost

Financial liabilities

 

Carrying
value as of
31 March
2020

 

Fair value
as of
31 March
2020

Borrowings

 

$

1,587,215

 

$

1,587,215

Management assessed that fair value of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, security deposits, loan to related parties, other financial assets, short term borrowings, trade payables and other current financial liabilities approximate their carrying amounts largely due to the short-term maturities of these instruments. The fair value of the financial assets and liabilities is included at the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair values:

Long-term fixed-rate receivables are evaluated by the Group based on parameters such as interest rates, individual creditworthiness of the customer and other market risk factors. Based on this evaluation, allowances are considered for the expected credit losses of these receivables.

The fair values of the Group’s fixed interest-bearing borrowings are determined by applying discounted cash flows (‘DCF’) method, using discount rate that reflects the issuer’s borrowing rate as of the end of the reporting period.

All the other long-term borrowing facilities availed by the Company are variable rate facilities which are subject to changes in underlying Interest rate indices. Further, the credit spread on these facilities are subject to change with changes in Group’s creditworthiness. The management believes that the current rate of interest on these loans are in close approximation from market rates applicable to the Group. Therefore, the management estimates that the fair value of these borrowings are approximate to their respective carrying values.

NOTE 21 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

There are no material related party transactions, except for the transactions listed below:

Compensation and benefits to Key Management Personnel would commence from 1 April 2020.

On acquisition, the unstructured capital work in progress was sold to the previous promoter for $3,583, against loan repayable to previous promoter’s owned entity.

The Company secured 100% of the equity shares of Lytus India through Nimish Pandya, the brother of our CEO Dharmesh Pandya, for an aggregate price of $2,000.

There is a pre-existing loan of approximately $1.5 million from director of DDC CATV Network Private Limited (Ravi Gupta, Director of DDC) that was given prior to the business combination. Refer to Note 11 for details.

NOTE 22 — ACQUISITION OF CUSTOMERS

Agreement with the Reachnet Cable Services Private Limited

The Group has acquired approximately 1.8 million subscriber connections from a licensed streaming company (Reachnet), through the Agreements dated 21 June 2019 and 6 December 2019, and the income entitlement rights from April 1, 2019, for a consideration of approximately $59 million. This amount is payable in four equal installments (25% each) on or before 31 July 2020 (or at a mutually agreeable date upon the ending of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions), March 31, 2021, March 31, 2022 and March 31, 2023, respectively. On 26 March 2020, the arrangement was consummated when pre-conditions were waived by mutual consent. The net surplus remaining with the Company is approximately $15 million. Considering that the acquired customers were integrated into the Group’s normal course

F-35

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 22 — ACQUISITION OF CUSTOMERS (cont.)

of business on 26 March 2020, the revenue arising therefrom is recognized as “other income”. Effective 1 April 2020 and thereafter, the revenue arising from the said contracts would be recognized as “Operating Revenue” and the customers would be billed directly by the Group.

The Group is free to appoint any licensed service provider for provision of streaming services. There is no binding or lock-in arrangement for providing streaming services to subscribers through Reachnet. The agreement contemplates only acquisition of subscriber base and is not an agreement to acquire or purchase the business of Reachnet. The Group has ensured adequate safeguard to secure acquired customer contracts through non-compete clause and non-solicitation of subscribers clause. In respect of streaming services, Lytus India has outsourced the provision of streaming services to Reachnet in the capacity of a service provider. Going forward, with respect of non-streaming services (such as MedTech IOT) these services would be billed directly by the Company and costs and revenue would not be shared with Reachnet.

NOTE 23 — BUSINESS COMBINATION

Acquisition of Lytus Technologies Private Limited (formerly known as Cabio Entertainment Private Limited)

The Company has purchased 100% equity shares of Lytus Technologies Private Limited (Lytus India) through the Share Purchase Agreement dated 19 March 2020. The Company has acquired 15,000 shares of Lytus India at a face value of INR 10 for a purchase price of INR 150,650 ($2,000). The control of Lytus India is assumed by the Company from 19 March 2020.

Sr.No.

 

Particulars

 

Amt (INR)

 

Amt (INR)

 

(US$)

1

 

Amount settled in cash

   

 

 

150,650

 

 

$

2,000

 

2

 

Recognized amounts of identifiable net assets:

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

Capital work in progress – trademark

 

529,143

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

Cash and cash equivalent

 

13,629

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

Other current assets

 

439,454

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

Borrowings

 

(1,112,579

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

Other current liabilities

 

(61,185

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

Net identifiable assets and liabilities

   

 

 

(191,538

)

 

 

(2,548

)

   

Goodwill

   

 

 

342,188

 

 

$

4,548

 

Goodwill recognized on the acquisition relates to the expected growth, cost synergies and the value of Lytus India’s workforce which cannot be separated is recognized as an intangible asset. This Goodwill is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

Changes in Goodwill:

Changes in Goodwill (Gross Carrying Amount)

 

(USD)

Balance at March 16, 2020

 

$

 

Acquired through business combination

 

 

4,548

 

Net exchange differences

 

 

(5

)

Balance at March 31, 2020

 

$

4,543

 

Acquisition of DDC CATV Network Private Limited

The Company has entered into the Share Subscription Agreement with DDC CATV Network Private Limited and its Promoters under the terms of which it has an option to acquire an additional 49% of the DDC CATV through an issue of 900,000 fully convertible preference shares at INR 100 per share, aggregating to an amount of $1,194,822. The above option is subject to obtaining necessary regulatory approvals.

F-36

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 23 — BUSINESS COMBINATION (cont.)

The Group assumed control in DDC India from March 31, 2020. The purchase costs are payable under the terms of the executed agreements.

Calculation of Goodwill upon Acquisition

 

(INR)

 

(USD)

Consideration transferred

 

19,992,000

 

 

$

265,410

 

Add: Non-controlling interest – 49%

 

(3,140,360

)

 

 

(41,691

)

Less: DDCA TV Net Assets

 

6,408,897

 

 

 

85,083

 

Goodwill

 

23,260,537

 

 

$

308,802

 

With this acquisition, the Group expects to increase its market share in India in Media and Internet Services market. Details of the business combination are as follows:

     

(INR)

 

(USD)

Amount settled in cash (refer to note below)

   

 

 

19,992,000

 

 

$

265,410

 

Proportionate value of Non-controlling interest in DDC CATV

   

 

 

(3,140,360

)

 

 

(41,691

)

Total

   

 

 

16,851,640

 

 

 

223,719

 

     

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Recognized amounts of identifiable net assets:

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment

 

85,157,452

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets

 

28,423

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

2,904,765

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current loans and advances

 

4,520,003

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other receivables

 

29,388,105

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

3,056,613

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

 

3,976,181

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Other current assets

 

8,065,917

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

(123,204,097

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

(765,860

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

(19,536,399

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

Net identifiable assets and liabilities

   

 

 

6,408,897

 

 

 

85,083

 

Goodwill

   

 

 

23,260,537

 

 

$

308,802

 

Note: The cash payment for acquisition of DDC is not yet paid and the delay is on account of COVID-19 restrictions. The Company is obliged to make payment for acquisition of shares of DDC when the restriction is lifted.

Non-controlling interest in DDC India

The non-controlling interest in DDC India is measured at the proportionate value of net assets at the acquisition date.

Goodwill

Goodwill recognized on the acquisition relates to the expected growth, cost synergies and the value of DDC CATV’s workforce which cannot be separately recognized as an intangible asset. This goodwill has been allocated to the Group’s wholesale segment and is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

Changes in Goodwill (Gross Carrying Amount)

 

(USD)

Balance at March 16, 2020

 

$

Acquired through business combination

 

 

308,802

Net exchange differences

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2020

 

$

308,802

F-37

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 24 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Management has evaluated subsequent events to determine if events or transactions occurring through July 8, 2020, except for the disclosures related to subsequent events described below, as to which the date is March 31, 2021, the dates the financial statements were available for issuance, require potential adjustment to or disclosure in the financial statement and has concluded that all such events that would require recognition or disclosure have been recognized or disclosed, except for the below increase in the authorized share capital in the following paragraph.

On May 15, 2020, the authorized share capital of the Company was increased to 230,000,000 shares at $0.01 per share. Further, subsequent to year end the current liability has been paid off by $72,700 from unsecured interest free borrowing received from a director of the Company.

On February 5, 2021, Lytus India and Reachnet entered into the Third Supplemental Agreement to the original subscriber acquisition agreement dated 20 June 2019, pursuant to which the parties have agreed to, on a good faith basis, settle payments before March 31, 2021 upon completion of the third party’s systems and operational review of Reachnet and its subscribers. The commercial terms to the agreement remain intact and are not subject to any contingency. Given the uncertainty with respect to another potential lockdown caused by a recent COVID-19 resurgence in India, the parties have also agreed that setting off the amounts due, can be an option, if required. On March 29, 2021, the third party’s review of Reachnet and its subscribers was further extended for two months due to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and re-lockdown measures taken by the government of Maharashtra, India.

On October 30, 2020, the Company acquired 75% of voting equity interests of Global Health Sciences, Inc. (“GHSI”), a shell corporation with no active business operations or significant assets, in an effort to expand the Company’s telemedicine business into the United States. As consideration, the Company committed to invest an aggregate of $800,000 to GHSI, of which $70,000 was paid upon execution of the share purchase agreement. The remaining balance shall be payable when and if needed to fund the operations of the business.

Since our inception, we have issued an aggregate of 34,154,062 common shares to our Chief Executive Officer, Dharmesh Pandya. Mr. Pandya has later transferred unconditionally an aggregate of 7,925,160 common shares to various persons, resulting in his current holding of 26,221,207 common shares of the Company (including 2,621,371 shares held by Lytus Trust).

On December 30, 2020, the Company entered into an Agreement for Subscription of Debentures with an investor (the “Investor”) pursuant to which the Company shall issue to the Investor Redeemable Debentures (the “Debentures”) of Rs. 240 crores (a crore denotes ten million, approximately $33,000,000). The tenure of the Debentures shall be 12 months from the date of allotment of the Debentures, with an option to extend the period by another 4 years, for an aggregate of 5 years. The Debentures shall be redeemed at a value of Rs. 345 crores (approximately $47,600,000), with an assumed principal amount of Rs. 300 crores (approximately $41,400,000) and accumulated interest of Rs. 45 crores (approximately $6,200,000), at the end of 12 months from the issuance date. The redeemed amount shall be paid within the period of 45 days from the above due date, unless the period is extended for another 4 years, where which the revised redemption value shall be Rs. 345 crores (approximately $47,600,000) plus an additional simple interest of 15% per annum on the revised principal amount of Rs. 300 crores (approximately $41,000,000) starting from the revised principal date. The Debentures have not been issued because the transaction contemplated under the Agreement for Subscription of Debentures is still subject to the regulatory approval of the local government in India.

F-38

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

For the 9 months period from April 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020

 

Table of Contents

Interim Review Report of Kirtane & Pandit LLP

To the Board of Directors

of Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. LTD.

Independent Accountant’s Report

We have reviewed the accompanying interim financial statements of Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd. and consolidated subsidiaries as of December 31, 2020, and for the nine-month periods then ended. These interim financial statements are the responsibility of the company’s management.

We conducted our reviews in accordance with standards established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. A review of interim financial statements consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.

Based on our review we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to the accompanying interim financial statements for them to be in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

For Kirtane & Pandit LLP
Chartered Accountants
FRN: 105215W/W100057
PCAOB FIRM ID NO 5686

Milind Bhave
Partner
Membership No. 047973
Place: Mumbai, India
Date: March 29, 2021

F-40

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

 

Note No.

 

As of
December 31,
2020 (Unaudited)

 

As of
March 31,
2020

       

(US$)

 

(US$)

ASSETS

     

 

   

 

 

 

Current assets

     

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     

$

100,254

 

$

41,760

 

Other financial assets

     

 

246,437

 

 

42,038

 

Inventories

     

 

40,000

 

 

 

Trade receivables

 

6

 

 

33,830,217

 

 

390,151

 

Other receivables

 

7

 

 

18,566,577

 

 

18,015,483

 

Other current assets

 

8

 

 

7,856,194

 

 

4,351,189

 

Total current assets

     

 

60,639,679

 

 

22,840,621

 

       

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current assets

     

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

9

 

 

976,366

 

 

1,130,534

 

Intangible assets and Goodwill

 

10

 

 

50,476,958

 

 

59,326,290

 

Other non-current assets

     

 

 

 

16,472

 

Deferred tax assets

 

5

 

 

1,103,338

 

 

156,020

 

Total non-current assets

     

 

52,556,662

 

 

60,629,316

 

Total assets

     

$

113,196,341

 

$

83,469,937

 

       

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

     

 

   

 

 

 

Current Liabilities

     

 

   

 

 

 

Borrowings from related party

 

11

 

$

1,599,080

 

$

1,587,216

 

Trade payables

 

12

 

 

20,978,249

 

 

425,667

 

Other financial liabilities

 

13

 

 

475,970

 

 

345,924

 

Security deposits payable

     

 

39,677

 

 

59,807

 

Other current liabilities

 

14

 

 

13,168,777

 

 

7,375,226

 

Customers acquisition payable

 

15

 

 

30,271,230

 

 

29,372,718

 

Current tax liability

 

5

 

 

2,008,804

 

 

2,005,748

 

Total current liabilities

     

 

68,541,787

 

 

41,172,306

 

       

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

     

 

   

 

 

 

Customer acquisition payable, net of current portion

 

15

 

 

30,271,230

 

 

29,372,718

 

Deferred tax liability

 

5

 

 

2,930,748

 

 

1,907,015

 

Total non-current liabilities

     

 

33,201,978

 

 

31,279,733

 

Total liabilities

     

 

101,743,765

 

 

72,452,039

 

       

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

16

 

 

   

 

 

 

       

 

   

 

 

 

EQUITY

     

 

   

 

 

 

Equity share capital

 

17

 

 

341,541

 

 

3,000

 

Other equity

 

17

 

 

11,097,209

 

 

11,056,589

 

Equity attributable to equity holders of the company

     

 

11,438,750

 

 

11,059,589

 

Non-controlling interest

 

17 & 23

 

 

13,826

 

 

(41,691

)

Total equity

     

 

11,452,576

 

 

11,017,898

 

Total liabilities and equity

     

$

113,196,341

 

$

83,469,937

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements

F-41

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED
statement of PROFIT OR LOSS AND
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(Unaudited)

     

Successor

     

Predecessor

   

Note No.

 

For the
period ended December 31, 2020 (Unaudited) (US$)

     

For the
period ended December 31, 2019 (Unaudited) (US$)

Revenues:

     

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Operating revenue

     

$

29,196,196

 

     

$

 

Other operating income

     

 

102

 

     

 

 

Total revenues

     

 

29,196,298

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other income

     

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other income

 

3

 

 

 

     

 

3,585

 

Total income

     

 

29,196,298

 

     

 

3,585

 

       

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Expenses:

     

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

10

 

 

8,927,417

 

     

 

 

Depreciation

 

9

 

 

178,103

 

     

 

 

Streaming service costs

     

 

16,916,480

 

     

 

 

Legal and professional expense

 

4

 

 

1,288,926

 

     

 

412

 

Staffing expense

 

4

 

 

235,229

 

     

 

 

Other operating expenses

 

4

 

 

113,471

 

     

 

 

Total expenses

     

 

27,659,626

 

     

 

412

 

       

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Finance Income

     

 

2,515

 

     

 

 

Income before income tax

     

 

1,539,187

 

     

 

3,173

 

Income tax expense

 

5

 

 

423,227

 

     

 

 

Net income after tax available to common shareholders

     

$

1,115,960

 

     

$

3,173

 

       

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Attributable to:

     

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Controlling interest

     

$

1,067,824

 

     

$

 

Non-controlling interest

     

 

48,136

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

     

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

       

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to income

     

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation reserves of subsidiaries, net of tax

     

 

(1,020,323

)

     

 

(1,006

)

Total comprehensive income for the period

     

$

95,636

 

     

$

2,167

 

       

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Attributable to:

     

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Controlling interest

     

$

40,620

 

     

$

2,167

 

Non-controlling interest

     

$

55,017

 

     

$

 

Basic income per share of common share

 

18

 

$

0

 

     

$

0.21

 

Basic weighted average number of shares outstanding

     

 

34,154,062

 

     

 

15,000

 

Diluted income per share of common share

 

18

 

$

0

 

     

$

0.21

 

Diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding

     

 

34,154,062

 

     

 

15,000

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements

F-42

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
(Unaudited)

Predecessor

 

Shares (Nos.)

 

Share capital

 

Accumulated foreign translation adjustment

 

Retained earnings

 

Total

 

Non-controlling interest

 

Total
equity

Balance at
March 31, 2019

 

15,000

 

$

2,305

 

$

1,877

 

 

$

(4,754

)

 

$

(572

)

 

$

 

$

(572

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,173

 

 

 

3,173

 

 

 

 

 

3,173

 

Translation adjustment,
net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

(1,006

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,006

)

 

 

 

 

(1,006

)

Total comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

2,305

 

 

871

 

 

 

(1,581

)

 

 

1,596

 

 

 

 

 

1,596

 

Issuance of shares (Refer Note 17)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business combination

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at
31 December 2019

 

15,000

 

$

2,305

 

$

871

 

 

$

(1,581

)

 

$

1,596

 

 

$

 

$

1,596

 

Successor

 

Shares (Nos.)

 

Share capital

 

Accumulated foreign translation adjustment

 

Retained earnings

 

Total

 

Non-controlling interest

 

Total
equity

Balance at
March 31, 2020

 

300,000

 

$

3,000

 

$

(306,910

)

 

$

11,363,499

 

$

11,059,589

 

 

$

(41,691

)

 

$

11,017,898

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,067,824

 

 

1,067,824

 

 

 

48,136

 

 

 

1,115,960

 

Translation adjustment, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

(1,027,204

)

 

 

 

 

(1,027,204

)

 

 

6,881

 

 

 

(1,020,323

)

Total comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

3,000

 

 

(1,334,114

)

 

 

12,431,323

 

 

11,100,209

 

 

 

13,326

 

 

 

11,113,535

 

Issuance of shares (Refer Note 17)

 

33,854,062

 

 

338,541

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

338,541

 

 

 

 

 

 

338,541

 

Business combination

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

500

 

 

 

500

 

Balance at
December 31, 2020

 

34,154,062

 

$

341,541

 

$

(1,334,114

)

 

$

12,431,323

 

$

11,438,750

 

 

$

13,826

 

 

$

11,452,576

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements

F-43

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED
statement of CASH FLOWS
(Unaudited)

 

Successor

     

Predecessor

   

For the period ended December 31, 2020
(US$)

     

For the period ended December 31, 2019
(US$)

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net income after tax available to common shareholders

 

$

1,115,960

 

     

$

3,173

 

Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

Income tax expense

 

 

423,227

 

     

 

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

8,927,417

 

     

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

178,103

 

     

 

 

Profit/Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment

 

 

6,683

 

     

 

 

Write off of unstructured Capital Work in Progress

 

 

 

     

 

 

Finance income – interest other

 

 

(2,515

)

     

 

 

Sundry balance written off/(written back)

 

 

 

     

 

(3,585

)

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

     

 

 

Inventories

 

 

(40,000

)

     

 

 

Trade receivable and other receivable

 

 

(33,991,160

)

     

 

 

Other financial assets

 

 

(3,275

)

     

 

 

Other assets

 

 

(3,521,514

)

     

 

 

Trade payable

 

 

20,552,582

 

     

 

(31

)

Other financial liabilities

 

 

1,30,045

 

     

 

(338

)

Other liabilities

 

 

5,793,552

 

     

 

 

Security Deposits

 

 

(20,130

)

     

 

 

Income tax (paid)/refund (net)

 

 

19,564

 

     

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(431,461

)

     

 

(781

)

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment & intangible assets
(including capital advances)

 

 

(44,479

)

     

 

 

 

Sale of property, plant and equipment & intangible assets

 

 

20,544

 

     

 

 

 

Interest received

 

 

2,515

 

     

 

 

Investment in shares of subsidiary – GHSI

 

 

(70,000

)

     

 

 

 

Investment in bank deposits having maturity of more than 3 months

 

 

(201,124

)

     

 

 

 

Proceeds from sale of capital work in progress

 

 

 

     

 

25,591

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

 

(292,544

)

     

 

25,591

 

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Proceeds from short term borrowings

 

 

339,847

 

     

 

 

 

Repayment of short term borrowings

 

 

(375,836

)

     

 

(28,980

)

Proceeds from issuance of shares

 

 

338,541

 

     

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

302,551

 

     

 

(28,980

)

   

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(421,454

)

     

 

(4,169

)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS – beginning of period

 

 

41,760

 

     

 

3,412

 

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

477,947

 

     

 

941

 

Acquired in Business Combination

 

 

2,000

 

     

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS – end of period

 

$

100,254

 

     

$

183

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements

F-44

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES

Going Concern:

Impact of COVID-19 on operations

The COVID-19 crisis has had a significant impact on the economy of India. While the pandemic, has increased the demand for streaming and telemedicine services globally, there continue to be significant uncertainties associated with the COVID-19 pandemic, including with respect to the ultimate spread of the virus, the severity of the disease, the duration of the lockdowns and further actions that may be taken by governmental authorities around the world to contain the virus or to treat its impact. The pandemic has particularly impacted the working capital, cash flow and the timing of receipt of significant receivables and payment of payables of the Company. These restrictions have also severely impacted the mobility of the Company’s staff and resources and its access to banks and customer worksites, impairing its normal operations. The lockdown in India is strict with limited domestic travel. Local travel within a city is not allowed, either. Therefore we have limited access to various cities, such as Hyderabad, where our customers reside. Many offices are closed and banks are severely affected. As a result of the lockdown policy in India, we have restricted access to banking services, Subscriber Management System (SMS) report, prior to settlement, and service providers certifying the adequacy of the fiber held by Reachnet. Moreover, in India most of the collections by local cable operators are still in cash and these have been affected/delayed due to lockdown. The lockdown is extended to October 31, 20201 and could be potentially further extended. In addition, on September 18, 2020, the restriction under Section 144 of the Code of Criminal Procedure was passed, prohibiting movement and gathering of people, except for listed emergency and non-emergency services.

There is significant uncertainty around the breadth and duration of business disruptions related to COVID-19, as well as its impact on the economy of India, U.S. and international markets and, as such, the extent of the business disruption and the related financial impact cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.

Negative working capital and Cash Flow

The Company currently has negative working capital and cash flow aggravated by the COVID-19 lockdown and negative cash flow used in operating activities to the extent of $700. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Upon ending of the COVID-19 lockdown, the Company expects to be able to carry out its operations in the normal course of business and generate a minimum of INR130 ($1.9) as streaming subscription fee from its approximately 1.8 million customer connections per month, as prescribed by the Telecom Regulatory Authority of India guidelines15. This would enable the Company to improve its cash position significantly.

The Company further believes that in the coming 12 months, upon the ending of COVID-19 lockdown restrictions, cash flow from operating activities should improve for the following reasons:

•        Monthly subscription fees paid by our customers will be billed and collected at the beginning of each month in advance;

•        The contracted operating expense for the streaming business is 61%, ensuring a confirmed net surplus of revenue for the Company.

•        Additional product offerings to customers such as our telemedicine business are expected to generate additional cash flow for the Company.

____________

1        Available on http://bombaychamber.com/admin/uploaded/NEWS%20Block/MHA%20Lock%20Down%20Orders.pdf

15              https://trai.gov.in/sites/default/files/Consumer_Booklet_30042019.pdf

F-45

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

To further mitigate the impact of the current negative working capital and cash flow, the Company has also taken additional precautionary steps by approaching financial institutions and credit partners in India to create and avail credit lines and bridge financing against the company’s future cash flows;

Large Payment Obligation by the Company

On March 31, 2020, under the terms of its Customer Acquisition Agreement with Reachnet, the Company is obligated to make payments to Reachnet. This amount represents the largest payment obligation of the Company and is payable in four equal installments (25% each) on or before 31 July 2020 (or at a mutually agreeable date upon the ending of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions), March 31, 2021, March 31, 2022 and March 31, 2023, respectively. Please refer to Note 23 on Business Combination.

Under the terms of the agreement with Reachnet, the Company was also scheduled to receive ‘Other Receivables’ due of approximately $15 million from Reachnet for the period of April 1, 2019 through March 31, 2020, as reflected in its books of accounts. The COVID-19 lockdown has delayed the settlement of this accounts receivable under its contract with Reachnet. The Company expects that this settlement will be implemented as soon as possible, upon the relaxation of COVID-19 restrictions in India. Upon such settlement and upon resumption of normal operations, the company expects to have sufficient available cash to be able to meet its current liabilities associated with the business. Please refer to the section below in this note on Other Income/Application of IFRS 15.

Furthermore, the Company is contemplating discussions with Reachnet’s Management to consider modifying its agreement with Reachnet by offering Reachnet stock in lieu of its current payment obligations. This modification, if implemented, should help substantially mitigate cash liquidity requirements for the Company.

Based on the above, we believe that upon lifting of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions in India, the Company’s available potential cash balances should be sufficient to meet its requirements to carry out its operations effectively. After this offering, the Company may decide to enhance its liquidity position or increase its cash reserve for future investments through additional capital and finance funding.

Nature of Operations

Lytus Technologies Holdings Ptv. Ltd. (Reg. No. 2033207) (Lytus Tech or the Company) was incorporated on March 16, 2020 (date of inception) under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (BVI). On 19 March 2020, Lytus Tech acquired a wholly owned subsidiary, Lytus Technologies Private Limited (CIN U22100MH2008PTC182085) (Lytus India) and, on March 31, 2020, it acquired a majority shareholding (51%) in DDC CATV Network Private Limited (CIN: U64100DL2013PTC260426) (DDC India or DDC CATV). Lytus India was incorporated in India on 10 May 2008 for the purpose of providing telemedicine and online streaming content services to its subscribers and DDC CATV was incorporated in India on 20 November 2013 for the purpose of providing streaming services to its subscribers.

The Company’s registered office is at 116 Main Street, P.O. Box 3342, Road Town, Tortola British Virgin Islands. The consolidated financial statements comprise financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as “the Group”).

The Company has applied to list our common shares on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the trading symbol “LYT”. It is offering 2,727,272 common shares in our proposed Initial Public Offering (IPO) and we anticipate the price will be between $10 to $12 per share.

The Group applies judgement to determine whether each product or services promised to a customer are capable of being distinct, and are distinct in the context of the contract, if not, the promised product or services are combined and accounted as a single performance obligation. The Group allocates the arrangement consideration to separately identifiable performance obligation deliverables based on their relative stand-alone selling price.

F-46

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Basis of preparation

The accounting policies used for the preparation of these consolidated condensed financial statements are based upon the application of IFRS 1.D17, which results in assets liabilities being measured at the same carrying amount as in the standalone financial statements of subsidiaries for the period ended December 31, 2020 after adjusting for consolidation and equity accounting adjustments and for the effects of the business combination in which the entity acquired the subsidiary.

The consolidated condensed financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRS IC) applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. The financial statements comply with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

The functional and reporting currency of the Company and Group is “INR” and “USD”, respectively and all amounts, are rounded with two decimals, unless otherwise stated. The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention.

Basis of Consolidation

The subsidiaries considered in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are:

     

% Shareholding and Voting Power

Name of Subsidiary

 

Country of Incorporation

 

As of
December 31,
2020

 

As of
March 31,
2020

Lytus Technologies Pvt. Ltd

 

India

 

100

%

 

100

%

DDC CATV Network Pvt. Ltd.

 

India

 

51

%

 

51

%

Global Health Sciences, Inc.

 

United States

 

75

%

 

75

%

These consolidated condensed financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS 10 “Consolidated Financial Statements”.

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. Control is achieved where the Company has existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities that affect the Company’s returns and exposure or rights to variable returns from the entity. Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date of their acquisition, being the date on which the group obtains control, and continue to be consolidated until the date that such control ceases.

The consolidated condensed financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries are combined on a line-by-line basis by adding together the book values of like items of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Intra-group balances and transactions and any unrealized profits or losses arising from intra group transaction, are eliminated. Unrealized losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealized gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

Non-controlling interests (NCI) in the net assets of consolidated subsidiaries are identified separately from the Group’s equity. Non-controlling interests consist of the amount of those interests at the date of the acquisition and the non-controlling shareholders’ share of changes in equity since the date of the acquisition.

Critical accounting estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements, are disclosed in note 2.

F-47

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

New, revised or amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations adopted for fiscal period ended December 31, 2020

In January 2016, International Accounting Standards Board issued the final version of IFRS 16, Leases, which is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. IFRS 16 has replaced IAS 17 Leases, and its related interpretations. IFRS 16 sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both lessees and lessors. It introduces a single, on-balance sheet lease accounting model for lessees.

The Group has adopted IFRS 16, effective for the annual reporting period beginning April 1, 2019, however there are no lease transactions which required application of IFRS 16 and accordingly there is no impact on retained earnings or any other assets or liabilities.

The Group has also adopted IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers and IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (2014), which became mandatorily effective for financial years beginning on or after 1 January 2018.

The nature and effect of the changes arising from these standards are summarized below.

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers

IFRS 15 replaces IAS 18 and covers contracts for goods and services. IFRS 15 is based on the principle that revenue is recognized when control of a good or service transfers to a customer; so the notion of control replaces the existing notion of risks and rewards.

The Group has adopted IFRS 15 from April 1, 2019, using a modified retrospective approach. Under this approach, transitional adjustments are recognized in retained earnings as of April 1, 2019 (the date of initial application), without restating the comparative period.

Under IFRS 15, the Group must evaluate the separability of the promised goods or services based on whether they are ‘distinct’. A promised good or service is ‘distinct’ if both:

•        the customer benefits from the item either on its own or together with other readily available resources: and

•        it is ‘separately identifiable’ form other promise in the contracts (i.e. the Group does not provide significant service integrating, modifying or customizing it).

While this represents significant new guidance, the implementation of this new guidance did not have a significant impact on the timing or amount of revenue recognized during the period. No adjustments were required to account for the impact of IFRS 15 on initial adoption.

IFRIC 23 — Uncertainty over Income Tax treatments

The International Accounting Standard Board clarifies the accounting for uncertainties in income taxes. The interpretation is to be applied to the determination of taxable profit (tax loss), tax bases, unused tax losses, unused tax credits and tax rates, when there is uncertainty over income tax treatment under IAS 12. The adoption of IFRIC 23 did not any impact on consolidated financial statement of the Group.

India taxes are based on the Income Tax Act, 1961 (the Act) and the rules under the Income Tax Rules, 1962. The Act also provides for anti-avoidance rules at various places. The taxpayer is required to self-assess his tax position and file his tax return. The filed tax return is then subject to review and examination by the Indian tax authorities.

This requires recognition and measurement of uncertain tax positions using a “more-likely-than-not” approach. The management evaluated the Company’s tax positions and concluded that no provision for uncertainty in income

F-48

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

taxes was necessary as of March 31, 2020. We evaluate our uncertain tax positions on a regular basis. Our evaluations are based on a number of factors, including changes in facts and circumstances, changes in tax law, correspondence with tax authorities during the course of audit and effective settlement of audit issues.

Changes in significant accounting policies

The Group’s accounting policies, which have changed as a result of the changes to accounting standards noted above, are summarized below:

Revenue

Revenue is recognized based on the transfer of services to a customer for an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Revenue is measured at the fair value of consideration received or receivable taking into account the amount of discounts, rebates, outgoing taxes on sales.

To determine whether to recognize revenue, the Group follows a 5-step process:

1.      Identifying the contract with a customer

2.      Identifying the performance obligations

3.      Determining the transaction price

4.      Allocating the transaction price to the performance obligations

5.      Recognizing revenue when/as performance obligation(s) are satisfied

Further information about each source of revenue from contracts with customers and the criteria for recognition follows.

Subscription revenues

Subscription income includes subscription from subscribers. Revenue is recognized upon completion of services based on underlying subscription plan or agreements with the subscribers.

Carriage/Placement/Marketing Incentive revenues

Carriage/Placement/Marketing Incentive fees are recognized upon completion of services based on agreements with the broadcasters.

Advertising revenues

Advertisement income is recognized when relevant advertisements are telecasted.

GST on all income

The Company collects Goods and Service Tax (GST) on behalf of the government and, therefore, it is not an economic benefit flowing to the Company. Hence, it is excluded from revenue.

New, revised or amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations not yet Adopted

In May 2020, the IASB issued Reference to the Conceptual Framework, which made amendments to IFRS 3 Business Combinations. Entities which rely on the Conceptual Framework will need to consider whether their accounting policies are still appropriate under the revised Framework, with effect for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020. The Group does not expect the amendment to have any impact on its consolidated financial statements.

F-49

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

The IASB has issued ‘Definition of a Business (Amendments to IFRS 3)’ aimed at resolving the difficulties that arise when an entity determines whether it has acquired a business or a group of assets. The amendments are effective for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after 1 January 2020. The Group does not expect the amendment to have any impact on its evaluation of whether activities and assets acquired are a business or a group of assets.

The IASB issued Definition of Material (Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8) in October 2018 to clarify and align the definition of material. The amendments are intended to improve the understanding of the existing requirements rather than to significantly impact an entity’s materiality judgements. The amendments must be applied prospectively for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020, with earlier application permitted. The Group does not expect the amendment to have any impact on its evaluation of ‘material’ in relation to its consolidated financial statements.

The IASB has issued amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 that provide certain reliefs in connection with interest rate benchmark reform. The reliefs relate to hedge accounting and have the effect that inter-bank offered rates (“IBOR”) reform should not generally cause hedge accounting to terminate. However, any hedge ineffectiveness should continue to be recorded in the income statement. The amendments must be applied prospectively for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020, with earlier application permitted. The Group does not expect the amendment to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

The IASB has issued ‘Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current (Amendments to IAS 1)’ providing a more general approach to the classification of liabilities under IAS 1 based on the contractual agreements in place at the reporting date. The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2022 and are to be applied retrospectively with application permitted. The Group does not expect the amendments to have any significant impact on its presentation of liabilities in its statement of financial position.

There are no other standards that are not yet effective and that would be expected to have a material impact on the entity in future reporting periods and on foreseeable future transactions.

Current and non-current classification

Assets and liabilities are presented in the statement of financial position based on current and non-current classification.

An asset is classified as current when: it is either expected to be realized or intended to be sold or consumed in normal operating cycle; it is held primarily for the purpose of trading; it is expected to be realized within 12 months after the reporting period; or the asset is cash or cash equivalent unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period. All other assets are classified as non-current.

A liability is classified as current when: it is either expected to be settled in normal operating cycle; it is held primarily for the purpose of trading; it is due to be settled within 12 months after the reporting period; or there is no unconditional right to defer the settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period. All other liabilities are classified as non-current.

The operating cycle is the time between the acquisition of assets for processing and their realization in cash and cash equivalents. The Company has identified twelve months as its operating cycle.

Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of the Company are measured using the currency of India (INR) which is the primary economic environment in which the Company operates (‘the functional currency’). The financial statements are presented in United States dollars.

F-50

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Transactions and balances

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the presentation currency using the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at year end exchange rates are generally recognized in profit or loss. They are deferred in equity if they relate to qualifying cash flow hedges and qualifying net investment hedges or are attributable to part of the net investment in a foreign operation.

Foreign exchange gains and losses that relate to borrowings are presented in the statement of profit or loss, within finance costs. All other foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in the statement of profit or loss on a net basis within other gains/(losses).

Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was determined. Translation differences on assets and liabilities carried at fair value are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss. For example, translation differences on non-monetary assets and liabilities such as equities held at fair value through profit or loss are recognized in profit or loss as part of the fair value gain or loss and translation differences on non-monetary assets such as equities classified as of fair value through other comprehensive income are recognized in other comprehensive income.

Financial Instruments

Financial Assets

Classification

The Group classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:

•        those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through OCI or through profit or loss), and

•        those to be measured at amortized cost.

The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses will either be recorded in profit or loss or OCI. For investments in equity instruments that are not held for trading, this will depend on whether the Company has made an irrevocable election at the time of initial recognition to account for the equity investment at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI).

The Group reclassifies debt investments when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes.

Recognition and derecognition

Regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on trade-date, the date on which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

Measurement

At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss (FVPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVPL are expensed in profit or loss.

F-51

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Debt instruments

Subsequent measurement of debt instruments depends on the Group business model for managing the asset and the cash flow characteristics of the asset. There are three measurement categories into which the Company classifies its debt instruments:

Amortized cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest are measured at amortized cost. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition is recognized directly in profit or loss and presented in other gains/(losses) together with foreign exchange gains and losses. Impairment losses are presented as separate line item in the statement of profit or loss.

FVOCI: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the financial assets, where the assets’ cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the carrying amount are taken through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains or losses, interest income and foreign exchange gains and losses which are recognized in profit or loss. When the financial asset is derecognized, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss and recognized in other gains/(losses). Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in other gains/(losses) and impairment expenses are presented as separate line item in the statement of profit or loss.

FVPL: Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortized cost or FVOCI are measured at FVPL. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at FVPL is recognized in profit or loss and presented net within other gains/(losses) in the period in which it arises.

Equity instruments

The Group subsequently measures all equity investments at fair value. Where the Group management has elected to present fair value gains and losses on equity investments in OCI, there is no subsequent reclassification of fair value gains and losses to profit or loss following the derecognition of the investment. Dividends from such investments continue to be recognized in profit or loss as other income when the Group right to receive payments is established.

Changes in the fair value of financial assets at FVPL are recognized in other gains/(losses) in the statement of profit or loss as applicable. Impairment losses (and reversal of impairment losses) on equity investments measured at FVOCI are not reported separately from other changes in fair value.

Impairment

The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit loss associated with its debt instruments carried at amortized cost and FVOCI. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.

For trade receivables only, the Company measures the expected credit loss associated with its trade receivables based on historical trend, industry practices and the business environment in which the entity operates or any other appropriate basis. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.

F-52

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Financial Liabilities

Initial Recognition and Measurement

All financial liabilities are recognized initially at fair value and in the case of loans and borrowings and payables, net of directly attributable transaction costs. The Group financial liabilities include trade and other payables, loans, and borrowings including bank overdrafts and derivative financial instruments.

Subsequent measurement

Financial liabilities at amortized cost:

After initial measurement, such financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate (EIR) method. Amortized cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The EIR amortization is included in finance costs in the Statement of Profit and Loss.

Borrowings

Borrowings are initially recognized at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measured at amortized cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption amount is recognized in the Statement of Profit and Loss over the period of the borrowings using the EIR method.

Trade and Other Payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of the period which are unpaid. Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months after the reporting period. They are recognized initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

Financial Guarantee Obligations

The fair value of financial guarantees is determined as the present value of the difference in net cash flows between the contractual payments under the debt instrument and the payments that would be required without the guarantee, or the estimated amount that would be payable to a third party for assuming the obligations. Where guarantees in relation to loans or other payables of subsidiaries, joint ventures or associates are provided for no compensation, the fair values as of the date of transition are accounted for as contributions and recognized as part of the cost of the equity investment.

Derecognition

Financial assets

The Group derecognizes a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire, or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows in a transaction in which substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred or in which the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership and it does not retain control of the financial asset.

The Group enters into transactions whereby it transfers assets recognized in its statement of financial position but retains either all or substantially all of the risks and rewards of the transferred assets. In these cases, the transferred assets are not derecognized.

F-53

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Financial Liability

The Group derecognizes a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled, or expire. The Group also derecognizes a financial liability when its terms are modified and the cash flows of the modified liability are substantially different, in which case a new financial liability based on the modified terms is recognized at fair value.

On derecognition of a financial liability, the difference between the carrying amount extinguished and the consideration paid (including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed) is recognized in profit or loss.

Income tax

The income tax expense or benefit for the period is the tax payable on that period’s taxable income based on the applicable income tax rate for each jurisdiction, adjusted by the changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences, unused tax losses and the adjustment recognized for prior periods, where applicable.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for temporary differences at the tax rates expected to be applied when the assets are recovered or liabilities are settled, based on those tax rates that are enacted or substantively enacted, except for:

•        When the deferred income tax asset or liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and that, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting nor taxable profits; or

•        When the taxable temporary difference is associated with interests in subsidiaries, associates or joint ventures, and the timing of the reversal can be controlled, and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilize those temporary differences and losses.

The carrying amount of recognized and unrecognized deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date. Deferred tax assets recognized are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that future taxable profits will be available for the carrying amount to be recovered. Previously unrecognized deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that there are future taxable profits available to recover the asset.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset only where there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and deferred tax assets against deferred tax liabilities; and they relate to the same taxable authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities which intend to settle simultaneously.

As of December 31, 2020 and March 31, 2020, the Group had no significant uncertain tax positions that qualify for either recognition or disclosure in the financial statements. The Group recognizes interest and penalties related to significant uncertain income tax positions in other expense. There were no such interest and penalties incurred for the periods ended December 31, 2020 and March 31, 2020.

Under section 115-O of the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961, distribution of dividends, paid by Indian company until December 31, 2020 is subject to dividend distribution tax (DDT) at an effective rate of 20.56% (inclusive of the applicable surcharge of 12% and health and education cess of 4%). Repatriation of dividend will not require Reserve Bank of India approval, subject to compliance and certain other conditions met per the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961.

F-54

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and demand deposits and other short-term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

Property and Equipment

Property and Equipment assets are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses, if any. Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of any component accounted for as a separate asset is derecognized when replaced. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the Statement of Profit and Loss during the reporting period in which they are incurred.

Capital work in progress (CWIP) includes cost of property and equipment under installation/under development, as of balance sheet date. All project related expenditures related to civil works, machinery under erection, construction and erection materials, preoperative expenditure incidental/attributable to the construction of projects, borrowing cost incurred prior to the date of commercial operations and trial run expenditure are shown under CWIP. Property and Equipment are derecognized from the financial statements, either on disposal or when retired from active use. Gains and losses on disposal or retirement of Property and Equipment are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amount. These are recognized in the Statement of Profit and Loss.

Depreciation methods, estimated useful lives and residual value

Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost of items of property and equipment less their estimated residual values using the written down method over their estimated useful lives and is generally recognized in profit or loss. Leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives unless it is reasonably certain that the Group will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term. Land is not depreciated.

The estimated useful lives of property and equipment for current and comparative periods are as follows:

Buildings

 

40 years

Property and equipment

 

3 – 15 years

Fixtures and fittings

 

5 – 10 years

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.

Fair value measurement

When an asset or liability, financial or non-financial, is measured at fair value for recognition or disclosure purposes, the fair value is based on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date; and assumes that the transaction will take place either: in the principal market; or in the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market.

Fair value is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, assuming they act in their economic best interests. For non-financial assets, the fair value measurement is based on its highest and best use. Valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data are available to measure fair value, are used, maximizing the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizing the use of unobservable inputs.

F-55

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Intangible Assets

Separately purchased intangible assets are initially measured at cost. Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are recognized at fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequently, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, if any.

The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed as either finite or indefinite. Finite-life intangible assets are amortized on a written down basis over the period of their expected useful lives. Estimated useful lives by major class of finite-life intangible assets are as follow:

Customers acquisition

 

5 Years

Trademark/Copy rights

 

5 Years

Computer Software

 

5 Years

The amortization period and the amortization method for definite life intangible assets is reviewed annually.

For indefinite life intangible assets, the assessment of indefinite life is reviewed annually to determine whether it continues, if not, it is impaired or changed prospectively basis revised estimates.

Goodwill is initially recognized based on the accounting policy for business combinations. These assets are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually.

IAS 38 requires an entity to recognize an intangible asset, whether purchased or self-created (at cost) if, and only if: [IAS 38.21]

a.      it is probable that the future economic benefits that are attributable to the asset will flow to the entity; and

b.      the cost of the asset can be measured reliably.

The probability of future economic benefits must be based on reasonable and supportable assumptions about conditions that will exist over the life of the asset. [IAS 38.22] The probability recognition criterion is always considered to be satisfied for intangible assets that are acquired separately or in a business combination. [IAS 38.33]

Para 25 of IAS 38 provides that the price an entity pays to acquire separately an intangible asset will reflect expectations about the probability that the expected future economic benefits embodied in the asset will flow to the entity. In other words, the entity expects there to be an inflow of economic benefits, even if there is uncertainty about the timing or the amount of the inflow. Therefore, the probability recognition criteria in Para 21(a) is always considered to be satisfied for separately acquired intangible assets. Para 26 of IAS 38 provides that the costs of a separately acquired intangible asset can usually be measured reliably. This is particularly so when the purchase consideration is in the form of cash or other monetary assets.

Borrowing Costs

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale are capitalized as part of the cost of the asset. All other borrowing costs are expensed in the period in which they occur. Borrowing costs consist of interest and other costs that an entity incurs in connection with the borrowing of funds.

Provisions

Provisions are recognized when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognized for future operating losses.

F-56

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined by considering the class of obligations as a whole. A provision is recognized even if the likelihood of an outflow with respect to any one item included in the same class of obligations may be small.

Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period. The discount rate used to determine the present value is a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognized as finance cost.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred Offering Costs consists of legal, accounting, underwriter’s fees, and other costs incurred through the balance date that are directly related to the proposed Initial Public Offering (IPO) and that would be charged to stockholder equity upon completion of the proposed IPO. Should the proposed IPO prove unsuccessful, deferred costs and additional expenses to be incurred would be charged to operations.

Issued Capital

Common shares are classified as equity.

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Costs related to an initial offering are expensed in the statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

Dividends

Dividend distributions to the Group’s shareholders are recognized as a liability in the financial statements in the period in which the dividends are approved.

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to the owners of Lytus Technologies Limited, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than common shares, by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in common shares issued during the financial year.

Diluted earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account the after income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential common shares and the weighted average number of shares assumed to have been issued for no consideration in relation to dilutive potential common shares.

Impairment of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets excluding goodwill

At each reporting date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its property, plant and equipment and intangible assets to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). Where the asset does not generate cash flows that are independent from other assets, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. When a reasonable and consistent basis of allocation can be identified, corporate assets are also allocated to individual cash-generating units, or otherwise they are allocated to the smallest group of cash-generating units for which a reasonable and consistent allocation basis can be identified.

F-57

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 1 — NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES (cont.)

Intangible assets with an indefinite useful life are tested for impairment at least annually and whenever there is an indication at the end of a reporting period that the asset may be impaired.

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.

If the recoverable amount of an asset (or cash-generating unit) is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is reduced to its recoverable amount. An impairment loss is recognized immediately in profit or loss, unless the relevant asset is carried at a revalued amount, in which case the impairment loss is treated as a revaluation decrease and to the extent that the impairment loss is greater than the related revaluation surplus, the excess impairment loss is recognized in profit or loss.

Where an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset (or cash-generating unit) is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but so that the increased carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset (or cash-generating unit) in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss is recognized immediately in profit or loss to the extent that it eliminates the impairment loss which has been recognized for the asset in prior years. Any increase in excess of this amount is treated as a revaluation increase.

NOTE 2 — CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS, ASSESSMENTS, AND ASSUMPTIONS

Under IFRS 1, the Group is required to make estimates and assumptions in presentation and preparation of the financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2020.

Key estimates considered in preparation of the financial statement that were not required under the previous GAAP are listed below:

•        Fair Valuation of financial instruments carried at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss (“FVTPL”) and/or Fair Value Through Other Comprehensive Income (“FVOCI”). See Note 1 on Financial Instruments on page F-8 – F-21 for additional discussion on FVTPL and FVOCI.

•        Impairment of financial assets based on the expected credit loss model.

•        Determination of the discounted value for financial instruments carried at amortized cost.

Previous GAAP figures of subsidiaries have been reclassified/regrouped to confirm the presentation requirements under IFRS.

As such there are no material differences or impact due to transition from Indian GAAP to IFRS and hence restated summaries of equity and profit & loss not given for subsidiaries.

NOTE 3 — OTHER INCOME

Other Income — Income on Acquisition of Customer-Contracts

Other Income of approximately $15 million is presented on the basis that all conditions have been satisfied as of 26 March 2020, to consummate closing of the Group’s acquisition agreement with Reachnet Cable Services Pvt. Ltd. (“Reachnet”) in which the Group acquired the customers and corresponding revenues (refer to Note 22 regarding agreement with Reachnet).

F-58

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 3 — OTHER INCOME (cont.)

The Group has acquired approximately 1.8 million subscriber connections from a licensed streaming company (Reachnet), through the Agreements dated 21 June 2019 and 6 December 2019, and the income entitlement rights from April 1, 2019, for a consideration of $59 million. On 26 March 2020, the arrangement was consummated when pre-conditions were waived by mutual consent. The net surplus remaining with the Company is approximately $15 million. Considering that the acquired customers were integrated into the Group’s normal course of business on 26 March 2020, the revenue arising therefrom is recognized as “other income”. Effective 1 April 2020 and thereafter, the income arising from the said contracts would be recognized as “Operating Revenue” and the customers would be billed directly by the Group.

The Group is free to appoint any licensed service provider for provision of streaming services. There is no binding or lock-in arrangement for providing streaming services to subscribers through Reachnet. The agreement contemplates only acquisition of subscriber base and is not an agreement to acquire or purchase the business of Reachnet. The Group has ensured adequate safeguard to secure acquired customer contracts through non-compete clause and non-solicitation of subscribers clause. In respect of streaming services, Lytus India has outsourced the provision of streaming services to Reachnet in the capacity of a service provider. Going forward, with respect of non-streaming services (such as MedTech IOT) these services would be billed directly by the Company and costs and revenue would not be shared with Reachnet.

NOTE 4 — EXPENSES

Expenses consist of the following for the periods ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019:

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

   

For the period ended
December 31, 2020
(
US$)

 

For the period ended
December 31, 2019
(
US$)

   

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

Amortization of intangible assets (refer to Note 10)

 

$

8,927,417

 

$

Depreciation (refer to Note 9)

 

 

178,103

 

 

Streaming service costs

 

 

16,916,480

 

 

Legal and professional expenses

 

 

1,288,926

 

 

412

Staffing expense

 

 

235,229

 

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

113,471

 

 

Total expenses

 

$

27,659,626

 

$

412

NOTE 5 — INCOME TAX

Income tax consist of the following for the successor period ended December 31, 2020 and predecessor period ended December 31, 2019:

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

   

For the period ended
December 31, 2020
(US$)

 

For the period ended
December 31, 2019
(US$)

   

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

Current tax expenses

 

$

3,055

 

$

Deferred tax expense

 

 

420,172

 

 

Income tax expense

 

$

423,227

 

$

F-59

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 5 — INCOME TAX (cont.)

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

 

For the period ended
December 31, 2020
(US$)

 

For the period ended
December 31, 2019
(US$)

Deferred tax related to item charged directly to equity:

 

 

 

 

Net loss on translations of foreign subsidiaries

 

$

343,756

 

$

338

Total

 

$

343,756

 

$

338

Deferred tax related to the translations of foreign operations mainly consists of Lytus Technologies Private Limited a Wholly owned subsidiary of the Group from INR to USD have been calculated at the rate of the jurisdiction in which a subsidiary situated i.e. in India (at the rate 25.17% and 22.88%).

Accounting for Income Taxes

British Virgin Islands

Under the current laws of BVI, Lytus Technology Holdings Private Limited is not subject to tax on income or capital gains. In addition, payments of dividends by the Company to their shareholders are not subject to withholding tax in the BVI.

India (subsidiaries in India)

Income tax expense represents the sum of the current tax and deferred tax.

The charge for current tax is based on the result for the period adjusted for items which are non-assessable or disallowed. It is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

Current and deferred tax is recognized in the income statement unless the item to which the tax relates was recognized outside the income statement being other comprehensive income or equity. The tax associated with such an item is also recognized in other comprehensive income or equity respectively.

 

Successor

 

Predecessor

   

For the period ended
December 31, 2020
(US$)

 

For the period ended
December 31, 2019
(US$)

   

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

Accounting profit before tax

 

$

1,539,186

 

$

Less: Net loss of the Lytus BVI and non-taxable profit of
Lytus India

 

 

1,504,338

 

 

Accounting profit of DDC

 

 

34,848

 

 

At Indian statutory income tax rate of 22.88%

 

 

7,973

 

 

Non-deductible expenses net of accelerated tax depreciation

 

 

4,918

 

 

Income tax reported on consolidated profit and loss

 

$

3,055

 

 

F-60

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 5 — INCOME TAX (cont.)

Deferred tax

Deferred tax relates to the following temporary differences:

 

As of
December 31,
2020
(
US$)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
(
US$)

   

Consolidated
Statement of
financial Position

 

Consolidated
Statement of
financial Position

   

(Unaudited)

   

Deferred tax assets

 

 

   

 

 

Acquired in business combination

 

$

 

$

52,787

Accelerated depreciation on Property and Equipment

 

 

59,264

 

 

Accumulated depreciation loss

 

 

597,085

 

 

Foreign currency translations of foreign subsidiary

 

 

446,989

 

 

103,233

Total deferred tax assets

 

$

1,103,338

 

$

156,020

   

 

   

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

   

 

 

Accelerated depreciation on Property and Equipment

 

$

2,930,748

 

$

1,907,015

Reflected in the financial statement of financial position as follows:

 

As of
December 31, 2020
(
US$)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
(
US$)

   

(Unaudited)

   

Current income tax accrual

 

$

2,008,804

 

$

1,987,659

Current income tax on business combination

 

 

 

 

18,089

Total accrued income taxes

 

$

2,008,804

 

$

2,005,748

NOTE 6 — TRADE RECEIVABLES

Trade receivables consist of the following:

 

As of
December 31,
2020
(
US$)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
(
US$)

   

(Unaudited)

   

Acquired in business combination of DDC CATV Network Private Limited

 

$

 

$

390,151

Receivable from others

 

 

33,830,217

 

 

NOTE 7 — OTHER RECEIVABLES

Other receivables consist of the following:

 

As of
December 31, 2020
(
US$)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
(
US$)

   

(Unaudited)

   

Net Receivable from Reachnet Cable Service Pvt. Ltd.

 

$

15,734,387

 

$

15,267,358

GST and other taxes on the above

 

 

2,832,190

 

 

2,748,125

   

$

18,566,577

 

$

18,015,483

F-61

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 8 — OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Other current assets consist of the following:

 

As of
December 31,
2020
(
US$)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
(
US$)

   

(Unaudited)

   

GST receivables and other tax deposits

 

$

7,683,033

 

$

4,219,549

Advance to suppliers

 

 

108,737

 

 

60,007

Withholding tax receivables

 

 

43,999

 

 

22,386

Income tax receivables

 

 

 

 

38,122

Prepaid expenses

 

 

20,425

 

 

11,125

   

$

7,856,194

 

$

4,351,189

NOTE 9 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consist of the following:

Description

 

Plant & Equipment

 

Furniture & Fittings

 

Vehicles

 

Office equipment’s

 

Computer equipment’s

 

Total

March 16, 2020 (date of inception)

 

$

 

 

$

 

$

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Acquisition through
business combination

 

 

1,124,326

 

 

 

337

 

 

754

 

 

 

4,677

 

 

440

 

 

1,130,534

 

As of March 31, 2020

 

 

1,124,326

 

 

 

337

 

 

754

 

 

 

4,677

 

 

440

 

 

1,130,534

 

Additions

 

 

22,570

 

 

 

 

 

19,312

 

 

 

2,176

 

 

420

 

 

44,479

 

Disposals

 

 

(1,232

)

 

 

 

 

(19,312

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(20,544

)

As of December 31, 2020

 

 

1,145,664

 

 

 

337

 

 

754

 

 

 

6,853

 

 

860

 

 

1,154,469

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,777

 

March 16, 2020 (date of inception)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition through
business combination

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge for the period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

Charge for the period

 

 

172,972

 

 

 

66

 

 

103

 

 

 

4,925

 

 

37

 

 

178,103

 

As of December 31, 2020

 

 

172,972

 

 

 

66

 

 

103

 

 

 

4,925

 

 

37

 

 

178,103

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

Net block as of
March 31, 2020

 

 

1,124,326

 

 

 

337

 

 

754

 

 

 

4,677

 

 

440

 

 

1,130,534

 

Net block as of
December 31, 2020

 

$

972,692

 

 

$

271

 

$

651

 

 

$

1,928

 

$

823

 

$

976,366

 

Depreciation expense was $178,103 for the period ended December 31, 2020 during the successor period and $0 for the period ended 31 December 2019 during the predecessor period.

F-62

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 10 — INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

Intangible assets and Goodwill consist of the following:

Description

 

Customer Acquisition List

 

Goodwill on consolidation

 

Software

 

Total
(US$)

March 16, 2020 (date of inception)

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

Additions

 

 

59,216,654

 

 

313,345

 

 

 

 

59,529,999

Acquisition through business combination

 

 

 

 

 

 

377

 

 

377

As of March 31, 2020

 

 

59,216,654

 

 

313,345

 

 

377

 

 

59,530,376

Additions

 

 

 

 

68,500

 

 

 

 

68,500

Exchange difference on translations

 

 

 

 

9,585

 

 

 

 

9,585

As of 30 September 2020

 

 

59,216,654

 

 

391,430

 

 

377

 

 

59,608,461

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Charge for the period

 

 

204,086

 

 

 

 

 

 

204,086

As of March 31, 2020

 

 

204,086

 

 

 

 

 

 

204,086

Charge for the period

 

 

8,927,343

 

 

 

 

74

 

 

8,927,417

As of December 31, 2020

 

 

9,131,429

 

 

 

 

74

 

 

9,131,503

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Net block as of March 31, 2020

 

 

59,012,568

 

 

313,345

 

 

377

 

 

59,326,290

Net block as of 30 September 2020

 

$

50,085,225

 

$

391,430

 

$

303

 

$

50,476,958

Amortization expense was $8,927,417 for the period ended December 31, 2020 during the successor period and $0 for the period ended 31 December 2019 during the predecessor period.

NOTE 11 — BORROWINGS

Borrowings consist of the following:

 

As of
December 31,
2020
(
US$)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
(
US$)

   

(Unaudited)

   

Loan from directors

 

$

1,599,080

 

$

1,587,216

Loan from directors is interest free and is repayable on demand. There is a pre-existing loan of approximately $1.5 million from a director of DDC CATV Network Private Limited that was given prior to the business combination.

NOTE 12 — TRADE PAYABLES

Trade payables consist of the following:

 

As of
December 31,
2020
(US$)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
(US$)

   

(Unaudited)

   

Trade payables – Others

 

$

727,433

 

$

401,139

Streaming Services Charges payable to Reachnet

 

 

20,084,238

 

 

Employee related payables

 

 

166,578

 

 

24,528

   

$

20,978,249

 

$

425,667

F-63

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 12 — TRADE PAYABLES (cont.)

Changes in trade payables as of and for the period ended December 31, 2020 consist of the following:

March 16, 2020 (date of inception)

 

$

Current period expense

 

 

425,667

Payments

 

 

31 March 20

 

 

425,667

Current period expense

 

 

18,380,208

Exchange differences

 

 

2,172,374

Payments

 

 

31 December 20

 

$

20,978,249

NOTE 13 — OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

Other financial liabilities consist of the following:

 

As of
December 31,
2020
(US$)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
(US$)

   

(Unaudited)

   

Payable in connection with the Acquisition of DDC CATV Network Private Limited (Refer Note 23)

 

$

265,410

 

$

265,410

Professional fees payable

 

 

210,560

 

 

80,514

   

$

475,970

 

$

345,924

Changes in other financial liabilities as of and for the period ended December 31, 2020 consist of the following:

March 16, 2020 (date of inception)

 

$

 

Current period expense

 

 

345,924

 

Payments

 

 

 

31 March 20

 

 

345,924

 

Current period expense

 

 

173,898

 

Exchange differences

 

 

1,148

 

Payments

 

 

(45,000

)

31 December 20

 

$

475,970

 

NOTE 14 — OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Other current liabilities consist of the following:

 

As of
December 31,
2020
(US$)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
(US$)

   

(Unaudited)

   

GST and other tax liabilities

 

$

13,168,777

 

$

7,374,094

Advances from customers

 

 

 

 

1,132

   

$

13,168,777

 

$

7,375,226

F-64

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 14 — OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES (cont.)

Changes in other current liabilities as of and for the period ended December 31, 2020 consist of the following:

March 16, 2020 (date of inception)

 

$

Current period expense

 

 

7,375,226

Payments

 

 

31 March 20

 

 

7,375,226

Current period expense

 

 

5,793,551

Payments

 

 

31 December 20

 

$

13,168,777

NOTE 15 — CUSTOMER ACQUISITION PAYABLE

Customer Acquisition Payable consist of the following:

 

As of
December 31,
2020
(US$)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
(US$)

   

(Unaudited)

   

Customer acquisition payable to Reachnet*

 

$

60,542,460

 

 

$

58,745,436

 

Customer acquisition payable to Reachnet, current portion

 

 

(30,271,230

)

 

 

(29,372,718

)

Customer acquisition payable to Reachnet, non-current portion

 

$

30,271,230

 

 

$

29,372,718

 

____________

*        The Group has acquired customers from Reachnet Cable Services Private Limited (“Reachnet”), through an Agreement to Acquire Customers dated June 21, 2019, and the income entitlement rights from April 1, 2019, for a consideration of approximately $59 million. This amount is payable in four equal installments (25% each) on or before 31 July 2020 (or at a mutually agreeable date upon the ending of the COVID-19 lockdown restrictions), March 31, 2021, March 31, 2022 and March 31, 2023, respectively. Refer to Note 22 on Acquisition of Customers

NOTE 16 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Commitments and contingencies consist of the following:

 

As of
December 31,
2020
(US$)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
(US$)

   

(Unaudited)

   

Agreement for investment in Preference shares of DDC CATV Network Pvt. Ltd

 

$

1,231,372

 

$

1,194,822

Financially support the investment in research organizations – GHSI

 

$

730,000

 

 

The Company has entered into the Share Subscription Agreement with DDC CATV Network Private Limited and its Promoters under the terms of which it has an option to acquire an additional 49% of the DDC CATV through an issue of 900,000 fully convertible preference shares at INR 100 per share, aggregating to an amount of $1,194,822. The above option is subject to obtaining a necessary regulatory approvals. Refer to Note 23 for further discussion on the business combination.

F-65

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 17 — EQUITY

Common shares:

The total number of shares of common shares issued:

 

As of
December 31,
2020
(US$)

 

As of
March 31,
2020
(US$)

   

(Unaudited)

   
   

 

 

 

Common shares – par value $ 0.01/0.10 each

 

33,854,062

 

30,000

Movements in Common Shares:

 

Shares

 

Amount
(US$)

Balance as of March 16, 2020

 

30,000

 

$

3,000

Shares issued

 

 

 

Balance as of March 31, 2020

 

30,000

 

$

3,000

Shares split from $ 0.10 to $ 0.01

 

300,000

 

 

Shares issued

 

33,854,062

 

 

338,541

Balance as of December 31, 2020

 

34,154,062

 

$

341,541

Weighted average number of shares on issue during the period ended December 31, 2020, was:

 

34,154,062

 

 

30,000

NOTE 18 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Management has evaluated subsequent events to determine if events or transactions occurring through, except for the disclosures related to subsequent events described below, as to which the date is May 28, 2021, the dates the financial statements were available for issuance, require potential adjustment to or disclosure in the financial statement and has concluded that all such events that would require recognition or disclosure have been recognized or disclosed.

On May 15, 2020, the authorized share capital of the Company was increased to 230,000,000 shares at $0.01 per share. Further, subsequent to year end the current liability has been paid off by $72,700 from unsecured interest free borrowing received from a director of the Company.

On February 5, 2021, Lytus India and Reachnet entered into the Third Supplemental Agreement to the original subscriber acquisition agreement dated 20 June 2019, pursuant to which the parties have agreed to, on a good faith basis, settle payments before March 31, 2021 upon completion of the third party’s systems and operational review of Reachnet and its subscribers. The commercial terms to the agreement remain intact and are not subject to any contingency. Given the uncertainty with respect to another potential lockdown caused by a recent COVID-19 resurgence in India, the parties have also agreed that setting off the amounts due, can be an option, if required. On March 29, 2021, the third party’s review of Reachnet and its subscribers was further extended for two months due to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and re-lockdown measures taken by the government of Maharashtra, India.

On October 30, 2020, the Company acquired 75% of voting equity interests of Global Health Sciences, Inc. (“GHSI”), a shell corporation with no active business operations or significant assets, in an effort to expand the Company’s telemedicine business into the United States. As consideration, the Company committed to invest an aggregate of $800,000 to GHSI, of which $70,000 was paid upon execution of the share purchase agreement. The remaining balance shall be payable when and if needed to fund the operations of the business.

F-66

Table of Contents

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PRIVATE LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
statementS

NOTE 18 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (cont.)

Since our inception, we have issued an aggregate of 34,154,062 common shares to our Chief Executive Officer, Dharmesh Pandya. Mr. Pandya has later transferred unconditionally an aggregate of 7,925,160 common shares to various persons, resulting in his current holding of 26,221,207 common shares of the Company (including 2,621,371 shares held by Lytus Trust).

On December 30, 2020, the Company entered into an Agreement for Subscription of Debentures with an investor (the “Investor”) pursuant to which the Company shall issue to the Investor Redeemable Debentures (the “Debentures”) of Rs. 240 crores (a crore denotes ten million, approximately $33,000,000). The tenure of the Debentures shall be 12 months from the date of allotment of the Debentures, with an option to extend the period by another 4 years, for an aggregate of 5 years. The Debentures shall be redeemed at a value of Rs. 345 crores (approximately $47,600,000), with an assumed principal amount of Rs. 300 crores (approximately $41,400,000) and accumulated interest of Rs. 45 crores (approximately $6,200,000), at the end of 12 months from the issuance date. The redeemed amount shall be paid within the period of 45 days from the above due date, unless the period is extended for another 4 years, where which the revised redemption value shall be Rs. 345 crores (approximately $47,600,000) plus an additional simple interest of 15% per annum on the revised principal amount of Rs. 300 crores (approximately $41,000,000) starting from the revised principal date. The Debentures have not been issued because the transaction contemplated under the Agreement for Subscription of Debentures is still subject to the regulatory approval of the local government in India.

F-67

Table of Contents

 

Subject To Completion, Date JUNE 14, 2021

2,727,272 Shares

_______________________

PROSPECTUS

_______________________

Lytus Technologies Holdings Ptv. Ltd.

Until [_], (25 days after commencement of our initial public offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

  

 

Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

British Virgin Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the British Virgin Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Under our Memorandum and Articles of Association, we may indemnify its directors, officers and liquidators against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with civil, criminal, administrative or investigative proceedings to which they are party or are threatened to be made a party by reason of their acting as our director, officer or liquidator. To be entitled to indemnification, these persons must have acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interest of the registrant and, in the case of criminal proceedings, they must have had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Since our inception, we have issued an aggregate of 34,154,062 common shares to our Chief Executive Officer, Dharmesh Pandya for his service rendered to the Company. Mr. Pandya has later transferred an aggregate of 7,925,160 common shares to certain persons, resulting in his current holding of 26,221,207 common shares of the Company (including 2,621,371 shares held by Lytus Trust).

The share issuances to Mr. Pandya were deemed to be exempt under the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2) thereof as transactions not involving any public offering. In addition, certain share issuances were deemed not to fall within Section 5 under the Securities Act and to be further exempt under Rule 901 and 903 of Regulation S promulgated thereunder by virtue of being issuances of securities by non-U.S. companies to non-U.S. citizens or residents, conducted outside the United States and not using any element of interstate commerce.

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed herewith or incorporated by reference in this prospectus:

Exhibit

 

Exhibit title

1.1

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement

3.1

 

Memorandum and Articles of Association

3.2

 

Extract of the Memorandum of Resolutions by the Directors

4.1

 

Specimen Share Certificate*

5.1

 

Opinion of McW Todman & Co.*

5.2

 

Opinion of Pandya Juris LLP*

8.1

 

Opinion of Pryor Cashman LLP*

10.1

 

Employment Agreement between the Registrant and its CEO†

10.2

 

Employment Agreement between the Registrant and its CFO†

10.3

 

Agreement to Acquire Customer List, dated June 20, 2019, by and between Lytus Technologies Private Limited and Reachnet Cable Services Private Limited

10.4

 

Supplemental Agreement, dated December 6, 2019, to the Agreement to Acquire Customer List by and between Lytus Technologies Private Limited and Reachnet Cable Services Private Limited†

10.5

 

Secondary Supplemental Agreement, dated June 30, 2020, to the Agreement to Acquire Customer List by and between Lytus Technologies Private Limited and Reachnet Cable Services Private Limited†

II-1

Table of Contents

Exhibit

 

Exhibit title

10.6

 

Share Purchase Agreement, dated March 19, 2020, by and among Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd., Lytus Technologies Private Limited and the shareholders of Lytus Technologies Private Limited

10.7

 

Share Purchase Agreement, dated February 21, 2020, by and among Lituus Technologies Limited, DDC CATV Network Private Limited, and all of the shareholders of DDC CATV Network Private Limited

10.8

 

Assignment of Contract, dated March 20, 2020, by and between Lituus Technologies Limited and Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd.

10.9

 

Assignment of Contract, dated March 20, 2020, by and between Jagjit Singh Kohli and Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd.

10.10

 

Share Purchase Agreement, dated October 30, 2020, by and between Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd., Global Health Sciences, Inc. and its shareholder†

10.11

 

Agreement for Subscription of Debentures, dated December 30, 2020, by and between Lytus Technologies Private Limited and an investor† #

10.12

 

Third Supplemental Agreement, dated February 5, 2021, to the Agreement to Acquire Customer List by and between Lytus Technologies Private Limited and Reachnet Cable Services Private Limited

10.13

 

Form of the underwriter’s warrant

10.14

 

Form of lockup agreement

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant†

23.1

 

Consent of WithumSmith+Brown, PC

23.2

 

Consent of McW Todman & Co. (included in Exhibit 5.1)*

23.3

 

Consent of Pandya Juris LLP (included in Exhibit 5.2)*

23.4

 

Consent of Pryor Cashman LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1)*

23.5

 

Consent of Kirtane & Pandit LLP

23.6

 

Consent of Niranjan V. Shah & Associates

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

99.1

 

Audited Financial Statements DDC CATV Network Private Limited

99.2

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations of Lytus Technologies Holdings Private Limited for the Year Ended March 31, 2020

99.3

 

Valuation Report of Customer Acquisitions

____________

*        To be filed by amendment.

†        Previously filed

#        Portions of this exhibit have been redacted in compliance with Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K. The Registrant agrees to furnish a supplemental copy of any omitted schedule or similar attachment to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

None.

Item 9. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i)     To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii)    To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission

II-2

Table of Contents

pursuant to Rule 424(b) (§230.424(b) of this chapter) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.

(iii)   To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

To provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i)     Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§230.424 of this chapter);

(ii)    Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii)   The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv)   Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

That, insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.”

II-3

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the State of Florida, United States on June 14, 2021.

 

Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd.

   

By:

 

/s/ Dharmesh Pandya

   

Name:

 

Dharmesh Pandya

   

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

   

Dated:

 

June 14, 2021

Power of Attorney

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of Dharmesh Pandya and Shreyas Shah as attorneys-in-fact with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to do any and all acts and all things and to execute any and all instruments which said attorney and agent may deem necessary or desirable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and any rules, regulations, and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of common shares of the registrant (the “Shares”), including, without limitation, the power and authority to sign the name of each of the undersigned in the capacities indicated below to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (the “Registration Statement”) to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to such Shares, to any and all amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement, whether such amendments or supplements are filed before or after the effective date of such Registration Statement, to any related Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, and to any and all instruments or documents filed as part of or in connection with such Registration Statement or any and all amendments thereto, whether such amendments are filed before or after the effective date of such Registration Statement; and each of the undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorney and agent shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ Dharmesh Pandya

 

Director and Chief Executive Officer

 

June 14, 2021

Dharmesh Pandya

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

   

/s/ Shreyas Shah

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

June 14, 2021

Shreyas Shah

 

(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

   

/s/ Jagjit Singh Kohli

 

Director

 

June 14, 2021

Jagjit Singh Kohli

       

II-4

Table of Contents

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES

Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of the Company has signed this registration statement or amendment thereto in the State of Florida, United States on June 14, 2021.

 

Authorized U.S. Representative

   

Dharmesh Pandya

   

By:

 

/s/ Dharmesh Pandya

       

Name: Dharmesh Pandya

       

Title: Chief Executive Officer

II-5

Exhibit 1.1

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV LTD

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

[          ] Common Shares

 

[        ], 2021

 

Aegis Capital Corp.

810 Seventh Avenue, 18th Floor

New York, NY 10019

As Representative of the

Several Underwriters Named on Schedule I hereto

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV LTD, a British Virgin Islands corporation (the “Company”), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to issue and sell to the underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “Underwriters,” or each, an “Underwriter”), for whom Aegis Capital Corp. is acting as representative (the “Representative”), an aggregate of [       ] authorized but unissued common shares, par value $0.01 per share, (the “Common Shares”) of the Company (the “Firm Shares”). The Company also proposes to sell to the Underwriters, upon the terms and conditions set forth in Section 4 hereof, up to an additional [        ] Common Shares (the “Option Shares”). The Firm Shares and the Option Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Shares” or the “Securities”.

 

The Company and the several Underwriters hereby confirm their agreement as follows:

 

1. Registration Statement and Prospectus.

 

The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement covering the Securities and Representative’s Securities (as defined in Section 4(f) hereof) on Form F-1 (File No. 333-333-254943) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and the rules and regulations (the “Rules and Regulations”) of the Commission thereunder, including a preliminary prospectus relating to the Securities and such amendments to such registration statement (including post effective amendments) as may have been required to the date of this Agreement. Such registration statement, as amended (including any post effective amendments), has been declared effective by the Commission. Such registration statement, including amendments thereto (including post effective amendments thereto) and all documents and information deemed to be a part of the Registration Statement through incorporation by reference or otherwise at the time of effectiveness thereof (the “Effective Time”), the exhibits and any schedules thereto at the Effective Time or thereafter during the period of effectiveness and the documents and information otherwise deemed to be a part thereof or included therein by the Securities Act or otherwise pursuant to the Rules and Regulations at the Effective Time or thereafter during the period of effectiveness, is herein called the “Registration Statement.” If the Company has filed or files an abbreviated registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “Rule 462 Registration Statement”), then any reference herein to the term Registration Statement shall include such Rule 462 Registration Statement. Any preliminary prospectus included in the Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Securities Act is hereinafter called a “Preliminary Prospectus.” The Preliminary Prospectus relating to the Securities and Representative’s Securities that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the pricing of the offering contemplated hereby is hereinafter called the “Pricing Prospectus.”

 

The Company is filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act a final prospectus covering the Securities, which includes the information permitted to be omitted therefrom at the Effective Time by Rule 430A under the Securities Act. Such final prospectus, as so filed, is hereinafter called the “Final Prospectus.” The Final Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus and any preliminary prospectus in the form in which they were included in the Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act is hereinafter called a “Prospectus.” Reference made herein to any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or to the Prospectus shall be deemed to refer to and include any documents incorporated by reference therein.

 

 

 

 

2. Representations and Warranties of the Company Regarding the Offering.

 

(a) The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Underwriters, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date (as defined in Section 4(d) below) and as of each Option Closing Date (as defined in Section 4(b) below), as follows:

 

(i) No Material Misstatements or Omissions. At each time of effectiveness, at the date hereof, at the Closing Date, and at each Option Closing Date, if any, the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto complied or will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations and did not, does not, and will not, as the case may be, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The Time of Sale Disclosure Package (as defined below) as of the date hereof and at the Closing Date and on each Option Closing Date, any roadshow or investor presentations delivered to and approved by the Underwriter for use in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Securities (the “Marketing Materials”), if any, and the Final Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, as of its date, at the time of filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act, at the Closing Date, and at each Option Closing Date, if any, did not, does not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The representations and warranties set forth in the two immediately preceding sentences shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or any Prospectus in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information furnished to the Company by the Underwriter specifically for use in the preparation thereof, which written information is described in Section 7(f). The Registration Statement contains all exhibits and schedules required to be filed by the Securities Act or the Rules and Regulations. No order preventing or suspending the effectiveness or use of the Registration Statement or any Prospectus is in effect and no proceedings for such purpose have been instituted or are pending, or, to the knowledge of the Company, are contemplated or threatened by the Commission.

 

(ii) Marketing Materials. The Company has not distributed any prospectus or other offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities other than the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the roadshow or investor presentations delivered to and approved by the Representative for use in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Securities (the “Marketing Materials”).

 

(iii) Accurate Disclosure. (A) The Company has provided a copy to the Underwriters of each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (as defined below) used in the sale of Securities.  The Company has filed all Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses required to be so filed with the Commission, and no order preventing or suspending the effectiveness or use of any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus is in effect and no proceedings for such purpose have been instituted or are pending, or, to the knowledge of the Company, are contemplated or threatened by the Commission.  When taken together with the rest of the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Final Prospectus,  no Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as of its issue date and at all subsequent times though the completion of the public offer and sale of the Securities, has, does or will include (1) any untrue statement of a material fact or omission to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or (2) information that conflicted, conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Final Prospectus. The representations and warranties set forth in the immediately preceding sentence shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Final Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter specifically for use in the preparation thereof, which written information is described in Section 7(f). As used in this paragraph and elsewhere in this Agreement:

 

(1) “Time of Sale Disclosure Package” means the Prospectus most recently filed with the Commission before the time of this Agreement, including any preliminary prospectus supplement deemed to be a part thereof, each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and the description of the transaction provided by the Underwriters included on Schedule II.

 

2

 

 

(2) “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act, relating to the Securities that (A) is required to be filed with the Commission by the Company, or (B) is exempt from filing pursuant to Rule 433(d)(5)(i) or (d)(8) under the Securities Act, in each case in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g) under the Securities Act.

 

(B) At the time of filing of the Registration Statement and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act or an “excluded issuer” as defined in Rule 164 under the Securities Act.

 

(C) Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Schedule III satisfied, as of its issue date and at all subsequent times through the Prospectus Delivery Period (as defined in Section 5(a) hereof), all other conditions as may be applicable to its use as set forth in Rules 164 and 433 under the Securities Act, including any legend, record-keeping or other requirements.

 

(iv) Financial Statements. The financial statements of the Company, together with the related notes and schedules, included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Company as of the dates indicated and the results of operations and changes in cash flows for the periods therein specified in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. No other financial statements, pro forma financial information or schedules are required under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or the Rules and Regulations to be included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Final Prospectus.

 

(v) Pro Forma Financial Information. The pro forma financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus include assumptions that provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects directly attributable to the transactions and events described therein, the related pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions, and the pro forma adjustments reflect the proper application of those adjustments to the historical financial statements amounts in the pro forma financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus. The pro forma financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus comply as to form in all material respects with the application requirements of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act.

 

(vi) Independent Accountants. To the Company’s knowledge, WithumSmith+Brown, PC (“Withum), which has expressed its opinion with respect to the audited financial statements and schedules included as a part of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, is an independent public accounting firm with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations.

 

3

 

 

(vii) Accounting Controls. The Company and its subsidiaries will maintain a system of “internal control over financial reporting” (as defined under Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act) that complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act and has been designed by, or under the supervision of, its principal executive and principal financial officer, or persons performing similar functions, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS, including, but not limited to, internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. 

 

(viii) Forward-Looking Statements. The Company had a reasonable basis for, and made in good faith, each “forward-looking statement” (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act or Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Final Prospectus or the Marketing Materials.

 

(ix) Statistical and Marketing-Related Data. All statistical or market-related data included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Final Prospectus, or included in the Marketing Materials, are based on or derived from sources that the Company reasonably believes to be reliable and accurate, and the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources, to the extent required.

 

(x) Pursuant to the Exchange Act. The Company has filed with the Commission a Form 8-A (File Number [ ]) providing for the registration pursuant to Section 12(b) under the Exchange Act of the Common Shares. The registration of the Common Shares under the Exchange Act has been declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the date hereof.  The Company has taken no action designed to, or likely to have the effect of, terminating the registration of the Common Shares under the Exchange Act, nor has the Company received any notification that the Commission is contemplating terminating such registration.

 

(xi) Stock Exchange Listing. The Common Shares have been approved for listing on The Nasdaq Capital Market (“Nasdaq”), and the Company has taken no action designed to, or likely to have the effect of, delisting the Common Shares from Nasdaq, nor has the Company received any written notification that Nasdaq is contemplating terminating such listing.

 

(xii) Absence of Manipulation. The Company has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action that is designed to or that has constituted or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

 

(xiii) Investment Company Act. The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Securities and the application of the net proceeds thereof, will not be an “investment company,” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

4

 

 

(xiv) Payments. All payments to be made by the Company under this Agreement and, except as expressly disclosed in each of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, all dividends and other distributions on the Shares (i) may, under the current laws and regulations of the British Virgin Islands, India and the United States or any political subdivision or any authority or agency therein or thereof having power to tax, or of any other jurisdiction in which the Company is organized or incorporated, engaged in business or is otherwise resident for tax purposes or any political subdivision or any authority or agency therein or thereof having the power to tax (each, a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”), be freely transferred out of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction and (ii) will, under the current laws and regulations of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, not be subject to withholding or deduction of or on account of taxes and are otherwise payable free and clear of any withholding or deduction of or on account of taxes in each Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction and without the necessity of obtaining any governmental authorization in any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction.

 

(xx) Foreign Private Issuer. The Company is a “foreign private issuer” (as such term is defined in the rules and regulations under the Securities Act and Exchange Act) and, as of the Effective Time, the conditions to the use of Form F-1 in connection with this offering and sale of the Shares as contemplated hereby have been satisfied.

 

(b) Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company and delivered to the Underwriters or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.

 

3. Representations and Warranties Regarding the Company.

 

(a) The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Underwriters, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date and as of each Option Closing Date, if any, as follows:

 

(i) Good Standing. Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation or other entity in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization. Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has the power and authority (corporate or otherwise) to own its properties and conduct its business as currently being carried on and as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation or other entity in good standing in each jurisdiction in which it owns or leases real property or in which the conduct of its business makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to so qualify would not have or be reasonably likely to result in a material adverse effect upon the business, prospects, properties, operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or in its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the Representative’s Warrant Agreement (as defined in Section 4(f)) (“Material Adverse Effect”).

 

(ii) Validity and Binding Effect of Agreements. This Agreement and the Representative’s Warrant Agreement have been duly and validly authorized by the Company, and, when executed and delivered, will constitute, the valid and binding agreements of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except: (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the federal and state securities laws; and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

 

5

 

 

(iii) Contracts. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Representative’s Warrant Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated will not (A) result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, any law, order, rule or regulation to which the Company or any subsidiary is subject, or by which any property or asset of the Company or any subsidiary is bound or affected, except to the extent that such conflict, breach or default is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (B) conflict with, result in any violation or breach of, or constitute a default (or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any right of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation (with or without notice, lapse of time or both) (a “Default Acceleration Event”) of, any agreement, lease, credit facility, debt, note, bond, mortgage, indenture or other instrument (the “Contracts”) or obligation or other understanding to which the Company or any subsidiary is a party or by which any property or asset of the Company or any subsidiary is bound or affected, except to the extent that such conflict, default, or Default Acceleration Event is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (C) result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association (“Memorandum and Articles”).

 

(iv) No Violations of Governing Documents. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation, breach or default under its Memorandum and Articles or other equivalent organizational or governing documents.

 

(v) Consents. No consents, approvals, orders, authorizations or filings are required on the part of the Company in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement and the Representative’s Warrant Agreement and the issue and sale of the Securities and the Representative’s Securities, except (A) the registration under the Securities Act of the Securities and Representative’s Securities, which has been effected, (B) the necessary filings and approvals from Nasdaq to list the Securities and the Common Shares underlying the Representative’s Warrants, (C) such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state or foreign securities or Blue Sky laws and the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Securities by the several Underwriters, (D) such consents and approvals as have been obtained and are in full force and effect, and (E) such consents, approvals, orders, authorizations and filings the failure of which to make or obtain is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(vi) Capitalization. The Company and each subsidiary has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus. All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company and each subsidiary are duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and have been issued in compliance with all applicable securities laws, and conform to the description thereof in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus.  Since the respective dates as of which information is provided in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Final Prospectus, the Company has not entered into or granted any convertible or exchangeable securities, options, warrants, agreements, contracts or other rights in existence to purchase or acquire from the Company any shares of the capital stock of the Company or any subsidiary. The Shares and Representative’s Securities have been duly authorized for issuance and sale and, when issued and paid for, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; the Shares and Representative’s Securities are not and will not be subject to the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company; and all corporate action required to be taken for the authorization, issuance and sale of the Shares and Representative’s Securities has been duly and validly taken. The Shares and Representative’s Securities conform in all material respects to all statements with respect thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. All corporate action required to be taken for the authorization, issuance and sale of the Representative’s Warrant Agreement has been duly and validly taken; the Common Shares issuable upon exercise of the Representative’s Warrant (as defined in Section 4(f) hereof) have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and when paid for and issued in accordance with the Representative’s Warrant and the Representative’s Warrant Agreement, such Common Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; and such Common Shares are not and will not be subject to the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company

 

6

 

 

(vii) Taxes. Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has (a) filed all foreign, federal, state and local tax returns (as hereinafter defined) required to be filed with taxing authorities prior to the date hereof or has duly obtained extensions of time for the filing thereof (except where the failure to file would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect) and (b) paid all taxes (as hereinafter defined) shown as due and payable on such returns that were filed and has paid all taxes imposed on or assessed against the Company or such respective subsidiary (except where the failure to pay would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect). The provisions for taxes payable, if any, shown on the financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus are sufficient for all accrued and unpaid taxes, whether or not disputed, and for all periods to and including the dates of such consolidated financial statements. To the knowledge of the Company, no issues have been raised (and are currently pending) by any taxing authority in connection with any of the returns or taxes asserted as due from the Company or its subsidiaries, and no waivers of statutes of limitation with respect to the returns or collection of taxes have been given by or requested from the Company or its subsidiaries. The term “taxes” mean all federal, state, local, foreign, and other net income, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, profits, license, lease, service, service use, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, property, windfall profits, customs, duties or other taxes, fees, assessments, or charges of any kind whatever, together with any interest and any penalties, additions to tax, or additional amounts with respect thereto. The term “returns” means all returns, declarations, reports, statements, and other documents required to be filed in respect to taxes.

 

(viii) Material Change. Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Final Prospectus, and except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Final Prospectus, (a) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has incurred any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, or entered into any material transactions other than in the ordinary course of business, (b) the Company has not declared or paid any dividends or made any distribution of any kind with respect to its capital stock; (c) there has not been any change in the capital stock of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than a change in the number of outstanding Common Shares due to the issuance of shares upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants, upon the conversion of outstanding shares of preferred stock or other convertible securities, due to the vesting of outstanding stock grants or the issuance of restricted stock awards or restricted stock units under the Company’s existing stock awards plan, or any new grants thereof in the ordinary course of business), (d) there has not been any material change in the Company’s long-term or short-term debt, other than periodic accruals in the ordinary course pursuant to the terms of the Company’s outstanding debt, and (e) there has not been the occurrence of any Material Adverse Effect.

 

(ix) Absence of Proceedings. There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, arbitration, investigation, litigation or governmental proceeding pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against, or involving the Company, any of its subsidiaries, or any executive officer or director which has not been disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus.

 

7

 

 

(x) Regulatory. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus: (i) neither the Company nor any subsidiary has received notice from any Governmental Entity (as defined below) alleging or asserting noncompliance with any Applicable Regulations (as defined below) or Authorizations (as defined below); (ii) the Company and each subsidiary is and has been in material compliance with federal, state or foreign statutes, laws, ordinances, rules and regulations applicable to the Company (collectively, “Applicable Regulations”); (iii) the Company and each subsidiary possesses all licenses, certificates, approvals, clearances, consents, authorizations, qualifications, registrations, permits, and supplements or amendments thereto required by any such Applicable Regulations and/or to carry on its businesses as now conducted (“Authorizations”) and such Authorizations are valid and in full force and effect and the Company and each subsidiary is not in violation of any term of any such Authorizations; (iv) neither the Company nor any subsidiary has received notice of any claim, action, suit, proceeding, hearing, enforcement, investigation, arbitration or other action from any Governmental Entity or third party alleging that any product, operation or activity is in violation of any Applicable Regulations or Authorizations or has any knowledge that any such Governmental Entity or third party is considering any such claim, litigation, arbitration, action, suit, investigation or proceeding, nor, has there been any material noncompliance with or violation of any Applicable Regulations by the Company or any subsidiary that could reasonably be expected to require the issuance of any such communication or result in an investigation, corrective action, or enforcement action by any Governmental Entity; and (v) neither the Company nor any subsidiary has received notice that any Governmental Entity has taken, is taking or intends to take action to limit, suspend, modify or revoke any Authorizations or has any knowledge that any such Governmental Entity has threatened or is considering such action. Neither the Company nor any subsidiary, nor to the Company’s knowledge, any of its directors, officers, employees or agents has been convicted of any crime under any Applicable Regulations. “Governmental Entity” shall be defined as any arbitrator, court, governmental body, regulatory body, administrative agency or other authority, body or agency (whether foreign or domestic) having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its properties, assets or operations.

 

(xi) Good Title. The Company and each of its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all property (whether real or personal) described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus as being owned by them that are material to the business of the Company, in each case free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests, other encumbrances or defects, except those that are disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Final Prospectus and those that are not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The property held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries is held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with only such exceptions with respect to any particular lease as do not interfere in any material respect with the conduct of the business of the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

(xii) Intellectual Property. The Company and each of its subsidiaries have, or have rights to use, all patents, patent applications, registered trademarks, trademark applications, registered service marks, registered trade names, trade secrets, inventions, registered copyrights, licenses and other intellectual property rights necessary for use, or currently used in connection with their respective businesses as described in the Registration Statement and which the failure to so have would have or reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect (collectively, the “Intellectual Property Rights”). Neither the Company nor any subsidiary has received written notice that any of the Intellectual Property Rights has expired, terminated or been abandoned, or is expected to expire or terminate or be abandoned. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received, since the date of the latest audited financial statements included within the SEC Reports, a written notice of a claim or otherwise has any knowledge that the Intellectual Property Rights violate or infringe upon the rights of any Person. To the knowledge of the Company, all such Intellectual Property Rights are enforceable and there is no existing infringement by another Person of any of the Intellectual Property Rights. The Company and its Subsidiaries have taken reasonable security measures to protect the secrecy, confidentiality and value of all of their intellectual properties, except where failure to do so would not, individually or in the aggregate, have or reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8

 

 

(xiii) Employment Matters. There is (A) no unfair labor practice complaint pending against the Company, or any of its subsidiaries, nor to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against it or any of its subsidiaries, before the National Labor Relations Board, any state or local labor relation board or any foreign labor relations board, and no grievance or arbitration proceeding arising out of or under any collective bargaining agreement is so pending against the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against it and (B) no labor disturbance by the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the Company’s knowledge, is imminent, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its or its subsidiaries, principal suppliers, manufacturers, customers or contractors, that could reasonably be expected, singularly or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company is not aware that any key employee or significant group of employees of the Company or any subsidiary plans to terminate employment with the Company or any such subsidiary.

 

(xiv) ERISA Compliance. No “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (“ERISA”), or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “Code”)) or “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA) or any of the events set forth in Section 4043(b) of ERISA (other than events with respect to which the thirty (30)-day notice requirement under Section 4043 of ERISA has been waived) has occurred or could reasonably be expected to occur with respect to any employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries which would reasonably be expected to, singularly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. Each employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is in compliance in all material respects with applicable law, including ERISA and the Code. The Company and its subsidiaries have not incurred and could not reasonably be expected to incur liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of, or withdrawal from, any pension plan (as defined in ERISA). Each pension plan for which the Company or any of its subsidiaries would have any liability that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified, and, to the Company’s knowledge, nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which could, singularly or in the aggregate, cause the loss of such qualification.

 

(xv) Environmental Matters. The Company and its subsidiaries are in compliance with all foreign, federal, state and local rules, laws and regulations relating to the use, treatment, storage and disposal of hazardous or toxic substances or waste and protection of health and safety or the environment which are applicable to their businesses (“Environmental Laws”), except where the failure to comply has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have, singularly or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no storage, generation, transportation, handling, treatment, disposal, discharge, emission, or other release of any kind of toxic or other wastes or other hazardous substances by, due to, or caused by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (or, to the Company’s knowledge, any other entity for whose acts or omissions the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or may otherwise be liable) upon any of the property now or previously owned or leased by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or upon any other property, in violation of any law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, judgment, decree or permit or which would, under any law, statute, ordinance, rule (including rule of common law), regulation, order, judgment, decree or permit, give rise to any liability, except for any violation or liability which has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have, singularly or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; and there has been no disposal, discharge, emission or other release of any kind onto such property or into the environment surrounding such property of any toxic or other wastes or other hazardous substances with respect to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries has knowledge.

 

9

 

 

(xvi) SOX Compliance. The Company has taken all actions it deems reasonably necessary or advisable to take on or prior to the date of this Agreement to assure that, upon and at all times after the Effective Date, it will be in compliance in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or implementing the provisions thereof. (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) that are then in effect and will take all action it deems reasonably necessary or advisable to assure that it will be in compliance in all material respects with other applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act not currently in effect upon it and at all times after the effectiveness of such provisions.

 

(xvii) Money Laundering Laws. The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”); and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

(xviii) Anti-Bribery and Corruption Laws. Neither the Company nor any subsidiary, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, employee, representative, agent, affiliate of the Company, any subsidiary or any other person acting on behalf of the Company or any subsidiary, is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the (i) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “FCPA”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and the Company and, to the knowledge of the Company, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith, or (ii) the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions or any similar laws in any other jurisdictions.

 

(xix) Sanctions. Neither the Company nor any subsidiary, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, employee, representative, agent or affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any other person acting on behalf of the Company or any subsidiary is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”), or is otherwise a person whom transactions are currently prohibited under: (i) the laws and regulations administered by OFAC; (ii) any equivalent European Union measure, including sanctions imposed against certain states, organizations and individuals under the European Union’s Common Foreign & Security Policy; (iii) any economic sanctions administered by Her Majesty’s Treasury; or (iv) any sanctions administered by the United Nations Security Council; or any other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”); and neither the Company nor any subsidiary will directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person, or in any country or territory, that currently is the subject or target of Sanctions or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction whether as an underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions. Neither the Company nor any subsidiary will directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Securities contemplated hereby, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

10

 

 

(xxi) Insurance. Following the consummation of the offering contemplated hereby , the Company and each subsidiary will carry insurance in such amounts and covering such risks as is adequate for the conduct of its business and the value of its properties and as is customary for companies engaged in similar businesses in similar industries.

 

(xxi) Books and Records. The minute books of the Company and each subsidiary have been made available to the Underwriters and counsel for the Underwriters, and such books (i) contain a complete summary of all meetings and actions of the board of directors (including each board committee) and stockholders of the Company and each subsidiary (or analogous governing bodies and interest holders, as applicable), since the time of its respective incorporation or organization through the date of the latest meeting and action, and (ii) accurately in all material respects reflect all transactions referred to in such minutes.

 

(xxii) No Violation. Neither the Company nor any its subsidiaries nor, to its knowledge, any other party is in violation, breach or default of any Contract that has resulted in or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxiii) Continued Business. No supplier, customer, distributor or sales agent of the Company or any subsidiary has notified the Company or any subsidiary that it intends to discontinue or decrease the rate of business done with the Company or any subsidiary, except where such discontinuation or decrease has not resulted in and could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxiv) No Finder’s Fee. There are no claims, payments, issuances, arrangements or understandings for services in the nature of a finder’s, consulting or origination fee with respect to the introduction of the Company to any Underwriter or the sale of the Securities hereunder or any other arrangements, agreements, understandings, payments or issuances with respect to the Company that may affect the Underwriters’ compensation, as determined by FINRA.

 

(xxv) No Fees. Except as disclosed to the Representative in writing, the Company has not made any direct or indirect payments (in cash, securities or otherwise) to (i) any person, as a finder’s fee, investing fee or otherwise, in consideration of such person raising capital for the Company or introducing to the Company persons who provided capital to the Company, (ii) any FINRA member, or (iii) any person or entity that has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any FINRA member within the twelve (12) month period prior to the date on which the Registration Statement was filed with the Commission (“Filing Date”) or thereafter.

 

(xxvi) Proceeds. None of the net proceeds of the offering will be paid by the Company to any participating FINRA member or any affiliate or associate of any participating FINRA member, except as specifically authorized herein.

 

(xxvii) No FINRA Affiliations. To the Company’s knowledge and except as disclosed to the Representative in writing, no (i) officer or director of the Company or its subsidiaries, (ii) owner of 5% or more of any class of the Company’s securities or (iii) owner of any amount of the Company’s unregistered securities acquired within the 180-day period prior to the Filing Date, has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any FINRA member. The Company will advise the Representative and counsel to the Underwriters if it becomes aware that any officer, director of the Company or its subsidiaries or any owner of 5% or more of any class of the Company’s securities is or becomes an affiliate or associated person of a FINRA member participating in the offering.

 

11

 

 

(xxviii) No Financial Advisor. Other than the Underwriters, no person has the right to act as an underwriter or as a financial advisor to the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(xxix) Cyber Security and Data Protection. The information technology assets and equipment, computers, systems, networks, hardware, software, websites, applications, and databases of the Company and its subsidiaries (collectively, “IT Systems”) are adequate for, and operate and perform in all material respects as required in connection with the operations of the businesses of the Company and its subsidiaries as currently conducted, free and clear of all material bugs, errors, defects, Trojan horses, time bombs, malware and other corruptants; the Company and its subsidiaries have implemented and maintained commercially reasonable controls, policies, procedures, and safeguards to maintain and protect their material confidential information and the integrity, continuous operation, redundancy and security of all IT Systems and data (including all personal, personally identifiable, sensitive, confidential or regulated data (collectively, “Personal Data”)) used in connection with their businesses and implemented backup and disaster recovery technology consistent with industry standards and practice, and there have been no breaches, violations, outages, attack or unauthorized uses of or accesses to same; the Company and its subsidiaries are presently in material compliance with all applicable laws or statutes and all judgments, orders, rules and regulations of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, internal policies and contractual obligations relating to the privacy and security of IT Systems and Personal Data and to the protection of such IT Systems and Personal Data from unauthorized use, access, misappropriation or modification.

 

(xxx) No Registration Rights. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right (other than rights which have been waived in writing or otherwise satisfied) to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Company owned or to be owned by such person or to require the Company to include such securities in the securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or in any securities being registered pursuant to any other registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act.

 

(xxxi) Prior Sales of Securities. Except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, the Company has not sold or issued any Common Shares during the six-month period preceding the date hereof, including any sales pursuant to Rule 144A under, or Regulations D or S of, the Securities Act, other than shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, stock option plans or other employee compensation plans, pursuant to outstanding preferred stock, options, rights or warrants or other outstanding convertible securities or in connection with the vesting of any outstanding stock grants.

 

(xxxii) Jurisdiction. The Company has the power to submit, and pursuant to this Agreement, has submitted, legally, validly, effectively and irrevocably, to the jurisdiction of the New York Supreme Court, County of New York, and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York; and the Company has the power to designate, appoint and empower, and pursuant to this Agreement has, designated, appointed and empowered, validly, effectively and irrevocably, an agent for service of process in any suit or proceeding based on or arising under this Agreement in any U.S. Federal or New York State court in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York, as provided herein.

 

12

 

 

(xxxiii) Immunity. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, and none of their respective properties or assets, has any immunity from the jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, executing or otherwise) under the laws of any jurisdiction in which it has been incorporated or in which any of its property or assets are held.

 

(xxxiv) PFIC Status. Subject to the qualifications, limitations, exceptions and assumptions set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company believes that it will not be a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”), as defined in section 1297 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, in its current taxable year and does not anticipate becoming a PFIC in future years.

 

4. Purchase, Sale and Delivery of Shares.

 

(a) On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell the Firm Shares to the several Underwriters, and the several Underwriters agree, severally and not jointly, to purchase the Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of the Underwriters in Schedule I hereto. The purchase price for each Firm Share shall be $[ ] per share.

 

(b) The Company hereby grants to the Underwriters the option to purchase some or all of the Option Shares and, upon the basis of the warranties and representations and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Underwriter shall have the right, severally and not jointly, to purchase all or any portion of the Option Shares as may be necessary to cover over-allotments made in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby. The purchase price to be paid by the Underwriters for the Option Shares shall be $[ ] per share. This option may be exercised by the Underwriters at any time and from time to time on or before the forty-fifth (45th) day following the date hereof, by written notice to the Company (the “Option Notice”). The Option Notice shall set forth the aggregate number of Option Shares as to which the option is being exercised, and the date and time when the Option Shares are to be delivered (such date and time being herein referred to as the “Option Closing Date”); providedhowever, that the Option Closing Date shall not be earlier than the Closing Date (as defined below) nor earlier than the first business day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised nor later than the fifth business day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised unless the Company and the Representative otherwise agree. If the Underwriters elect to purchase less than all of the Option Shares, the Company agrees to sell to the Underwriters the number of Option Shares obtained by multiplying the number of Option Shares specified in such notice by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Option Shares, as applicable, set forth opposite the name of the Underwriter in Schedule I hereto under the caption “Number of Option Shares to be Purchased” and the denominator of which is the total number of Option Shares.

 

(c) Payment of the purchase price for and delivery of the Option Shares shall be made on an Option Closing Date in the same manner and at the same office as the payment for the Firm Shares as set forth in subparagraph (d) below.

 

(d) The Firm Shares will be delivered by the Company to the Representative, for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters against payment of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of same day funds payable to the order of the Company at the offices of Aegis Capital Corp., 810 Seventh Avenue, 18th Floor, New York, NY 10019, or such other location as may be mutually acceptable, at 9:00 a.m. Eastern Time, on the second (or if the Firm Shares are priced, as contemplated by Rule 15c6-1(c) under the Exchange Act, after 4:30 p.m. Eastern time, the third) full business day following the date hereof, or at such other time and date as the Representative and the Company determine pursuant to Rule 15c6-1(a) under the Exchange Act, or, in the case of the Option Shares, at such date and time set forth in the Option Notice. The time and date of delivery of the Firm Shares is referred to herein as the “Closing Date.” On the Closing Date, the Company shall deliver the Firm Shares which shall be registered in the name or names and shall be in such denominations as the Representative may request on behalf of the Underwriters at least one (1) business day before the Closing Date, to the respective accounts of the several Underwriters, which delivery shall with respect to the Firm Shares, be made through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company’s Deposit or Withdrawal at Custodian (“DWAC”) system.

 

13

 

 

(e) It is understood that the Representative has been authorized, for its own account and the accounts of the several Underwriters, to accept delivery of and receipt for, and make payment of the purchase price for, the Firm Shares and any Option Shares the Underwriters have agreed to purchase. The Representative, individually and not as the Representative of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment for any Securities to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds shall not have been received by the Representative by the Closing Date or any Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the account of such Underwriter, but any such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from any of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(f) The Company hereby agrees to issue to the Representative (and/or its designees) on the Closing Date a five-year warrant (the “Representative’s Warrant”) for the purchase of an aggregate of __________ Common Shares, representing up to 5% of the Firm Shares. The Representative’s Warrant agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Representative’s Warrant Agreement”), shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, commencing on a date which is one (1) year from the closing of the offering at an initial exercise price per share of Common Shares equal to 125% of the initial public offering price of the Firm Shares (subject to adjustment as set forth therein). The Representative’s Warrant Agreement and the Common Shares issuable upon exercise thereof are hereinafter referred to together as the “Representative’s Securities.” The Representative understands and agrees that there are significant restrictions pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110 against transferring the Representative’s Warrant Agreement and the underlying Common Shares during the one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date (the “Effective Date”) of the Registration Agreement and by its acceptance thereof shall agree that it will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate the Representative’s Warrant Agreement, or any portion thereof, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of such securities for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the Effective Date to anyone other than (i) an Underwriter or a selected dealer in connection with the offering of the Securities or (ii) a bona fide officer or partner of the Representative or of any such Underwriter or selected dealer; and only if any such transferee agrees to the foregoing lock-up restrictions. Delivery of the Representative’s Warrant Agreement shall be made on the Closing Date and shall be issued in the name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Representative may request.

 

5. Covenants.

 

(a) The Company covenants and agrees with the Underwriters as follows:

 

(i) The Company shall prepare the Final Prospectus in a form approved by the Representative and file such Final Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act not later than the Commission's close of business on the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or, if applicable, such earlier time as may be required by the Rules and Regulations.

 

(ii) During the period beginning on the date hereof and ending on the later of the Closing Date or such date as determined by the Representative the Final Prospectus is no longer required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by an underwriter or dealer (the “Prospectus Delivery Period”), prior to amending or supplementing the Registration Statement, including any Rule 462 Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Final Prospectus, the Company shall furnish to the Representative for review and comment a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement, and the Company shall not file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Representative reasonably objects.

 

14

 

 

(iii) From the date of this Agreement until the end of the Prospectus Delivery Period, the Company shall promptly advise the Representative in writing (A) of the receipt of any comments of, or requests for additional or supplemental information from, the Commission, (B) of the time and date of any filing of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Final Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, (C) of the time and date that any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement becomes effective and (D) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending its use or the use of the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Final Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or of any proceedings to remove, suspend or terminate from listing or quotation the Common Shares from any securities exchange upon which it is listed for trading or included or designated for quotation, or of the threatening or initiation of any proceedings for any of such purposes. If the Commission shall enter any such stop order at any time during the Prospectus Delivery Period, the Company will use its reasonable efforts to obtain the lifting of such order at the earliest possible moment. Additionally, the Company agrees that it shall comply with the provisions of Rules 424(b), 430A, 430B or 430C as applicable, under the Securities Act and will use its reasonable efforts to confirm that any filings made by the Company under Rule 424(b) or Rule 433 were received in a timely manner by the Commission (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8) or 164(b) of the Securities Act).

 

(iv) (A) During the Prospectus Delivery Period, the Company will comply with all requirements imposed upon it by the Securities Act, as now and hereafter amended, and by the Rules and Regulations, as from time to time in force, and by the Exchange Act, as now and hereafter amended, so far as necessary to permit the continuance of sales of or dealings in the Securities as contemplated by the provisions hereof, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, the Registration Statement and the Final Prospectus. If during the Prospectus Delivery Period any event occurs the result of which would cause the Final Prospectus (or if the Final Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package ) to include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then existing, not misleading, or if during such period it is necessary or appropriate in the opinion of the Company or its counsel or the Representative or counsel to the Underwriters to amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Final Prospectus (or if the Final Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package ) to comply with the Securities Act, the Company will promptly notify the Representative, allow the Representative the opportunity to provide reasonable comments on such amendment, prospectus supplement or document, and will amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Final Prospectus (or if the Final Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package) or file such document (at the expense of the Company) so as to correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance.

 

(B) If at any time during the Prospectus Delivery Period there occurred or occurs an event or development the result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or any Prospectus or included or would include, when taken together with the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances prevailing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representative and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission.

 

(v) The Company shall take or cause to be taken all necessary action to qualify the Securities and Representative’s Securities for sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as the Representative reasonably designates and to continue such qualifications in effect so long as required, except that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified, to execute a general consent to service of process in any state or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise subject.

 

15

 

 

(vi) The Company will furnish to the Underwriters and counsel to the Underwriters copies of the Registration Statement, each Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and all amendments and supplements to such documents, in each case as soon as available and in such quantities as the Underwriters may from time to time reasonably request.

 

(vii) The Company will make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than 15 months after the end of the Company’s current fiscal quarter, an earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering a 12-month period that shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 of the Rules and Regulations.

 

(viii) The Company, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereunder are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, will pay or cause to be paid all expenses relating to the Offering, including, without limitation, (A) all filing fees and expenses relating to the registration of the Securities with the Commission, (B) all FINRA public offering filing fees, (C) all fees and expenses relating to the listing of the Common Shares on Nasdaq, (D) all fees, expenses, and disbursements relating to the registration or qualification of the Securities under the “blue sky” securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions as the Representative may reasonably designate (including, without limitation, all filing and registration fees, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of the Company’s “blue sky” counsel, which will be Aegis’ counsel) unless such filings are not required in connection with the Company’s proposed Nasdaq listing, (E) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration, qualification or exemption of the Securities under the securities law of such foreign jurisdiction as the Representative may reasonably designate, (F) the costs of all mailing and printing of the offering documents, (G) transfer and/or stamp taxes, if any, payable upon the transfer of Securities from the Company to the Representative, (H) the fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel and accountants, and (I) a maximum of $125,000 (“Accountable Expense Allowance”) for fees and expenses including “road show,” diligence, and reasonable legal fees and disbursements for the Representative’s counsel (the “Accountable Expenses”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, any advance previously paid by the Company to the Representative, which the Company and the Representative acknowledge is in the amount of $25,000 (the “Advance”), shall be applied towards the Accountable Expense Allowance set forth herein; provided that the Representative will reimburse the Company for any remaining portion of the Advance to the extent such amount of the Advance was not used for the Accountable Expenses actually incurred by the Representative in the offering. If this Agreement is terminated, the Company will reimburse the Representative for reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel up to an aggregate of $75,000, incurred by the Underwriters in connection with their investigation, preparing to market and marketing the Shares or in contemplation of performing its obligations hereunder.

 

(ix) The Company intends to apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Securities to be sold by it hereunder for the purposes set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus under the heading “Use of Proceeds”.

 

(x) The Company has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, during the Prospectus Delivery Period, any action designed to or which might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, or that has constituted, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

 

16

 

 

(xi) The Company represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Representative, and each Underwriter, severally, and not jointly, represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Company, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus; provided that the prior written consent of the parties hereto shall be deemed to have been given in respect of the free writing prospectuses included in Schedule III. Any such free writing prospectus consented to by the Company and the Representative is hereinafter referred to as a “Permitted Free Writing Prospectus.” The Company represents that it has treated or agrees that it will treat each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus as an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, and has complied or will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 applicable to any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus, including timely Commission filing where required, legending and record-keeping.

 

(xii) The Company hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representative, it and any successors will not, during the period ending ninety (90) days after the date hereof (“Lock-Up Period”), (a) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of capital stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock or the Company, (b) file or caused to be filed any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any shares of capital stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock or (c) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of capital stock of the Company, whether any such transaction described in clause (a), (b) or (c) above is to be settled by delivery of shares of capital stock of the Company or any successors or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The restrictions contained in the preceding sentence shall not apply to (i) the Common Shares to be sold hereunder, (ii) the issuance by the Company of Common Shares upon the exercise of a stock option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof, which is disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, the terms of which option, warrant or other outstanding convertible security are not thereafter amended, (iii) the adoption of an equity incentive plan and the grant of options and/or restricted stock grants thereunder, and the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8; provided, however, that any sales by parties to the Lock-Up Agreements (as defined in Section 6(k)) shall be subject to the Lock-Up Agreements and (iv) issuance of securities in connection with an acquisition or a strategic relationship; provided that none of such securities shall be saleable in the public market until the expiration of the Lock-Up Period described above.

 

(xiii) To engage and maintain, at its expense, a registrar and transfer agent for the Common Shares (if other than the Company).

 

(xiv) To use its reasonable best efforts to maintain the listing of the Common Shares on Nasdaq.

 

(xv) To not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to cause or result in, or that has constituted or might reasonably be expected to constitute, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any securities of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

 

17

 

 

(xvi) The Company further agrees that, in addition to the expenses payable pursuant to Section 5(a)(viii), on the Closing Date and Option Closing Date, it shall pay to the Representative, by deduction from the net proceeds of the Offering contemplated herein, a non-accountable expense allowance equal to one percent (1%) of the gross proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the Shares; provided, however, that in the event that the Offering is terminated, the Company agrees to reimburse the Underwriters pursuant to Section 5(a)(viii) and Section 9 hereof.

 

(xvii) The Representative shall have, for a period of one (1) year after the Closing Date, a right of first refusal (the “Right of First Refusal”) to act as lead managing underwriter and sole book-running manager and/or lead placement agent for any and all future public or private equity, equity-linked or debt (excluding commercial bank debt) offerings of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company during such one (1) year period of the Company or any successor to or any subsidiary of the Company (the “Subject Transaction”).

 

The Company shall notify the Representative of its intention to pursue a Subject Transaction, including the material terms thereof, by providing written notice thereof by email, registered mail or overnight courier service addressed to the Representative.  If the Representative fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any Subject Transaction within five (5) business days after the mailing of such written notice, then the Representative shall have no further claim or right with respect to the Subject Transaction. The Representative may elect, in its sole and absolute discretion, not to exercise its Right of First Refusal with respect to any Subject Transaction; provided that any such election by the Representative shall not adversely affect the Representative’s Right of First Refusal with respect to any other Subject Transaction during the one (1) year period agreed to above. If the Representative does not elect to exercise the Right of First Refusal and the material terms of the Subject Transaction are subsequently materially modified as to scope and nature, then the Company shall resubmit the proposed modified terms of the Subject Transaction in writing to the Representative, and the Representative shall have five (5) business days after receipt of such written notice to advise the Company of its election to participate in the proposed transaction.

 

 

6. Conditions of the Underwriter’s Obligations. The respective obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder to purchase the Shares are subject to the accuracy, as of the date hereof and at all times through the Closing Date, and on each Option Closing Date (as if made on the Closing Date or such Option Closing Date, as applicable), of and compliance with all representations, warranties and agreements of the Company contained herein, the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and the following additional conditions:

 

(a) If filing of the Final Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, is required under the Securities Act or the Rules and Regulations, the Company shall have filed the Final Prospectus (or such amendment or supplement) or such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus with the Commission in the manner and within the time period so required (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8) or 164(b) under the Securities Act); the Registration Statement shall remain effective; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof, any Rule 462 Registration Statement, or any amendment thereof, nor suspending or preventing the use of the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Prospectus, the Final Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been issued; no proceedings for the issuance of such an order shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; any request of the Commission or the Representative for additional information (to be included in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Prospectus, the Final Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or otherwise) shall have been complied with to the satisfaction of the Representative.

 

(b) The Common Shares shall be approved for listing on Nasdaq, and satisfactory evidence thereof shall have been provided to the Representative and its counsel.

 

18

 

 

(c) FINRA shall have raised no objection to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements.

 

(d) The Representative shall not have reasonably determined, and advised the Company, that the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Prospectus, the Final Prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, contains an untrue statement of fact which, in the reasonable opinion of the Representative, is material, or omits to state a fact which, in the reasonable opinion of the Representative, is material and is required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

 

(e) On the Closing Date and on each Option Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to the Representative on behalf of the Underwriters the opinion and negative assurance letters of Pryor Cashman LLP, U.S. securities counsel to the Company, dated the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as applicable, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative. 

 

(f) On the Closing Date and on each Option Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to the Representative on behalf of the Underwriters the opinion and negative assurance letters of McW Todman & Co., British Virgin Islands counsel to the Company, dated the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as applicable, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative.

 

(g) On the Closing Date and on each Option Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to the Representative on behalf of the Underwriters the opinion and negative assurance letters of Pandya Juris LLP, local counsel to the Company, dated the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as applicable, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative.

 

(h) The Underwriters shall have received a letter of Withum, on the date hereof and on the Closing Date and on each Option Closing Date, addressed to the Underwriters, confirming that they are independent public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and are in compliance with the applicable requirements relating to the qualifications of accountants under Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X of the Commission, and confirming, as of the date of each such letter (or, with respect to matters involving changes or developments since the respective dates as of which specified financial information is given in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package and the Final Prospectus, as of a date not prior to the date hereof or more than five (5) days prior to the date of such letter), the conclusions and findings of said firm with respect to the financial information and other matters required by the Underwriters.

 

(j) On the Closing Date and on each Option Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to the Underwriters a certificate, dated the Closing Date and on each Option Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters, signed by the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer of the Company, in their capacity as officers of the Company, to the effect that:

 

(i) The representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement that are qualified by materiality or by reference to any Material Adverse Effect are true and correct in all respects, and all other representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct, in all material respects, as if made at and as of the Closing Date and on the Option Closing Date, and the Company has complied in all material respects with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part required to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date or on the Option Closing Date, as applicable;

 

(ii) No stop order or other order (A) suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof or any amendment thereof, (B) suspending the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale, or (C) suspending or preventing the use of the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Prospectus, the Final Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, has been issued, and no proceeding for that purpose has been instituted or, to their knowledge, is contemplated by the Commission or any state or regulatory body; and

 

19

 

 

(iii) There has been no occurrence of any event resulting or reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect during the period from and after the date of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date or on the Option Closing Date, as applicable.

 

(k) On or before the date hereof, the Representative shall have received duly executed lock-up agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto (each a “Lock-Up Agreement”), by and between the Representative and each of the parties specified in Schedule IV.

 

(l) On the Closing Date, the Company shall have delivered to the Representative executed copies of the Representative’s Warrant Agreement.

 

(m) The Company shall have furnished to the Representative and its counsel such additional documents, certificates and evidence as the Representative and its counsel may have reasonably requested.

 

If any condition specified in this Section 6 shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement may be terminated by the Representative by notice to the Company at any time at or prior to the Closing Date or on the Option Closing Date, as applicable, and such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party, except that Section 5(a)(viii), Section 7 and Section 8 shall survive any such termination and remain in full force and effect.

 

7. Indemnification and Contribution.

 

(a) The Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which such Underwriter or such person may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company), insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, including the information deemed to be a part of the Registration Statement at the time of effectiveness and at any subsequent time pursuant to Rules 430A and 430B of the Rules and Regulations, or arise out of or are based upon the omission from the Registration Statement, or alleged omission to state therein, a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (ii) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act (Written Testing-the-Waters Communications), any Prospectus, the Final Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or the Marketing Materials or in any other materials used in connection with the offering of the Securities, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (iii) in whole or in part, any inaccuracy in the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein, or (iv) in whole or in part, any failure of the Company to perform its obligations hereunder or under law, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with evaluating, investigating or defending against such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications, any Prospectus, the Final Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter specifically for use in the preparation thereof, which written information is described in Section 7(f).

 

20

 

 

(b) Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company, its affiliates, directors, officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of such Underwriter), insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Prospectus, the Final Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Prospectus, the Final Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter specifically for use in the preparation thereof, which written information is described in Section 7(f), and will reimburse the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in connection with evaluating, investigating, and defending against any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action. The obligation of each Underwriter to indemnify the Company (including any controlling person, director or officer thereof) shall be limited to the amount of the underwriting discount applicable to the Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter hereunder actually received by such Underwriter.

 

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof, but the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have to any indemnified party except to the extent such indemnifying party has been materially prejudiced by such failure. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party, and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in, and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of the indemnifying party’s election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof; providedhowever, that if (i) the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based on advice of counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, (ii) a conflict or potential conflict exists (based on advice of counsel to the indemnified party) between the indemnified party and the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party will not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party), or (iii) the indemnifying party has not in fact employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to assume the defense of such action within a reasonable time after receiving notice of the commencement of the action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ a single counsel to represent it in any claim in respect of which indemnity may be sought under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section 7, in which event the reasonable fees and expenses of such separate counsel shall be borne by the indemnifying party or parties and reimbursed to the indemnified party as incurred.

 

The indemnifying party under this Section 7 shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of such settlement or judgment. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement, compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in any pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is a party or could be named and indemnity was or would be sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement, compromise or consent (a) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability for claims that are the subject matter of such action, suit or proceeding and (b) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

21

 

 

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 7 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering and sale of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total underwriting discount received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Final Prospectus. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Underwriters and the parties’ relevant intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this subsection (d) were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d). The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending against any action or claim that is the subject of this subsection (d). Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (d), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount of the of the underwriting discount applicable to the Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter hereunder actually received by such Underwriter. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute as provided in this Section 7 are several in proportion to their respective underwriting commitments and not joint.

 

(e) The obligations of the Company under this Section 7 shall be in addition to any liability that the Company may otherwise have and the benefits of such obligations shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act; and the obligations of each Underwriter under this Section 7 shall be in addition to any liability that each Underwriter may otherwise have and the benefits of such obligations shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to the Company and its officers, directors and each person who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act.

 

(f) For purposes of this Agreement, each Underwriter severally confirms, and the Company acknowledges, that there is no information concerning such Underwriter furnished in writing to the Company by such Underwriter specifically for preparation of or inclusion in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, any Prospectus, the Final Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, other than the statement set forth in the last paragraph on the cover page of the Prospectus, the marketing and legal names of each Underwriter, and the statements set forth in the “Underwriting” section of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package, and the Final Prospectus only insofar as such statements relate to the amount of selling concession and re-allowance, if any, or to over-allotment, stabilization and related activities that may be undertaken by such Underwriter.

 

22

 

 

8. Representations and Agreements to Survive Delivery. All representations, warranties, and agreements of the Company contained herein or in certificates delivered pursuant hereto, including, but not limited to, the agreements of the several Underwriters and the Company contained in Section 5(a)(viii) and Section 7 hereof, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the several Underwriters or any controlling person thereof, or the Company or any of its officers, directors, or controlling persons, and shall survive delivery of, and payment for, the Shares to and by the Underwriters hereunder.

 

9. Termination of this Agreement.

 

(a) The Representative shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by giving notice to the Company as hereinafter specified at any time at or prior to the Closing Date or any Option Closing Date (as to the Option Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date only), if in the discretion of the Representative, (i) there has occurred any material adverse change in the securities markets or any event, act or occurrence that has materially disrupted, or in the opinion of the Representative, will in the future materially disrupt, the securities markets or there shall be such a material adverse change in general financial, political or economic conditions or the effect of international conditions on the financial markets in India or the United States is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representative, inadvisable or impracticable to market the Shares or enforce contracts for the sale of the Shares (ii) trading in the Company’s Common Shares shall have been suspended by the Commission or Nasdaq or trading in securities generally on the Nasdaq Stock Market, the NYSE or the NYSE MKT shall have been suspended, (iii) minimum or maximum prices for trading shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been required, on the Nasdaq Stock Market, the NYSE or NYSE American, by such exchange or by order of the Commission or any other governmental authority having jurisdiction, (iv) a banking moratorium shall have been declared by British Virgin Islands, Indian, federal or state authorities, (v) there shall have occurred any attack on, outbreak or escalation of hostilities or act of terrorism involving India, the British Virgin Islands or the United States or any declaration by India, the British Virgin Islands or the United States of a national emergency or war, any substantial change or development involving a prospective substantial change in India, the British Virgin Islands or the United States or other international political, financial or economic conditions or any other calamity or crisis, or (vi) the Company suffers any loss by strike, fire, flood, earthquake, accident or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or (vii) in the judgment of the Representative, there has been, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Disclosure Package or the Final Prospectus, any material adverse change in the assets, properties, condition, financial or otherwise, or in the results of operations, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business. Any such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except that the provisions of Section 5(a)(viii) and Section 7 hereof shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination.

 

(b) If the Representative elects to terminate this Agreement as provided in this Section 9, the Company and the other Underwriters shall be notified promptly by the Representative by telephone, confirmed by letter.

 

(c) If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to any of its provisions, the Company shall not be under any liability to any Underwriter, and no Underwriter shall be under any liability to the Company, except that (y) subject to a maximum reimbursement of $75,000, the Company will reimburse the Representative only for all actual, accountable out-of-pocket expenses (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP, its counsel) reasonably incurred by the Representative in connection with the proposed purchase and sale of the Shares or in contemplation of performing their obligations hereunder and (z) no Underwriter who shall have failed or refused to purchase the Shares agreed to be purchased by it under this Agreement, without some reason sufficient hereunder to justify cancellation or termination of its obligations under this Agreement, shall be relieved of liability to the Company, or to the other Underwriters for damages occasioned by its failure or refusal.

 

23

 

 

10. Substitution of Underwriters. If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall default in its or their obligations to purchase Shares hereunder on the Closing Date or any Option Closing Date and the aggregate number of Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase does not exceed ten percent (10%) of the total number of Shares to be purchased by all Underwriters on such Closing Date or Option Closing Date, the other Underwriters shall be obligated severally, in proportion to their respective commitments hereunder, to purchase the Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase on such Closing Date or Option Closing Date. If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall so default and the aggregate number of Shares with respect to which such default or defaults occur is more than ten percent (10%) of the total number of Shares to be purchased by all Underwriters on such Closing Date or Option Closing Date and arrangements satisfactory to the remaining Underwriters and the Company for the purchase of such Shares by other persons are not made within forty-eight (48) hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate.

 

If the remaining Underwriters or substituted Underwriters are required hereby or agree to take up all or part of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters on such Closing Date or Option Closing Date as provided in this Section 10, (i) the Company shall have the right to postpone such Closing Date or Option Closing Date for a period of not more than five (5) full business days in order to permit the Company to effect whatever changes in the Registration Statement, the Final Prospectus, or in any other documents or arrangements, which may thereby be made necessary, and the Company agrees to promptly file any amendments to the Registration Statement or the Final Prospectus which may thereby be made necessary, and (ii) the respective numbers of Shares to be purchased by the remaining Underwriters or substituted Underwriters shall be taken as the basis of their underwriting obligation for all purposes of this Agreement. Nothing herein contained shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter of its liability to the Company or any other Underwriter for damages occasioned by its default hereunder. Any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 10 shall be without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriters or the Company, except that the obligations with respect to expenses to be paid or reimbursed pursuant to Section 5(a)(viii) and Section 7 and Sections 9 through 17, inclusive, shall not terminate and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

 

11. Notices. All notices and communications hereunder shall be in writing and mailed or delivered or by telephone or telegraph if subsequently confirmed in writing, (a) if to the Representative, Aegis Capital Corp., 810 Seventh Avenue, 18th Floor, New York, NY 10019, Attention: Global Equity Markets, with a copy to Aegis Capital Corp., 810 Seventh Avenue, 18th Floor, New York, NY 10019, Attention: Syndicate, and to Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP, 1185 Avenue of the Americas, 37th Floor, New York, NY 10036, Attention: Darrin Ocasio, and (b) if to the Company, to the Company’s agent for service as such agent’s address appears on the cover page of the Registration Statement with a copy to Pryor Cashman LLP, 7 Times Square, 40th Floor, New York, NY 10036, Attention: Ali Panjwani.

 

12. Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and the controlling persons, officers and directors referred to in Section 7. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give to any other person, firm or corporation any legal or equitable remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. The term “successors and assigns” as herein used shall not include any purchaser, as such purchaser, of any of the Shares from any Underwriters.

 

13. Absence of Fiduciary Relationship. The Company acknowledges and agrees that: (a) each Underwriter has been retained solely to act as underwriter in connection with the sale of the Shares and that no fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship between the Company and any Underwriter has been created in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, irrespective of whether the Underwriter has advised or is advising the Company on other matters; (b) the price and other terms of the Shares set forth in this Agreement were established by the Company following discussions and arms-length negotiations with the Underwriters and the Company is capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (c) it has been advised that the Underwriters and their affiliates are engaged in a broad range of transactions that may involve interests that differ from those of the Company and that no Underwriter has any obligation to disclose such interest and transactions to the Company by virtue of any fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship; and (d) it has been advised that each Underwriter is acting, in respect of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, solely for the benefit of such Underwriter, and not on behalf of the Company.

 

24

 

 

14. Amendments and Waivers. No supplement, modification or waiver of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the party to be bound thereby. The failure of a party to exercise any right or remedy shall not be deemed or constitute a waiver of such right or remedy in the future. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (regardless of whether similar), nor shall any such waiver be deemed or constitute a continuing waiver unless otherwise expressly provided.

 

15. Partial Unenforceability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any section, paragraph, clause or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other section, paragraph, clause or provision.

 

16. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

17. Submission to Jurisdiction. The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of, or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the New York Supreme Court, County of New York, or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive. The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. EACH OF THE COMPANY (ON BEHALF OF ITSELF AND, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ON BEHALF OF ITS RESPECTIVE EQUITY HOLDERS AND CREDITORS) AND THE UNDERWRITER HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT, THE TIME OF SALE DISCLOSURE PACKAGE, ANY PROSPECTUS AND THE FINAL PROSPECTUS.

 

18. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Underwriter Warrants, together with the exhibits and schedules thereto and the Prospectus contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, with respect to such matters, which the parties acknowledge have been merged into such documents, exhibits and schedules. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the advisory letter agreement, dated February 21, 2020, and the engagement letter dated April 27, 2021 (the together, the “Engagement Letters”), between the Company and the Representative, shall continue to be effective during their terms and the terms therein shall continue to survive and be enforceable by the Representative, provided that, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Engagement Letters, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control.

 

19. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile transmission or electronic mail) in one or more counterparts and, if executed in more than one counterpart, the executed counterparts shall each be deemed to be an original and all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

25

 

 

Please sign and return to the Company the enclosed duplicates of this letter whereupon this letter will become a binding agreement between the Company and the several Underwriters in accordance with its terms.

 

Very truly yours,  
     
LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV LTD.  
     
By:                          
Name:    
Title:    

 

Confirmed as of the date first above-mentioned

by the Representative of the several Underwriters.

 

AEGIS CAPITAL CORP.  
   
By:    
Name:    
Title:            

 

[Signature page to Underwriting Agreement]

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE I

 

Name  

Number of Firm

Shares to be

Purchased

 

Number of Option

Shares to be

Purchased

Aegis Capital Corp.        
         
Total        

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE II

 

Final Term Sheet

 

Issuer: LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV LTD. (the “Company”)
   
Symbol: LYT
   
Securities: [     ] common shares, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Shares”), of the Company.
   
Over-allotment option: [     ] Common shares
   
Public offering price: $[     ] per Common Share
   
Underwriting discount: $[    ] per Common Share
   
Non-accountable expense allowance:

 

$[    ] per Common Share

   
Trade date: [    ], 2021
   
Settlement date: [    ], 2021
   
Underwriters: Aegis Capital Corp. 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE III

 

Free Writing Prospectus

 

[_______]

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE IV

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

 

The B.V.I Business Companies Act 2004

 

 

MEMORANDUM

and

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

of

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD.

Incorporated the 13th day of March, 2020

  

 

Registered Agents

2nd Floor

116 Main Street

P.O. Box 3342

Road Town, Tortola

British Virgin Islands

 

 

TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

 

BVI BUSINESS COMPANIES ACT, 2004

 

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

 

OF

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD.

A Company Limited by Shares

 

1. NAME

 

The name of the Company is LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD.

 

2. STATUS

 

The Company is a company limited by shares.

 

3. REGISTERED OFFICE AND REGISTERED AGENT

 

3.1 The first registered office of the Company is at 2nd Floor, 116 Main Street, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

 

3.2 The first registered agent of the Company is McNamara Corporate Services Limited, of 2nd Floor, 116 Main Street, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

 

3.3 The Company may, by Resolution of Shareholders or by Resolution of Directors, change the location of its registered office or change its registered agent.

 

3.4 If at any time the Company does not have a registered agent it may, by Resolution of Shareholders or Resolution of Directors, appoint a registered agent.

 

4. CAPACITY AND POWERS

 

4.1 Subject to the Act and any other British Virgin Islands legislation, the Company has, irrespective of corporate benefit:

 

(a) full capacity to carry on or undertake any business or activity, do any act or enter into any transaction; and

 

(b) for the purposes of paragraph (a), full rights, powers and privileges.

 

4.2 For the purposes of section 9(4) of the Act, there are no limitations on the business that the Company may carry on.

 

- 2 -

 

5. NUMBER AND CLASSES OF SHARES

 

5.1 The Company is authorised to issue a maximum of 50,000 shares of a single class of US$1.00 each.

 

5.2 The Company may issue fractional Shares and a fractional Share shall have the corresponding fractional rights, obligations and liabilities of a whole Share of the same class or series of Shares.

 

5.3 The Company may issue a class of Shares in one or more series. The division of a class of Shares into one or more series and the designation to be made to each series shall be determined by the directors from time to time.

 

6. RIGHTS OF SHARES

 

Each Share in the Company confers upon the Shareholder:

 

(a) the right to one vote on any Resolution of Shareholders;

 

(b) the right to an equal share in any dividend paid by the Company; and

 

(c) the right to an equal share in the distribution of the surplus assets of the Company.

 

7. REGISTERED SHARES

 

The Company shall issue registered Shares only. The Company is not authorised to issue bearer Shares, convert registered Shares to bearer Shares or exchange registered Shares for bearer Shares.

 

8. AMENDMENT OF THE MEMORANDUM AND THE ARTICLES

 

8.1 The Company may amend this Memorandum or the Articles by Resolution of Shareholders or by Resolution of Directors, save that no amendment may be made by Resolution of Directors:

 

(a) to restrict the rights or powers of the Shareholders to amend this Memorandum or the Articles;

 

(b) to change the percentage of Shareholders required to pass a Resolution of Shareholders to amend this Memorandum or the Articles;

 

(c) in circumstances where this Memorandum or the Articles cannot be amended by the Shareholders; or

 

(d) to this Clause 8.

 

8.2 Any amendment of this Memorandum or the Articles will take effect from the date that the notice of amendment, or restated Memorandum and Articles incorporating the amendment, is registered by the Registrar or from such other date as determined pursuant to the Act.

 

8.3 The rights conferred upon the holders of the Shares of any class may only be varied, whether or not the Company is in liquidation, with the consent in writing of the holders of a majority of the issued Shares of that class or by a resolution approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of the Shares of that class by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes of the Shares of that class which were present at the meeting and were voted.

 

8.4 The rights conferred upon the holders of the Shares of any class shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further Shares ranking equally with such existing Shares.

 

- 3 -

 

9. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

9.1 In this Memorandum of Association and the attached Articles of Association, if not inconsistent with the subject or context:

 

Act” means the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004, as amended from time to time, and includes the BVI Business Companies Regulations, 2012 and any other regulations made under the Act;

 

Articles” means the attached Articles of Association of the Company;

 

Memorandum” means this Memorandum of Association of the Company;

 

person” includes individuals, corporations, trusts, the estates of deceased individuals, partnerships and unincorporated associations of persons;

 

Proscribed Powers” means the powers to: (a) amend this Memorandum or the Articles; (b) designate committees of directors; (c) delegate powers to a committee of directors; (d) appoint or remove directors; (e) appoint or remove an agent; (f) approve a plan of merger, consolidation or arrangement; (g) make a declaration of solvency or to approve a liquidation plan; or (h) make a determination that immediately after a proposed distribution the value of the Company’s assets will exceed its liabilities and the Company will be able to pay its debts as they fall due;

 

Resolution of Directors” means either:

 

(a) a resolution approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of directors of the Company or of a committee of directors of the Company by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at the meeting who voted except that where a director is given more than one vote, he shall be counted by the number of votes he casts for the purpose of establishing a majority; or

 

(b) a resolution consented to in writing by all directors or by all members of a committee of directors of the Company, as the case may be;

 

Resolution of Shareholders” means either:

 

(a) a resolution approved at a duly convened and constituted meeting of the Shareholders by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes of the Shares entitled to vote thereon which were present at the meeting and were voted; or

 

(b) a resolution consented to in writing by a majority of the votes of the Shares entitled to vote on such resolution;

 

Seal” means any seal which has been duly adopted as the common seal of the Company;

 

Share” means a share issued or to be issued by the Company;

 

Shareholder” means a person whose name is entered in the register of members of the Company as the holder of one or more Shares or fractional Shares; and

 

written” or any term of like import includes information generated, sent, received or stored by electronic, electrical, digital, magnetic, optical, electromagnetic, biometric or photonic means, including electronic data interchange, electronic mail, telegram, telex or telecopy, and “in writing” shall be construed accordingly.

 

- 4 -

 

9.2 In this Memorandum and the Articles, unless the context otherwise requires, a reference to:

 

(a) a “Regulation” or “Sub-Regulation” is a reference to a regulation or sub-regulation of the Articles;

 

(b) a “Clause” is a reference to a clause of this Memorandum;

 

(c) voting by Shareholders is a reference to the casting of the votes attached to the Shares held by the Shareholder voting;

 

(d) the Act, this Memorandum or the Articles is a reference to the Act or those documents as amended or, in the case of the Act any re-enactment thereof; and

 

(e) the singular includes the plural and vice versa.

 

9.3 Where a period of time is expressed as a number of days, the days on which the period begins and ends are not included in the computation of the number of days.

 

9.4 Any reference to a “month” shall be construed as a reference to a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month and a reference to a period of several months shall be construed accordingly.

 

9.5 Any words or expressions defined in the Act bear the same meaning in this Memorandum and the Articles unless the context otherwise requires or they are otherwise defined in this Memorandum or the Articles.

 

9.6 Headings are inserted for convenience only and shall be disregarded in interpreting this Memorandum and the Articles.

 

Signed for McNamara Corporate Services Limited, of 2nd Floor, 116 Main Street, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands for the purpose of incorporating a BVI Business Company under the laws of the British Virgin Islands on the 16th day of March, 2020.

 

Incorporator

 

_____________________

Authorised Signatory

For and on behalf of:

McNamara Corporate Services Limited

 

- 5 -

 

TERRITORY OF THE BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

 

BVI BUSINESS COMPANIES ACT, 2004

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

OF

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD.

A Company limited by Shares

 

1. DISAPPLICATION OF THE ACT

 

The following sections of the Act shall not apply to the Company:

 

(a) section 46 (Pre-emptive rights);

 

(b) section 60 (Process for acquisition of own shares);

 

(c) section 61 (Offer to one or more shareholders);

 

(d) section 62 (Shares redeemed otherwise than at the option of company); and

 

(e) section 175 (Disposition of assets).

 

2. SHARES

 

2.1 Every Shareholder is entitled to a certificate signed by a director or officer of the Company, or any other person authorised by Resolution of Directors, or under the Seal specifying the number of Shares held by him and the signature of the director, officer or authorised person and the Seal may be facsimiles.

 

2.2 Any Shareholder receiving a certificate shall indemnify and hold the Company and its directors and officers harmless from any loss or liability which it or they may incur by reason of any wrongful or fraudulent use or representation made by any person by virtue of the possession thereof. If a certificate for Shares is worn out or lost it may be renewed on production of the worn out certificate or on satisfactory proof of its loss together with such indemnity as may be required by Resolution of Directors.

 

2.3 If several persons are registered as joint holders of any Shares, any one of such persons may give an effectual receipt for any distribution.

 

2.4 Shares and other securities may be issued at such times, to such persons, for such consideration and on such terms as the directors may by Resolution of Directors determine.

 

2.5 A Share may be issued for consideration in any form, including money, a promissory note, or other written obligation to contribute money or property, real property, personal property (including goodwill and know-how), services rendered or a contract for future services.

 

- 6 -

 

2.6 No Shares may be issued for a consideration other than money, unless a Resolution of Directors has been passed stating:

 

(a) the amount to be credited for the issue of the Shares;

 

(b) the determination of the directors of the reasonable present cash value of the non-money consideration for the issue; and

 

(c) that, in the opinion of the directors, the present cash value of the non-money consideration for the issue is not less than the amount to be credited for the issue of the Shares.

 

2.7 The Company shall keep a register of members containing:

 

(a) the names and addresses of the persons who hold Shares;

 

(b) the number of each class and series of Shares held by each Shareholder;

 

(c) the date on which the name of each Shareholder was entered in the register of members; and

 

(d) the date on which any person ceased to be a Shareholder.

 

2.8 The register of members may be in any such form as the directors may approve, but if it is in magnetic, electronic or other data storage form, the Company must be able to produce legible evidence of its contents. Until the directors otherwise determine, the magnetic, electronic or other data storage form shall be the original register of members.

 

2.9 A Share is deemed to be issued when the name of the Shareholder is entered in the register of members.

 

3. REDEMPTION OF SHARES AND TREASURY SHARES

 

3.1 The Company may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire and hold its own Shares save that the Company may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire its own Shares without the consent of Shareholders whose Shares are to be purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired unless the Company is permitted by the Act or any other provision in the Memorandum or Articles to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire the Shares without their consent.

 

3.2 The Company may only offer to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire Shares if the Resolution of Directors authorising the purchase, redemption or other acquisition contains a statement that the directors are satisfied, on reasonable grounds, that immediately after the acquisition the value of the Company’s assets will exceed its liabilities and the Company will be able to pay its debts as they fall due.

 

3.3 Shares that the Company purchases, redeems or otherwise acquires may be cancelled or held as treasury shares provided that the number of Shares purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired and held as treasury shares, when aggregated with shares of the same class already held by the company as treasury shares, may not exceed 50% of the Shares of that class previously issued by the Company, excluding Shares that have been cancelled. Shares which have been cancelled shall be available for reissue.

 

3.4 All rights and obligations attaching to a treasury share are suspended and shall not be exercised by the Company while it holds the Share as a treasury share.

 

3.5 Treasury shares may be transferred by the Company on such terms and conditions (not otherwise inconsistent with the Memorandum and the Articles) as the Company may by Resolution of Directors determine.

 

4. MORTGAGES AND CHARGES OF SHARES

 

4.1 Shareholders may mortgage or charge their Shares.

 

- 7 -

 

4.2 There shall be entered in the register of members at the written request of the Shareholder:

 

(a) a statement that the Shares held by him are mortgaged or charged;

 

(b) the name of the mortgagee or chargee; and

 

(c) the date on which the particulars specified in subparagraphs (a) and (b) are entered in the register of members.

 

4.3 Where particulars of a mortgage or charge are entered in the register of members, such particulars may be cancelled:

 

(a) with the written consent of the named mortgagee or chargee or anyone authorised to act on his behalf; or

 

(b) upon evidence satisfactory to the directors of the discharge of the liability secured by the mortgage or charge and the issue of such indemnities as the directors shall consider necessary or desirable.

 

4.4 Whilst particulars of a mortgage or charge over Shares are entered in the register of members pursuant to this Regulation:

 

(a) no transfer of any Share the subject of those particulars shall be effected;

 

(b) the Company may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any such Share; and

 

(c) no replacement certificate shall be issued in respect of such Shares,

 

without the written consent of the named mortgagee or chargee.

 

4.5 The directors may not resolve to refuse or delay the transfer of a Share pursuant to the enforcement of a valid security interest created over the Share.

 

5. FORFEITURE

 

5.1 Shares that are not fully paid on issue are subject to the forfeiture provisions set forth in this Regulation and for this purpose Shares issued for a promissory note, other written obligation to contribute money or property or a contract for future services are deemed to be not fully paid.

 

5.2 A written notice of call specifying the date for payment to be made shall be served on the Shareholder who defaults in making payment in respect of the Shares.

 

5.3 The written notice of call referred to in Sub-Regulation 5.2 shall name a further date not earlier than the expiration of 14 days from the date of service of the notice on or before which the payment required by the notice is to be made and shall contain a statement that in the event of non-payment at or before the time named in the notice the Shares, or any of them, in respect of which payment is not made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

5.4 Where a written notice of call has been issued pursuant to Sub-Regulation 5.2 and the requirements of the notice have not been complied with, the directors may, at any time before tender of payment, forfeit and cancel the Shares to which the notice relates.

 

5.5 The Company is under no obligation to refund any moneys to the Shareholder whose Shares have been cancelled pursuant to Sub-Regulation 5.4 and that Shareholder shall be discharged from any further obligation to the Company.

 

- 8 -

 

6. TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

6.1 Shares may be transferred by a written instrument of transfer signed by the transferor and containing the name and address of the transferee, which shall be sent to the Company for registration.

 

6.2 The transfer of a Share is effective when the name of the transferee is entered on the register of members.

 

6.3 If the directors of the Company are satisfied that an instrument of transfer relating to Shares has been signed but that the instrument has been lost or destroyed, they may resolve by Resolution of Directors:

 

(a) to accept such evidence of the transfer of Shares as they consider appropriate; and

 

(b) that the transferee’s name should be entered in the register of members notwithstanding the absence of the instrument of transfer.

 

6.4 The personal representative of a deceased Shareholder may transfer a Share even though the personal representative is not a Shareholder at the time of the transfer.

 

6.5 The directors may not resolve to refuse or delay the transfer of a Share unless the Shareholder has failed to pay an amount due in respect of the Share.

 

7. MEETINGS AND CONSENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

7.1 Any director of the Company may convene meetings of the Shareholders at such times and in such manner and places within or outside the British Virgin Islands as the director considers necessary or desirable.

 

7.2 Upon the written request of Shareholders entitled to exercise 30% or more of the voting rights in respect of the matter for which the meeting is requested the directors shall convene a meeting of Shareholders.

 

7.3 The director convening a meeting shall give not less than 7 days’ notice of a meeting of Shareholders to:

 

(a) those Shareholders whose names on the date the notice is given appear as Shareholders in the register of members of the Company and are entitled to vote at the meeting; and

 

(b) the other directors.

 

7.4 The director convening a meeting of Shareholders may fix as the record date for determining those Shareholders that are entitled to vote at the meeting the date notice is given of the meeting, or such other date as may be specified in the notice, being a date not earlier than the date of the notice.

 

7.5 A meeting of Shareholders held in contravention of the requirement to give notice is valid if Shareholders holding at least 90% of the total voting rights on all the matters to be considered at the meeting have waived notice of the meeting and, for this purpose, the presence of a Shareholder at the meeting shall constitute waiver in relation to all the Shares which that Shareholder holds.

 

7.6 The inadvertent failure of a director who convenes a meeting to give notice of a meeting to a Shareholder or another director, or the fact that a Shareholder or another director has not received notice, does not invalidate the meeting.

 

7.7 A Shareholder may be represented at a meeting of Shareholders by a proxy who may speak and vote on behalf of the Shareholder.

 

7.8 The instrument appointing a proxy shall be produced at the place designated for the meeting before the time for holding the meeting at which the person named in such instrument proposes to vote. The notice of the meeting may specify an alternative or additional place or time at which the proxy shall be presented.

 

- 9 -

 

7.9 The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in substantially the following form or such other form as approved by the directors or as the chairman of the meeting shall accept as properly evidencing the wishes of the Shareholder appointing the proxy.

 

[ COMPANY NAME ]

 

I/We being a Shareholder of the above Company HEREBY APPOINT …………………………… of …………………………… or failing him ………..……………… of ………………………..…… to be my/our proxy to vote for me/us at the meeting of Shareholders to be held on the …… day of …………..…………, 20…… and at any adjournment thereof.

 

(Any restrictions on voting to be inserted here.)

 

Signed this …… day of …………..…………, 20……

 

……………………………

Shareholder

 

7.10 The following applies where Shares are jointly owned:

 

(a) if two or more persons hold Shares jointly each of them may be present in person or by proxy at a meeting of Shareholders and may speak as a Shareholder;

 

(b) if only one of the joint owners is present in person or by proxy he may vote on behalf of all joint owners; and

 

(c) if two or more of the joint owners are present in person or by proxy they must vote as one.

 

7.11 A Shareholder shall be deemed to be present at a meeting of Shareholders if he participates by telephone or other electronic means and all Shareholders or their authorised representatives participating in the meeting are able to hear each other.

 

7.12 A meeting of Shareholders is duly constituted if, at the commencement of the meeting, there are present in person or by proxy not less than 50% of the votes of the Shares entitled to vote on Resolutions of Shareholders to be considered at the meeting. A quorum may comprise a single Shareholder or proxy and then such person may pass a Resolution of Shareholders and a certificate signed by such person accompanied where such person be a proxy by a copy of the proxy instrument shall constitute a valid Resolution of Shareholders.

 

7.13 If within two hours from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of Shareholders, shall be dissolved; in any other case it shall stand adjourned to the next business day in the jurisdiction in which the meeting was to have been held at the same time and place or to such other time and place as the directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting there are present within one hour from the time appointed for the meeting in person or by proxy not less than one third of the votes of the Shares or each class or series of Shares entitled to vote on the matters to be considered by the meeting, those present shall constitute a quorum but otherwise the meeting shall be dissolved.

 

- 10 -

 

7.14 At every meeting of Shareholders, the chairman of the board of directors shall preside as chairman of the meeting. If there is no chairman of the board of directors or if that chairman is not present at the meeting, the Shareholders present shall choose one of their number to be the chairman. If the Shareholders are unable to choose a chairman for any reason, then the person representing the greatest number of voting Shares present in person or by proxy at the meeting shall preside as chairman failing which the oldest individual Shareholder or representative of a Shareholder present shall take the chair.

 

7.15 The chairman may, with the consent of the meeting, adjourn any meeting from time to time, and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

 

7.16 At any meeting of the Shareholders the chairman is responsible for deciding in such manner as he considers appropriate whether any resolution proposed has been carried or not and the result of his decision shall be announced to the meeting and recorded in the minutes of the meeting. If the chairman has any doubt as to the outcome of the vote on a proposed resolution, he shall cause a poll to be taken of all votes cast upon such resolution. If the chairman fails to take a poll then any Shareholder present in person or by proxy who disputes the announcement by the chairman of the result of any vote may immediately following such announcement demand that a poll be taken and the chairman shall cause a poll to be taken. If a poll is taken at any meeting, the result shall be announced to the meeting and recorded in the minutes of the meeting.

 

7.17 Subject to the specific provisions contained in this Regulation for the appointment of representatives of persons other than individuals the right of any individual to speak for or represent a Shareholder shall be determined by the law of the jurisdiction where, and by the documents by which, the person is constituted or derives its existence. In case of doubt, the directors may in good faith seek legal advice from any qualified person and unless and until a court of competent jurisdiction shall otherwise rule, the directors may rely and act upon such advice without incurring any liability to any Shareholder or the Company.

 

7.18 Any person other than an individual which is a Shareholder may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorise such individual as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of Shareholders or of any class of Shareholders, and the individual so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same rights on behalf of the Shareholder which he represents as that Shareholder could exercise if it were an individual.

 

7.19 The chairman of any meeting at which a vote is cast by proxy or on behalf of any person other than an individual may call for a notarially certified copy of such proxy or authority which shall be produced within 7 days of being so requested or the votes cast by such proxy or on behalf of such person shall be disregarded.

 

7.20 Directors of the Company may attend and speak at any meeting of Shareholders and at any separate meeting of the holders of any class or series of Shares.

 

7.21 An action that may be taken by the Shareholders at a meeting may also be taken by a resolution consented to in writing, without the need for any notice, but if any Resolution of Shareholders is adopted otherwise than by the unanimous written consent of all Shareholders, a copy of such resolution shall forthwith be sent to all Shareholders not consenting to such resolution. The consent may be in the form of counterparts, each counterpart being signed by one or more Shareholders. If the consent is in one or more counterparts, and the counterparts bear different dates, then the resolution shall take effect on the earliest date upon which Shareholders holding a sufficient number of votes of Shares to constitute a Resolution of Shareholders have consented to the resolution by signed counterparts.

 

- 11 -

 

8. DIRECTORS

 

8.1 The first directors of the Company shall be appointed by the first registered agent within 6 months of the date of incorporation of the Company; and thereafter, the directors shall be elected by Resolution of Shareholders or by Resolution of Directors. If, before the Company has any members, all of the directors appointed by the registered agent resign or die or otherwise cease to exist, the registered agent may appoint one or more further persons as directors of the Company.

 

8.2 No person shall be appointed as a director or alternate director, or nominated as a reserve director, of the Company unless he has consented in writing to be a director or alternate director, or to be nominated as a reserve director.

 

8.3 Subject to Sub-Regulation 8.1, the minimum number of directors shall be one and the maximum shall be twelve.

 

8.4 Each director holds office for the term, if any, fixed by the Resolution of Shareholders or the Resolution of Directors appointing him, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. If no term is fixed on the appointment of a director, the director serves indefinitely until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

8.5 A director may be removed from office:

 

(a) with or without cause, by Resolution of Shareholders passed at a meeting of Shareholders called for the purpose of removing the director or for purposes including the removal of the director or by a written resolution passed by at least 75% of the votes of the Shares of the Company entitled to vote; or

 

(b) with cause, by Resolution of Directors passed at a meeting of directors called for the purpose of removing the director or for purposes including the removal of the director.

 

8.6 A director may resign his office by giving written notice of his resignation to the Company and the resignation has effect from the date the notice is received by the Company or from such later date as may be specified in the notice. A director shall resign forthwith as a director if he is, or becomes, disqualified from acting as a director under the Act.

 

8.7 The directors may at any time appoint any person to be a director either to fill a vacancy or as an addition to the existing directors. Where the directors appoint a person as director to fill a vacancy, the term shall not exceed the term that remained when the person who has ceased to be a director ceased to hold office.

 

8.8 A vacancy in relation to directors occurs if a director dies or otherwise ceases to hold office prior to the expiration of his term of office.

 

8.9 Where the Company only has one Shareholder who is an individual and that Shareholder is also the sole director of the Company, the sole Shareholder/director may, by instrument in writing, nominate a person who is not disqualified from being a director of the Company as a reserve director of the Company to act in the place of the sole director in the event of his death.

 

- 12 -

 

8.10 The nomination of a person as a reserve director of the Company ceases to have effect if:

 

(a) before the death of the sole Shareholder/director who nominated him,

 

(i) he resigns as reserve director, or

 

(ii) the sole Shareholder/director revokes the nomination in writing; or

 

(b) the sole Shareholder/director who nominated him ceases to be able to be the sole Shareholder/director of the Company for any reason other than his death.

 

8.11 The Company shall keep a register of directors containing:

 

(a) the names and addresses of the persons who are directors of the Company or who have been nominated as reserve directors of the Company;

 

(b) the date on which each person whose name is entered in the register was appointed as a director, or nominated as a reserve director, of the Company;

 

(c) the date on which each person named as a director ceased to be a director of the Company;

 

(d) the date on which the nomination of any person nominated as a reserve director ceased to have effect; and

 

(e) such other information as may be prescribed by the Act.

 

8.12 The register of directors may be kept in any such form as the directors may approve, but if it is in magnetic, electronic or other data storage form, the Company must be able to produce legible evidence of its contents. Until a Resolution of Directors determining otherwise is passed, the magnetic, electronic or other data storage shall be the original register of directors.

 

8.13 The directors may, by Resolution of Directors, fix the emoluments of directors with respect to services to be rendered in any capacity to the Company.

 

8.14 A director is not required to hold a Share as a qualification to office.

 

9. POWERS OF DIRECTORS

 

9.1 The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by, or under the direction or supervision of, the directors of the Company. The directors of the Company have all the powers necessary for managing, and for directing and supervising, the business and affairs of the Company. The directors may pay all expenses incurred preliminary to and in connection with the incorporation of the Company and may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not by the Act or by the Memorandum or the Articles required to be exercised by the Shareholders.

 

9.2 Each director shall exercise his powers for a proper purpose and shall not act or agree to the Company acting in a manner that contravenes the Memorandum, the Articles or the Act. Each director, in exercising his powers or performing his duties, shall act honestly and in good faith in what the director believes to be the best interests of the Company.

 

9.3 If the Company is the wholly owned subsidiary of a parent, a director of the Company may, when exercising powers or performing duties as a director, act in a manner which he believes is in the best interests of the parent even though it may not be in the best interests of the Company.

 

9.4 Any director which is a body corporate may appoint any individual as its duly authorised representative for the purpose of representing it at meetings of the directors, with respect to the signing of consents or otherwise.

 

9.5 The continuing directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body.

 

9.6 The directors may by Resolution of Directors exercise all the powers of the Company to incur indebtedness, liabilities or obligations and to secure indebtedness, liabilities or obligations whether of the Company or of any third party.

 

9.7 All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable instruments and all receipts for moneys paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed, as the case may be, in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by Resolution of Directors.

 

- 13 -

 

10. PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

10.1 Any one director of the Company may call a meeting of the directors by sending a written notice to each other director.

 

10.2 The directors of the Company or any committee thereof may meet at such times and in such manner and places within or outside the British Virgin Islands as the directors may determine to be necessary or desirable.

 

10.3 A director is deemed to be present at a meeting of directors if he participates by telephone or other electronic means and all directors participating in the meeting are able to hear each other.

 

10.4 A director shall be given not less than 3 days’ notice of meetings of directors, but a meeting of directors held without 3 days’ notice having been given to all directors shall be valid if all the directors entitled to vote at the meeting who do not attend waive notice of the meeting, and for this purpose the presence of a director at a meeting shall constitute waiver by that director. The inadvertent failure to give notice of a meeting to a director, or the fact that a director has not received the notice, does not invalidate the meeting.

 

10.5 A director of the company (the “appointing director”) may appoint any other director or any other eligible person as his alternate to exercise the appointing director’s powers and carry out the appointing director’s responsibilities in relation to the taking of decisions by the directors in the absence of the appointing director.

 

10.6 The appointment and termination of an alternate director must be in writing, and written notice of the appointment and termination must be given by the appointing director to the Company as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

10.7 An alternate director has the same rights as the appointing director in relation to any directors’ meeting and any written resolution circulated for written consent. An alternate director has no power to appoint a further alternate, whether of the appointing director or of the alternate director, and the alternate does not act as an agent of or for the appointing director.

 

10.8 The appointing director may, at any time, voluntarily terminate the alternate director’s appointment. The voluntary termination of the appointment of an alternate shall take effect from the time when written notice of the termination is given to the Company. The rights of an alternate shall automatically terminate if the appointing director dies or otherwise ceases to hold office.

 

10.9 A meeting of directors is duly constituted for all purposes if at the commencement of the meeting there are present in person or by alternate not less than one-half of the total number of directors, if fewer, two directors.

 

10.10 If the Company has only one director the provisions herein contained for meetings of directors do not apply and such sole director has full power to represent and act for the Company in all matters as are not by the Act, the Memorandum or the Articles required to be exercised by the Shareholders. In lieu of minutes of a meeting the sole director shall record in writing and sign a note or memorandum of all matters requiring a Resolution of Directors. Such a note or memorandum constitutes sufficient evidence of such resolution for all purposes.

 

10.11 The directors may appoint a director as chairman of the board of directors. At meetings of directors at which the chairman of the board of directors is present, he shall preside as chairman of the meeting. If there is no chairman of the board of directors or if the chairman of the board is not present, the directors present shall choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

- 14 -

 

10.12 An action that may be taken by the directors or a committee of directors at a meeting may also be taken by a Resolution of Directors or a resolution of a committee of directors consented to in writing by all directors or by all members of the committee, as the case may be, without the need for any notice. The consent may be in the form of counterparts each counterpart being signed by one or more directors. If the consent is in one or more counterparts, and the counterparts bear different dates, then the resolution shall take effect on the date upon which the last director has consented to the resolution by signed counterparts.

 

11. COMMITTEES

 

11.1 The directors may, by Resolution of Directors, designate one or more committees, each consisting of one or more directors, and delegate one or more of their powers, including the power to affix the Seal, to the committee.

 

11.2 The directors have no power to delegate to a committee of directors any of the Proscribed Powers.

 

11.3 A committee of directors, where authorised by the Resolution of Directors appointing such committee or by a subsequent Resolution of Directors, may appoint a sub-committee and delegate powers exercisable by the committee to the sub-committee.

 

11.4 The meetings and proceedings of each committee of directors consisting of 2 or more directors shall be governed mutatis mutandis by the provisions of the Articles regulating the proceedings of directors so far as the same are not superseded by any provisions in the Resolution of Directors establishing the committee.

 

11.5 Where the directors delegate their powers to a committee of directors they remain responsible for the exercise of that power by the committee, unless they believed on reasonable grounds at all times before the exercise of the power that the committee would exercise the power in conformity with the duties imposed on directors of the Company under the Act.

 

12. OFFICERS AND AGENTS

 

12.1 The Company may by Resolution of Directors appoint officers of the Company at such times as may be considered necessary or expedient. The officers shall perform such duties as are prescribed at the time of their appointment subject to any modification in such duties as may be prescribed thereafter by Resolution of Directors.

 

12.2 The emoluments of all officers shall be fixed by Resolution of Directors.

 

12.3 The officers of the Company shall hold office until their successors are duly appointed, but any officer elected or appointed by the directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by Resolution of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company may be filled by Resolution of Directors.

 

12.4 The directors may, by Resolution of Directors, appoint any person, including a person who is a director, to be an agent of the Company.

 

12.5 An agent of the Company shall have such powers and authority of the directors, including the power and authority to affix the Seal, as are set forth in the Articles or in the Resolution of Directors appointing the agent, except that no agent has any power or authority with respect to the following:

 

(a) the Proscribed Powers;

 

(b) to change the registered office or agent;

 

- 15 -

 

(c) to fix emoluments of directors; or

 

(d) to authorise the Company to continue as a company incorporated under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the British Virgin Islands.

 

12.6 The Resolution of Directors appointing an agent may authorise the agent to appoint one or more substitutes or delegates to exercise some or all of the powers conferred on the agent by the Company.

 

12.7 The directors may remove an agent appointed by the Company and may revoke or vary a power conferred on him.

 

13. CONFLICT OF INTERESTS

 

13.1 A director of the Company shall, forthwith after becoming aware of the fact that he is interested in a transaction entered into or to be entered into by the Company, disclose the interest to all other directors of the Company.

 

13.2 For the purposes of Sub-Regulation 13.1, a disclosure to all other directors to the effect that a director is a member, director or officer of another named entity or has a fiduciary relationship with respect to the entity or a named individual and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction which may, after the date of the entry into the transaction or disclosure of the interest, be entered into with that entity or individual, is a sufficient disclosure of interest in relation to that transaction.

 

13.3 A director of the Company who is interested in a transaction entered into or to be entered into by the Company may:

 

(a) vote on a matter relating to the transaction;

 

(b) attend a meeting of directors at which a matter relating to the transaction arises and be included among the directors present at the meeting for the purposes of a quorum; and

 

(c) sign a document on behalf of the Company, or do any other thing in his capacity as a director, that relates to the transaction,

 

and, subject to compliance with the Act shall not, by reason of his office be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he derives from such transaction and no such transaction shall be liable to be avoided on the grounds of any such interest or benefit.

 

14. INDEMNIFICATION

 

14.1 Subject to the limitations hereinafter provided the Company shall indemnify against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigative proceedings any person who:

 

(a) is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director of the Company; or

 

(b) is or was, at the request of the Company, serving as a director of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another body corporate or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

- 16 -

 

14.2 The indemnity in Sub-Regulation 14.1 only applies if the person acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of criminal proceedings, the person had no reasonable cause to believe that their conduct was unlawful.

 

14.3 For the purposes of Sub-Regulation 14.2 and without limitation, a director acts in the best interests of the Company if he acts in the best interests of the Company’s parent in the circumstances specified in Sub-Regulation 9.3.

 

14.4 The decision of the directors as to whether the person acted honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the Company and as to whether the person had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful is, in the absence of fraud, sufficient for the purposes of the Articles, unless a question of law is involved.

 

14.5 The termination of any proceedings by any judgment, order, settlement, conviction or the entering of a nolle prosequi does not, by itself, create a presumption that the person did not act honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the Company or that the person had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

14.6 Expenses, including legal fees, incurred by a director in defending any legal, administrative or investigative proceedings may be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such proceedings upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director to repay the amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the director is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company in accordance with Sub-Regulation 14.1.

 

14.7 Expenses, including legal fees, incurred by a former director in defending any legal, administrative or investigative proceedings may be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such proceedings upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the former director to repay the amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the former director is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company in accordance with Sub-Regulation 14.1 and upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Company deems appropriate.

 

14.8 The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this section is not exclusive of any other rights to which the person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any agreement, Resolution of Shareholders, resolution of disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to acting in the person’s official capacity and as to acting in another capacity while serving as a director of the Company.

 

14.9 If a person referred to in Sub-Regulation 14.1 has been successful in defence of any proceedings referred to in Sub-Regulation 14.1, the person is entitled to be indemnified against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the proceedings.

 

14.10 The Company may purchase and maintain insurance in relation to any person who is or was a director, officer or liquidator of the Company, or who at the request of the Company is or was serving as a director, officer or liquidator of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another body corporate or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against the person and incurred by the person in that capacity, whether or not the Company has or would have had the power to indemnify the person against the liability as provided in the Articles.

 

15. RECORDS

 

15.1 The Company shall keep the following documents at the office of its registered agent:

 

(a) the Memorandum and the Articles;

 

(b) the register of members, or a copy of the register of members;

 

(c) the register of directors, or a copy of the register of directors; and

 

(d) copies of all notices and other documents filed by the Company with the Registrar in the previous 10 years.

 

- 17 -

 

15.2 Until the directors determine otherwise by Resolution of Directors the Company shall keep the original register of members and original register of directors at the office of its registered agent.

 

15.3 If the Company maintains only a copy of the register of members or a copy of the register of directors at the office of its registered agent, it shall:

 

(a) within 15 days of any change in either register, notify the registered agent in writing of the change; and

 

(b) provide the registered agent with a written record of the physical address of the place or places at which the original register of members or the original register of directors is kept.

 

15.4 The Company shall keep the following records at the office of its registered agent or at such other place or places, within or outside the British Virgin Islands, as the directors may determine:

 

(a) minutes of meetings and Resolutions of Shareholders and classes of Shareholders; and

 

(b) minutes of meetings and Resolutions of Directors and committees of directors.

 

15.5 Where any original records referred to in this Regulation are maintained other than at the office of the registered agent of the Company, and the place at which the original records is changed, the Company shall provide the registered agent with the physical address of the new location of the records of the Company within 14 days of the change of location.

 

15.6 The records kept by the Company under this Regulation shall be in written form or either wholly or partly as electronic records complying with the requirements of the Electronic Transactions Act, 2001 as from time to time amended or re-enacted.

 

16. SEAL

 

The Company shall have a Seal an impression of which shall be kept at the office of the registered agent of the Company. The Company may have more than one Seal and references herein to the Seal shall be references to every Seal which shall have been duly adopted by Resolution of Directors. The directors shall provide for the safe custody of the Seal and for an imprint thereof to be kept at the registered office. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein the Seal when affixed to any written instrument shall be witnessed and attested to by the signature of any one director or other person so authorised from time to time by Resolution of Directors. Such authorisation may be before or after the Seal is affixed, may be general or specific and may refer to any number of sealings. The directors may provide for a facsimile of the Seal and of the signature of any director or authorised person which may be reproduced by printing or other means on any instrument and it shall have the same force and validity as if the Seal had been affixed to such instrument and the same had been attested to as hereinbefore described.

 

17. DISTRIBUTIONS BY WAY OF DIVIDEND

 

17.1 The directors of the Company may, by Resolution of Directors, authorise a distribution by way of dividend at a time and of an amount they think fit if they are satisfied, on reasonable grounds, that, immediately after the distribution, the value of the Company’s assets will exceed its liabilities and the Company will be able to pay its debts as they fall due.

 

17.2 Dividends may be paid in money, shares, or other property.

 

- 18 -

 

17.3 Notice of any dividend that may have been declared shall be given to each Shareholder as specified in Regulation 19 and all dividends unclaimed for 3 years after having been declared may be forfeited by Resolution of Directors for the benefit of the Company.

 

17.4 No dividend shall bear interest as against the Company and no dividend shall be paid on treasury shares.

 

18. ACCOUNTS AND AUDIT

 

18.1 The Company shall keep records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s transactions and that will, at any time, enable the financial position of the Company to be determined with reasonable accuracy.

 

18.2 The Company may by Resolution of Shareholders call for the directors to prepare periodically and make available a profit and loss account and a balance sheet. The profit and loss account and balance sheet shall be drawn up so as to give respectively a true and fair view of the profit and loss of the Company for a financial period and a true and fair view of the assets and liabilities of the Company as at the end of a financial period.

 

18.3 The Company may by Resolution of Shareholders call for the accounts to be examined by auditors.

 

18.4 The first auditors shall be appointed by Resolution of Directors; subsequent auditors shall be appointed by Resolution of Shareholders or by Resolution of Directors.

 

18.5 The auditors may be Shareholders, but no director or other officer shall be eligible to be an auditor of the Company during their continuance in office.

 

18.6 The remuneration of the auditors of the Company may be fixed by Resolution of Directors.

 

18.7 The auditors shall examine each profit and loss account and balance sheet required to be laid before a meeting of the Shareholders or otherwise given to Shareholders and shall state in a written report whether or not:

 

(a) in their opinion the profit and loss account and balance sheet give a true and fair view respectively of the profit and loss for the period covered by the accounts, and of the assets and liabilities of the Company at the end of that period; and

 

(b) all the information and explanations required by the auditors have been obtained.

 

18.8 The report of the auditors shall be annexed to the accounts and shall be read at the meeting of Shareholders at which the accounts are laid before the Company or shall be otherwise given to the Shareholders.

 

18.9 Every auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books of account and vouchers of the Company, and shall be entitled to require from the directors and officers of the Company such information and explanations as he thinks necessary for the performance of the duties of the auditors.

 

18.10 The auditors of the Company shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend any meetings of Shareholders at which the Company’s profit and loss account and balance sheet are to be presented.

 

19. NOTICES

 

19.1 Any notice, information or written statement to be given by the Company to Shareholders shall be in writing and may be given by personal service, mail, courier, email, or fax to such Shareholder’s address as shown in the register of members or to such Shareholder’s email address or fax number as notified by the Shareholder to the Company in writing from time to time.

 

- 19 -

 

19.2 Any summons, notice, order, document, process, information or written statement to be served on the Company may be served by leaving it, or by sending it by registered mail addressed to the Company, at its registered office, or by leaving it with, or by sending it by registered mail addressed to the Company at the offices of the registered agent of the Company.

 

19.3 Where a notice is sent by post, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, prepaying and posting a letter containing notice, and shall be deemed to be received on the fifth business day following the day on which the notice was posted. Where a notice is sent by fax or email, notice shall be deemed to be effected by transmitting the email or fax to the address or number provided by the intended recipient and service of the notice shall be deemed to have been received on the same day that it was transmitted.

 

20. VOLUNTARY LIQUIDATION

 

Subject to the Act, the Company may by Resolution of Shareholders or by Resolution of Directors appoint an eligible individual as voluntary liquidator alone or jointly with one or more other voluntary liquidators.

 

21. CONTINUATION

 

The Company may by Resolution of Shareholders or by a resolution passed unanimously by all directors of the Company continue as a company incorporated under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the British Virgin Islands in the manner provided under those laws.

 

Signed for McNamara Corporate Services Limited, of 2nd Floor, 116 Main Street, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands for the purpose of incorporating a BVI Business Company under the laws of the British Virgin Islands on the 16th day of March, 2020.

 

Incorporator

 

__________________

Authorised Signatory

For and on behalf of:

McNamara Corporate Services Limited

 

 

- 20 -

 

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

EXTRACT OF THE MEMORANDUM OF RESOLUTIONS BY THE DIRECTOR OF

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD.

(The Company)

(Established in Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands)

 

IT IS HEREBY RESOLVED THAT:

 

(1) Clause 5.1 of the Company’s Memorandum of Association be deleted in its entirety and that the following clause 5.1 be substituted therefore:

 

The Company is authorised to issue a maximum of 230,000,000 shares of a single class of US$0.01 each.

 

(2) In accordance with Section 13 of the BVI Business Companies Act, an extract of this Resolution be filed with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs in the British Virgin Islands together with an amended and restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company.

 

This Resolution was passed on the 15th day of May, 2020.

 

/s/ Dharmesh Pandya  
Dharmesh Pandya  
Director  

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

 

 

AGREEMENT TO ACQUIRE

CUSTOMER LIST

 

BY AND BETWEEN

 

REACHNET CABLE SERVICES PVT. LTD.

 

as

 

“SELLER”

 

and

 

LITUUS TECHNOLOGIES PVT. LTD.

 

as

 

“BUYER”

 

 

 

 

 

 

AGREEMENT TO ACQUIRE CUSTOMER LIST

 

THIS AGREEMENT TO ACQUIRE CUSTOMER LIST PURCHASE AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is entered into at Mumbai on this 20th day of June, 2019 (“Effective Date”) by and between

 

Reachnet Cable Services Pvt. Ltd. having its registered office at Crescent Towers, 1st Floor, 229, A.J.C Bose Road, Kolkatta 700 020 (“Seller”) (which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, mean and include its subsidiaries, group companies, parent company, successors and/or permitted assigns) of the ONE Part;

 

AND

 

Lituus Technologies Pvt. Ltd. having its registered office at A-21, 1st Floor, Ghanshyam Industrial Estate, Off Veera Desai Road, Andheri West, Mumbai - 400053 (“Buyer”) (which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, mean and include its subsidiaries, group companies, parent company, successors and/or permitted assigns) of the OTHER Part.

 

WHEREAS:

 

A. The Buyer intends to engage in the provision of online services through various mediums, including through Fiber Optics, etc. and to commence these services it intends to accumulate customer base, including the present and potential customer base of the Seller prior to commencement of its business activity.

 

B. Seller has agreed to sell, convey, assign, deliver and transfer its customers/subscriber base to the Buyer on such terms and conditions as more specifically stated hereinafter.

 

In consideration of the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Commitment to Purchase and Sale of Customer List. Seller agrees to sell, convey, assign, deliver and transfer to Buyer, and Buyer agrees to purchase and acquire from Seller the existing and subsisting Customer List together with the corresponding right to receive income (“the Asset”). The Parties agree that this Agreement contemplates only the acquisition of the Asset by the Buyer and is not an agreement to acquire or purchase the business of the Seller.

 

2. Closing. The Parties agree that the transaction shall be completed on the date (“Closing Date”) on which the Buyer’s parent, affiliate, group company, etc. is listed on a recognized stock exchange or any other date as may be mutually agreed to by and between the Parties.

 

3. Buyer’s Due Diligence. Seller shall make available to Buyer (its counsel, accountants and other representatives) for Buyer’s review all information available regarding the Customer List and, without limitation, all disclosures requested by Buyer and Buyer shall satisfy itself with the Asset.

 

4. Assumption of Liabilities. Buyer will assume no liabilities, obligations, expenses or other commitments of Seller.

 

2

 

 

5. Purchase Price. As full payment and consideration for the purchase of the Asset, Buyer shall pay to Seller on the Closing Date a consideration more specifically stated in Annexure 1 (the “Purchase Price”) and Seller shall on the Closing Date, deliver the Asset to the Buyer as listed in Annexure 2.

 

6. Confidentiality. The parties agree that the financial terms and conditions of this Agreement including, but not limited to, any and all information provided by Buyer to Seller are strictly confidential. Neither party will knowingly publicize or disclose or cause or knowingly permit or authorize the publicizing or disclosure of the financial terms and conditions of this Agreement for any reason, at any time, without the prior written consent of the other party, except as required by law. Notwithstanding the above, the parties may disclose information to their counsel, personal tax advisor or as may be required by law. The parties agree, to the extent not prohibited under law, to instruct those to whom disclosure is allowed under this Agreement that its terms are confidential and must not be further disclosed.

 

7. Obligation Not to Solicit and Not to Compete.

 

(a) Seller agrees not to solicit or otherwise seek to hire, cause, encourage, or attempt to encourage (i) any former or current sales agent or employee of Buyer or any successor thereto, or (ii) any current or former sales agent or employee of Seller to become a sales agent or employee of any other person or entity (other than the Buyer or an affiliate or successor thereof).

 

(b) Seller will not knowingly contact, solicit the business of, or accept orders from, any customer for the purpose of moving such customer from Buyer or switching such customer to another service provider that competes with Buyer.

 

(c) The obligations of Seller not to solicit as set forth in this Section shall continue for a period of five years from the Effective Date.

 

(d) For five years following the Effective Date, Seller will not, directly or indirectly, whether alone or with any other person, (a) sell services comparable to the services Buyer provides to any of its customers, or that Seller reasonably should know is undertaking to become engaged in competition with Buyer or (b) own an interest in, operate, join, control, or participate as a partner, director, principal, officer, or agent of, enter into the employment of, or act as a consultant to, any entity whose business consists of selling services similar to those services sold by Seller.

 

(e) Seller acknowledges that if Seller breaches or threatens to breach Seller’s covenants and agreements in this Section 7, then Seller’s actions may cause irreparable harm and damage to Buyer that could not be adequately compensated in damages. Accordingly, if Seller breaches or threatens to breach this Agreement, then Buyer will be entitled to injunctive relief in addition to any other rights or remedies of Buyer under this Agreement or otherwise.

 

3

 

 

If any restrictive covenant of this Section 7 is held by any court to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, either in whole or in part, then such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions or covenants of this Agreement, all of which will remain in full force and effect to the maximum extent allowed by law. Without limiting the foregoing, although the parties have, in good faith, used their best efforts to make the provisions of Section 7 reasonable in terms of geographic area, duration and scope of restricted activities in light of Buyer’s business activities, and it is not anticipated, nor is it intended, by any party hereto that a court of competent jurisdiction would find it necessary to reform the provisions hereof to make them reasonable in terms of geographic area, duration or otherwise, the parties understand and agree that if a court of competent jurisdiction determines it necessary to reform the scope of Section 7 or any part thereof in order to make it binding and enforceable, such provision shall be considered divisible in all respects and such lesser scope as any such court shall determine to be reasonable shall be effective, binding and enforceable.

 

(f) This clause 7 is not applicable to any of the executives, directors or employees of the Seller who decide to leave their respective positions in the Seller’s company and move to the Buyer’s entity as employees, executives or directors.

 

8. Representation and Warranties of Buyer. Buyer warrants and represents to Seller:

 

(a) that the within Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of Buyer, and that Buyer has the ability to enter into and consummate this agreement; and

 

(b) Buyer acknowledges that if Buyer breaches or threatens to breach Buyer’s covenants and agreements in this Section 7, then Buyer’s actions may cause irreparable harm and damage to Seller that could not be adequately compensated in damages. Accordingly, if Buyer breaches or threatens to breach this Agreement, then Seller will be entitled to injunctive relief in addition to any other rights or remedies of Seller under this Agreement or otherwise.

 

9. Representation and Warranties of Seller. Seller warrants and represents to Buyer:

 

(a) Seller has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform the obligations hereunder. This Agreement is duly authorized, executed and delivered by, and a valid and binding agreement of, Seller who is a signatory thereto, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, and no further action, approvals or consents are necessary on the part of Seller, nor is it necessary for Seller to obtain any actions, approvals or consents from any third persons, governmental or other to make this Agreement valid and binding upon and enforceable against Seller in accordance with their respective terms, or to enable Seller to perform this Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

(b) The Customer List attached hereto (“Annexure 2”) is a copy of the true, accurate, full and complete existing and subsisting list of the customers (active and inactive) of Seller as on date of signing this Agreement, validly certified by the Seller.

 

(c) Seller has good and marketable title to the Customer List, free and clear of all liens, pledges, leases, charges, encumbrances, equities, claims, conditional sale contracts, security interests, or any other interests or imperfections of title of any nature whatsoever and can sell/grant/convey the same to the Buyer.

 

(d) To the best of Seller’s knowledge, Seller has not been and is not now in violation of laws, regulations or orders.

 

(e) There are no claims, actions, suits, proceedings or investigations, judicial or administrative, pending, involving or, to the best knowledge of Seller, threatened against or affecting either Seller or the Customer List or that seek to restrain, prohibit or invalidate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or that might materially affect the right of Buyer to own the Customer List. Seller does not know of any basis for any such action, suit, proceeding or investigation.

 

4

 

 

(f) Seller acknowledges that if Seller breaches or threatens to breach Seller’s covenants and agreements in this Section 8, then Seller’s actions may cause irreparable harm and damage to Buyer that could not be adequately compensated in damages. Accordingly, if Seller breaches or threatens to breach this Agreement, then Buyer will be entitled to injunctive relief in addition to any other rights or remedies of Buyer under this Agreement or otherwise.

 

10. Indemnification.

 

(a) Seller hereby indemnifies, defends and holds harmless Buyer and its affiliates (the “Buyer Indemnified Parties”) for, and will pay to the Buyer Indemnified Parties the amount of, any loss, liability, claim, damage (including incidental and consequential damages), expense (including costs of investigation and defense and reasonable attorneys’ fees) or diminution of value, whether or not involving a third-party claim (collectively, “Damages”), arising, directly or indirectly, from or in connection with: (i) any breach of any representation or warranty made by Seller in this Agreement or any certificate or document delivered by Seller pursuant to this Agreement; (ii) any breach by Seller of any covenant or obligation of Seller in this Agreement; (iii) any claim by any person for brokerage or finder’s fees or commissions or similar payments based upon any agreement or understanding alleged to have been made by such person with Seller (or any Person acting on its behalf) in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; or (iv) the failure of Seller to assume, pay, perform and discharge Seller’s liabilities.

 

(b) Seller will indemnify Buyer from and against the entirety of any Adverse Consequences Buyer may suffer to the extent resulting from, arising out of, relating to, or caused by, any lawsuit or other legal proceeding to which Seller is now, or may hereafter become, a party provided such lawsuit or legal proceeding relates to the business prior to closing and is not related to an obligation assumed by Buyer under this Agreement.

 

(c) If the consent of any person or entity to the assignment of any of the contract by Seller to Buyer as contemplated by this Agreement is required by the terms of such contract, and such consent has not been obtained by Seller and delivered to Buyer, Seller will indemnify Buyer from and against the entirety of any Adverse Consequences Buyer may suffer to the extent resulting from, arising out of, relating to, or caused by the failure of Seller to obtain such consent.

 

11. Termination.

 

(a) This Agreement may be terminated prior to the Closing only by mutual written consent of the Parties as follows:

 

(i) if the Closing shall not have occurred before December 31, 2019 (“Long Stop Date”);

 

(ii) upon the issuance of any court order that is final and not appealable and would prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

(iii) either of the Parties breaches in any material respect any provision of this Agreement and that breach is not remedied within fifteen (15) Business Days of receiving a written notice to remedy such breach from the non-defaulting party;

 

5

 

 

(iv) a judgment has been entered against a party or any of their respective affiliates restraining, prohibiting or declaring illegal the consummation of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(b) Upon Termination of this Agreement, neither Party shall have any right, claim, title, etc. of any nature whatsoever against the other.

 

 

12. Notices. Any notice or other communication between the parties hereto shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally or by courier and shall be deemed delivered upon receipt if sent by personal delivery, and three (3) business days after deposit if sent by courier. Such notices or communications shall be sent to the following addresses:

 

(a) if to Buyer:

 

Lituus Technologies Pvt. Ltd.

Address: A-21, 1st Floor, Ghanshyam Industrial Estate,

Off Veera Desai Road, Andheri West, Mumbai - 400053

Attn: Nimish Pandya, Director

 

or at such other address or addresses as may have been furnished in writing by Buyer to Seller

 

and

 

(b) if to Seller:

 

Reachnet Cable Services Pvt. Ltd.

Address: Crescent Towers, 1st Floor, 229, A.J.C Bose Road,

Kolkatta 700 020

Attn: Jagjit Singh Kohli, Director

 

or at such other address or addresses as may have been furnished in writing by Seller to Buyer.

 

13. Survivorship. The representatives, covenants and obligations of the parties as set forth in this Agreement shall survive the Closing of the title hereunder.

 

14. Binding Effect. All of the terms, covenants and conditions herein contained shall be for and shall inure to the benefit of and shall bind the respective parties hereto and their successors and assigns, respectively.

 

15. Assignment to Corporation. This Agreement may be assigned by Buyer to a company controlled by Buyer in place and instead of Buyer; however, Buyer shall not, upon such assignment, be relieved of performance hereunder and pursuant to the provisions hereof.

 

16. Governing Law. The parties hereto expressly agree that this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted under, and construed and enforced exclusively in accordance with the laws of India.

 

17. Arbitration. Any controversy involving the construction or application of any of the terms, provisions or conditions of this Agreement shall, on the written request of either party served on the other, be submitted to sole arbitration under the provisions of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 2015. The cost of arbitration and reasonable attorney fees shall be borne equally by each party. The seat of arbitration shall be in Mumbai and the proceedings shall be in English.

 

6

 

 

18. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire Agreement between the parties pertaining to the subject matter herein and expressly supersedes all prior written and oral agreements and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may not be amended or modified unless so modified in writing by the parties.

 

19. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is, becomes or is deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such provision shall be deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws so as to be valid and enforceable, or, if it cannot be so amended without materially altering the intention of the parties hereto, it shall be stricken and the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

20. Paragraph Headings. The headings of the several paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted solely for convenience of reference and are not part of and are not intended to govern, limit or aid in the construction of any term or provision herein.

 

21. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts and by facsimile, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

22. Waiver. No waiver by a party of any breach of or default under this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other breach or default of any kind or nature, whether or not such party knows of such breach or default at the time it or his accepts such payment or performance. No failure or delay on the part of a party to exercise any right it or he may have with respect to this Agreement shall prevent the exercise thereof by such party at any time such other party may continue to be so in default, and no such failure or delay shall operate as a waiver of any default. A failure by either party to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms of this Agreement in any instance shall not be construed as a waiver of such terms in the future.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement dated and effective as of the date first set forth above.

 

SIGNED AND DELIVERED by )  
the within-named Lituus )  
Technologies Pvt. Ltd. ) For Lituus Technologies Private Limited
through its authorized signatory )  
Mr. Nimish Pandya ) Authorized Signatory/Director
In the presence of: )  
  ) /s/ Dharmesh Pandya
1. /s/ Pratik Gandhi )
  )  
  )  
2. /s/ Hanish Talsania )

 

SIGNED AND DELIVERED by )  
the within-named Reachnet )  
Cable Services Pvt. Ltd. ) For Reachnet Cable Services Pvt. Ltd.
through its authorized signatory )  
Mr. Jagjit Singh Kohli ) /s/ Aravindan Nair
In the presence of: )  
  )  
1. /s/ Pratik Gandhi )  
  )  
  )  
2. /s/ Hanish Talsania )  

 

7

 

 

ANNEXURE 1

 

PURCHASE PRICE

 

On the Closing Date, Buyer shall pay the Seller an amount of Rs. 3,75,00,00,000.00/- (Rupees Three Hundred and Seventy-Five Crores Only) payable in 60:20:20 ratio. The 60% payment will be made on the closing date or by June 2020 whichever is later, 20% by June 2021 and remaining 20% by June 2022.

 

 

8

 

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

TRIPARTITE SHARE PURCHASE / ALLOTMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Share Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) is executed in March, on this 19th day of 2020 between:

 

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD., a company incorporated in Territory of The British Virgin islands under the laws of British Virgin Islands having its registered office at 2nd Floor, 116 Main Street, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands, represented through its duly authorized signatory Mr. Dharmesh Pandya (hereinafter referred to as “LYTUS BVI”) which expression shall, unless it be repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, be deemed to mean and include its successors and permitted assigns) of the First Part;

 

AND

 

LITUUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED., a company incorporated in India under provisions of the Indian Companies Act, 1956 having its registered office at A-21, 1st Floor, Ghanshyam Industrial Estate, Off. Veera Desai Road, Andheri West, Mumbai 400053, represented through its duly authorized signatory Mr.Nimish Gulabrai Pandya (hereinafter referred to as “LITUUS TECH”) which expression shall, unless it be repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, be deemed to mean and include its successors and permitted assigns) of the Second Part;

 

 

 

 

AND

 

MR. NIMISH GULABRAI PANDYA, an Indian inhabitant, residing at A-1008, OBEROI SPLENDOR, JV LINK ROAD, JOGESHWARI EAST, Mumbai - 400060, Maharashtra, India, holding 14850 Equity Shares of LITUUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED and director of LITUUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED, which expression shall, unless it be repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, be deemed to mean and include its successors and permitted assigns) of the Third Part.

 

AND

 

Mr. GIRISH BALDEOPRASAD PODAR, an Indian inhabitate, residing at B/101, LAKSHACHANDI APARTMENT, A. K. VAIDYA MARG, GOREGAON (EAST), Mumbai – 400 063, Maharashtra, India holding 150 Equity Shares of LITUUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED and director of LITUUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED, which expression shall, unless it be repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, be deemed to mean and include its successors and permitted assigns) of the Forth Part.

 

The above said Companies and individuals are hereinafter referred to as “The Parties”.

 

WHEREAS:

 

A. LYTUS BVI is a private limited company engaged in the business of online services as outlined in its Memorandum of Association. The authorized share capital of the Company is $ 50,000/- USD Fifty Thousand Only) divided into 50,000 shares of $ 1/- each and the issued, subscribed and paid up share capital of the Company is $ 50,000/- USD Fifty Thousand Only) divided into 50,000 shares of $. 1/- each.

 

2

 

 

B. The current shareholding pattern of LITUUS TECH is as under:

 

Serial No. Name of Shareholder Number of shares held
1. Dharmesh Gulabrai Pandya 50,000

 

C. LITUUS TECH is a private limited company engaged in the business of online services as outlined in its Memorandum of Association. The authorized share capital of the Company is Rs. 5,00,000/- Rupees Five Lakh Only) divided into 50,000 equity shares of Rs. 10/- each and the issued, subscribed and paid up share capital of the Company is Rs. 1,50,000/- Rupees One Lakh Fifty Thousand Only) divided into 15,000 equity shares of Rs. 10/- each.

 

D. The current shareholding pattern of LITUUS TECH is as under:

 

Serial No. Name of Shareholder Number of shares held
1. Nimish Gulabrai Pandya 14,850
2. Girish Baldeoprasad Podar 150

 

E. LITUUS TECH through its shareholders has discussed with LYTUS BVI, the sale of 15,000 equity shares of LITUUS TECH to LYTUS BVI currently held by its shareholders Mr. Nimish Gulabrai Pandya and Mr. Girish Baldeoprasad Podar.

 

F. LYTUS BVI has agreed to acquire 15,000 Equity Shares of LITUUS TECH at face value of Rs. 10/- (Rupees Ten Only), for a Purchase Price of Rs. 1,50,000/- (Rupees One Lakh Only) upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained herein.

 

G. LYTUS BVI seeks to bring in investment in the Online services business activities envisioned by LITUUS TECH.

 

H. LITUUS TECH shall create, allot and issue equity shares as per the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, to facilitate investment by the Lytus BVI in the said business as and when such requirement arises upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained herein.

 

3

 

 

I. The Parties are entering into this Agreement in order to set out the rights and obligations of the Parties in relation to the acquisition and/or allotment of the Shares (as defined hereinafter) by LYTUS BVI and other matters in connection therewith, which they agree will be interpreted, acted upon and governed solely in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE IN CONSIDERATION OF THE MUTUAL COVENANTS, AGREEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNITIES AS SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, AND FOR OTHER GOOD AND VALUABLE CONISDERATION, THE SUFFICIENCY OF WHICH IS HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGED BY THE PARTIES, THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions. In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, the following expressions shall have the following meanings:

 

1.1.1 “Act” means the Companies Act, 2013, as amended from time to time and shall include any statutory replacement or re-enactment thereof and the Rules made thereunder;

 

1.1.2 “Agreement” means this Share Purchase Agreement together with its annexures and schedules, as may be amended from time to time in accordance with the provisions contained herein;

 

1.1.3 “Board” means the board of directors of both the Companies which shall be deemed to include any Committee of the Board;

 

1.1.4 “Charter Documents” mean the Memorandum of Association and the Articles of Association of the Parties, or equivalent under applicable law;

 

1.1.5 “Closing and Closing Date” shall mean the completion of the transaction of acquisition of the Equity Shares by the LYTUS BVI within one year from the date this Agreement being the Closing Date in accordance with Clause 3 and Clause 4 hereof.

 

4

 

 

1.1.6 “Control” together with its grammatical variations when used with respect to any Person, means and includes the power to direct the management and policies of the Company, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of the vote carrying securities, by contract or otherwise howsoever;

 

1.1.7 “Equity Shares” means the issued and fully paid up equity shares of the Company, having a face value of Rs.10/- (Rupees Ten Only) each;

 

1.1.8 “Encumbrance” means any encumbrance including but not limited to any claim, mortgage, pledge, charge (fixed or floating), hypothecation, lien, deposit by way of security, bill of sale, option or right of pre-emption, beneficial ownership, right of retention of title or any form of security interest or any obligation (including any conditional obligation) to create any of the same, including without limitation, any discretion on the use, voting, transfer, receipt of income or other attributes of ownership;

 

1.1.9 “Purchase Price” means the aggregate sum required to be paid by the Lytus BVI (the Purchaser) to the Equity shareholders of Lituus Tech (Sellers) for the Purchase Shares;

 

1.1.10 “Purchased Shares” shall mean 15,000 equity shares of the Company to be purchased by the Purchaser, representing as on the date of this Agreement, 100% of the total paid up equity share capital of Lituus Tech.

 

1.1.11 “Representations and Warranties” shall mean the representation and warranties given by either Party to the other as contained in this Agreement and in any other document/letter/arrangement delivered by either party in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement.

 

5

 

 

1.2 Interpretation

 

1.2.1 The terms referred to in this Agreement shall, unless defined otherwise or inconsistent with the context or meaning thereof, bear the meaning ascribed to them under the relevant statute/legislation.

 

1.2.2 All references in this Agreement to the statutory provisions shall be construed as meaning and including references to:

 

i) Any statutory modification, consolidation or re-enactment (whether before or after the date of this Agreement) for the time being in force;

 

ii) All statutory instruments or orders made pursuant to a statutory provision; and

 

iii) Any statutory provisions, of which these statutory provisions are a consolidation, re-enactment or modification.

 

1.2.3 Words denoting the singular shall include the plural.

 

1.2.4 Headings to clauses, sub-clauses and paragraphs are for information only and shall not form part of the operative provisions of this Agreement or the Annexures hereto and shall be ignored in construing the same.

 

1.2.5 References to recitals, clauses or annexures are, unless the context otherwise requires, to recitals, to clauses of, or annexures to this Agreement.

 

2. PURCHASE OF SHARES:

 

2.1 Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, in consideration of the mutual understanding between the Parties, LYTUS BVI hereby agrees to purchase, and the present shareholders of LITUUS TECH agree to transfer and deliver, and LITUUS TECH agrees to register the transfer, the 15,000 Equity Shares respectively held Mr. Nimish Gulabrai Pandya (14,850 Equity share of Rs. 10/ each) and Mr. Girish Baldeoprasad Podar (150 Equity share of Rs. 10/ each), free and clear of all Encumbrances and with all attached and accrued rights, for the consideration of Rs. 1,50,000/- (Rupees One Lakh Only) being the Purchase Price of 15,000 shares at a face value of Rs. 10/- (Rupees Ten Each) as full and final payment for the Purchase of Shares to the Sellers.

 

6

 

 

3. FURTHER ISSUE OF SHARE CAPITAL:

 

3.1 LYTUS BVI seeks to infuse investment in LITUUS TECH.

 

3.2 LITUUS TECH shall create, allot and issue equity shares as per the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, to facilitate investment by the Lytus BVI in the said business as and when such requirement arises in one or more tranches.

 

3.3 Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, in consideration of the mutual understanding between the Parties, LYTUS BVI hereby agrees to subscribe, and LITUUS TECH agrees to offer, create, allot and issue equity shares as per the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, to facilitate investment by the Lytus BVI, each free and clear of all encumbrances and with all attached and accrued rights.

 

3.4 Upon execution of this Agreement, the new shareholding pattern of the Company shall be as described in Annexure 1 below.

 

4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES:

 

4.1 LYTUS BVI represents and warrants to the LITUUS TECH that:

 

4.1.1 it has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement;

 

4.1.2 this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the LYTUS BVI and upon execution and delivery by LYTUS BVI, this Agreement shall be a legal, valid and biding obligation of the LYTUS BVI, enforceable with its terms; and

 

4.1.3 the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the LYTUS BVI does not violate any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to it or violate or contravene the provisions of or constitute a default under any documents, contracts, agreements or any other instruments to which it is a party or which are applicable to it.

 

7

 

 

4.2 LITUUS TECH and the Sellers represents and warrants to LYTUS BVI that:

 

4.2.1 Mr. Nimish Gulabrai Pandya and Mr. Girish Baldeoprasad Podar have a good and marketable title to the 15,000 Equity Shares, sold hereunder free from all encumbrances and clear of any and all liens. LITUUS TECH and its current shareholders Mr. Nimish Gulabrai Pandya and Mr. Girish Baldeoprasad Podar, are not a party to or bound by any option, sale agreement, shareholder agreement, pledge, proxy, power of attorney or other agreement or instrument which relates to the ownership, voting or transfer of any of the Shares held by Mr. Nimish Gulabrai Pandya and Mr. Girish Baldeoprasad Podar. LITUUS TECH has the sole and absolute right, power and authority to sell, assign and transfer the Equity Shares as provided in this Agreement. LYTUS BVI will acquire good and unencumbered title to the 15,000 Equity Shares, free and clear of all liens and/or encumbrances, and not subject to any adverse claim when acquired by LYTUS BVI pursuant to this Agreement;

 

4.2.2 Upon issue of Equity Shares at face value of Rs. 10/- (Rupees Ten Only)), to facilitate investment in the Lituus Tech, LYTUS BVI will acquire good and unencumbered title to such Equity Shares, free and clear from all liens and/or encumbrances, and not be subject to any adverse claim when acquired by LYTUS BVI pursuant to this Agreement;

 

4.2.3they will not enter into any commitment or transaction that could potentially adversely impact the transfer of the Equity Shares;

 

4.2.4 they will not do or permit anything which would constitute a breach of any terms of this Agreement;

 

4.2.5LITUUS TECH is not involved in, or has been threatened with, any material litigation filed or threatened to be filed against LITUUS TECH;

 

8

 

 

 

5. OBLIGATIONS OF LITUUS TECH AND LYTUS BVI:

 

5.1 LITUUS TECH accords its consent to the issue and purchase of the Equity Shares by LITUUS TECH to LYTUS BVI in accordance with this Agreement, and confirms that it shall, upon presentment of the share certificates, relevant transfer documents and subscription/allotment documents; take all necessary steps as are required in law and at the request of LYTUS BVI, including without limitation, take the following steps to ensure that the LYTUS BVI’s name is entered in its Register of Members as a legal and valid shareholder of the said Equity Shares and other related matters:

 

(i) Change the object clause in the Memorandum of the Lituus Tech to incorporate the online services related activities as the main Object Clause to be pursued by the Lituus Tech;

 

(ii) Convene a meeting of its Board of Directors (“Board”) and Extra Ordinary General Meeting of the shareholders at which the Board/Members shall pass resolutions, to approve the further issue of the Equity Shares of Rs 10/- each;

 

(iii) enter the name of LYTUS BVI as the legal and beneficial owners of the said Equity Shares free of all encumbrances, in the Register of Members of the Company;

 

(iv) record the transfer and allotment of the said Equity Shares to LYTUS BVI in the Register of Members and update Register of Transfer of LITUUS TECH;

 

(v) make the necessary endorsements on the share certificates relating to and evidencing the said Shares indicating LYTUS BVI as the legal and beneficial owner of the said Shares evidenced there under; and

 

(vi) if required make all necessary filings with any statutory authority including without limitation, Reserve Bank of India, the office of the Registrar of Companies in respect of the steps completed from (i) to (v) above.

 

6.2 LYTUS BVI agrees and undertakes that it shall exercise its voting rights in a meeting of shareholders of LITUUS TECH, in such manner, and cause the directors nominated by it on the Board of LITUUS TECH to exercise their votes in such manner, so as to cause the LITUUS TECH to give full legal effect to the terms of this Agreement, including but not limited to, for the purposes of amending the Charter Documents, of the LITUUS TECH, if required, to incorporate the terms of this Agreement.

 

9

 

 

6.3 LYTUS BVI shall not transfer by way sell or otherwise nor create any kind of lien, encumbrance on the said Equity shares unless previously approved by unanimous/ majority consent of both the Board of Directors of LITUUS TECH and LYTUS BVI.

 

7. INDEMNIFICATION:

 

7.1 Survival of Representations and Warranties

 

The representations and warranties of LITUUS TECH contained in Clause 5 shall survive the Closing Date. The covenants and agreements of LITUUS TECH and of LYTUS BVI, contained in this Agreement will survive the Closing Date until, by their own respective terms, they have been fully performed. Notwithstanding anything herein, any breach of representation or warranty contained in this Agreement made by any Party or any written information furnished by any Party that was made by such Party fraudulently or with intent to defraud or mislead or with gross negligence shall indefinitely survive the Closing.

 

7.2 Indemnification

 

LITUUS TECH shall indemnify LYTUS BVI and its assigns and nominees (hereinafter referred to as “Indemnified Party” in this clause) against, and agree to hold them harmless from, any and all liabilities, losses, costs, claims, damages, (including consequential damages), penalties and expenses (including lawyer’s fees and expenses and costs of investigation and litigation) incurred or suffered by them relating to or arising out of or in connection with the breach of any of the representations and warranties contained hereinabove.

 

8. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS:

 

8.1 Amendments

 

This Agreement may be amended only by a writing signed by each of the Parties and any such amendment shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing.

 

8.2 Assignment

 

Neither this Agreement nor any right, interest or obligation hereunder may be assigned, pledged or otherwise transferred by any party, whether by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior consent of the other Party or Parties, save and except what is provided herein.

 

10

 

 

8.3 Counterparts

 

This Agreement and all agreements, certificates and documents to be delivered in connection herewith may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by each of the parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

8.4 Entire Agreement

 

This Agreement, together with the other agreements referred to herein and the schedules and exhibits attached hereto contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and supersedes all prior written and oral agreements, and all contemporaneous oral agreements, relating to such transactions.

 

8.5 Expenses

 

Except as otherwise specifically provided herein each Party shall be responsible for such expenses as it may incur in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery, performance and enforcement of this Agreement.

 

8.6 Further Assurances

 

The Parties shall from time to time do and perform such additional acts and execute and deliver such additional documents and instruments as may be required by applicable governmental rules or reasonably requested by any Party to establish, maintain or protect its rights and remedies or to effect the intents and purposes of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Party agrees to endorse (if necessary) and deliver to the other, promptly after its receipt thereof, any payment or document which it receives after the Closing Date and which is the property of the other.

 

11

 

 

8.7 Governing Law

 

This Agreement shall be a contract under the laws of India and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of India.

 

8.8 Notices

 

Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, all notices, consents, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted hereunder:

 

(a) shall be in writing;

 

(b) shall be sent by messenger, certified or registered mail, a reliable express delivery service or email, to the appropriate address(es) or number(s) set forth below;

 

(c) shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt by the addressee (or, if the date of receipt is not a business day, on the first business day after the date of receipt), as evidenced by (i) a receipt executed by the addressee (or a responsible person in his or her office), the records of the Person delivering such communication or a notice to the effect that such addressee refused to claim or accept such communication, if sent by messenger, or express delivery service; and

 

(d) all such communications shall be sent to the following addresses or numbers, or to such other addresses or numbers as any party may inform the others by giving five business days’ prior notice:

 

If to LITUUS TECH:

Attention: Mr. Nimish Pandya

Email ID: nimish.pandya@pandyajuris.com

 

If to LYTUS BVI:

Attention: Mr. Dharmesh Pandya

Email ID: dharmeshpandya@lituustech.in

 

If to Sellers:

Attention: Mr. Nimish Pandya

Email ID: nimish.pandya@pandyajuris.com

 

12

 

 

8.9 Severability

 

Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining portions hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

8.10 Successors and Assigns

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each of the Parties and their respective legal representatives, heirs, successors and permitted assigns.

 

8.11 Dispute resolution

 

If any dispute arises between the Parties hereto during the subsistence or thereafter, in connection with the validity, interpretation, implementation or alleged material breach of any provision of this Agreement or regarding any question, including the question as to whether the termination of this Agreement by one Party hereto has been legitimate, the Parties hereto shall endeavour to settle such dispute amicably.

 

8.12 Arbitration

 

In case of such failure the dispute shall be referred to a sole Arbitrator or in case of disagreement as to the appointment of the sole Arbitrator, to three (3) Arbitrators, of which LITUUS TECH shall appoint one (1) Arbitrator, LYTUS BVI shall appoint the second Arbitrator and the third Arbitrator shall be appointed by the two appointed Arbitrators.

 

8.13.1 The arbitration proceedings shall be governed by the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 2015.

 

8.13.2 The Arbitration proceedings shall be held in Mumbai.

 

8.13.3 The Parties hereto shall submit to the Arbitrator’s award and the award shall be enforceable in any competent court of law.

 

8.14 Jurisdiction

 

This Agreement shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts at Mumbai, only and no other Court shall have jurisdiction.

 

13

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

SIGNED AND DELIVERED )  
     
By )  
     
LYTUS Technologies Holdings )  
PTV. LTD. )  
     
By the hand of Mr. Dharmesh Pandya ) /s/ Dharmesh Pandya
     
The authorized signatory pursuant to )  
the Resolution Dated 16.03.2020 passed )  
by the Board of Directors of the )  
Company )  
     
In the presence of: )  
     
1. )  
     
  )  
     
2. )  
     
  )  
     
SIGNED AND DELIVERED )  
     
By the )  
     
LITUUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE )  
LIMITED )  
     
By the hand of Mr. Nimish Pandya, ) /s/ Nimish Pandya
     
The authorized signatory pursuant to )  
the Resolution Dated 18.03.2020 passed )  
by the Board of Directors of the )  
Company. )  
     
In the presence of: )  
     
1. )  
     
  )  
     
2. )  

 

14

 

 

SIGNED AND DELIVERED )  
     
by    
     
Mr. Nimish Gulabrai Pandya   /s/ Nimish Pandya
     
In the presence of: )  
     
1. )  
     
  )  
     
2. )  
     
SIGNED AND DELIVERED )  
     
by    
     
Mr. Girish Baldeoprasad Podar   /s/ Girish Baldeoprasad Podar
     
In the presence of:    
     
1. )  
     
  )  
     
2. )  

 

15

 

 

Annexure I

 

Shareholding pattern (after the transfer of shares)

 

Serial No. Name of Shareholder Number of shares held
1. Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. LTD. 14,999
2. Girish Baldeoprasad Podar
As Registered Owner on behalf of Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. LTD.
1

 

Signature of the Parties to Agreement;

 

Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. LTD. /s/ Dharmesh Pandya

 

Lituus Technologies Private Limited. /s/ Nimish Pandya

 

Nimish Pandya /s/ Nimish Pandya

 

Girish Podar /s/ Girish Podar

 

 

16

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

 

 

 

SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

DATED 21st February 2020

 

 

 

 

(1) Ravi Gupta

 

(2) Nirlep Kumar

 

(3) DDC CATV NETWORK PRIVATE LIMITED

 

 

AND

 

(4) LITUUS TECHNOLOGIES LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This Share Purchase Agreement (the “SPA”) is executed in New Delhi on this 21st day of February 2020 between:

 

(1) Ravi Gupta and (2) Nirlep Kumar, Indian inhabitant, residing at New Delhi (hereinafter collectively referred to as “Sellers”)(which expression shall, unless it be repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, be deemed to mean and include their respective legal heirs, successors and administrators) of the First Part;

 

AND

DDC CATV NETWORK PRIVATE LTD., a company incorporated in India under provisions of the Indian Companies Act, 2013 having its registered office at Office No. 2 , First Floor, Local Shopping Center, Uday Park, New New Delhi- 110049 (hereinafter referred to as “Company”) which expression shall, unless it be repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, be deemed to mean and include its successors and permitted assigns) of the Second Part;

 

AND

 

LITUUS TECHNOLOGIES LIMITED, (Reg. No.: 2015767) a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands, having its registered office at 4th floor, RJT Edifice, Waterfront Drive, P.O. Box. 260, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands, VG 1110, (hereinafter referred to as “Purchaser”) through its Director Mr. Dharmesh Gulabrai Pandya, residing at 5011 Gate Parkway, Building No. 100, Suit No.100, Jacksonville, Florida 32256, United States of America or through its assignee and/or nominee (which expression shall, unless it be repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, be deemed to mean and include its successors and permitted assigns) of the Third Part;

 

The Sellers, Purchaser and Company are hereinafter referred to as “Parties” and individually as “Party”.

 

2

 

 

WHEREAS:

 

A. The Company is a private limited company limited by Shares incorporated in India under the Companies Act, 2013 on 20th November 2013 having CIN. U64100DL2013PTC260426, engaged broadly in the business of cable network by digital & analogue systems, Hits, Broadband internet and next generation cable transmissions business in the territory as more particularly outlined in its Memorandum of Association.

 

B. The authorized share capital of the Company is Rs. 1,00,000/- (Rupees One Lakh Only) divided into 10,000 equity shares of Rs.10/- each and the issued, subscribed and paid up share capital of the Company is Rs 100,000/- (Rupees One Lakh Only) divided into 10000 equity shares of Rs.10/- each;

 

C. The Sellers are currently the owner of 10,000 Equity Shares in the Company aggregating to 100% fully paid–up equity share capital of the Company. The current shareholding pattern of the Company is as described in Annexure 1below;

 

E. The Sellers have discussed with the Purchaser for the sale, by the Sellers to Purchaser, of the Sellers’ 49,000 Equity Shares in the Company currently owned by the Sellers, aggregating to 49% shareholding in the equity share capital of the Company;

 

F. The Purchaser has agreed to acquire the Sellers’ 49,000 Equity Shares for a Sale Share Consideration as calculated and mentioned in Annexure 2 of this SPA and upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained herein.

 

G. The Parties are entering into this SPA and the Shareholders’ Agreement in order to set out the rights and obligations of the Parties in relation to the acquisition of the Sale Shares (as defined hereinafter) by the Purchaser and other matters in connection therewith, which they agree will be interpreted, acted upon and governed solely in accordance with the terms and conditions of this SPA.

 

3

 

 

NOW, THREFORE IN CONSIDERATION OF THE MUTUAL COVENANTS, AGREEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNITIES AS SET FORTH IN THIS SPA, AND FOR OTHER GOOD AND VALUABLE CONISDERATION, THE SUFFICIENCY OF WHICH IS HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGED BY THE PARTIES, THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions. In this SPA, unless the context otherwise requires, the following expressions shall have the following meanings:

 

1.1.1 Act” means the Companies Act, 2013, as amended from time to time and shall include any statutory replacement or re-enactment thereof;

 

1.1.2 Board” means the board of directors of the Company which shall be deemed to include any Committee of the Board;

 

1.1.3 Charter Documents” mean the Memorandum of Association and the Articles of Association of the Company, or equivalent under applicable law;

 

1.1.3 Control” together with its grammatical variations when used with respect to any Person, means and includes the power to direct the management and policies of the Company, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of the vote carrying securities, by contract or otherwise howsoever;

 

1.1.4 Definitive Agreements shall mean this SPA and/or any other agreement executed between the Parties for the transaction contemplated hereunder;

 

1.1.7 Equity Shares” means the issued and fully paid up equity shares of the Company, having a face value of Rs. 10/- each;

 

1.1.8 Encumbrance” means any encumbrance including but not limited to any claim, mortgage, pledge, charge (fixed or floating), hypothecation, lien, deposit by way of security, bill of sale, option or right of pre-emption, beneficial ownership, right of retention of title or any form of security interest or any obligation (including any conditional obligation) to create any of the same, including without limitation, any discretion on the use, voting, transfer, receipt of income or other attributes of ownership;

 

1.1.9 Sale Share Consideration” means a sum of Rs. 1,92,08,000 required to be paid by the Purchaser to the Sellers for the Sale Shares as calculated and mentioned in Annexure 3 below;

 

1.1.10 Sale Shares” shall mean 4,900 equity shares of the Company to be purchased by the Purchaser, representing as on the date of this SPA amounting to 49% of the total paid up equity share capital of the Company.

 

1.1.11 SPA” means this Share Purchase Agreement together with its annexures and schedules, as may be amended from time to time in accordance with the provisions contained herein;

 

1.1.12 Representations and Warranties” shall mean the representation and warranties given by either Party to the other as contained in this SPA and in the Shareholders’ Agreement delivered by either party in connection with or pursuant to this SPA.

 

1.2 Interpretation

 

1.2.1 The terms referred to in this SPA shall, unless defined otherwise or inconsistent with the context or meaning thereof, bear the meaning ascribed to them under the relevant statute/legislation.

 

4

 

 

1.2.2 All references in this SPA to the statutory provisions shall be construed as meaning and including references to:

 

i) any statutory modification, consolidation or re-enactment (whether before or after the date of this SPA) for the time being in force;

 

ii) all statutory instruments or orders made pursuant to a statutory provision; and

 

iii) any statutory provisions, of which these statutory provisions are a consolidation, re-enactment or modification.

 

1.2.3 Words denoting the singular shall include the plural.

 

1.2.4 Headings to clauses, sub-clauses and paragraphs are for information only and shall not form part of the operative provisions of this SPA or the Annexures hereto and shall be ignored in construing the same.

 

1.2.5 References to recitals, clauses or annexures are, unless the context otherwise requires, to recitals, to clauses of, or annexures to this SPA.

 

2. ACQUISITION OF THE SALE SHARES

 

2.1 Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this SPA, in consideration of the mutual understanding between the Parties, the Purchaser hereby agrees to purchase, and the Sellers agree to transfer and deliver, the sale of Sale Shares, free and clear of all Encumbrances and with all attached and accrued rights, for the consideration as mentioned in Annexure 2 hereto as being the full and final payment for the Sale Shares representing as on the date of this SPA, 49% of the total paid up equity share capital of the Company to the Purchaser. Upon execution of this SPA, the new shareholding pattern of the Company shall be as described in Annexure 3 below.

 

Upon signing of this Agreement, the obligation of parties to the contract (Purchaser and Sellers) is fulfilled, with the Company as the confirming party, and hence, the Purchaser or the Sellers cannot revoke this transaction, except to the extent of the Conditions Precedents as appearing in Clause 4.

 

2.2 The Sale Shares transferred to the Purchaser by the Sellers shall rank pari passu with the other Equity Shares of the Company in all respects, including, entitlement to receive proportionately the dividends and other distributions declared or to be declared in respect of the equity capital of the Company.

 

5

 

 

3. Sale Shares Consideration

 

3.1 The total consideration for the sale and transfer of Sale Shares by the Sellers to the Purchaser in accordance with this SPA shall be as per Annexure 3 (“Sale Share Consideration”):

 

4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

4.1 Receipt of all corporate approvals and sanctions, including without limitations approval by the Board or shareholders, as may be required, of the Sellers and the Purchaser, for Sale of Sale Shares to the Purchaser for the Purchase Price agreed upon;

 

4.2 Receipt of FDI and other regulatory approvals and upon the successful listing of the Purchaser and the Purchaser making the payment of Sale Share Consideration and Sellers making the transfer of sale shares, the sale of Shares shall be deemed to be final and complete in all respects. The Purchaser shall be obliged to make payment of the consideration as mentioned in Annexure 3 and the Seller shall be obliged to transfer the Sale Shares to the Purchaser.

 

4.3 The Sale Share Consideration as mentioned in Annexure 3 shall be subject to financial, legal and tax due diligence. All expenses for the same shall be borne by the Purchaser.

 

4.4 Approval of this SPA by the board of directors of the Company and the Purchaser;

 

4.5 Each of the representations and warranties made by the Parties shall be true and correct as on the execution of this SPA.

 

4.6 No order, law or regulation shall have been passed by the Government authority having the effect of restraining, enjoying or otherwise prohibiting or making illegal the consummation of any matters contemplated by this SPA.

 

6

 

 

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

5.1 The Purchaser represents and warrants to the Sellers that:

 

5.1.1 it has the power and authority to execute and deliver this SPA;

 

5.1.2 this SPA has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Purchaser and upon execution and delivery by Purchaser, this SPA shall be a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Purchaser enforceable with its terms; and
5.1.3 the execution and delivery of this SPA by the Purchaser does not violate any law, rule, regulation, its charter documents or order applicable to it or violate or contravene the provisions of or constitute a default under any documents, contracts, agreements or any other instruments to which it is a party or which are applicable to it.
5.1.4 it will not create any encumbrances or any liens in any form for the Company before completion of transfer of Sale Shares.
5.1.5 it will not enter into any commitment or transaction that could potentially adversely impact the transfer of the Sale Shares;
5.1.6 it will not do or permit anything which would constitute a breach of any terms of this SPA;

 

5.2 The Sellers represent and warrant to the Purchaser that:

 

5.2.1 the Sellers have a good and marketable title to the Sale Shares free from all Encumbrances and clear of any and all Liens. The Sellers are not party to or bound by any option, sale agreement, shareholder agreement, pledge, proxy, power of attorney or other agreement or instrument which relates to the ownership, voting or transfer of any of the Sale Shares owned by the Sellers. The Sellers have the sole and absolute right, power and authority to sell, assign and transfer the Sale Shares as provided in this SPA. The Purchaser will acquire good and unencumbered title to the Sale Shares, free and clear of all Liens and/or Encumbrances, and not subject to any adverse claim when acquired by the Purchaser pursuant to this SPA;

 

5.2.2 they will not enter into any commitment or transaction that could potentially adversely impact the transfer of the Sale Shares;

 

5.2.3 they will not do or permit anything which would constitute a breach of any terms of this SPA;

 

5.2.4 the Company is not involved in, or has been threatened with, any material litigation filed or threatened to be filed against the Company;

 

5.2.5 this SPA has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and the Sellers and upon execution and delivery by Purchaser, this SPA shall be a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Purchaser enforceable with its terms;

 

5.2.6 the execution and delivery of this SPA by the Company and the Sellers do not violate any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to it or violate or contravene the provisions of or constitute a default under any documents, contracts, agreements or any other instruments to which it is a party or which are applicable to it.

 

7

 

 

6. OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY AND THE SELLERS

 

6.1 Pursuant to execution of this Agreement and the Sellers having received the Sale Shares Consideration as per Clause 3 above, the Company shall transfer the Sale Shares from the Sellers to the Purchaser in accordance with this SPA, and hereby confirms that it shall, upon presentment of the share certificates and relevant transfer documents, take all necessary steps as are required in law and at the request of the Purchaser, including without limitation, take the following steps to ensure that the Purchaser’s name is entered in its register of members as a legal and valid shareholder of the said Purchase Shares and other related matters:

 

(i) Convene a meeting of its Board of Directors (“Board”) at which the Board shall pass resolutions, if not already passed, approving the transfer of the said Sale Shares.

 

(ii) enter the name of the Purchaser as the legal and beneficial owners of the said Sale Shares free of all encumbrances, in the Register of Members of the Company;

 

(iii) record the transfer of the said Sale Shares from the Sellers to the Purchaser in the Register of Transfers of the Company;

 

(iv) make the necessary endorsements on the share certificates relating to and evidencing the said Sale Shares indicating the Purchaser as the legal and beneficial owner of the Sale Shares evidenced thereunder; and

 

(v) if required make all necessary filings with any statutory authority including without limitation, the office of the Registrar of Companies in respect of the steps completed from (i) to (iv) above.

 

6.2 The Sellers agree and undertake that they shall exercise their voting rights in a meeting of shareholders of the Company, in such manner, and cause the directors nominated by it on the Board of the Company to exercise their votes in such manner, so as to cause the Company to give full legal effect to the terms of this SPA, including but not limited to, for the purposes of amending the Charter Documents, of the Company, if required, to incorporate the terms of this Agreement.

 

8

 

 

7. INDEMNIFICATION

 

7.2 Indemnification

 

7.2.1 The Parties shall jointly and/or severally indemnify the each other and its assigns and nominees (hereinafter referred to as “Indemnified Party” in this clause) against, and agree to hold them harmless from, any and all liabilities, losses, costs, claims, damages, (including consequential damages), penalties and expenses (including reasonable lawyer's fees and expenses and costs of investigation and litigation) incurred or suffered by them relating to or arising out of or in connection with the breach of any of the representations and warranties contained hereinabove.

 

7.3 Claims

 

Any claim, as soon as is reasonably practicable after becoming aware of a claim for indemnification under this SPA, the Indemnified Party claiming indemnification shall promptly give notice in writing to the Sellers of such claim; provided, however that the failure of Indemnified Party to give notice shall not relieve the Seller of its obligations under this Article, except to the extent that the Seller shall have been prejudiced thereby. The Parties shall be required to pay the amount within a period of 30 days from the date of receipt of the written notice, by the Sellers/Purchasers or the Company without objecting to the claim in any manner whatsoever.

 

8. DISPUTE RESOLUTION AND ARBITRATION

 

8.1 The Parties agree to negotiate in good faith to resolve any dispute, difference, controversy or claim arising out of or in relation to or connection with this SPA, or the validity, interpretation, implementation, termination or breach of this SPA or anything done or omitted to be done pursuant to this SPA (“Dispute”) shall be resolved by arbitration conducted in accordance with the Indian Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 2015 (“A&C Act”), or any subsequent enactment or amendment thereof.

 

8.2 All proceedings of any arbitration shall be in the English language. The venue for arbitration shall be New Delhi and no other place.

 

8.3 The arbitral panel shall consist of 3 (three) arbitrators, 1 (one) arbitrator to be appointed by the Sellers, 1 (one) arbitrator to be appointed by the Purchaser and the third arbitrator to be appointed mutually by the arbitrators appointed by the Parties.

 

8.4 The award rendered by the Arbitrator shall be in writing and shall set out the reasons for the arbitrator’s decision. The Parties agree that the arbitration award shall be final and binding on the Parties.

 

8.5 Each Party to the Dispute shall bear and pay its own costs and expenses in relation to the arbitrator appointed by them, provided that the costs of the third arbitrator shall be borne by the Parties in equal proportion.

 

9

 

 

9. TERM AND TERMINATION

 

9.1 This SPA shall be effective from the date of execution of this SPA and shall continue in full force and effect, unless terminated by the mutual written agreement of the Parties.

 

9.2 Clauses relating to Dispute Resolution, Representations and Warranties, Indemnification, Notice, Miscellaneous Provisions shall survive the termination or expiry of this SPA.

 

9.3. Both parties have right to terminate this agreement after giving 15 days notice to each other only and only on the ground of the breach of the terms and conditions of this agreement.
   

10.        MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

10.1 Filing Fees; Stamp Duty

 

All filing and other fees including stamp duty payable, due diligence etc. in respect of the Sale Shares will be paid by the Purchaser alone.

 

10.2 Amendments

 

This SPA may be amended only by a writing signed by each of the Parties and any such amendment shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing.

 

10.3 Counterparts

 

This SPA and all agreements, certificates and documents to be delivered in connection herewith may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by each of the parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

10.4 Entire Agreement

 

This SPA, together with the other agreements referred to herein and the schedules and exhibits attached hereto contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and supersedes all prior written and oral agreements, and all contemporaneous oral agreements, relating to such transactions.

 

10.5 Expenses

 

Except as otherwise specifically provided herein each Party shall be responsible for such expenses as it may incur in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery, performance and enforcement of this SPA.

 

10.6 Further Assurances

 

The Parties shall from time to time do and perform such additional acts and execute and deliver such additional documents and instruments as may be required by applicable governmental rules or reasonably requested by any Party to establish, maintain or protect its rights and remedies or to effect the intents and purposes of this SPA.

 

10

 

 

10.7 Governing Law

 

This SPA shall be a contract under the laws of India and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of India.

 

10.8 Notices

 

Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, all notices, consents, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted hereunder:

 

(a) shall be in writing;

 

(b) shall be sent by messenger, certified or registered mail, a reliable express delivery service or email, to the appropriate address(es) or number(s) set forth below;

 

(c) shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt by the addressee (or, if the date of receipt is not a business day, on the first business day after the date of receipt), as evidenced by (i) a receipt executed by the addressee (or a responsible person in his or her office), the records of the Person delivering such communication or a notice to the effect that such addressee refused to claim or accept such communication, if sent by messenger, or express delivery service; and

 

(d) all such communications shall be sent to the following addresses or numbers, or to such other addresses or numbers as any party may inform the others by giving five business days’ prior notice1:

 

If to the Company:

At the address hereinabove

 

If to the Sellers:

At the address hereinabove

 

If to the Purchaser:

At the address hereinabove

 

10.9 Severability

 

Any provision of this SPA which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining portions hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

10.10 Successors and Assigns

 

This SPA shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each of the Parties and their respective legal representatives, heirs, successors and permitted assigns.

 

10.11 Confidentiality and Non - Compete

 

The Parties have entered into a Non-Disclosure and Confidentiality Agreement dated 18th February 2020 as per terms and conditions more specifically stated therein and the same is valid, binding and subsisting as on date.

 

The Sellers agree not to carry on any business, directly or indirectly, similar to the business of the Company or the Purchase for a period of three years from the date hereof.

 

10.12 Jurisdiction

 

Subject to Clause 8 above, this SPA shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the Courts at New Delhi, only and no other Court shall have jurisdiction.

 

 

  

11

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties have executed this SPA as of the day and year first above written.

 

SIGNED AND DELIVERED   )  
by the “COMPANY”   )  
DDC CATV NETWORK  PVT. LTD.   )  
by the hand of Mr. Ravi Gupta   ) /s/ Ravi Gupta
the authorized signatory pursuant to   )  
the Resolution passed by the   )  
Board of Directors of the Company   )  
in the presence of:   )  
1. Rekha Gupta w/o Tarun Gupta   ) /s/ Rekha Gupta
R/o 40/12-A, Mnohar Kunj, Gautam Nagar,   )  
New Delhi - 110049   )  
       
SIGNED AND DELIVERED   )  
by the “Sellers”   )  
1. Ravi Gupta   ) /s/ Ravi Gupta
2. Nirlep Kumar   ) /s/ Nirlep Kumar
in the presence of:   )  
1. Rekha Gupta w/o Tarun Gupta   ) /s/ Rekha Gupta
R/o 40/12-A, Mnohar Kunj, Gautam Nagar,   )  
New Delhi - 110049   )  
       
SIGNED AND DELIVERED   )  
by the “Purchaser”   )  
LITUUS TECHNOLOGIES   )  
LIMITED   )  
by the hand of Mr. Dharmesh Pandya   ) /s/ Dharmesh Pandya
the authorized signatory pursuant to   )  
the Resolution passed by the   )  
Board of Directors of the Company   )  
in the presence of:   )  
1.   )  
    )  
2.   )  

 

12

 

 

ANNEXURE -I

 

SHAREHOLDING PATTERN OF THE COMPANY

 

Shareholding Pattern

 

Sr No.   Name of the Shareholder   No. of Share Held     %of Share  
1   Ravi Gupta     5,000       50  
2   Nirlep Kumar     5,000       50  
    Total:-     10,000       100 %

 

13

 

 

Annexure-II

 

NEWSHAREHOLDING PATTERN OF THE COMPANY (AFTER THE TRANSFER OF SHARES)

Shareholding Pattern

 

Sr No.   Name of the Shareholder   No. of Share Held     %of Share  
1   Ravi Gupta     2550       25.5  
2   Nirlep Kumar     2550       25.5  
3   Lituus Technologies Ltd.     4900       49  
    Total:-             100  

 

14

 

 

ANNEXURE-III

 

Sale Share Consideration

 

Sale Share Consideration: The amount of Rs. 1,92,08,000 shall be payable on successful listing of the Purchaser on a recognized stock exchange i.e. consideration value of Rs. 3920 per share. The said Sale Share Consideration shall be paid within 2 weeks of the successful listing of the Purchaser.

 

 

15

 

Exhibit 10.12

 

THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT TO THE AGREEMENT DATED 20TH JUNE 2019 AND FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT DATED 6TH DECEMBER,2019 AND THE SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT DATED 30TH JUNE 2020

 

This Third Supplemental Agreement is made and entered into at Mumbai this 5 February 2021 between LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED, a company incorporated in India under the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, having its registered office at A-21, 1st Floor Ghanshyam Industrial Estate, Off Veera Desai Road, Andheri West, Mumbai 400053, (hereinafter referred to as LYTUS).

 

And

 

REACHNET CABLE SERVICES PRIVATE LIMITED, a company incorporated in India under the provisions of the Companies Act, 1956, having its registered office at Crescent Towers, 1St Floor, 229, AJC Bose Road, Kolkatta 700 020 (herein after referred to as REACHNET)

 

WHEREAS

 

The parties hereto had entered into an agreement to acquire the customer list of Reachnet being Agreement dated 20 June 2019 upon certain terms and conditions more particularly set out therein.

 

And the parties hereto thereafter executed a First Supplemental agreement dated 6th December 2019 to the main Agreement dated 20th June 2019 in respect to certain agreed modified terms of acquisition of subscriber base and its corresponding revenue from 1ST April 2019. The Agreement was conclusive as on 26 March 2020.

 

The Parties thereafter entered into a Second Supplemental Agreement dated 30th June 2020 whereby the parties agreed to pay the total consideration agreed between the parties in 4 agreed tranches , the first of which was agreed to be INR 93.75 crores .

 

The parties have once again agreed to modify some of the terms agreed upon between them and hence this Third Supplemental Agreement is being executed to record the said modified terms,

 

 

 

 

N0W THIS THIRD SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT RECORDS AS UNDER:

 

1) The parties hereto confirm their intention and their commitment to the agreements set out hereinabove as modified from time to time.

 

2) It is agreed that the INR 93.75 crore collectible under the above agreements will be processed upon completion of the third party audit of Reachnet and its subscribers on or before the end of the fiscal year, March 31, 2021;

 

3) In the event of any unexpected delays with respect to the above collection, both the parties hereby agree to set-off the entire INR 93.75 Crore or any part thereof prior to March 31, 2021. 

 

4) It is agreed that apart from these modified terms all other covenants set out in the previous agreements shall be valid and subsisting and binding upon the parties.

 

5) It is agreed that all the above agreements shall be read in consonance with each other.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have set and subscribed their hands and seals hereto

 

SIGNED , SEALED AND DELIVERED )  
BY THE WITHINNAMED LYTUS )  
TECHNOLOGIES PRIVATE LIMITED )  
By the hand of its duly authorised Director )  
MR. Jagjit Singh Kohli ) /s/ Jagjit Singh Kohli
pursuant to the resolution of the )  
Board of Directors dated February 5, 2021 )  
     
SIGNED , SEALED AND DELIVERED )  
BY THE WITHINNAMED REACHBET CABLE )  
SERVICES PRIVATE LIMITED )  
By the hand of its duly authorised Director )  
MR. Aravindan Nair ) /s/ Aravindan Nair
pursuant to the resolution  of the )  
Board of Directors dated February 5, 2021 )  

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.13

 

Form of Representative’s Warrant Agreement

 

THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THIS PURCHASE WARRANT BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT SELL, TRANSFER OR ASSIGN THIS PURCHASE WARRANT EXCEPT AS HEREIN PROVIDED AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THIS PURCHASE WARRANT AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT SELL, TRANSFER, ASSIGN, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATE THIS PURCHASE WARRANT FOR A PERIOD OF ONE HUNDRED EIGHTY (180) DAYS FOLLOWING THE LATER OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE (DEFINED BELOW) OR THE COMMENCEMENT OF SALES OF THE OFFERING TO WHICH THIS PURCHASE WARRANT RELATES TO ANYONE OTHER THAN (I) AEGIS CAPITAL CORP. OR AN UNDERWRITER OR A SELECTED DEALER IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING, OR (II) A BONA FIDE OFFICER OR PARTNER OF AEGIS CAPITAL CORP. OR OF ANY SUCH UNDERWRITER OR SELECTED DEALER.

 

THIS PURCHASE WARRANT IS NOT EXERCISABLE PRIOR TO [DATE THAT IS ONE YEAR FROM THE CLOSING DATE OF THE OFFERING].

 

VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M., EASTERN TIME, [DATE THAT IS FIVE YEARS FROM THE CLOSING DATE OF THE OFFERING].

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON SHARES

LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD.

 

Warrant Shares: ________________1

 

Initial Exercise Date: [DATE THAT IS ONE YEAR FROM THE CLOSING DATE OF THE OFFERING]

 

THIS WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON SHARES (the “Warrant”) certifies that, for value received, _____________ or its assigns (the “Holder”) is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the limitations on exercise and the conditions hereinafter set forth, at any time on or after _____________, 20___ (the “Initial Exercise Date”)2 and, in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(i), prior to at 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on _____________, 202_3 (the “Termination Date”), but not thereafter, to subscribe for and purchase from Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. LTD., a British Virgin Islands corporation (the “Company”), up to _______________4 shares of common shares, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Shares”), of the Company (the “Warrant Shares”), as subject to adjustment hereunder. The purchase price of one Warrant Share under this Warrant shall be equal to the Exercise Price, as defined in Section 2(b).

 

Section 1. Definitions. In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Warrant, the following terms have the meanings indicated in this Section 1:

 

Affiliate” means any Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with a Person, as such terms are used in and construed under Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

Business Day” means any day except any Saturday, any Sunday, any day which is a federal legal holiday in the United States or any day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or required by law or other governmental action to close.

 

 

1 5% of the total number of shares sold in the offering, excluding shares sold in connection with exercise of the over-allotment option.

2 One year from the Closing Date

3 Four years from Initial Exercise Date

4 5% of the total number of shares sold in the offering, excluding shares sold in connection with exercise of the over-allotment option.

 

 

 

Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Effective Date” means the effective date of the registration statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333- ), including any related prospectus or prospectuses, for the registration of the Company’s Common Shares and the Warrant Shares under the Securities Act, that the Company has filed with the Commission.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Person” means an individual or corporation, partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company, joint stock company, government (or an agency or subdivision thereof) or other entity of any kind.

 

Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended or interpreted from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission having substantially the same purpose and effect as such Rule.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Trading Day” means a day on which the principal Trading Market located in the United States is open for trading.

 

Trading Market” means any of the following markets or exchanges on which the Common Shares is listed or quoted for trading on the date in question: the NYSE American, the Nasdaq Capital Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, or the New York Stock Exchange (or any successors to any of the foregoing).

 

Underwriting Agreement” means the underwriting agreement, dated ________________, 202 , by and between the Company and Aegis Capital Corp., as representative of the underwriters set forth therein.

 

VWAP” means, for any date, the price determined by the first of the following clauses that applies: (a) if the Common Shares then listed or quoted on a Trading Market, the daily volume weighted average price of the Common Shares for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on the Trading Market on which the Common Shares is then listed or quoted as reported by Bloomberg L.P. (based on a Trading Day from 9:30 a.m. (New York City time) to 4:02 p.m. (New York City time)), (b) if OTCQB or OTCQX is not a Trading Market, the volume weighted average price of a Common Share for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on the OTCQB or OTCQX as applicable, (c) if Common Shares is not then listed or quoted for trading on the OTCQB or OTCQX and if prices for Common Shares are then reported in the “Pink Sheets” published by OTC Markets Group, Inc. (or a similar organization or agency succeeding to its functions of reporting prices), the most recent bid price per Common Share so reported, or (d) in all other cases, the fair market value of the Common Shares as determined by an independent appraiser selected in good faith by the Holder and reasonably acceptable to the Company, the fees and expenses of which shall be paid by the Company.

 

2

 

 

Section 2. Exercise.

 

a. Exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be made, in whole or in part, at any time or times on or after the Initial Exercise Date and on or before the Termination Date by delivery to the Company (or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice in writing to the registered Holder at the address of the Holder appearing on the books of the Company) of a duly executed facsimile copy (or e-mail attachment) of the Notice of Exercise Form annexed hereto. Within two (2) Trading Days following the date of exercise as aforesaid, the Holder shall deliver the aggregate Exercise Price for the shares specified in the applicable Notice of Exercise by wire transfer or cashier’s check drawn on a United States bank unless the cashless exercise procedure specified in Section 2(c) below is specified in the applicable Notice of Exercise. No ink-original Notice of Exercise shall be required, nor shall any medallion guarantee (or other type of guarantee or notarization) of any Notice of Exercise form be required. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Holder shall not be required to physically surrender this Warrant to the Company until the Holder has purchased all of the Warrant Shares available hereunder and the Warrant has been exercised in full, in which case, the Holder shall surrender this Warrant to the Company for cancellation within five (5) Trading Days of the date the final Notice of Exercise is delivered to the Company. Partial exercises of this Warrant resulting in purchases of a portion of the total number of Warrant Shares available hereunder shall have the effect of lowering the outstanding number of Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder in an amount equal to the applicable number of Warrant Shares purchased. The Holder and the Company shall maintain records showing the number of Warrant Shares purchased and the date of such purchases. The Company shall deliver any objection to any Notice of Exercise Form within two (2) Business Days of receipt of such notice. The Holder and any assignee, by acceptance of this Warrant, acknowledge and agree that, by reason of the provisions of this paragraph, following the purchase of a portion of the Warrant Shares hereunder, the number of Warrant Shares available for purchase hereunder at any given time may be less than the amount stated on the face hereof.

 

b. Exercise Price. The exercise price per share of the Common Shares under this Warrant shall be $_______5, subject to adjustment hereunder (the “Exercise Price”).

 

c. Cashless Exercise. If at any time on or after the Initial Exercise Date, there is no effective registration statement registering, or the prospectus contained therein is not available for the issuance of the Warrant Shares to the Holder, then this Warrant may also be exercised, in whole or in part, at such time by means of a “cashless exercise” in which the Holder shall be entitled to receive the number of Warrant Shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing [(A-B) (X)] by (A), where:

 

(A) = as applicable: (i) the VWAP on the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of the applicable Notice of Exercise if such Notice of Exercise is (1) both executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof on a day that is not a Trading Day or (2) both executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof on a Trading Day prior to the opening of “regular trading hours” (as defined in Rule 600(b)(64) of Regulation NMS promulgated under the federal securities laws) on such Trading Day, (ii) the VWAP on the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of the applicable Notice of Exercise if such Notice of Exercise is executed during “regular trading hours” on a Trading Day and is delivered within two (2) hours thereafter (including until two (2) hours after the close of “regular trading hours” on a Trading Day) pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof or (iii) the VWAP on the date of the applicable Notice of Exercise if the date of such Notice of Exercise is a Trading Day and such Notice of Exercise is both executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof after the close of “regular trading hours” on such Trading Day;

 

(B) = the Exercise Price of this Warrant, as adjusted hereunder; and

 

(X) = the number of Warrant Shares that would be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms of this Warrant if such exercise were by means of a cash exercise rather than a cashless exercise.

 

If Warrant Shares are issued in such a “cashless exercise,” the parties acknowledge and agree that in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act, the Warrant Shares shall take on the registered characteristics of the Warrants being exercised, and the holding period of the Warrants being exercised may be tacked on to the holding period of the Warrant Shares. The Company agrees not to take any position contrary to this Section 2(c).

 

 

5 125% of the public offering price per Common Share in the offering.

 

3

 

 

d. Mechanics of Exercise.

 

i. Delivery of Warrant Shares Upon Exercise. The Company shall cause the Warrant Shares purchased hereunder to be transmitted by its transfer agent to the Holder by crediting the account of the Holder’s or its designee’s balance account with The Depository Trust Company through DWAC if the Company is then a participant in such system and either (A) there is an effective registration statement permitting the issuance of the Warrant Shares to or resale of the Warrant Shares by Holder, or (B) the Warrant Shares are eligible for resale by the Holder without volume or manner-of-sale limitations pursuant to Rule 144 and, in either case, the Warrant Shares have been sold by the Holder prior to the Warrant Share Delivery Date (as defined below), and otherwise by physical delivery of a certificate, registered in the Company’s share register in the name of the Holder or its designee, for the number of Warrant Shares to which the Holder is entitled pursuant to such exercise to the address specified by the Holder in the Notice of Exercise by the date that is two (2) Trading Days after the delivery to the Company of the Notice of Exercise (such date, the “Warrant Share Delivery Date”). If the Warrant Shares can be delivered via DWAC, the transfer agent shall have received from the Company, at the expense of the Company, any legal opinions or other documentation required by it to deliver such Warrant Shares without legend (subject to receipt by the Company of reasonable back up documentation from the Holder, including with respect to affiliate status) and, if applicable and requested by the Company prior to the Warrant Share Delivery Date, the transfer agent shall have received from the Holder a confirmation of sale of the Warrant Shares (provided the requirement of the Holder to provide a confirmation as to the sale of Warrant Shares shall not be applicable to the issuance of unlegended Warrant Shares upon a cashless exercise of this Warrant if the Warrant Shares are then eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144(b)(1)). The Warrant Shares shall be deemed to have been issued, and Holder or any other person so designated to be named therein shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of such shares for all purposes, as of the date the Warrant has been exercised, with payment to the Company of the Exercise Price (or by cashless exercise, if permitted) and all taxes required to be paid by the Holder, if any, pursuant to Section 2(d)(vi) prior to the issuance of such shares, having been paid. If the Company fails for any reason to deliver to the Holder the Warrant Shares subject to a Notice of Exercise by the second (2nd) Trading Day following the Warrant Share Delivery Date, the Company shall pay to the Holder, in cash, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, for each $1,000 of Warrant Shares subject to such exercise (based on the VWAP of the Common Shares on the date of the applicable Notice of Exercise), $10 per Trading Day (increasing to $20 per Trading Day on the fifth (5th) Trading Day after such liquidated damages begin to accrue) for each Trading Day after the second Trading Day following such Warrant Share Delivery Date until such Warrant Shares are delivered or Holder rescinds such exercise.

 

ii. Delivery of New Warrants Upon Exercise. If this Warrant shall have been exercised in part, the Company shall, at the request of a Holder and upon surrender of this Warrant certificate, at the time of delivery of the Warrant Shares, deliver to the Holder a new Warrant evidencing the rights of the Holder to purchase the unpurchased Warrant Shares called for by this Warrant, which new Warrant shall in all other respects be identical with this Warrant.

 

iii. Rescission Rights. If the Company fails to cause its transfer agent to deliver to the Holder the Warrant Shares pursuant to Section 2(d)(i) by the Warrant Share Delivery Date, then the Holder will have the right to rescind such exercise; provided, however, that the Holder shall be required to return any Warrant Shares or Common Shares subject to any such rescinded exercise notice concurrently with the return to Holder of the aggregate Exercise Price paid to the Company for such Warrant Shares and the restoration of Holder’s right to acquire such Warrant Shares pursuant to this Warrant (including, issuance of a replacement warrant certificate evidencing such restored right).

 

4

 

 

iv. Compensation for Buy-In on Failure to Timely Deliver Warrant Shares upon Exercise. In addition to any other rights available to the Holder, if the Company fails to cause its transfer agent to transmit to the Holder the Warrant Shares pursuant to an exercise on or before the Warrant Share Delivery Date, and if after such date the Holder is required by its broker to purchase (in an open market transaction or otherwise) or the Holder’s brokerage firm otherwise purchases, shares of Common Shares to deliver in satisfaction of a sale by the Holder of the Warrant Shares which the Holder anticipated receiving upon such exercise (a “Buy-In”), then the Company shall (A) pay in cash to the Holder the amount, if any, by which (x) the Holder’s total purchase price (including brokerage commissions, if any) for the shares of Common Shares so purchased exceeds (y) the amount obtained by multiplying (1) the number of Warrant Shares that the Company was required to deliver to the Holder in connection with the exercise at issue times (2) the price at which the sell order giving rise to such purchase obligation was executed, and (B) at the option of the Holder, either reinstate the portion of the Warrant and equivalent number of Warrant Shares for which such exercise was not honored (in which case such exercise shall be deemed rescinded) or deliver to the Holder the number of shares of Common Shares that would have been issued had the Company timely complied with its exercise and delivery obligations hereunder. For example, if the Holder purchases Common Shares having a total purchase price of $11,000 to cover a Buy-In with respect to an attempted exercise of shares of Common Shares with an aggregate sale price giving rise to such purchase obligation of $10,000, under clause (A) of the immediately preceding sentence the Company shall be required to pay the Holder $1,000. The Holder shall provide the Company written notice indicating the amounts payable to the Holder in respect of the Buy-In and, upon request of the Company, evidence of the amount of such loss. Nothing herein shall limit a Holder’s right to pursue any other remedies available to it hereunder, at law or in equity including, without limitation, a decree of specific performance and/or injunctive relief with respect to the Company’s failure to timely deliver shares of Common Shares upon exercise of the Warrant as required pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

v. No Fractional Shares or Scrip. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant. As to any fraction of a share which the Holder would otherwise be entitled to purchase upon such exercise, the Company shall, at its election, either pay a cash adjustment in respect of such final fraction in an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the Exercise Price or round up to the next whole share.

 

vi. Charges, Taxes and Expenses. Issuance of Warrant Shares shall be made without charge to the Holder for any issue or transfer tax or other incidental expense in respect of the issuance of such Warrant Shares, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Company, and such Warrant Shares shall be issued in the name of the Holder or in such name or names as may be directed by the Holder; provided, however, that in the event that Warrant Shares are to be issued in a name other than the name of the Holder, this Warrant when surrendered for exercise shall be accompanied by the Assignment Form attached hereto duly executed by the Holder and the Company may require, as a condition thereto, the payment of a sum sufficient to reimburse it for any transfer tax incidental thereto. The Company shall pay all transfer agent fees required for same-day processing of any Notice of Exercise and all fees to the Depository Trust Company (or another established clearing corporation performing similar functions) required for same-day electronic delivery of the Warrant Shares.

 

vii. Closing of Books. The Company will not close its shareholder books or records in any manner which prevents the timely exercise of this Warrant, pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

viii. Signature. This Section 2 and the exercise form attached hereto set forth the totality of the procedures required of the Holder in order to exercise this Purchase Warrant. Without limiting the preceding sentences, no ink-original exercise form shall be required, nor shall any medallion guarantee (or other type of guarantee or notarization) of any exercise form be required in order to exercise this Purchase Warrant. No additional legal opinion, other information or instructions shall be required of the Holder to exercise this Purchase Warrant. The Company shall honor exercises of this Purchase Warrant and shall deliver Shares underlying this Purchase Warrant in accordance with the terms, conditions and time periods set forth herein.

 

5

 

 

e. Holder’s Exercise Limitations. The Company shall not effect any exercise of this Warrant, and a Holder shall not have the right to exercise any portion of this Warrant, pursuant to Section 2 or otherwise, to the extent that after giving effect to such issuance after exercise as set forth on the applicable Notice of Exercise, the Holder (together with the Holder’s Affiliates, and any other Persons acting as a group together with the Holder or any of the Holder’s Affiliates), would beneficially own in excess of the Beneficial Ownership Limitation (as defined below). For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the number of shares of Common Shares beneficially owned by the Holder and its Affiliates shall include the number of shares of Common Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with respect to which such determination is being made, but shall exclude the number of shares of Common Shares which would be issuable upon (i) exercise of the remaining, nonexercised portion of this Warrant beneficially owned by the Holder or any of its Affiliates and (ii) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or nonconverted portion of any other securities of the Company (including, without limitation, any other Common Shares equivalents) subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained herein beneficially owned by the Holder or any of its Affiliates. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, for purposes of this Section 2(e), beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, it being acknowledged by the Holder that the Company is not representing to the Holder that such calculation is in compliance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the Holder is solely responsible for any schedules required to be filed in accordance therewith. To the extent that the limitation contained in this Section 2(e) applies, the determination of whether this Warrant is exercisable (in relation to other securities owned by the Holder together with any Affiliates) and of which portion of this Warrant is exercisable shall be in the sole discretion of the Holder, and the submission of a Notice of Exercise shall be deemed to be the Holder’s determination of whether this Warrant is exercisable (in relation to other securities owned by the Holder together with any Affiliates) and of which portion of this Warrant is exercisable, in each case subject to the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, and the Company shall have no obligation to verify or confirm the accuracy of such determination. In addition, a determination as to any group status as contemplated above shall be determined in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. For purposes of this Section 2(e), in determining the number of outstanding shares of Common Shares, a Holder may rely on the number of outstanding shares of Common Shares as reflected in (A) the Company’s most recent periodic or annual report filed with the Commission, as the case may be, (B) a more recent public announcement by the Company or (C) a more recent written notice by the Company or the Company’s transfer agent setting forth the number of shares of Common Shares outstanding. Upon the written or oral request of a Holder, the Company shall within two (2) Trading Days confirm orally and in writing to the Holder the number of shares of Common Shares then outstanding. In any case, the number of outstanding shares of Common Shares shall be determined after giving effect to the conversion or exercise of securities of the Company, including this Warrant, by the Holder or its Affiliates since the date as of which such number of outstanding shares of Common Shares was reported. The “Beneficial Ownership Limitation” shall be [4.99]% of the number of shares of the Common Shares outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of Common Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant. The Holder, upon notice to the Company, may increase or decrease the Beneficial Ownership Limitation provisions of this Section 2(e), provided that the Beneficial Ownership Limitation in no event exceeds 9.99% of the number of shares of the Common Shares outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of Common Shares upon exercise of this Warrant held by the Holder and the provisions of this Section 2(e) shall continue to apply. Any increase in the Beneficial Ownership Limitation will not be effective until the 61st day after such notice is delivered to the Company. The provisions of this paragraph shall be construed and implemented in a manner otherwise than in strict conformity with the terms of this Section 2(e) to correct this paragraph (or any portion hereof) which may be defective or inconsistent with the intended Beneficial Ownership Limitation herein contained or to make changes or supplements necessary or desirable to properly give effect to such limitation. The limitations contained in this paragraph shall apply to a successor holder of this Warrant.

 

Section 3. Certain Adjustments.

 

a. Share Dividends and Splits. If the Company, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding: (i) pays a share dividend or otherwise makes a distribution or distributions on shares of its Common Shares or any other equity or equity equivalent securities payable in shares of Common Shares (which, for avoidance of doubt, shall not include any shares of Common Shares issued by the Company upon exercise of this Warrant), (ii) subdivides outstanding shares of Common Shares into a larger number of shares, (iii) combines (including by way of reverse share split) outstanding shares of Common Shares into a smaller number of shares, or (iv) issues by reclassification of shares of the Common Shares any shares of capital shares of the Company, then in each case the Exercise Price shall be multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Shares (excluding treasury shares, if any) outstanding immediately before such event and of which the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common Shares outstanding immediately after such event, and the number of shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be proportionately adjusted such that the aggregate Exercise Price of this Warrant shall remain unchanged. Any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 3(a) shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution and shall become effective immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination or re-classification. For the purposes of clarification, the Exercise Price of this Warrant will not be adjusted in the event that the Company or any subsidiary thereof, as applicable, sells or grants any option to purchase, or sell or grant any right to reprice, or otherwise dispose of or issue (or announce any offer, sale, grant or any option to purchase or other disposition) any Common Shares or Common Shares equivalents, at an effective price per share less than the Exercise Price then in effect.

 

6

 

 

b. [RESERVED]

 

c. Subsequent Rights Offerings. In addition to any adjustments pursuant to Section 3(a) above, if at any time the Company grants, issues or sells any Common Shares equivalents or rights to purchase shares, warrants, securities or other property pro rata to the record holders of any class of shares of Common Shares (the “Purchase Rights”), then the Holder will be entitled to acquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the aggregate Purchase Rights which the Holder could have acquired if the Holder had held the number of shares of Common Shares acquirable upon complete exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on exercise hereof, including without limitation, the Beneficial Ownership Limitation) immediately before the date on which a record is taken for the grant, issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of shares of Common Shares are to be determined for the grant, issue or sale of such Purchase Rights (provided, however, to the extent that the Holder’s right to participate in any such Purchase Right would result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, then the Holder shall not be entitled to participate in such Purchase Right to such extent (or beneficial ownership of such shares of Common Shares as a result of such Purchase Right to such extent) and such Purchase Right to such extent shall be held in abeyance for the Holder until such time, if ever, as its right thereto would not result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation).

 

d. Pro Rata Distributions. During such time as this Warrant is outstanding, if the Company shall declare or make any dividend (other than cash dividends) or other distribution of its assets (or rights to acquire its assets) to holders of shares of Common Shares, by way of return of capital or otherwise (including, without limitation, any distribution of shares or other securities, property or options by way of a dividend, spin off, reclassification, corporate rearrangement, scheme of arrangement or other similar transaction) (a “Distribution”), at any time after the issuance of this Warrant, then, in each such case, the Holder shall be entitled to participate in such Distribution to the same extent that the Holder would have participated therein if the Holder had held the number of shares of Common Shares acquirable upon complete exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on exercise hereof, including without limitation, the Beneficial Ownership Limitation) immediately before the date of which a record is taken for such Distribution, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of shares of Common Shares are to be determined for the participation in such Distribution (provided, however, to the extent that the Holder’s right to participate in any such Distribution would result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, then the Holder shall not be entitled to participate in such Distribution to such extent (or in the beneficial ownership of any shares of Common Shares as a result of such Distribution to such extent) and the portion of such Distribution shall be held in abeyance for the benefit of the Holder until such time, if ever, as its right thereto would not result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation). To the extent that this Warrant has not been partially or completely exercised at the time of such Distribution, such portion of the Distribution shall be held in abeyance for the benefit of the Holder until the Holder has exercised this Warrant.

 

7

 

 

e. Fundamental Transaction. If, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding, (i) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another Person, (ii) the Company, directly or indirectly, effects any sale, lease, license, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of its assets in one or a series of related transactions, (iii) any, direct or indirect, purchase offer, tender offer or exchange offer (whether by the Company or another Person) is completed pursuant to which holders of Common Shares are permitted to sell, tender or exchange their shares for other securities, cash or property and has been accepted by the holders of 50% or more of the outstanding Common Shares, (iv) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of the Common Shares or any compulsory share exchange pursuant to which the Common Shares is effectively converted into or exchanged for other securities, cash or property, or (v) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions consummates a share purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off or scheme of arrangement) with another Person or group of Persons whereby such other Person or group acquires more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Common Shares (not including any shares of Common Shares held by the other Person or other Persons making or party to, or associated or affiliated with the other Persons making or party to, such share purchase agreement or other business combination) (each a “Fundamental Transaction”), then, upon any subsequent exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to receive, for each Warrant Share that would have been issuable upon such exercise immediately prior to the occurrence of such Fundamental Transaction, at the option of the Holder (without regard to any limitation in Section 2(e) on the exercise of this Warrant), the number of shares of Common Shares of the successor or acquiring corporation or of the Company, if it is the surviving corporation, and any additional consideration (the “Alternate Consideration”) receivable by holders of Common Shares as a result of such Fundamental Transaction for each Common Share for which this Warrant is exercisable immediately prior to such Fundamental Transaction (without regard to any limitation in Section 2(e) on the exercise of this Warrant). For purposes of any such exercise, the determination of the Exercise Price shall be appropriately adjusted to apply to such Alternate Consideration based on the amount of Alternate Consideration issuable in respect of one Common Share in such Fundamental Transaction, and the Company shall apportion the Exercise Price among the Alternate Consideration in a reasonable manner reflecting the relative value of any different components of the Alternate Consideration. If holders of Common Shares are given any choice as to the securities, cash or property to be received in a Fundamental Transaction, then the Holder shall be given the same choice as to the Alternate Consideration it receives upon any exercise of this Warrant following such Fundamental Transaction. The Company shall cause any successor entity in a Fundamental Transaction in which the Company is not the survivor (the “Successor Entity”) to assume in writing all of the obligations of the Company under this Warrant in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3(e) pursuant to written agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Holder and approved by the Holder (without unreasonable delay) prior to such Fundamental Transaction and shall, at the option of the Holder, deliver to the Holder in exchange for this Warrant a security of the Successor Entity evidenced by a written instrument substantially similar in form and substance to this Warrant which is exercisable for a corresponding number of shares of capital shares of such Successor Entity (or its parent entity) equivalent to the shares of Common Shares acquirable and receivable upon exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on the exercise of this Warrant) prior to such Fundamental Transaction, and with an exercise price which applies the Exercise Price hereunder to such shares of capital shares (but taking into account the relative value of the shares of Common Shares pursuant to such Fundamental Transaction and the value of such shares of capital shares, such number of shares of capital shares and such exercise price being for the purpose of protecting the economic value of this Warrant immediately prior to the consummation of such Fundamental Transaction), and which is reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Holder. Upon the occurrence of any such Fundamental Transaction, the Successor Entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such Fundamental Transaction, the provisions of this Warrant referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the Successor Entity), and may exercise every right and power of the Company and shall assume all of the obligations of the Company under this Warrant with the same effect as if such Successor Entity had been named as the Company herein.

 

f. Calculations. All calculations under this Section 3 shall be made to the nearest cent or the nearest 1/100th of a share, as the case may be. For purposes of this Section 3, the number of shares of Common Shares deemed to be issued and outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common Shares (excluding treasury shares, if any) issued and outstanding.

 

g. Notice to Holder.

 

i. Adjustment to Exercise Price. Whenever the Exercise Price is adjusted pursuant to any provision of this Section 3, the Company shall promptly mail to the Holder a notice setting forth the Exercise Price after such adjustment and any resulting adjustment to the number of Warrant Shares and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment.

 

8

 

 

ii. Notice to Allow Exercise by Holder. If (A) the Company shall declare a dividend (or any other distribution in whatever form) on the Common Shares, (B) the Company shall declare a special nonrecurring cash dividend on or a redemption of the Common Shares, (C) the Company shall authorize the granting to all holders of the Common Shares rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital shares of any class or of any rights, (D) the approval of any shareholders of the Company shall be required in connection with any reclassification of the Common Shares, any consolidation or merger to which the Company is a party, any sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any compulsory share exchange whereby the Common Shares is converted into other securities, cash or property, or (E) the Company shall authorize the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Company, then, in each case, the Company shall cause to be mailed a notice to the Holder at its last address as it shall appear upon the Warrant Register of the Company, at least 20 calendar days prior to the applicable record or effective date hereinafter specified, stating (x) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution, redemption, rights or warrants, or if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of the Common Shares of record to be entitled to such dividend, distributions, redemption, rights or warrants are to be determined or (y) the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange is expected to become effective or close, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of the Common Shares of record shall be entitled to exchange their shares of the Common Shares for securities, cash or other property deliverable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange; provided that the failure to provide such notice or any defect therein shall not affect the validity of the corporate action required to be specified in such notice. To the extent that any notice provided hereunder constitutes, or contains, material, non-public information regarding the Company or any of its subsidiaries, the Company shall simultaneously file such notice with the Commission pursuant to a Report on Form 6-K or 8-K, as applicable. The Holder shall remain entitled to exercise this Warrant during the period commencing on the date of such notice to the effective date of the event triggering such notice except as may otherwise be expressly set forth herein.

 

Section 4. Transfer of Warrant.

 

a Transferability. Pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1), neither this Warrant nor any Warrant Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant shall be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the securities by any person for a period of 180 days immediately following the Effective Date or commencement of sales of the offering pursuant to which this Warrant is being issued, except the transfer of any security:

 

i. by operation of law or by reason of reorganization of the Company;

 

ii. to any FINRA member firm participating in the offering and the officers or partners thereof, if all securities so transferred remain subject to the lock-up restriction in this Section 4(a) for the remainder of the time period;

 

iii. if the aggregate amount of securities of the Company held by the Holder or related person do not exceed one percent (1%) of the securities being offered;

 

iv. that is beneficially owned on a pro-rata basis by all equity owners of an investment fund, provided that no participating member manages or otherwise directs investments by the fund, and participating members in the aggregate do not own more than ten percent (10%) of the equity in the fund; or

 

v. the exercise or conversion of any security, if all securities received remain subject to the lock-up restriction in this Section 4(a) for the remainder of the time period.

 

9

 

 

Subject to the foregoing restriction, any applicable securities laws and the conditions set forth in Section 4(d), this Warrant and all rights hereunder (including, without limitation, any registration rights) are transferable, in whole or in part, upon surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company or its designated agent, together with a written assignment of this Warrant substantially in the form attached hereto duly executed by the Holder or its agent or attorney and funds sufficient to pay any transfer taxes payable upon the making of such transfer. Upon such surrender and, if required, such payment, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants in the name of the assignee or assignees, as applicable, and in the denomination or denominations specified in such instrument of assignment, and shall issue to the assignor a new Warrant evidencing the portion of this Warrant not so assigned, and this Warrant shall promptly be cancelled. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Holder shall not be required to physically surrender this Warrant to the Company unless the Holder has assigned this Warrant in full, in which case, the Holder shall surrender this Warrant to the Company within three (3) Trading Days of the date the Holder delivers an assignment form to the Company assigning this Warrant full. The Warrant, if properly assigned in accordance herewith, may be exercised by a new holder for the purchase of Warrant Shares without having a new Warrant issued.

 

b. New Warrants. This Warrant may be divided or combined with other Warrants upon presentation hereof at the aforesaid office of the Company, together with a written notice specifying the names and denominations in which new Warrants are to be issued, signed by the Holder or its agent or attorney. Subject to compliance with Section 4(a), as to any transfer which may be involved in such division or combination, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants in exchange for the Warrant or Warrants to be divided or combined in accordance with such notice. All Warrants issued on transfers or exchanges shall be dated the initial issuance date of this Warrant and shall be identical with this Warrant except as to the number of Warrant Shares issuable pursuant thereto.

 

c. Warrant Register. The Company shall register this Warrant, upon records to be maintained by the Company for that purpose (the “Warrant Register”), in the name of the record Holder hereof from time to time. The Company may deem and treat the registered Holder of this Warrant as the absolute owner hereof for the purpose of any exercise hereof or any distribution to the Holder, and for all other purposes, absent actual notice to the contrary.

 

d. Representation by the Holder. The Holder, by the acceptance hereof, represents and warrants that it is acquiring this Warrant and, upon any exercise hereof, will acquire the Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise, for its own account and not with a view to or for distributing or reselling such Warrant Shares or any part thereof in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable state securities law, except pursuant to sales registered or exempted under the Securities Act.

 

Section 5. Registration Rights.

 

a. Demand Registration.

 

i. Grant of Right. The Company, upon written demand (a “Demand Notice”) of the Holder(s) of at least 51% of the Warrants and/or the underlying Warrant Shares, agrees to register on Form F-3 (if available) or Form F-1 (if Form F-3 is not available), on one occasion, all or any portion of the Warrant Shares underlying the Warrants (collectively, the “Registrable Securities”). On such occasion, the Company will file a registration statement with the Commission covering the Registrable Securities within sixty (60) days after receipt of a Demand Notice and use its reasonable best efforts to have the registration statement declared effective promptly thereafter, subject to compliance with review by the Commission; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to comply with a Demand Notice if the Company has filed a registration statement with respect to which the Holder is entitled to piggyback registration rights pursuant to Section 5(b) hereof and either: (i) the Holder has elected to participate in the offering covered by such registration statement or (ii) if such registration statement relates to an underwritten primary offering of securities of the Company, until the offering covered by such registration statement has been withdrawn or until thirty (30) days after such offering is consummated. The demand for registration may be made at any time beginning on the Initial Exercise Date. The Company covenants and agrees to give written notice of its receipt of any Demand Notice by any Holder(s) to all other registered Holders of the Warrants and/or the Registrable Securities within ten (10) days after the date of the receipt of any such Demand Notice.

 

10

 

 

ii. Terms. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses attendant to the registration of the Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 5(a)(i), but the Holders shall pay any and all underwriting commissions and the expenses of any legal counsel selected by the Holders to represent them in connection with the sale of the Registrable Securities. The Company agrees to use its best efforts to cause the filing required herein to become effective promptly and to qualify or register the Registrable Securities in such States as are reasonably requested by the Holder(s); provided, however, that in no event shall the Company be required to register the Registrable Securities in a State in which such registration would cause: (i) the Company to be obligated to register or license to do business in such State or submit to general service of process in such State or (ii) the principal shareholders of the Company to be obligated to escrow their shares of capital shares of the Company. The Company shall cause any registration statement filed pursuant to the demand right granted under Section 5(a)(i) to remain effective for a period of at least twelve (12) consecutive months after the date that the Holders of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement are first given the opportunity to sell all of such securities. The Holders shall only use the prospectuses provided by the Company to sell the Warrant Shares covered by such registration statement, and will immediately cease to use any prospectus furnished by the Company if the Company advises the Holder that such prospectus may no longer be used due to a material misstatement or omission. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5(a)(ii), the Holder shall be entitled to a demand registration under this Section 5(a)(ii) on only one (1) occasion and such demand registration right shall terminate on the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Effective Date or commencement of sales of the offering pursuant to which this Warrant is being issued in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(iv).

 

b. “Piggy-Back” Registration.

 

i. Grant of Right. In addition to the demand right of registration described in Section 5(a) hereof, the Holder shall have the right, for a period of no more than five years from the Effective Date in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(v), to include the Registrable Securities as part of any other registration of securities filed by the Company (other than in connection with a transaction contemplated by Rule 145(a) promulgated under the Securities Act or pursuant to Form S-8 or any equivalent form); provided, however, that if, solely in connection with any primary underwritten public offering for the account of the Company, the managing underwriter(s) thereof shall, in its reasonable discretion, impose a limitation on the number of shares of Common Shares which may be included in the Registration Statement because, in such underwriter(s)’ judgment, marketing or other factors dictate such limitation is necessary to facilitate public distribution, then the Company shall be obligated to include in such Registration Statement only such limited portion of the Registrable Securities with respect to which the Holder requested inclusion hereunder as the underwriter shall reasonably permit. Any exclusion of Registrable Securities shall be made pro rata among the Holders seeking to include Registrable Securities in proportion to the number of Registrable Securities sought to be included by such Holders; provided, however, that the Company shall not exclude any Registrable Securities unless the Company has first excluded all outstanding securities, the holders of which are not entitled to inclusion of such securities in such Registration Statement or are not entitled to pro rata inclusion with the Registrable Securities.

 

ii. Terms. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 5(b)(i) hereof, but the Holders shall pay any and all underwriting commissions and the expenses of any legal counsel selected by the Holders to represent them in connection with the sale of the Registrable Securities. In the event of such a proposed registration, the Company shall furnish the then Holders of outstanding Registrable Securities with not less than fifteen (15) days written notice prior to the proposed date of filing of such registration statement. Such notice to the Holders shall continue to be given for each registration statement filed by the Company during the two (2) year period following the Initial Exercise Date until such time as all of the Registrable Securities have been sold by the Holder. The holders of the Registrable Securities shall exercise the “piggy-back” rights provided for herein by giving written notice within five (5) days of the receipt of the Company’s notice of its intention to file a registration statement. Except as otherwise provided in this Warrant, there shall be no limit on the number of times the Holder may request registration under this Section 5(b)(ii); provided, however, that such registration rights shall terminate on the fifth (5th) anniversary of the date of the Underwriting Agreement in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(v).

 

11

 

 

c. General Terms.

 

i. Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify the Holder(s) of the Registrable Securities to be sold pursuant to any registration statement hereunder and each person, if any, who controls such Holders within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act against all loss, claim, damage, expense or liability (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any claim whatsoever) to which any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, arising from such registration statement but only to the same extent and with the same effect as the provisions pursuant to which the Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters contained in Section 7(a) of the Underwriting Agreement. The Holder(s) of the Registrable Securities to be sold pursuant to such registration statement, and their successors and assigns, shall severally, and not jointly, indemnify the Company, against all loss, claim, damage, expense or liability (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any claim whatsoever) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, arising from information furnished by or on behalf of such Holders, or their successors or assigns, in writing, for specific inclusion in such registration statement to the same extent and with the same effect as the provisions contained in Section 7(a) of the Underwriting Agreement.

 

ii. Exercise of Warrants. Nothing contained in this Warrant shall be construed as requiring the Holder(s) to exercise their Warrants prior to or after the initial filing of any registration statement or the effectiveness thereof.

 

iii. Documents Delivered to Holders. The Company shall deliver promptly to each Holder participating in the offering requesting the correspondence and memoranda described below and to the managing underwriter, if any, copies of all correspondence between the Commission and the Company, its counsel or auditors and all memoranda relating to discussions with the Commission or its staff with respect to the registration statement and permit each Holder and underwriter to do such investigation, upon reasonable advance notice, with respect to information contained in or omitted from the registration statement as it deems reasonably necessary to comply with applicable securities laws or rules of FINRA. Such investigation shall include access to books, records and properties and opportunities to discuss the business of the Company with its officers and independent auditors, all to such reasonable extent and at such reasonable times as any such Holder shall reasonably request.

 

iv. Intentionally Omitted.

 

v. Documents to be Delivered by Holder(s). Each of the Holder(s) participating in any of the foregoing offerings shall furnish to the Company a completed and executed questionnaire provided by the Company requesting information customarily sought of selling security holders.

 

vi. Damages. Should the registration or the effectiveness thereof required by Sections 5(a) or 5(b) hereof be delayed by the Company or the Company otherwise fails to comply with such provisions, the Holder(s) shall, in addition to any other legal or other relief available to the Holder(s), be entitled to obtain specific performance or other equitable (including injunctive) relief against the threatened breach of such provisions or the continuation of any such breach, without the necessity of proving actual damages and without the necessity of posting bond or other security.

 

Section 6. Miscellaneous.

 

a. No Rights as Shareholder until Exercise. This Warrant does not entitle the Holder to any voting rights, dividends or other rights as a shareholder of the Company prior to the exercise hereof as set forth in Section 2(d)(i).

 

b. Loss, Theft, Destruction or Mutilation of Warrant. The Company covenants that upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant or any certificate relating to the Warrant Shares, and in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it (which, in the case of the Warrant, shall not include the posting of any bond), and upon surrender and cancellation of such Warrant or share certificate, if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver a new Warrant or share certificate of like tenor and dated as of such cancellation, in lieu of such Warrant or share certificate.

 

12

 

 

c. Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays, etc. If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall not be a Trading Day, then, such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding Trading Day.

 

d. Authorized Shares. The Company covenants that, during the period the Warrant is outstanding, it will reserve from its authorized and unissued Common Shares a sufficient number of shares to provide for the issuance of the Warrant Shares upon the exercise of any purchase rights under this Warrant. The Company further covenants that its issuance of this Warrant shall constitute full authority to its officers who are charged with the duty of issuing the necessary Warrant Shares upon the exercise of the purchase rights under this Warrant. The Company will take all such reasonable action as may be necessary to assure that such Warrant Shares may be issued as provided herein without violation of any applicable law or regulation, or of any requirements of the Trading Market upon which the Common Shares may be listed. The Company covenants that all Warrant Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant will, upon exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant and payment for such Warrant Shares in accordance herewith, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges created by the Company in respect of the issue thereof (other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously with such issue).

 

Except and to the extent as waived or consented to by the Holder, the Company shall not by any action, including, without limitation, amending its certificate of incorporation or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to protect the rights of Holder as set forth in this Warrant against impairment. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company will (i) not increase the par value of any Warrant Shares above the amount payable therefor upon such exercise immediately prior to such increase in par value, (ii) take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable Warrant Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant and (iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all such authorizations, exemptions or consents from any public regulatory body having jurisdiction thereof, as may be, necessary to enable the Company to perform its obligations under this Warrant.

 

Before taking any action which would result in an adjustment in the number of Warrant Shares for which this Warrant is exercisable or in the Exercise Price, the Company shall obtain all such authorizations or exemptions thereof, or consents thereto, as may be necessary from any public regulatory body or bodies having jurisdiction thereof.

 

e. Jurisdiction. All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Warrant shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the Underwriting Agreement.

 

f. Restrictions. The Holder acknowledges that the Warrant Shares acquired upon the exercise of this Warrant, if not registered, and the Holder does not utilize cashless exercise, will have restrictions upon resale imposed by state and federal securities laws.

 

g. Nonwaiver and Expenses. No course of dealing or any delay or failure to exercise any right hereunder on the part of Holder shall operate as a waiver of such right or otherwise prejudice the Holder’s rights, powers or remedies. Without limiting any other provision of this Warrant or the Underwriting Agreement, if the Company willfully and knowingly fails to comply with any provision of this Warrant, which results in any material damages to the Holder, the Company shall pay to the Holder such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover any costs and expenses including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees, including those of appellate proceedings, incurred by the Holder in collecting any amounts due pursuant hereto or in otherwise enforcing any of its rights, powers or remedies hereunder.

 

h. Notices. Any notice, request or other document required or permitted to be given or delivered to the Holder by the Company shall be delivered in accordance with the notice provisions of the Underwriting Agreement.

 

i. Limitation of Liability. No provision hereof, in the absence of any affirmative action by the Holder to exercise this Warrant to purchase Warrant Shares, and no enumeration herein of the rights or privileges of the Holder, shall give rise to any liability of the Holder for the purchase price of any Common Shares or as a shareholder of the Company, whether such liability is asserted by the Company or by creditors of the Company.

 

13

 

 

j. Remedies. The Holder, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law, including recovery of damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Warrant. The Company agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Warrant and hereby agrees to waive and not to assert the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 

k. Successors and Assigns. Subject to applicable securities laws, this Warrant and the rights and obligations evidenced hereby shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the Company and the successors and permitted assigns of Holder. The provisions of this Warrant are intended to be for the benefit of any Holder from time to time of this Warrant and shall be enforceable by the Holder or holder of Warrant Shares.

 

l. Amendment. This Warrant may be modified or amended or the provisions hereof waived with the written consent of the Company and the Holder.

 

m. Severability. Wherever possible, each provision of this Warrant shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Warrant shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provisions or the remaining provisions of this Warrant.

 

n. Headings. The headings used in this Warrant are for the convenience of reference only and shall not, for any purpose, be deemed a part of this Warrant.

 

********************

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

14

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be executed by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above indicated.

 

  LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD.
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

15

 

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO: LYTUS TECHNOLOGIES HOLDINGS PTV. LTD.

 

(1) The undersigned hereby elects to purchase _____________ Warrant Shares of the Company pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the exercise price in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

(2) Payment shall take the form of (check applicable box):

 

in lawful money of the United States; or

 

if permitted the cancellation of such number of Warrant Shares as is necessary, in accordance with the formula set forth in subsection 2(c), to exercise this Warrant with respect to the maximum number of Warrant Shares purchasable pursuant to the cashless exercise procedure set forth in subsection 2(c).

 

(3) Please register and issue said Warrant Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

The Warrant Shares shall be delivered to the following DWAC Account Number or by physical delivery of a certificate to:

 

[________________________]

[________________________]

[________________________]

 

(4) Accredited Investor. If the Warrant is being exercised via cash exercise, the undersigned is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended

 

[SIGNATURE OF HOLDER]

 

Name of Investing Entity:  
   
Signature of Authorized Signatory of Investing Entity:  
   
Name of Authorized Signatory:  
   
Title of Authorized Signatory:  
   
Date:  
       

16

 

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

(To assign the foregoing warrant, execute
this form and supply required information.
Do not use this form to exercise the warrant.)

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, [ ] all of or [ ] shares of the foregoing Warrant and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby assigned to

 

    whose address is.  
       
    Dated: ,  
       
  Holder’s Signature:    
       
  Holder’s Address:    
       

  

NOTE: The signature to this Assignment Form must correspond with the name as it appears on the face of the Warrant, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever. Officers of corporations and those acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity should file proper evidence of authority to assign the foregoing Warrant.

 

17

 

Exhibit 10.14

 

Form of Lock-Up Agreement

 

 

______, 2021

 

Aegis Capital Corp.

810 Seventh Avenue, 18th Floor New York, NY 10019

 

As Representative of the several Underwriters named on Schedule 1 to the Underwriting Agreement referenced below

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned understands that Aegis Capital Corp. (the “Representative”), proposes to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with Lytus Technologies Holdings Ptv Ltd., a British Virgin Islands corporation (the “Company”), providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) of common shares, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Common Shares”).

 

To induce the Representative to continue its efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representative, the undersigned will not, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending ninety (90) days after the effective date of the Registration Statement on Form F-1 relating to the Public Offering (the “Lock-Up Period”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Shares, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition (collectively, the “Lock-Up Securities”); (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Lock-Up Securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Lock-Up Securities, in cash or otherwise; (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any Lock-Up Securities; or (4) publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement relating to any Lock-Up Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the conditions below, the undersigned may transfer Lock-Up Securities without the prior written consent of the Representative in connection with (a) transactions relating to Lock-Up Securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering; provided that no filing under Section 13 or Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or other public announcement shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of Lock-Up Securities acquired in such open market transactions; (b) transfers of Lock-Up Securities as a bona fide gift, by will or intestacy or to a family member or trust for the benefit of the undersigned (for purposes of this lock-up agreement, “family member” means any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin); (c) transfers of Lock-Up Securities to a charity or educational institution; (d) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, (i) any transfers of Lock-Up Securities to another corporation, partnership or other business entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the undersigned or (ii) distributions of Lock-Up Securities to members, partners, stockholders, subsidiaries or affiliates (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) of the undersigned; (e) if the undersigned is a trust, to a trustee or beneficiary of the trust; provided that in the case of any transfer pursuant to the foregoing clauses (b), (c) (d) or (e), (i) any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (ii) each transferee shall sign and deliver to the Representative a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of this lock-up agreement and (iii) no filing under Section 13 or Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period; (f) the receipt by the undersigned from the Company of Common Shares upon the vesting of restricted stock awards or stock units or upon the exercise of options to purchase the Company’s Common Shares issued under an equity incentive plan of the Company or an employment arrangement described in the Pricing Prospectus (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement) (the “Plan Shares”) or the transfer or withholding of Common Shares or any securities convertible into Common Shares to the Company upon a vesting event of the Company’s securities or upon the exercise of options to purchase the Company’s securities, in each case on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis or to cover tax obligations of the undersigned in connection with such vesting or exercise, provided that if the undersigned is required to file a report under Section 13 or Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Common Shares during the Lock-Up Period, the undersigned shall include a statement in such schedule or report to the effect that the purpose of such transfer was to cover tax withholding obligations of the undersigned in connection with such vesting or exercise and, provided further, that the Plan Shares shall be subject to the terms of this lock-up agreement; (g) the transfer of Lock-Up Securities pursuant to agreements described in the Pricing Prospectus under which the Company has the option to repurchase such securities or a right of first refusal with respect to the transfer of such securities, provided that if the undersigned is required to file a report under Section 13 or Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of Common Shares during the Lock-Up Period, the undersigned shall include a statement in such schedule or report describing the purpose of the transaction; (h) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of Lock-Up Securities, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of Lock-Up Securities during the Lock-Up Period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the undersigned or the Company regarding the establishment of such plan, such public announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of Lock-Up Securities may be made under such plan during the Lock-Up Period; (i) the transfer of Lock-Up Securities that occurs by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, provided that the transferee agrees to sign and deliver a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of this lock-up agreement for the balance of the Lock-Up Period, and provided further, that any filing under Section 13 or Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act that is required to be made during the Lock-Up Period as a result of such transfer shall include a statement that such transfer has occurred by operation of law; and (j) the transfer of Lock- Up Securities pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the Common Shares involving a change of control (as defined below) of the Company after the closing of the Public Offering and approved by the Company’s board of directors; provided that in the event that the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the Lock-Up Securities owned by the undersigned shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in this lock-up agreement. For purposes of clause (j) above, “change of control” shall mean the consummation of any bona fide third party tender offer, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other similar transaction the result of which is that any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), or group of persons, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d- 5 of the Exchange Act) of a majority of total voting power of the voting stock of the Company. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities except in compliance with this lock-up agreement.

 

 

 

 

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the undersigned agrees that the foregoing restrictions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed or “friends and family” securities that the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering; (ii) the Representative agrees that, at least three (3) business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of Lock-Up Securities, the Representative will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver; and (iii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two (2) business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representative hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two (2) business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer of Lock-Up Securities not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this lock-up agreement to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of such transfer.

 

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Representative are relying upon this lock-up agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this lock-up agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

The undersigned understands that, if the Underwriting Agreement is not executed by _________, 2021 or if the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Common Shares to be sold thereunder, then this lock-up agreement shall be void and of no further force or effect.

 

Whether or not the Public Offering actually occurs depends on a number of factors, including market conditions. Any Public Offering will only be made pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement, the terms of which are subject to negotiation between the Company and the Representative.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  (Name - Please Print)
   
   
  (Signature)
   
   
   
   
  (Name of Signatory, in the case of entities - Please Print)
   
   
   
  (Title of Signatory, in the case of entities - Please Print)
   
   
  Address:  
     

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S 

 

We consent to the use, in this Offering Statement on Form 1-A, as amended, of our independent auditor’s report dated 8 July 2020, except for the disclosures related to subsequent events described in Note 24, as to which the date is 31 March 2021, with respect to the audited consolidated statement of financial position of Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. LTD. as of 31 March 2020 and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the period 16 March 2020 (date of inception) through 31 March 2020, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Offering Circular.

 

 

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

 

New York, New York

14 June 2021

Exhibit 23.5

 

 

Registered Public Company Accountant’s Consent Letter

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders’

Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd.

601 Everest Grande, A Wing

Mahalaxmi Caves Road

Andheri (East)

Mumbai, India 400 093

 

Re: Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd.

 

We, Kirtane & Pandit LLP, Chartered Accountants, hereby consent to using our opinion report, dated December 31, 2020 relating to Lytus Technologies Private Limited as of March 31, 2019 and as of March 18, 2020 and of our audit opinion dated May 28, 2021 relating to DDC CATV Network Private Limited as of March 31, 2018, March 31, 2019 and as of March 31, 2020, on behalf of filing the referenced company’s Form F-1 with the SEC as exhibit document.

 

We, Kirtane & Pandit LLP, Chartered Accountants, hereby consent to using our report, dated March 29, 2021, on review of interim financial statements of Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. Ltd. and consolidated subsidiaries as of December 31, 2020, and for the nine-month periods then ended on behalf of filing the referenced company’s Form F-1 with the SEC as exhibit document.

 

We, Kirtane & Pandit LLP, Chartered Accountants, hereby consent to the reference to our Firm under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

 

For Kirtane & Pandit LLP

Chartered Accountants

FRN: 105215W/W100057

PCAOB FIRM ID NO 5686

 

/s/ Milind Bhave  

Milind Bhave

Partner

Membership No. 047973

Place: Mumbai, India

Date: June 14, 2021 

 

 

Page 1 of 1

 

 

Exhibit 99.1

 

 

To the Board of Directors

of Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV. LTD.:

 

Opinion on the Standalone Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying standalone statement of financial position of DDC CATV Network Private Limited (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2018; as of March 31, 2019 and as of March 31, 2020, the related standalone statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows, for the period from April 1, 2017 through March 31, 2018; April 1, 2018 through March 31, 2019 and for the period from April 1, 2019 through March 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the standalone financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the standalone financial position of the Company as of March 31, 2018, as of March 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020 and the standalone results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from April 1, 2017 through March 31, 2018; April 1, 2018 through March 31, 2019 and for the period from April 1, 2019 through March 31, 2020, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These standalone financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s standalone financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the standalone financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the standalone financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the standalone financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the standalone financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

For Kirtane & Pandit LLP

Chartered Accountants

FRN: 105215W/W100057

PCAOB FIRM ID NO 5686

 

 

Milind Bhave

Partner

Membership No. 047973

Place: Mumbai, India

Date: May 28, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

  

DDC CATV NETWORK PRIVATE LIMITED

Standalone statement of financial position as at March 2020

 

  Note No.    

As at

March 31,
2020

   

As at

March 31,
2019

   

As at

March 31,
2018

   

As at

April 01,
2017

 
ASSETS         (In USD)     (In USD)     (In USD)     (In USD)  
Non-current assets                              
a) Property, plant and equipment   7       13,56,796.00       15,64,979.00       18,46,979.00       11,46,601  
b) Capital work-in-progress   7       -       -       -       -  
c) Intangible assets   8       471.00       641.00       887.00       1,266  
d) Intangible assets under development   8       -       -       -       -  
e) Investments in associates and joint ventures   9       -       -       -       -  
f) Financial assets                                      
(i) Other investments   9       -       -       -       -  
(ii) Trade receivables   10       -       -       -       -  
(ii) other non current financial assets   11       16,472.00       26,466.00       -       -  
g) Deferred tax assets           56,462.00       55,001.00       34,096.00       20,080  
Total non-current assets           14,30,201.00       16,47,087.00       18,81,962.00       11,67,947  
                                       
Current assets                                      
a) Financial assets                                      
(i) Other investments   9       -       -        -       -   
(ii) Trade receivables   10       3,90,151.00       3,58,472.00       3,28,795.00       1,70,052  
(iii) Cash and cash equivalents   12       40,581.00       23,925.00       26,119.00       1,090  
(iv) Others financial assets   11       49,690.00       51,283.00       44,254.00       5,450  
b) Other current assets   13       1,39,493.00       3,28,347.00       4,37,628.00       2,65,594  
Total current assets           6,19,915.00       7,62,027.00       8,36,796.00       4,42,186  
                                       
Asset held for sale                              
                                       
Total assets           20,50,116.00       24,09,114.00       27,18,758.00       16,10,133  
                                       
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES                                      
Equity                                      

a) Equity share capital

  14       1,544.00       1,544.00       1,544.00       1,544  
b) Other equity   15       82,461.00       65,230.00       (8,634.00 )     (1,89,159 )
Equity attributable to owners of the Company           84,005.00       66,774.00       (7,090.00 )     (1,87,615 )
                                       
Total equity           84,005.00       66,774.00       (7,090.00 )     (1,87,615 )
                                       
Liabilities                                      

Non-current liabilities

                                     
a) Financial liabilities                                      
(i) Borrowings   16       -       -       -       -  
(i) Security deposits           -       -       -       -  
b) Other non-current liabilities   17       -       -       -       -  
c) Employee benefits obligations   19       -       -       -       -  
d) Provisions   20       -       -       -       -  
f) Deferred tax liability           59,455.00       33,778.00       1,254.00       -  
                                       
Total non-current liabilities           59,455.00       33,778.00       1,254.00       -  
                                       
Current liabilities                                      
a) Financial liabilities                                      

(i) Borrowings

  16       15,75,827.00       18,17,544.00       20,71,454.00       10,32,124  
(ii) Trade payables   21       2,15,259.00       2,97,370.00       4,59,529.00       5,99,256  
(iii) Other financial liabilities   22       1,195.00       432.00       1,614.00       772  
(iii) Security deposits           59,808.00       1,02,568.00       1,08,722.00       1,09,171  
b) Employee benefits obligation   19       -       -       -       -  
c) Other current liabilities   23       34,990.00       56,710.00       46,658.00       56,425  
d) Provisions   20       -       -       -       -  
e) Current tax liability           19,577.00       33,938.00       36,617.00       -  
                                       
Total current liabilities           19,06,656.00       23,08,562.00       27,24,594.00       17,97,748  
                                       
Liabilities directly associated with the assets held for sale           -       -       -       -  
                                       
Total liabilities           19,66,111.00       23,42,340.00       27,25,848.00       17,97,748  
                                       
Total equity and liabilities           20,50,116.00       24,09,114.00       27,18,758.00       16,10,133  

 

The accompanying 1 to 39 notes are an integral part of the financial statements

This is the Balance sheet referred to in our report of even date

 

For and on behalf of Board of Directors of Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV Ltd

 

Name Name
Director Director

 

2

 

 

DDC CATV NETWORK PRIVATE LIMITED

Statement of Standalone profit or loss and other comprehensive income for the year ended 31 March, 2020

 

    Note No.    

For the year ended

March 31, 2020

   

For the year ended

March 31, 2019

   

For the year ended

March 31, 2018

 
Continuing Operations         (In USD)     (In USD)     (In USD)  
Income                        
Revenue from contract with customers   3       17,78,518.00       15,96,740.00       18,42,920.00  
Other operating income   4       -       1,877.00       7,26,145.00  
            17,78,518.00       15,98,617.00       25,69,065.00  
Expenses                              
Operating expenses   5       15,18,263.00       12,47,308.00       18,80,075.00  
Depreciation   7       2,97,521.00       3,57,116.00       4,65,787.00  
Amortisation of intangible assets   8       170.00       246.00       379.00  
            18,15,954.00       16,04,670.00       23,46,241.00  
Finance income   5       448.00       502.00       -  
Finance cost   6       3,325.00       21,445.00       43,691.00  
                               
Profit/(Loss) for the year from continuing operations           (40,313.00 )     (26,996.00 )     1,79,133.00  
                               
Discontinued operations                              
Profit/(Loss) for the year from discontiuned opearations           -       -       -  
                               
Profit/(Loss) for the year before taxation           (40,313.00 )     (26,996.00 )     1,79,133.00  
Taxation                              
Current tax           26,442.00       11,456.00       16,169.00  
Deferred Tax           2,558.00       (18,536.00 )     (13,946.00 )
            29,000.00       (7,080.00 )     2,223.00  
                               
Profit/(Loss) for the year after taxation           (69,313.00 )     (19,916.00 )     1,76,910.00  
                               
Other comprehensive income                              
1) Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss                              
Income tax relating to items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss           -       -       -  
                               
2) Items that may reclassified to profit or loss           86,544.00       93,780.00       3,615.00  
Income tax relating to items that will be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss                              
Foreign currency transalation reserves           1,12,221.00       1,26,304.00       4,869.00  
Income tax relating to items that will be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss           25,677.00       32,524.00       1,254.00  
Total other comprehensive income           86,544.00       93,780.00       3,615.00  
                               
Total comprehensive income for the year           17,231.00       73,864.00       1,80,525.00  
Earning per equity share of face value of Rs. 10 each   24                          
- Basic earnings per equity share (in USD.)           (6.93 )     (1.33 )     11.79  
- Diluted earnings per equity share (in USD.)           (6.93 )     (1.33 )     11.79  
                               
Statement of significant accounting policies   2                          

 

The accompanying 1 to 39 notes are an integral part of the financial statements

 

This is the Statement of Profit and Loss referred to in our report of even date

 

For and on behalf of Board of Directors of Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV Ltd

 

Name Name
Director Director

 

3

 

 

DDC CATV NETWORK PRIVATE LIMITED

Standalone Statement of Changes in Equity for the year ended March 31, 2020

 

(In USD)

        Equity attributable to equity holders of the company              
    Shares (Nos.)     Share capital     Accumlated foreign translation adjustments     Retained earnings     Total     Non- controlling interest     Total equity  
Balance as at April 01, 2017   10,000.00     1,544.00     -     (1,89,159.00 )   (1,87,615.00 )               -     (1,87,615.00 )
Net income                       1,76,910.00       1,76,910.00       -       1,76,910.00  
Translation adjustment, net of tax     -       -       3,615.00       -       3,615.00       -       3,615.00  
Issuance of shares     -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Total comprehensive income for the year     10,000.00       1,544.00       3,615.00       (12,249.00 )     (7,090.00 )     -       (7,090.00 )
Transaction with owners in their capacity as owners:                                             -       -  
Interim dividend     -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Tax on dividend     -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Movement during the year     -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Balance as at March 31, 2018     10,000.00       1,544.00       3,615.00       (12,249.00 )     (7,090.00 )     -       (7,090.00 )
Net income     -       -       -       (19,916.00 )     (19,916.00 )     -       (19,916.00 )
Translation adjustment, net of tax     -       -       93,780.00       -       93,780.00       -       93,780.00  
Issuance of shares     -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Total comprehensive income for the year     10,000.00       1,544.00       97,395.00       (32,165.00 )     66,774.00       -       66,774.00  
Transaction with owners in their capacity as owners:                                                        
Interim dividend     -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Tax on dividend     -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Movement during the year     -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Balance as at March 31, 2019     10,000.00       1,544.00       97,395.00       (32,165.00 )     66,774.00       -       66,774.00  
Net income     -       -       -       (69,313.00 )     (69,313.00 )     -       (69,313.00 )
Translation adjustment, net of tax     -       -       86,544.00       -       86,544.00       -       86,544.00  
Issuance of shares     -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Total comprehensive income for the year     10,000.00       1,544.00       1,83,939.00       (1,01,478.00 )     84,005.00       -       84,005.00  
Transaction with owners in their capacity as owners:                                                        
Interim dividend     -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Tax on dividend     -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Movement during the year     -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Closing balance as at March 31, 2020     10,000.00       1,544.00       1,83,939.00       (1,01,478.00 )     84,005.00       -       84,005.00  
                                                         
Statement of significant accounting policies     2                                                  

 

The accompanying 1 to 39 notes are an integral part of the financial statements

This is the Statement of changes in equity referred to in our report of even date

 

The accompanying 1 to 39 notes are an integral part of the financial statements

 

This is the Statement of changes in equity referred to in our report of even date

 

For and on behalf of Board of Directors of Lytus Technologies Holdings PTV Ltd

 

Name Name
Director Director

 

4

 

 

DDC CATV NETWORK PRIVATE LIMITED

Standalone Cash flow statement for the year ended March 31, 2020

 

    Year ended March 31, 2020     (In USD) Year ended March 31, 2019     (In USD) Year ended March 31, 2018  
A. Cash Flow from operating activities                  
                 
                 
Profit before tax     (40,313.00 )     (26,996.00 )     1,79,133.00  
Adjustment for                        
Depreciation & Amortisation expenses     2,97,691.00       3,57,362.00       4,66,166.00  
Finance cost     3,325.00       21,445.00       43,691.00  
Interest income     (448.00 )     (502.00 )     -  
Financial assets carried at amortised cost                        
Expected credit loss     -                  
EPCG (grant) income                        
Sundry balance written off     1,07,538.00       -       (2,04,131.00 )
Profit/Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment     -       -      
Remeasurements of the net defined benefit plans                 -  
Unrealized foreign exchange loss/(gain) (net)     -       -        
                         
Dividend Received                        
Operating profit before working capital changes     3,67,793.00       3,51,309.00       4,84,859.00  

Movement in working capital

                       
Trade receivable     (62,683.49 )     (50,570.10 )     (1,60,960.00 )
Other financial assets
    5,962.37-       (36,149.77 )-     (39,198.00 )
Loans     -       -       -  
Other assets     1,54,232.31       1,00,181.81       (1,13,754.00 )
Trade payable     62,850.58       1,31,883.18       1,38,566.00  
Other financial liabilities     (844.02 )     1,072.65       (854.00 )
Other liabilities     18,405.86       (12,984.29 )     9,628.00  
Security Deposits     36,977.79       (839.47 )     -  
Cash flow from operating activities post working capital changes     5,82,694.41       4,83,903.02       3,18,287.00  
Income tax (paid)/refund (net)     19,206.43       (19,494.75 )     (62,331.00 )
Net cash flow from operating activities (A)     6,01,900.84       4,64,408.27       2,55,956.00  

B. Cash flow from investing activities

                       

Purchase of property, plant and equipment & intangible assets (including capital advances)

    (89,338.00 )     (75,116.00 )     (11,65,976.00 )
Sale of property, plant and equipment & intangible assets     -       -       -  
Sale of CWIP
    -       -       -  
Interest received     448.00       502.00       -  
Dividend Received                        
Investment in shares of subsidiary                        
Goodwill purcjased on buiness combination     -                  
Held for sale                        
Investments in bank deposits having original maturity of more than three months                        
Other bank balances                        
Net cash flow used in investing activities (B)     (88,890.00 )     (74,614.00 )     (11,65,976.00 )
C. Cash flow from financing activities                        

Proceeds from long term borrowings

    -       20,668.70       16,88,192.00  
Repayment of long term borrowings (net)     -       -       -  
Repayment of short term borrowings (net)     (1,08,604.13 )     (1,40,509.40 )     (7,58,172.00 )
Proceeds from short term borrowings     -       -       1,23,489.00  
Interest paid     (3,325.00 )     (21,445.00 )     (43,691.00 )
Dividend and tax thereon paid                        
Net cash flow used in financing activities (C)     (1,11,929.13 )     (1,41,285.70 )     10,09,818.00  

Increase in net cash and cash equivalents (A+B+C)

    4,01,081.71       2,48,508.57       99,798.00  
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year (refer note 12)     23,925.00       26,119.00       1,090.00  
Exchange difference on translation of foreign currency and cash equivalents     (3,84,425.70 )     (2,50,702.57 )     (74,769.00 )
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year (refer note 12)     40,581.00       23,925.00       26,119.00  

 

5

 

  

1 Corporate information

 

DDC CATV Network Private Limited (the ‘Company’) is domiciled in India and incorporated on 20th November, 2013with the main object of carrying on the business of providing services relating to Cable TV operator as MSO. The Company provides services to LCO in the form of subscription of set top box and activation fees. The Company also provides the services of many type of services to the various broadcaster in the form of placement fees. The Company has their branch offices in various state of India like Delhi, Uttar Pradesh, Jharkhand etc.

 

2 Significant accounting policies

 

(a) Basis of preparation, measurement and significant accounting policies

 

(i) Compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards

 

The financial statements of the DDC CATV Network Private Limited have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRS IC) applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. The financial statements comply with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

 

(ii) Basis of preparation

 

The functional currency of the Company is “Rupees”, however the financial statements has been prepared in “USD” which is the Group functional currency and reporting currency and all amounts, are rounded with two decimals, unless otherwise stated.

 

(iii) Basis of measurement Historical cost convention

 

The financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost convention on accrual basis.

 

(iv) New and amended standards adopted by the Company

 

In April 2016, International Accounting Standards Board issued the final version of IFRS 16, Leases, which is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after April 1, 2019. IFRS 16 has replaced IAS 17 Leases, and its related interpretations. IFRS 16 sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases for both lessees and lessors. It introduces a single, on-balance sheet lease accounting model for lessees.

 

The Company has adopted IFRS 16, effective annual reporting period beginning April 1, 2019, however there are no lease major transactions which required application of IFRS 16 and accordingly there is no impact on retained earnings or any other assets or liabilities of the Company.

 

(v) New standards and interpretations not yet adopted

 

The Company has not applied the following new and revised IFRSs that have been issued but are not yet effective:

 

  a Amendments to IFRS Standards References to Conceptual Framework

 

Entities which rely on the Conceptual Framework will need to consider whether their accounting policies are still appropriate under the revised Framework, with effect from April 1, 2020. The Company does not expect that the amendment to have any impact on its financial statements.

 

  b Amendments to IFRS 3 Definition of Business

 

The Company does not expect that the amendment to have any impact on its evaluation of whether activities and assets acquired are a business or a group of assets with effect from April 1, 2020.

 

  c Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8 Definition of Material

 

The Company does not expect that the amendment to have any impact on its evaluation of ‘material’ in relation to its financial statements with effect from April 1, 2020.

 

  d Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 Interest rate Benchmark Reform

 

The Company does not expect the amendment to have any significant impact. Applicable from April 1, 2020

 

  e Amendments to IAS 1 Classification of Liabilities

 

The Company does not expect the amendments to have any significant impact on its presentation of liabilities in its statement of financial position which is applicable from April 1, 2022.

 

6

 

 

(b) Segment reporting

 

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker (CODM).

 

The board of directors of the Company has appointed the Chief Executive Officer (‘CEO’) to assess the financial performance and position of the Company, and makes strategic decisions. The CEO has been identified as being the Chief Operating Decision Maker for corporate planning. Refer Note No. xx for segment information presented.

 

(c) Current versus Non-Current Classification

 

The Company presents assets and liabilities in the balance sheet based on current / non-current classification. An asset is treated as current when it is:

 

Expected to be realised or intended to be sold or consumed in normal operating cycle Expected to be realised within twelve months after the reporting period, or

 

Cash or cash equivalent unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least twelve months after the reporting period

 

Held primarily for the purpose of trading All other assets are classified as non-current. A liability is current when:

 

It is expected to be settled in normal operating cycle

 

It is due to be settled within twelve months after the reporting period, or

 

There is no unconditional right to defer the settlement of the liability for at least twelve months after thereporting period Held primarily for the purpose of trading

 

All other liabilities are classified as non-current.

 

The operating cycle is the time between the acquisition of assets for processing and their realisation in cash and cash equivalents. The Company has identified twelve months as its operating cycle.

 

(d) Revenue from contract with customers

 

Revenue is recognised based on approved contracts regarding the transfer of services to a customer for an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Revenue is measured at the fair value of consideration received or receivable taking into account the amount of discounts, rebates, outgoing taxes on sales.

 

  Subscription income includes subscription from subscribers. Revenue from Operations is recognised on accrual basis based on underlying subscription plan or agreements with the concerned subscribers.
     
  Carriage / Placement / Marketing Incentive is recognised on accrual basis based on agreements with the concerned broadcasters.

 

  Leased Line revenue is recognised on accrual basis based on agreements with the concerned subscribers’/telecommunication companies.

 

  Advertisement income is recognised when relevant advertisements get telecasted.

 

The Company collects Goods and Service Tax (GST) on behalf of the government and, therefore, it is not an economic benefit flowing to the Company. Hence, it is excluded from revenue.

 

(e) Foreign Currencies

 

Functional and presentation currency

 

Items included in the financial statements of the Company are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Company operates (‘the functional currency’). The financial statements are presented in USD, which is Company’s presentation currency.

 

7

 

 

Transactions and Balances

 

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at year end exchange rates are generally recognised in profit or loss. They are deferred in equity if they relate to qualifying cash flow hedges and qualifying net investment hedges or are attributable to part of the net investment in a foreign operation.

 

Foreign exchange gains and losses that relate to borrowings are presented in the statement of profit or loss, within finance costs. All other foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in the statement of profit or loss on a net basis within other gains/(losses).

 

Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was determined. Translation differences on assets and liabilities carried at fair value are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss. For example, translation differences on non-monetary assets and liabilities such as equities held at fair value through profit or loss are recognised in profit or loss as part of the fair value gain or loss and translation differences on non-monetary assets such as equities classified as at fair value through other comprehensive income are recognised in other comprehensive income.

 

(f) Financial Instrument Financial Assets

 

(i) Classification

 

From 1 April 2018, the Company classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:

 

  - those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through OCI or through profit or loss), and

  - those to be measured at amortised cost.

 

The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows.

 

For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses will either be recorded in profit or loss or OCI. For investments in equity instruments that are not held for trading, this will depend on whether the Company has made an irrevocable election at the time of initial recognition to account for the equity investment at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI).

 

The Company reclassifies debt investments when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes.

 

(ii) Recognition and derecognition

 

Regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on trade-date, the date on which the Company commits to purchase or sell the asset. Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been transferred and the Company has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

 

(iii) Measurement

 

At initial recognition, the Company measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss (FVPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVPL are expensed in profit or loss.

 

Financial assets with embedded derivatives are considered in their entirety when determining whether their cash flows are solely payment of principal and interest.

 

8

 

 

Debt instruments

 

Subsequent measurement of debt instruments depends on the Company’s business model for managing the asset and the cash flow characteristics of the asset. There are three measurement categories into which the Company classifies its debt instruments:

 

  - Amortised cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest are measured at amortised cost. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition is recognised directly in profit or loss and presented in other gains/(losses) together with foreign exchange gains and losses. Impairment losses are presented as separate line item in the statement of profit or loss.

  - FVOCI: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the financial assets, where the assets’ cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the carrying amount are taken through OCI, except for the recognition of impairment gains or losses, interest income and foreign exchange gains and losses which are recognised in profit or loss. When the financial asset is derecognised, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit or loss and recognised in other gains/(losses). Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in other gains/(losses) and impairment expenses are presented as separate line item in the statement of profit or loss.

  - FVPL: Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortised cost or FVOCI are measured at FVPL. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at FVPL is recognised in profit or loss and presented net within other gains/(losses) in the period in which it arises.

 

Equity instruments

 

The Company subsequently measures all equity investments at fair value. Where the Company’s management has elected to present fair value gains and losses on equity investments in OCI, there is no subsequent reclassification of fair value gains and losses to profit or loss following the derecognition of the investment. Dividends from such investments continue to be recognised in profit or loss as other income when the Company’s right to receive payments is established.

 

Changes in the fair value of financial assets at FVPL are recognised in other gains/(losses) in the statement of profit or loss as applicable. Impairment losses (and reversal of impairment losses) on equity investments measured at FVOCI are not reported separately from other changes in fair value.

 

(iv) Impairment

 

From 1 April 2018, the Company assesses on a forward looking basis the expected credit losses associated with its debt instruments carried at amortised cost and FVOCI. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.

 

For trade receivables only, the Company measures the expected credit loss associated with its trade receivables based on historical trend, industry practices and the business environment in which the entity operates or any other appropriate basis. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk.

 

Financial Liabilities

 

Initial Recognition and Measurement

 

All financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value and in the case of loans and borrowings and payables, net of directly attributable transaction costs. The Company’s financial liabilities include trade and other payables, loans andborrowings including bank overdrafts and derivative financial instruments.

 

Subsequent measurement

 

Financial liabilities at amortized cost: After initial measurement, such financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate (EIR) method. Amortized cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. The EIR amortization is included in finance costs in the Statement of Profit and Loss.

 

9

 

 

Borrowings

 

Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption amount is recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss over the period of the borrowings using the EIR method.

 

Trade and Other Payables

 

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Company prior to the end of financial year which are unpaid. Trade and other payables are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months after the reporting period. They are recognised initially at their fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

 

Financial Guarantee Obligations

 

The fair value of financial guarantees is determined as the present value of the difference in net cash flows between the contractual payments under the debt instrument and the payments that would be required without the guarantee, or the estimated amount that would be payable to a third party for assuming the obligations. Where guarantees in relation to loans or other payables of subsidiaries, joint ventures or associates are provided for no compensation, the fair values as on the date of transition are accounted for as contributions and recognised as part of the cost of the equity investment.

 

Derecognition of Financial assets

 

The Company derecognises a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire, or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows in a transaction in which substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred or in which the Company neither transfers nor retains substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership and it does not retain control of the financial asset.

 

The Company enters into transactions whereby it transfers assets recognised in its statement of financial position, but retains either all or substantially all of the risks and rewards of the transferred assets. In these cases, the transferred assets are not derecognised.

 

Financial Liability

 

The Company derecognises a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled, or expire. The Company also derecognises a financial liability when its terms are modified and the cash flows of the modified liability are substantially different, in which case a new financial liability based on the modified terms is recognised at fair value.

 

On derecognition of a financial liability, the difference between the carrying amount extinguished and the consideration paid (including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed) is recognised in profit or loss

 

(g) Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Property, Plant and Equipment assets are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses, if any. Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.

 

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Company and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. The carrying amount of any component accounted for as a separate asset is derecognized when replaced. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the Statement of Profit and Loss during the reporting period in which they are incurred.

 

Capital work in progress (CWIP) includes cost of property, plant and equipment under installation / under development, as at balance sheet date. All project related expenditure viz. civil works, machinery under erection, construction and erection materials, preoperative expenditure incidental / attributable to the construction of projects, borrowing cost incurred prior to the date of commercial operations and trial run expenditure are shown under CWIP. Property, Plant and Equipment are derecognised from the financial statements, either on disposal or when retired from active use. Gains and losses on disposal or retirement of Property, Plant and Equipment are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amount. These are recognized in the Statement of Profit and Loss.

 

10

 

 

Depreciation methods, estimated useful lives and residual value

 

Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost of items of property, plant and equipment less their estimated residual values using the written down method over their estimated useful lives, and is generally recognised in profit or loss. Leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives unless it is reasonably certain that the Company will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term. Land is not depreciated.

 

The estimated useful lives of property, plant and equipment for current and comparative periods are as follows:

 

  buildings 40 years
  plant and equipment 3–12 years
  fixtures and fittings 5–10 years

 

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if appropriate.

 

(h) Investment Property

 

Investment property is initially measured at cost and subsequently at fair value with any change therein recognised in profit or loss.

 

Any gain or loss on disposal of investment property (calculated as the difference between the net proceeds from disposal and the carrying amount of the item) is recognised in profit or loss. When investment property that was previously classified as property, plant and equipment is sold, any related amount included in the revaluation reserve is transferred to retained earnings.

 

Investment properties aredepreciated on a written down basis over 30 years.

 

(i) Intangible Assets

 

Separately purchased intangible assets are initially measured at cost. Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. Subsequently, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses, if any.

 

The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed as either finite or indefinite. Finite-life intangible assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over the period of their expected useful lives. Estimated useful lives by major class of finite-life intangible assets are as follow:

 

  Customer acquisition list 5 Years
  Trademark/Copy rights 5 Years
  Computer Software 5 Years

 

The amortisation period and the amortisation method for finitelife intangible assets is reviewed at each financial year end and adjusted prospectively, if appropriate.

 

For indefinite life intangible assets, the assessment of indefinite life is reviewed annually to determine whether it continues, if not, it is impaired or changed prospectively basis revised estimates.

 

Goodwill is initially recognised based on the accounting policy for business combinations. These assets are not amortised but are tested for impairment annually.

 

(j) Borrowing Costs

 

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale are capitalised as part of the cost of the asset. All other borrowing costs are expensed in the period in which they occur. Borrowing costs consist of interest and other costs that an entity incurs in connection with the borrowing of funds.

 

(j) Provisions

 

Provisions are recognised when the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognised for future operating losses.

 

Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined by considering the class of obligations as a whole. A provision is recognised even if the likelihood of an outflow with respect to any one item included in the same class of obligations may be small.

 

11

 

 

(k) Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period. The discount rate used to determine the present value is a pretax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognised as finance cost.

 

(l) Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets

 

Contingent liabilities are disclosed when there is a possible obligation as a result of past events, the existence of which will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non - occurrence of one or more uncertain future events not wholly within the control of the Company or when there is a present obligation that arises from past events where it is either not probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle or a reliable estimate of amount cannot be made. Contingent assets are not recognized however disclosed in the financial statements.

 

(m) Leasing

 

Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

 

Rentals payable under operating leases are charged to the statement of profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant lease. Benefits received and receivable as an incentive to enter into an operating lease are also spread on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

(n) Government grant

 

Government grants relating to non-monetary assets are recognised at nominal value. Grants that compensate the Company for expenses are recognised in the statement of profit or loss on a systematic basis in the same period in which the expenses are recognised. Grants that compensate the Company for the cost of an asset are recognised in the statement of profit or loss on a systematic basis over the expected useful life of the related asset upon capitalisation.

 

(o) Employee benefits

 

Payments to defined contribution schemes are charged as an expense as they fall due. Payments made to state-managed pension schemes are dealt with as payments to defined contribution schemes where the Company’s obligations under the schemes are equivalent to those arising in a defined contribution scheme.

 

Provision for employees’ end of service benefits ares made in accordance with the Projected Unit Cost method as per IAS 19 Employee Benefits. The provision is recognised based on thevpresent value of the defined benefit obligations.

 

The present value of the defined benefit obligations is calculated using assumptions on the average annual rate of increase in salaries, average period of employment and an appropriate discount rate. The assumptions used are calculated on a consistent basis for each period and reflect management’s best estimate. The discount rates are set in line with the best available estimate of market yields currently available at the reporting date with reference to high quality corporate bonds or other basis, if applicable.

 

(p) Cash and cash equivalent

 

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and demand deposits and other short-term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

 

(q) Dividends

 

Dividend distributions to the Company’s shareholders are recognised as a liability in the financial statements in the period in which the dividends are approved.

 

(r) Disposal/Asset held for sale

 

Assets may be disposed of individually or as part of a disposal Company. Once the decision is made to dispose of an asset, it is classified as “Held for Sale” and shall no longer be depreciated. Assets that are classified as “Held for Sale” must be disclosed in the financial statements. ● An asset is considered to be Held for Sale if its carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction, not through continuing use. The criteria for classifying an asset as Held for Sale are as follows:

 

  - It must be available for immediate sale in its present condition,
  - Its sale must be highly probable, and

  - It must be sold, not abandoned

 

12

 

 

(s) Taxation

 

Income tax expense represents the sum of current and deferred tax (including minimum alternate tax). Tax is recognized in the Statement of Profit or Loss except to the extent that it relates to items recognized directly in equity or other comprehensive income, in such case the tax is also recognized directly in equity or in other comprehensive income. Any subsequent change in direct tax on items initially recognized in equity or other comprehensive income is also recognized in equity or other comprehensive income, such change could be for change in tax rate.

 

The Group’s liability for current tax is based on taxable profit for the year, and is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised using the balance sheet liability method, providing for temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the balance sheet and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit.

 

Taxable temporary differences arising from goodwill and, except in a business combination, the initial recognition of assets or liabilities that affect neither accounting profit nor taxable profit are not provided for. Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates, and interests in joint ventures, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

 

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and adjusted to reflect an amount that is probable to be realised based on the weight of all available evidence. Deferred tax is calculated at the rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not discounted. Deferred tax is charged or credited in the income statement, except where it relates to items charged or credited directly to equity, in which case the deferred tax is also included within equity.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

 

(t) Business Combination and Goodwill

 

The Company applies the acquisition method in accounting for business combinations. The consideration transferred by the Company to obtain control of a business is calculated as the sum of the fair values of assets transferred, liabilities incurred and assumed and the equity interests issued by the Company as at the acquisition date i.e. date on which it obtains control of the acquiree which includes the fair value of any asset or liability arising from a contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are recognized in the Statement of Profit or Loss as incurred, except to the extent related to the issue of debt or equity securities.

 

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values on acquisition date.

 

Intangible Assets acquired in a Business Combination and recognized separately from Goodwill are initially recognized at their fair value at the acquisition date (which is regarded as their cost).

 

Goodwill is measured as the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the amount recognized for non-controlling interests and

 

Subsequent to initial recognition, intangible assets with definite useful life acquired in a Business Combination are reported at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, on the same basis as intangible assets that are acquired separately.

 

Goodwill and Intangible assets with indefinite useful life, if any, are tested for impairment at the end of each annual reporting period.

 

13

 

 

If the fair value of the net assets acquired is in excess of the aggregate consideration transferred, the excess is termed as gain on bargain purchase. In case of a bargain purchase, before recognizing a gain in respect thereof, the Company determines whether there exists clear evidence of the underlying reasons for classifying the business combination as a bargain purchase thereafter, the Company reassesses whether it has correctly identified all the assets acquired and liabilities assumed and recognizes any additional assets or liabilities that are so identified, any gain thereafter is recognized in the statement of profit or loss.

 

Contingent consideration is classified either as equity or financial liability. Amount classified as financial liability are subsequently re-measured to fair value with changes in fair value recognized in Statement of Profit or Loss.

 

(u) Earnings per share

 

Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing the net profit or loss for the year attributable to the owners of the Company by the weighted average number of equity shares outstanding during the year.

 

For the purpose of calculating diluted earnings per share, the net profit or loss for the year and the weighted average number of equity shares outstanding during the year are adjusted for the effects of all dilutive potential equity shares.

 

(v) Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty

 

  (a) Useful lives of property, plant and equipment:

 

The assessment of the useful economic lives and the method of amortising these assets require judgement. Depreciation and amortisation are charged to the income statement based on the useful economic life selected, which requires an estimation of the period and profile over which the Company expects to consume the future economic benefits embodied in the assets. The Company reviews its useful economic lives on at least an annual basis.

 

  (b) Estimation of provisions and contingent liabilities:

 

Management judgement is required for estimating the possible outflow of resources, if any, in respect of contingencies, claim, litigations etc against the Company as it is not possible to predict the outcome of pending matters with accuracy.

 

  (c) Estimation of provisions and contingent liabilities:

 

Life time expected credit loss allowance is computed based on historical credit loss experience.

 

(w) First- time adoption of IFRS

 

These Standalone financial statements, for the year ended March 31 2020, are the Company first financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS.

 

The accounting policies set out in the notes have been applied in preparing the Standalone Financial statements for the period ended March 31,2019 and for the years ended March 31, 2018. The Company has followed the same accounting policy choices (both mandatory exceptions and optional exemptions availed as per IFRS 1) as initially adopted on transition date i.e. April 1 ,2018.

 

An explanation of how the transition from Indian GAAP to IFRS has affected the Company Standalone Financial Statements is set out in the following tables and notes.

 

14

 

 

Exemptions and exceptions availed:

 

The applicable IFRS1 optional exemptions and mandatory exceptions applied in the transition from previous GAAP to IFRS as at the transition date, i.e. April 1, 2018 are explained below.

 

  (a) Estimates:

 

An entity’s estimates in accordance with IFRS at the date of transition to IFRS shall be consistent with estimates made for the same date in accordance with previous GAAP (after accounting policies), unless there is an objective evidence that those estimates were in error.

 

IFRS estimates as at April1, 2018 are consistent with the estimates as at same date made in conformity with previous GAAP. The Company has made estimates for Impairment of financial assets based on expected credit loss model in accordance with IFRS at the date of transition as these were not required under previous GAAP.

 

  (b) De-recognition of financial assets and liabilities

 

IFRS 1 requires a first-time adopter to apply the de-recognition provisions of IFRS 9 prospectively for transactions occurring on or after the date of transition to IFRS. However, IFRS 1 allows a first-time adopter to apply the de-recognition requirements in IFRS 9 retrospectively from the date of the entity’s choosing, provided that the information needed to apply IFRS 9 to financial assets and financial liabilities derecognized as a result of past transactions was obtained at the time of initially accounting for those transactions.

 

The Company has elected to apply the de-recognition provisions of IFRS 9 prospectively from the date of transition to IFRS.

 

  (c) Classification and measurement of financial assets

 

IFRS 1 requires an entity to assess classification and measurement of financial assets on the basis of the facts and circumstances that exist at the date of transition to IFRS. Accordingly, the classification and the measurement of financial assets is done based on the facts & circumstances as on the date of transition.

 

  (d) Business combinations

 

IFRS 1 provides the option to apply IFRS 3 prospectively from the transition date or from a specific date prior to the transition date. This provides relief from full retrospective application that would require restatement of all business combinations prior to the transition date. The Company elected to apply IFRS 3 prospectively to business combinations occurring after its transition date. Business combinations occurring prior to the transition date have not been restated. The Company has applied same exemption for investment in associates and joint ventures.

 

  (e) Fair value measurement of financial assets or financial liabilities

 

First-time adopters may apply IFRS 9 to day one gain or loss provisions prospectively to transactions occurring on or after the date of transition to IFRS. Therefore, unless a first-time adopter elects to apply IFRS 9 retrospectively to day one gain or loss transactions, transactions that occurred prior to the date of transition to IFRS do not need to be retrospectively restated.

 

Accordingly, The Company has opted for recognizing gain or loss prospectively to transactions occurring on or after the date of transition to IFRS.

 

15

 

 

DDC CATV NETWORK PRIVATE LIMITED

Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2020

 

3 Revenue from contract with customers Disaggregated revenue information

 

    For the year ended     For the year ended     For the year ended  
    March 31, 2020     March 31, 2019     March 31, 2018  

Types services

  (In USD)     (In USD)     (In USD)  
Subscription Income     12,76,874.00       10,43,656.00       12,44,241  
Carriage Fees     2,06,176.00       2,33,638.00       2,78,850  
Advertisement Income     1,32,728.00       67,597.00       80,923  
Placement Fees     75,771.00       84,641.00       36,069  
Fiber Lease Charges     69,878.00       69,491.00       75,816  
Others     17,091.00       97,717.00       1,27,021  
                         
Total revenue from contract with customers     17,78,518.00       15,96,740.00       18,42,920  
                         
Timing of revenue recognition                        
Product transferred at point in time     -       -       -  
Services transferred over time     17,78,518.00       15,96,740.00       18,42,920  
      17,78,518.00       15,96,740.00       18,42,920  

    

   

For the year ended
March 31, 2020

Cable

   

For the year ended
March 31, 2019

Cable

   

For the year ended
March 31, 2018

Cable

 
Revenue     17,78,518       15,96,740       18,42,920  
External customer             -       -  
Inter-segment                        

Less : Inter-segment adjustments and eliminations

                       
                         
Total revenue from contract with customers     17,78,518       15,96,740       18,42,920  

  

Performance obligations

 

Revenue is measured based on the consideration specified in a contract with a customer. The Company recognizes revenue when it transfers control over a good or service to a customer.

  

4 Other operating revenue

  

Miscellaneous Income - Foreign Exchange gains     -       -       550  
Creditors written off                     7,25,595  
Bad Debts written off     ~-       1,877       -  
      -       1,877       7,26,145  

 

16

 

 

DDC CATV NETWORK PRIVATE LIMITED

Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2020

 

5 Operating expense

 

    For the year     For the year     For the year  
    ended
March 31,
    ended
March 31,
    ended
March 31,
 
    2020     2019     2018  
      (In USD)       (In USD)       (In USD)  
Cost of materials consumed     17,233.00       1,66,547.00       93,572.00  
Staff costs     1,42,547.00       1,01,937.00       90,111.00  
Subscription charges     9,08,394.00       6,50,072.00       8,24,641.00  
Lease Line charges     1,04,461.00       64,972.00       1,01,023.00  
Electricity charges     53,770.00       56,625.00       59,683.00  
Repair & Maintenance expenses     70,169.00       62,747.00       72,233.00  
Business Support service     29,541.00       57,162.00       -  
Operating lease rentals     21,357.00       14,777.00       15,995.00  
Regulatory Expenses     11,096.00       5,277.00       9,204.00  
Legal and professional expenses     10,607.00       24,170.00       24,629.00  
Technical Support service     6,890.00       -       7,967.00  
Conveyance & Traveling expenses     6,563.00       11,114.00       10,093.00  
Bad Debts Written off     666.00       -       5,21,464.00  
Copy right charges     6,827.00       7,217.00       5,529.00  
Business Promotion     4,675.00       5,669.00       15,891.00  
Security charges     3,322.00       3,423.00       3,988.00  
Audit fee     845.00       430.00       466.00  
Sundry debit balance written off     1,07,538.00       -       -  
Foreign exchange losses     -       -       -  
Loss on allowances     -       -       -  
Other operating expenses     11,762.00       15,169.00       23,586.00  
      15,18,263.00       12,47,308.00       18,80,075.00  

  

5 Finance and other income

 

Interest on bank deposits and held-to-maturity investments     122.00       484.00       -  
Interest on bank deposits and amortised cost investments Net gain on financial assets designated as FVTPL                        
Other income     326.00       18.00       -  
      448.00       502.00       -  

 

6 Finance and other cost

 

Interest on bank overdrafts, loans and other financial liabilities     2,535.00       18,906.00       33,399.00  
Interest on other borrowings     -       -       -  
Foreign exchange losses on borrowings     -       -       -  
Other costs     790.00       2,539.00       10,292.00  
      3,325.00       21,445.00       43,691.00  
                         
Total borrowing costs                        
Less: amounts included in the cost of qualifying assets (Note no. xx)                        
    -       -       -  

 

17

 

  

DDC CATV NETWORK PRIVATE LIMITED

Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2020

 

7 Property, plant and equipment

 

Description   Plant and equipment     Furniture and fittings     Vehicles     Office equipment     Computer equipment     Total  
Gross carrying value                                    
As at April 1, 2017     11,44,858       -       -       401       1,342       11,46,601  
Acquisition through business combination     7,55,627       961       7,228       4,990       6,506       7,75,312  
Additions     6,13,563       -       -       218       372       6,14,153  
Disposals     2,17,821               5,668                       2,23,489  
As at March 31, 2018     22,96,227       961       1,560       5,609       8,220       23,12,577  
                                                 
Additions     72,366       -       -       2,537       213       75,116  
Disposals                                             -  
As at March 31, 2019     23,68,593       961       1,560       8,146       8,433       23,87,693  
Additions     84,968       -       -       4,105       265       89,338  
                                              -  
As at March 31, 2020     24,53,561       961       1,560       12,251       8,698       24,77,031  
                                                 
Accumulated depreciation and impairment loss                                                
As at April 1, 2017     -       -       -       -       -       -  
Charge for the year     4,57,387       251       479       2,509       5,161       4,65,787  
Disposals                     189                       189  
As at March 31, 2018     4,57,387       251       290       2,509       5,161       4,65,598  
Charge for the year     3,53,496       171       220       1,361       1,868       3,57,116  
As at March 31, 2019     8,10,883       422       510       3,870       7,029       8,22,714  
Charge for the year     2,93,108       125       177       3,387       724       2,97,521  
As at March 31, 2020     11,03,991       547       687       7,257       7,753       11,20,235  
                                                 
Net block as at March 31, 2018     18,38,840       710       1,270       3,100       3,059       18,46,979  
Net block as at March 31, 2019     15,57,710       539       1,050       4,276       1,404       15,64,979  
Net block as at March 31, 2020     13,49,570       414       873       4,994       945       13,56,796  

 

18

 

 

DDC CATV NETWORK PRIVATE LIMITED

Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2020

 

8 Intangible assets

 

Description   Software     Total  
Gross carrying value            
As at April 1, 2017     1,266       1,266  
Additions     -       -  
Disposals     -       -  
As at March 31, 2018     1,266       1,266  
Additions     -       -  
Disposals     -       -  
As at March 31, 2019     1,266       1,266  
Additions     -       -  
Disposals     -       -  
As at March 31, 2020     1,266       1,266  
                 
Accumulated amortisation            
As at April 1, 2017      -       -   
Charge for the year     379       379  
Disposals     -       -  
As at March 31, 2018     379       379  
                 
Charge for the year     246       246  
Disposals     -       -  
As at March 31, 2019     625       625  
Charge for the year     170       170  
Acquisition through business combination     -       -  
Disposals     -       -  
As at March 31, 2020     795       795  
                 
Net block as at March 31, 2018     887       887  
Net block as at March 31, 2019     641       641  
Net block as at March 31, 2020     471       471  

 

Notes:

The above intangible assets are other than internally generated

 

19

 

 

DDC CATV NETWORK PRIVATE LIMITED

Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2020

 

9 Financial Assets

 

                      (In USD)  
                         
    As at     As at     As at     As at  
    March 31,
2020
    March 31,
2019
    March 31,
2018
    April 01,
2017
 
                         
                       
                         
Non current investments            -              -              -              -  
                                 
Investment in associates and joint ventures     -       -       -       -  
                                 
Associates     -       -       -       -  
Joint ventures     -       -       -       -  
      -       -       -       -  

 

20

 

 

DDC CATV NETWORK PRIVATE LIMITED

Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2020

 

10 Trade receivables

 

    As at
March 31,
2020
    As at
March 31,
2019
    As at
March 31,
2018
    As at
April 01,
2017
 
    (Rs. In USD)     (Rs. In USD)     (Rs. In USD)     (Rs. In USD)  
                         
Non Current                                
Receivable from related parties                                
Receivable from others                                
                                 
Less: allowance for doubtful debts (expected credit loss)                                
Less: allowance for doubtful debts (others)                                
                                 
Total (A)     -       -       -       -  
                                 
Current                                
Receivable from related parties     -       -       -       -  
Receivable from others*     3,90,151.00       3,58,472.00       3,28,795.00       1,70,052.00  
      3,90,151.00       3,58,472.00       3,28,795.00       1,70,052.00  
                                 
Less: allowance for doubtful debts (expected credit loss) Refer note below     -       -       -       -  
Less: allowance for doubtful debts (others)     -       -       -       -  
      -       -       -       -  
                                 
Total (B)     3,90,151.00       3,58,472.00       3,28,795.00       1,70,052.00  
                                 
Total receivables at the end of the year (A) + (B)     3,90,151.00       3,58,472.00       3,28,795.00       1,70,052.00  

 

The average credit period on sales of services is 0 days, since the service income is received in advance (prepaid). No interest is charged on outstanding trade receivables. Accordingly no provision for expected credit loss has been made or required. The Actual bad debt is written off in the year of reporting itself, which is always higher than ECL provision expected. Trade receivables as on reporting date represents actual receivables.

 

11 Other financial assets

 

Non Current                        
Prepaid expenses     16,472.00       26,466.00       -       -  
Loans and advances to related parties                                
Other loans and advances                                
Interest receivable                                
Other receivables                                
Fixed deposits with bank with maturity more than twelve months                                
Total (A)     16,472.00       26,466.00       -       -  
                                 
Current                                
Deposits     38,564.00       41,406.00       44,254.00       1,220.00  
Prepaid expenses     11,126.00       9,877.00       -       -  
Other loans and advances                     -       3,110.00  
Interest receivable                     -       996.00  
Advance due from customer for contract work                                
Others                     -       124.00  
Total (B)     49,690.00       51,283.00       44,254.00       5,450.00  
                                 
Total (A) + (B)     66,162.00       77,749.00       44,254.00       5,450.00  

 

* Refer note xx and xx - Financial instruments for disclosure of fair values in respect of financial assets measured at amortised cost and assessment of expected credit losses.

 

21

 

 

DDC CATV NETWORK PRIVATE LIMITED

Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2020

 

12 Cash and cash equivalents

 

Maintained locally     40,581.00       23,925.00       26,119.00       1,090.00  
Maintained overseas,unrestricted in use                                
Maintained overseas, restricted in use                                
Cash and bank balances     40,581.00       23,925.00       26,119.00       1,090.00  
Less: Deposits with maturities exceeding three months from the date of deposit                                
Cash and cash equivalents     40,581.00       23,925.00       26,119.00       1,090.00  

  

13 Other current assets

 

Balances with government authorities     18,977       43,262       1,27,578       1,28,119  
Advance to suppliers     60,007       1,99,922       2,39,975       1,27,807  
TDS Receivables     22,386       77,728       49,820       9,668  
Income tax refund receivables     38,123       -       -       -  
MAT Credit Receivables     -       7,435       20,255       -  
      1,39,493       3,28,347       4,37,628       2,65,594  

 

14 Share capital

 

                      (In USD)  
                         
    As at
March 31,
2020
    As at
March 31,
2019
    As at
March 31,
2018
    As at
April 01,
2017
 
(a)  Authorised                        
  i) 10,000 Equity shares of Rs.10/- each     1,00,000.00       1,00,000.00       1,00,000.00       1,00,000.00  
                                 
   Equity share capital                                
(b)  Issued, subscribed & paid up                                
   10000 equity shares of Rs.10 each                                
      1,544.00       1,544.00       1,544.00       1,544.00  
      1,544.00       1,544.00       1,544.00       1,544.00  

 

(c) Reconciliation of number of equity shares

 

    As at
March 31, 2020
    As at
March 31, 2019
    As at
March 31, 2018
 
    No of
shares
    Amount     No of
shares
    Amount     No of
shares
    Amount  
Equity shares at the beginning of the year     10,000       1,544.00       10,000       1,544.00       10,000       1,544.00  
Changes during the year     -       -       -       -       -       -  
Equity shares at the end of the year     10,000       1,544.00       10,000       1,544.00       10,000       1,544.00  

 

15 Other equity*

 

    As at
March 31,
2020
    As at
March 31,
2019
    As at
March 31,
2018
    As at
April 01,
2017
 
                         
(i) Retained earnings     (1,01,478.00 )     (32,165.00 )     (12,249.00 )     (1,89,159.00 )
                                 
(ii) Retained earnings of subsidiary     -       -       -       -  
                                 
(i) Foreign currency translations reserves     1,83,939.00       97,395.00       3,615.00       -  
                                 
Total     82,461.00       65,230.00       (8,634.00 )     (1,89,159.00 )

 

* For movement in balances, refer to statement of changes in equity

 

22

 

 

DDC CATV NETWORK PRIVATE LIMITED 

Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2020

 

16 Borrowings

 

                                                                      ( In USD)  
    As at     As at     As at     As at  
    March 31, 2020     March 31, 2019     March 31, 2018     April 01, 2017  
Particulars   Current     Non current     Total     Current     Non current     Total     Current     Non current     Total     Current     Non current     Total  
Secured                                                                        
Bank  Overdraft Facility     -       -       -       1,04,072.00               1,04,072.00       2,62,325.00               2,62,325.00       1,40,578.00               1,40,578.00  
External Commercial Borrowings in Foreign Currency                     -                       -                       -                       -  
Term Loans from Banks                     -                       -                       -                       -  
Term Loans from Financial Institutions                     -                       -                       -                       -  
Loan from Bank                     -                       -                       -                       -  
Long-term maturities of finance lease obligations                     -                       -                       -                       -  
Total secured borrowings     -       -       -       1,04,072.00       -       1,04,072.00       2,62,325.00       -       2,62,325.00       1,40,578.00       -       1,40,578.00  
                                                                                                 
Unsecured                                                                                                
Loan from Others                                                                                                
Non Convertible Debentures                     -                       -                       -                       -  
Loan from Directors     15,75,827.00               15,75,827.00       17,13,472.00               17,13,472.00       18,09,129.00               18,09,129.00       1,37,410.00               1,37,410.00  
Loan from a Related Party     -               -       -               -       -               -       -               -  
Loan from a Directors (Subsidiary company)     -               -       -               -       -               -       -               -  
External Commercial Borrowings in Foreign Currency                     -                       -                       -                       -  
Term Loans from Banks                     -                       -                       -                       -  
Term Loans from Financial Institutions                     -                       -                       -                       -  
Loan from Others                     -                       -                       -       7,54,136.00               7,54,136.00  
Current maturities of finance lease obligations                     -                       -                       -                       -  
Total unsecured borrowings                     -                       -                       -                       -  
      15,75,827.00       -       15,75,827.00       17,13,472.00       -       17,13,472.00       18,09,129.00       -       18,09,129.00       8,91,546.00       -       8,91,546.00  
Total borrowings     15,75,827.00       -       15,75,827.00       18,17,544.00       -       18,17,544.00       20,71,454.00       -       20,71,454.00       10,32,124.00       -       10,32,124.00  

 

Terms and repayment schedule

 

Loan from directors is interest free and is repayable on demand.

 

Bank Overdraft facility is from Allahabad Bank and is secured against Fixed Deposits in the bank by the Directors of the Company.

 

23

 

 

DDC CATV NETWORK PRIVATE LIMITED 

Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2020

 

17 Other non-current liabilities

 

    As at
March 31,
2020
    As at
March 31,
2019
    As at
March 31,
2018
    ( In USD)
As at
April 01,
2017
 
                                 
Income received in advance                        
Financial guarantee obligation                        

 

20 Provisions

 

Provision for warranties                        
Provision site restoration                        
                                 
Non current     -       -       -       -  
current     -       -       -       -  

 

21 Trade Payables

 

Trade payables due to related parties     -       -       -       -  
Employee related payables     9,638.00       13,772.00       7,141.00       411.00  
Streaming Services Charges payable             -       -       -  
Others     2,05,621.00       2,83,598.00       4,52,388.00       5,98,845.00  
      2,15,259.00       2,97,370.00       4,59,529.00       5,99,256.00  

 

22 Other financial liabilities (Current)

 

Current maturities of long-term borrowings     -       -       -       -  
Interest accrued but not due on borrowings     -       -       -       -  
Interest accrued and due on borrowings     -       -       -       -  
Unclaimed dividend on equity shares     -       -       -       -  
Unpaid Bonus     -       -       -       -  
Book overdraft     -       -       -       -  
Audit fee payable     1,195.00       432.00       1,614.00       772.00  
Others     -       -       -       -  
      1,195.00       432.00       1,614.00       772.00  

 

23 Other current liabilities

 

Advances from customers     1,132.00       360.00       19,002.00       53,187.00  
Income received in advance     -                          
Statutory liabilities     33,858.00       56,350.00       27,656.00       3,238.00  
Others     -       -       -       -  
      34,990.00       56,710.00       46,658.00       56,425.00  

 

24

 

 

DDC CATV NETWORK PRIVATE LIMITED

Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the period ended March 31, 2020

 

24 Earning per share

 

                (In USD)  
    As at     As at     As at  
    March 31,
2020
    March 31,
2019
    March 31,
2018
 
Profit/(Loss) attributable to shareholders     (69,313.00 )     (19,916.00 )     1,76,910.00  
Weighted average number of equity shares     10,000.00       15,000.00       15,000.00  
Nominal value per equity share in Rs     10.00       10.00       10.00  
Profit/(Loss) per equity share                        
Basic     (6.93 )     (1.33 )     11.79  
Diluted     (6.93 )     (1.33 )     11.79  

 

25 Contingencies and commitments

 

  (A) Details of contingencies

 

  (B) Capital and other commitments

  

a)  Estimated amount of contracts remaining to be executed on capital account, net of advances and not provided in the books are as follows:

 

Particulars   As at     As at     As at  
    March 31,
2020
    March 31,
2019
    March 31,
2018
 
                         
Property, plant and equipment     -       -       -  
                         
b) Other commitments:     -       -       -  

 

25

 

 

DDC CATV Network Private Limited

Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2020

 

26 Financial risk management

 

Risk management framework

 

The Company's activities expose it to market risk, liquidity risk and credit risk. The management has the overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Company's risk management framework. This note explains the sources of risk which the Company is exposed to and how the Company manages the risk and the related impact in the financial statements.

 

A. Credit risk

 

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty fails to discharge its obligation to the Company. The Company's exposure to credit risk is influenced mainly by cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables and financial assets measured at amortised cost. The Company continuously monitors defaults of customers and other counterparties and incorporates this information into its credit risk controls.

 

A.1 Credit risk management

 

The Company assesses and manages credit risk based on internal credit rating system. Internal credit rating is performed for each class of financial instruments with different characteristics. The Company assigns the following credit ratings to each class of financial assets based on the assumptions, inputs and factors specific to the class of financial assets.

 

A: Low credit risk on financial reporting date

B: Moderate credit risk

C: High credit risk

 

The Company provides for expected credit loss based on the following:

 

Asset Company   Basis of categorization   Provision for expected credit loss
Low credit risk   Cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables and other financial assets   12 month expected credit loss
Moderate credit risk   Trade receivables and other financial assets   Life time expected credit loss or 12 month expected credit loss
High credit risk   Trade receivables and other financial assets   Life time expected credit loss or fully provided for

 

In respect of trade receivables, the Company recognises a provision for lifetime expected credit losses

 

Based on business environment in which the Company operates, a default on a financial asset is considered when the counter party fails to make payments within the agreed time period as per contract. Loss rates reflecting defaults are based on actual credit loss experience and considering differences between current and historical economic conditions.

 

Assets are written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovery, such as a debtor declaring bankruptcy or a litigation decided against the Company. The Company continues to engage with parties whose balances are written off and attempts to enforce repayment. Recoveries made are recognised in statement of profit and loss.

 

Credit rating   Particulars   As at
March 31,
2020
    As at
March 31,
2019
    As at
March 31,
2018
 
A: Low credit risk   Cash and cash equivalents     40,581.00       23,925.00       26,119.00  
    Other financial assets     1,89,183.00       3,79,630.00       4,81,882.00  
B: Medium credit risk   Trade receivables     3,90,151.00       3,58,472.00       3,28,795.00  
C: High credit risk   Trade receivables     -       -       -  

 

Cash & cash equivalents and bank deposits

 

Credit risk related to cash and cash equivalents and bank deposits is managed by only accepting highly rated banks and diversifying bank deposits and accounts in different banks across the country.

 

26

 

 

DDC CATV Network Private Limited

Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2020

 

Trade receivables

 

Credit risk related to trade receivables are mitigated by taking bank guarantees/letter of credit, from customers where credit risk is high. The Company closely monitors the credit-worthiness of the debtors through internal systems that are configured to define credit limits of customers, thereby, limiting the credit risk to pre-calculated amounts. The Company assesses increase in credit risk on an ongoing basis for amounts receivable that become past due and default is considered to have occurred when amounts receivable become two year past due.

 

Other financial assets measured at amortised cost

 

Other financial assets measured at amortized cost includes loans and advances to related parties and employees, security deposits and others. Credit risk related to these other financial assets is managed by monitoring the recoverability of such amounts continuously.

 

A.2 Expected credit losses for financial assets other than trade receivables

 

The Company provides for expected credit losses on loans and advances other than trade receivables by assessing individual financial instruments for expectation of any credit losses. Since the Company deals with only high-rated banks and financial institutions, credit risk in respect of cash and cash equivalents, other bank balances and bank deposits is evaluated as very low. In respect of loans, comprising of security deposits, credit risk is considered low because the Company is in possession of the underlying asset. However, in respect of loans comprising loans to related parties, credit risk is evaluated on the basis of credit worthiness of those parties and loss allowance is measured as lifetime expected credit losses. In respect of other financial assets, credit risk is evaluated based on Company's knowledge of the credit worthiness of those parties and loss allowance is measured as lifetime expected credit losses. The Company does not have any expected loss based impairment recognised on such assets considering their low credit risk nature, though incurred loss provisions are disclosed under each sub- category of such financial assets.

 

As at March 31, 2020

 

Particulars   Estimated
gross
carrying
amount at
default
    Expected
probability
of  default
    Expected
credit
losses
    Carrying
amount
net of
impairment
provision
 
Cash and cash equivalents     40,581.00       0.00 %     -       40,581.00  
Other financial asset     1,89,183.00       0.00 %     -       1,89,183.00  

 

As at March 31, 2019

 

Particulars   Estimated
gross
carrying
amount at
default
    Expected
probability
of  default
    Expected
credit
losses
    Carrying
amount
net of
impairment
provision
 
Cash and cash equivalents     23,925.00       0.00 %     -       23,925.00  
Other financial asset     3,79,630.00       0.00 %     -       3,79,630.00  

 

As at April 01, 2018

 

Particulars   Estimated
gross
carrying
amount at
default
    Expected
probability
of  default
    Expected
credit
losses
    Carrying
amount
net of
impairment
provision
 
Cash and cash equivalents     26,119.00       0.00 %     -       26,119.00  
Other financial asset     4,81,882.00       0.00 %     -       4,81,882.00  

 

Reconciliation of loss allowance   Loans  
Loss allowance as on April 1, 2018     -  
Expected loss recognised/(reversed) during the year     #REF!  
Amounts written off     -  
Loss allowance on March 31, 2019     #REF!  
Impairment loss recognised/(reversed) during the year     #REF!  
Amounts written off     -  
Loss allowance on March 31, 2020     -  

 

27

 

  

DDC CATV Network Private Limited

Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2020

 

A.3 Expected credit loss for trade receivables under simplified approach

 

The Company recognizes lifetime expected credit losses on trade receivables using a simplified approach, wherein the Company has defined percentage of provision by analyzing historical trend of default relevant to each category of customer based on the criteria defined above and such provision percentage determined have been considered to recognize life time expected credit losses on trade receivables (other than those where default criteria are met).

 

B. Liquidity risk

 

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with its financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. The Company's approach to managing liquidity is to ensure as far as possible, that it will have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when they are due. The Company manages its liquidity needs by carefully monitoring scheduled debt servicing payments for long-term financial liabilities as well as cash-outflows due in day-to-day business. Long-term liquidity needs for a 180-day and a 360-day lookout period are identified monthly.

 

Management monitors rolling forecasts of the liquidity position and cash and cash equivalents on the basis of expected cash flows. The Company takes into account the liquidity of the market in which the entity operates.

 

B.1 Contractual Maturities of financial liabilities

 

The tables below analyze the Company‟s financial liabilities based on their contractual maturities. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.

 

March 31, 2020   Less than
1 year
    1 - 2 years     2 - 3 years     More than
3 years
    Total  
                               
(i) Borrowings     15,75,827.00                               15,75,827.00  
(ii) Trade payables     2,15,259.00                               2,15,259.00  
(iii) Other financial liabilities     36,185.00                               36,185.00  
Total     18,27,271.00       -       -       -       18,27,271.00  

 

March 31, 2019   Less than
1 year
    1 - 2 years     2 - 3 years     More than
3 years
       
                               
(i) Borrowings     17,13,472.00                               17,13,472.00  
(ii) Trade payables     2,97,370.00                               2,97,370.00  
(iii) Other financial liabilities     57,142.00                               57,142.00  
Total     20,67,984.00       -       -       -       20,67,984.00  

 

March 31, 2018   Less than
1 year
    1 - 2 years     2 - 3 years     More than
3 years
       
                               
(i) Borrowings     1,37,410.00                               1,37,410.00  
(ii) Trade payables     4,59,529.00                               4,59,529.00  
(iii) Other financial liabilities     48,272.00                               48,272.00  
Total     6,45,211.00       -       -       -       6,45,211.00  

 

28

 

 

DDC CATV Network Private Limited

Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2020

 

C. Market risk

 

(I) Interest Rate risk

 

The Company‟s policy is to minimize interest rate cash flow risk exposures on long-term financing. At March 31, 2020, the Company is not exposed to changes in market interest rates through bank borrowings at variable interest rates since Company does not have any long term borrowings. Other borrowings are short term and has fixed rate of interest on utilization of overdraft facility.

 

Company's exposure to interest rate risk on borrowings is as follows

 

Particulars   As at
March 31,
2020
    As at
March 31,
2019
    As at
March 31,
2018
 
Variable rate     -       -       -  
Fixed rate     -       -       -  
Total     -       -       -  

  

27 Fair value measurements

 

A Financial assets and liabilities

 

The carrying amounts and fair values of financial instruments by class are as follows:

 

(In USD)

 

As at March 31, 2020   Fair value
through
profit & loss
    Fair value
through other
comprehensive
income
    Amortized
cost
 
Financial Assets                  
(i) Investments     -                -       -  
(ii) Trade receivables     3,90,151.00       -       -  
(iii) Others financial assets     1,89,183.00       -       -  
Total     5,79,334.00       -       -  
                         
Financial Liabilities                        
(i) Borrowings     -       -       15,75,827.00  
(ii) Trade payables     2,15,259.00       -       -  
(iii) Other financial liabilities     1,195.00       -       -  
Total     2,16,454       -       15,75,827  

 

(In USD)

As at March 31, 2019   Fair value
through
profit & loss
    Fair value
through other
comprehensive
income
    Amortized
cost
 
Financial Assets                  
(i) Investments     -                -       -  
(ii) Trade receivables     3,58,472.00       -       -  
(iii) Others financial assets     3,79,630.00       -       -  
Total     7,38,102.00       -       -  
                         
Financial Liabilities                        
(i) Borrowings     -       -       18,17,544.00  
(ii) Trade payables     2,97,370.00       -       -  
(iii) Other financial liabilities     432.00       -       -  
Total     2,97,802.00       -       18,17,544.00  

 

29

 

 

DDC CATV Network Private Limited

Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2020

 

(In USD)

 

As at April 01, 2018   Fair value
through
profit & loss
    Fair value
through other
comprehensive
income
    Amortized
cost
 
Financial Assets                  
(i) Investments     -       -       -  
(ii) Trade receivables     3,28,795.00           -       -  
(iii) Others financial assets     -       -          
Total     3,28,795.00       -       -  
                         
Financial Liabilities                        
(i) Borrowings     -       -       10,32,124.00  
(ii) Trade payables     4,59,529.00       -       -  
(iii) Other financial liabilities     1,614.00       -       -  
Total     4,61,143.00       -       10,32,124.00  

 

Trade receivables comprise amounts receivable from the sale of goods and services.

 

The management consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates their fair value.

 

Bank balances and cash comprise cash and short-term deposits held by the Company. The carrying amount of these assets approximates their fair value.

 

Trade and other payables principally comprise amounts outstanding for trade purchases and on-going costs. The management consider that the carrying amount of trade payables approximates to their fair value.

 

B Fair values hierarchy

 

Financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value in the balance sheet are categorized into three levels of fair value hierarchy. The three levels are defined based on the observability of significant inputs to the measurement, as follows:

 

The different levels of fair value have been defined below:

 

Level 1: Quoted prices for identical instruments in an active market;

 

Level 2: Directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices) observable market inputs, other than Level 1 inputs; and

 

Level 3: Inputs which are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs). Fair values are determined in whole or in part using a net asset value or valuation model based on assumptions that are neither supported by prices from observable current market transactions in the same instrument nor are they based on available market data.

 

30

 

 

DDC CATV Network Private Limited

Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2020

  

B.1 Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value - recurring fair value measurements

 

(In USD)

 

As at March 31, 2020   Note   Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Investments       -       -       -  

 

As at March 31, 2019   Note   Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Investments       -       -       -  

 

As at April 01, 2018   Note   Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
Investments       -       -       -  

 

Valuation process and technique used to determine fair value

 

In order to arrive at the fair value of unquoted investments, the Company obtains independent valuations. The techniques used by the valuer are as follows:

 

a) Asset approach - Net assets value method

b) Income approach - Discounted cash flows (“DCF”) method

c) Market approach - Enterprise value/Sales multiple method

 

B.2 Fair value of instruments measured at amortized cost

 

(In USD)

 

    As at
March 31,
2020
    As at
March 31,
2019
    As at
April 01,
2018
 
    Carrying
value
    Fair
Value
    Carrying
value
    Fair
Value
    Carrying
value
    Fair
Value
 
Borrowings     15,75,827.00       15,75,827.00       18,17,544.00       18,17,544.00       10,32,124.00       10,32,124.00  
Liability portion of compound instruments                                                

 

The management assessed that fair value of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, security deposits, loan to related parties, other financial assets, short term borrowings, trade payables and other current financial liabilities approximate their carrying amounts largely due to the short-term maturities of these instruments. The fair value of the financial assets and liabilities is included at the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair values:

 

(i) Long-term fixed-rate receivables are evaluated by the Company based on parameters such as interest rates, individual creditworthiness of the customer and other market risk factors. Based on this evaluation, allowances are taken into account for the expected credit losses of these receivables.

 

(ii) The fair values of the Company‟s fixed interest-bearing borrowings are determined by applying discounted cash flows („DCF‟) method, using discount rate that reflects the issuer‟s borrowing rate as at the end of the reporting period.

 

(iii) All the other long term borrowing facilities availed by the Company are variable rate facilities which are subject to changes in underlying Interest rate indices. Further, the credit spread on these facilities are subject to change with changes in Company's creditworthiness. The management believes that the current rate of interest on these loans are in close approximation from market rates applicable to the Company. Therefore, the management estimates that the fair value of these borrowings are approximate to their respective carrying values.

 

31

 

 

DDC CATV Network Private Limited

Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2020

 

29 Capital management policies

 

The Company’s capital management objectives are to ensure the Company‟s ability to continue as a going concern as well as to provide an adequate return to shareholders by pricing products and services commensurately with the level of risk.

 

The Company monitors capital on the basis of the carrying amount of equity plus its subordinated loan, less cash and cash equivalents as presented on the face of the statement of financial position recognised in other comprehensive income.

 

The Company manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it in the light of changes in economic conditions and the risk characteristics of the underlying assets. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders or issue new shares. The amounts managed as capital by the Company are summarised as follows:

 

(In USD)

 

Particulars   As at
March 31,
2020
    As at
March 31,
2019
    As at
March 31,
2018
 
Non Current Borrowings     -                  
Current Borrowings     15,75,827.00       18,17,544.00       20,71,454.00  
Cash and cash equivalents     40,581.00       23,925.00       26,119.00  
Net debt     15,35,246.00       17,93,619.00       20,45,335.00  
Total equity     84,005.00       66,774.00       (7,090.00 )
Net debt to equity ratio     1827.57 %     2686.10 %     -28848.17 %

   

30 Related party disclosures

 

A. Names of related parties and related party relationships

 

i) Lytus Technologies Holding Private Limited (Holding/Parent Company w.e.f 31 March 2020)

 

B Key Management Personnel (KMP):

 

  Ravi Gupta Director
  Nirlep Kumar Director

 

C Relatives of KMP:

 

  Rekha Gupta Director's Sister
  Swaran lata Gupta Director's Mother

 

32

 

 

DDC CATV Network Private Limited

Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2020

 

C Enterprise over which KMP has significant influences

 

  M/s MM Cable Network Partners: Ravi Gupta& Nirlep Kr
     
  M/s Explore Cable Network Nirlep Kumar
  Partner M/s Sunrise Communications Prop.
  Swaran lata Gupta M/s Alliance Cable Network
    Nirlep Kumar
  Partner  Partners:
  M/s New City Line Cable Network Video Cable
  Ravi Gupta& Nirlep Kr M/s New Delhi Nirlep Kumar Partner
   
  M/s SMC Infrastructure Pvt Ltd Nirlep Kumar Director

 

B. Transactions with Subsidiaries and Key Management Personnel:

 

(In USD)

 

    KMP     Relatives of KMP     Significant influence Entity -KMP  
S. No.    Particulars   March 31,
2020
    March 31,
2019
    March 31,
2018
    March 31,
2020
    March 31,
2019
    March 31,
2018
    March 31,
2020
    March 31,
2019
    March 31,
2018
 
                                                           
I   Transactions made during the year                                                    
1   Remuneration     33,761       17,162       -       9,566                                          
2   Loan Taken     1,80,521       17,04,422       16,72,286                                                  
2   Loan Repayment     (1,87,040 )     (18,00,079 )                                                        
3   Business Support Service                                                     29,541                  
4   Rent paid/ provided     7,596       7,723       8,298                               2,532                  
5   Sale/ Outward Supply of Goods or Services or Capital Goods                                                     1,16,040                  
6   Property, plant and equipment along with other assets (refer note 33)                     19,53,320                                                  
7   Unsecured loans along with other financial liabilities (refer note 33)                     (14,02,898 )                                                
II   Year end balances                                                                        
1   Investments                                                                        
2   Outstanding loan receivable                                                                        
3   Outstanding loan payable     15,75,827       17,13,472       18,09,129                                                  
4   Interest accrued receivable                                                                        
5   Interest accrued payable                                                                        
6   Provision for doubtful loans                                                                        
7   Outstanding receivable                                                                        
8   Outstanding loan and advances, net                                                                        
9   Provision for doubtful receivable                                                                        
10   Outstanding payable                                                                        

 

Loans received from directors for the financial year 2017-18 includes balance of proprietary firm take over adjustments. (refer note 33)

 

33

 

 

DDC CATV Network Private Limited

Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the period ended March 31, 2020

  

31 Assets pledged as security for borrowings are as under: Not Applicable

 

(In USD)

 

    Note   As at
March 31,
2020
    As at
March 31,
2019
    As at
March 31,
2018
 
Non Current                    
Property, plant & equipment         -       -       -  
Intangible assets         -       -       -  
Total non-current assets pledged as security         -       -       -  
                             
Current                            
Financial Assets                            
Trade receivables                            
Others financial assets                            
Non Financial Assets                            
Inventory                            
Other Current Assets                            
Total current assets pledged as security                                                   
                             
Total assets pledged as security         -       -       -  

 

34

 

 

DDC CATV Network Private Limited

Standalone Notes to the financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2020

 

32 Agreement with the Lytus Holding Technologies Private Limited

 

The Company (the Seller) has entered in to definitive, irrevocable share sales agreement with the Lytus Holding Technologies Private Limited, the company incorporated in British Virgin Island (Buyer) dated 21st February, 2020 , that it shall subject to fulfillment of the condition precedent specified in Clause 4 of the agreement Sale 51% of the equity shares against Sale Share Consideration of Rs. 1,99, 92,000/- shall be payable on successful listing of the Purchaser on a recognized stock exchange i.e consideration value of Rs. 3920/- per share. The said Sale Share Consideration shall be paid within 2 weeks of the successful listing of the Purchaser.

 

33 Acquisition of M/s. Delhi Distribution Company, a proprietary concern

 

The Company (the buyer) has succeeded, as a going concern, the M/s. Delhi Distribution Co. (Seller) engaged mainly in the business of cable tv services and fiber infrastructure services, dated 1st April 2017 , that net worth (difference of assets and liabilities as valued at book values on 31st March, 2017) after taken over will be introduced as unsecured loan in the books of successor company. ie in the seller books.

 

Calculation of Goodwill on acquisition   In INR     In USD  
Amount payable - considered as unsecured loan     3,56,70,966       5,50,422  
Less : Networth acquired (net Assets) - Refer working below     (3,56,70,966 )     (5,50,422 )
Goodwill     -       -  

 

The Company applies the acquisition method in accounting for business acquisition. The consideration transferred (unsecured loans) by the Company to acquired business of M/s. Delhi Distribution Co. is calculated as the sum of the acquisition-date fair values of assets transferred, liabilities incurred, which includes the fair value of any asset or liability arising from a contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition costs are expensed as incurred.

 

The Company recognizes identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business acquisition regardless of whether they have been previously recognized in the acquiree‟s financial statements prior to the acquisition. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed are generally measured at their acquisition-date fair values.

 

Goodwill is stated after separate recognition of identifiable intangible assets. It is calculated as the excess of the sum of a) fair value of consideration transferred, b) the recognized amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and c) acquisition-date fair value of any existing equity interest in the acquiree, over the acquisition-date fair values of identifiable net assets.

 

If the fair values of identifiable net assets exceed the sum calculated above, the excess amount (ie gain on a bargain purchase) is recognized in profit or loss immediately.

 

With this acquisition, the Company expects to increase its market share in in Cable TV, Media and Internet Services market. Details of the acquisition are as follows:

 

Recognized amounts of identifiable net assets:   In INR     In USD  
Property plant and equipment     5,02,45,437       7,75,314  
Deposits     27,62,603       42,628  
Trade and other receivables     7,09,64,643       10,95,022  
Cash and cash equivalents     8,61,221       13,289  
Other current assets     17,54,092       27,067  
Borrowings     (5,90,41,781 )     (9,11,046 )
Other liabilities     (51,91,825 )     (80,113 )
Trade and other payables     (2,66,83,424 )     (4,11,739 )
Net identifiable assets and liabilities     3,56,70,966       5,50,422  

 

The fair value of the trade and other receivables acquired as part of the acquisition is same as book value. There is no amount which is not expected to be collected.

 

The fair value of property, plant and equipment is same as book value as on 31st March, 2017 and there is no adjustments required for the same.

 

34 The IFRS financial statement is prepared for special purpose. The Board of Directors have adopted and approved the special purpose IFRS financials in the Board Meeting

 

35